Google
This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project
to make the world's books discoverable online.
It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover.
Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the
publisher to a library and finally to you.
Usage guidelines
Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing tliis resource, we liave taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.
We also ask that you:
+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.
+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.
+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for in forming people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.
+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe.
About Google Book Search
Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web
at |http: //books .google .com/I
ANNUAL REPORT ~
OP THE
BOAED OF EEGENTS
OP THE
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION,
sirowixG
THE OPERATIONS, EXPENDITURES, AND CONDITION
OF THE INSTITUTION
FOR
THE YE-A.Il 1883
I i^> I
WASHINGTON:
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFPIOB,
1884.
Q
.Sdh
[FORTY-SEVENTH CONGRESS, SECOND SESSION.]
Congress of the United States.
In the House of Representatives,
February 20, 1883.
Eesolved by the Souse of Bepreaentativea (ih^ Senate concurring), That fifteen thousand
five hundred and sixty copies of the Report of the Smithsonian Institution for the
year 1882 he printed ; two thousand five hundred copies of which shall he for the use
of the Senate, six thousand and sixty copies for the use of the House of Representa-
tives, and seven thousand copies for the use of the Smithsonian Institution.
Attest :
Edw. McPherson,
Clerk.
In the Senate of the United States,
March 2, 1883.
Jieeohedf That the Senate agree to the foregoing resolution of the House of Repre-
sentatives.
Attest:
F. E. Shober,
Acting Secretary,
n
LETTER
FROM THE
SECRETARY OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION,
ACCOMPANYING
The annual rqport of the Board of Regents of that Institution for the year
1882.
Jakuaby 22, 1883.— Ordered to be printed.
Smithsonian Institution,
Washington^ D. 0., January 19, 1883.
Sm : In accordance with section 5593 of the Bevised Statutes of the
•
United States, I have the honor in behalf of the Board of Begents to
submit to Congress the annual report of the operations, expenditures,
and condition of the Smithsonian Institution for the year 1882.
I have the honor to be, very respectfully, your obedient servant,
Spencer F. Baibd,
Secretary Smithsonian Institution.
Hon. J. W. Keifeb,
Speaker of the House of Representatives.
nx
o.T.'iS'A
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION FOR
THE YEAR 1882.
SUBJECTS.
1. Proceedings of the Board of Eegents for the session of January,
1883.
2. Eeport of the Executive Committee, exhibiting the financial affairs
of the Institution, including a statement of the Smithson fund, the re-
ceipts and expenditures for the year 1882, and the estimates for 1883.
3. Annual report of the Secretary, giving an account of the operations
and condition of the Institution for the year 1882, with the statistics of
collections, exchanges, &c.
4. General appendix, comprising a record of recent i)cogre8S in the
principal departments of science, and special memoirs, original and
selected, of interest to collaborators and correspondents of the institu-
tion, teachers, and others engaged in the promotion of knowledge.
IV
CONTENTS.
Hesolution of Congress to print extra copies of the report ii
Letter from the Secretaiy, snbxnitting the Annual Report of the Begents to
Congress iii
General subjects of the Annual fieport iv
Contents of the Beport.... v
List of Illustrations viii
Regents of the Smithsonian Institution x
JouBNAi« OF Proceedings OF THB Board ofBbgbnts i xi
Report of the Executive Combotteb for the year 1882 xiv
Condition of the funds January 1, 1883 xiv
Receipts for the year xiv
Expenditures for the year 'xv
Estimates for the year 1883 xv
National Musuem appropriations by Congress xvi
Appropriations for Ethnology xvi
Appropriations for Exchanges xvii
Members ex officio of the ''Establishment," and Begents of the Institution .. .
Offloers and assistantA of the Institution, and of the National Museum
BEPOBT OF THE SECBBTABY.
The SmTHsoNiAK iNBTmmoN 1
Introductory 1
The Henry Statue 1
New Begents of the Institution 2
Meetings of the Board of Begents ^ 2
Finauoes , 3
Condition of the fund, January, 1883 3
Buildings 3
Smithsonian building 3
Steps taken toward having the east wing remodelled and fire-proofed. 4
National Museum building 5
Armory building 6
Laboratory of Natural History 7
Keedof an additional Museum building 7
Meetings of Scientific Bodies 10
Boutine work of the Institution 11
Administration 11
Correspondence 11
^^flearohes and Explorations 11
Greenland 13
Ubrador 13
^tio Ocean.... 14
^laato 14
H^KioliaeVs 15
V
VI CONTENTS.
Page.
Report of thb Secretary. — The Smithsonian Institution— Continued.
Researches and Explorations:
Nushagak 16
Kodiak 16
Commander Islands 1 16
Oregon and Washington Territory 17
California 18
Lower California 17
New Mexico, and Arizona ' 18
Interior of the United States 18
Florida... - 18
Eastern portion of the United States 19
West Indies 19
Mexico 19
Central America 19
Sonth America 21
China and Japan 21
Pablications 21
Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge 21
Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections 22
Twenty-second volume 22
Twenty-third volume 22
Bulletins of the National Museum 25
Proceedings of the National Museum 27
Smithsonian Annual Report 27
Contents of Report for 1881 27
Astronomical announcements by telegraph 27
Exchanges 31
International exchanges 31
Oovemment exchanges 33
Library 33
Additions for the year 35
Necrology 35
Mrs. Henry 35
Dr. G. W. Hawes 36
Joseph B. Herron 38
Lewis H. Morgan 39
Hdnry Draper '- 39
Joseph D. Putnam 39
Francisco Sumichrast 40
Miscellaneous 40
The Mercer Bequest 40
Naval cadets 41
Special objects received 43
National Museum 44
Bureau op Ethnology 44
United States Geological Survey 47
IJiaTBD States Fish Commission 49
General objects and results 49
Fish hatching 52
Bulletin of the Fish Commission 55
Fisheries census 55
The London International Fisheries Exhibition 56
CONTENTS. VII
Page.
Appendix TO the Eeportov the Secretaby 57
Correspondence on Astronomical Announcements 57
Report on Exchanges for 1882 77
Revision of Last of Correspondents 79
Receipts for foreign transmission 82
Receipts for domestic transmission 85
Receipts for Government transmission 86
Foreign transmissions 86
Shipping agents 90
Domestic transmissions 92
Grovemment transmissions 102
List of official publications 107
Report of Assistant Director of the U. S. National Museum for 1882 119
Museum Library 121
Publications of the Museum 121
Department of the Curators 127
Appendix A. List of officers of the Museum for 1882 167
Appendix B. Bibliography of Museum work for 1882 167
Appendix C. Accessions to Museum in 1882 195
Appendix D. List of contributors to the Museun>for 1882 231
Acts and Resolutions op Congress relative to the Smithsonian Institution
and National Museum 264
GENERAL APPENDIX.
I.— Record op recent scientific progress 273
Introduction, by S. F. Baird 273
Astronomy, by E. S. Holden 277
Geology, by T. Sterry Hunt 325
Geography, by F. M. Green 347
Meteorology, etc., by Cleveland Abbe 365
Physics, by G. F. Barker 4r)9
Chemistry, by H, Carrington Bolton 509
Mineralogy, by Edward S. Dana 533
Botany, by W. G. Farlow 551
Zoology, by Theodore Gill 565
Anthropology, by O. T. Mason 633
IL— Miscellaneous papers 675
Papers relating to Anthropology 675
The Guatuso Indians of Costa Rica, by Leon Fernandez 675
Note, by J. F. Bransford 677
Remains in White River Cafion, by R. T. Bron - . 681
Remains in Iowa (Henry County), by George C. Van Allen 682
Remains in Illinois (Carroll County), by James M. Williamson 683
Remains in Illinois (Mississippi bottom), by Wm. Mc Adams 684
Remains in Illinois (near Naples), by John G. Henderson 686
Remains in Indiana (Franklin County), by G. W. Homsher 721
Remains in Indiana (White Water River), by G. W. Homsher 728
Remains in Ohio (Butler County), by J. P. MacLean 752
Remains in Ohio (Blennerhassett's Island), by J. P. MacLean 759
Remains in Tennessee (Carrol County), by James M. Null 768
Remains in G^eorgia (Putnam County), by Benjamin W. Kent 770
Remains in Florida, by J. Francis Le Baron 771
Remains in Florida (gold and silver ornaments), by J. Francis Le Baron. 791
Tin CONTENTS.
JSIiscELLAKEOUS PAPERS— Continaed.
Eemains in Florida (Charlotte Harbor), by M. H. Simons 794
Remains in Maryland (Washington -County), by John P. Smith 796
Bemains in Massachusetts (near Froyincetown), by H. E. Case 799
Explorations in Central America, by J. F. Bransford 803
Abstracts from Anthropological correspondence 826
Index to the volume ^ 831
LIST OP ILLUSTEATIONS.
« Page.
Terrestrial Electrical Currents (Meteorology, by C. Abbe) :
Section of the Earth 423
Mound-remains in Illinois (by John G. Henderson) :
Fig. 1. Map 687
Fig. 2. Section of bluflfe 688
Fig. 3. Section of mound 688
Fig. 4. Raccoon pipe 689
Fig. 5. Turtlepipe 690
Fig. 6. Eagle pipe (a, b) 692
Fig. 7. Ovalmound 692
Fig. 8. Diagram of mound 693
Fig. 9. '^Sun-symboP' 694
Fig. 10. Copper axes, &c. (a,b,c,d,e) 695
Fig.U. Chippedknife 696
Fig.l2. Arrow-heads (a,b,c,d) 696
Fig. 13. Spear-heads (a, b, c) 696
Fig. 14. Pipe and flaked ornament (a, b) 697
Fig.l5. Boneawl (a.b) 697
Fig.l6. Bone awl - 697
Fig. 17. Bone of elk 698
Fig. 18. Boneawl 698
Fig. 19. Chert arrow-head ^. 698
Fig. 20. Pyrula drinking cup 699
Fig.21. Earthen pot 701
Fig.22. Pottery fragments (a, b. c, d) 702
Fig.23. Pottery 703
Fig.24. Mound crania (a, b, c, d, e, f) 707
Fig.25. Mound crania (a, b, c, d, e, f) j 708
Fig.26. Mound crania (a, b, c, d, e, f ) 709
Fig. 27. Outlines of crania 710
Fig. 28. European objects in mound 718
Fig.29. Pictographs 719
Remains in Indiana (by G. W. Homsher):
Glidwell mound 722
Fig. 1. Copper bracelet 723
LIST OP ILLUSTEUTI0N8. IX
Page
Bemains in Indiana — Continued.
Fig.2. Copperring 723
Fig. 3. Bone awl 724
Fig. 4. Arrow point 724
Fig. 5. Pottery fragment 725
Fig.6. Burntdisk 725
Fig.7. Pendant (a,b) 726
Fig. 8. Bead 726
Fig. 9. Chert chip 726
Fig.lO. Slate "gorget" 727
Kemains in Ohio (by J. P. MaoLean) :
Mapsa,b •. ^ 753
Map c 754
Mapd 755
Map e " 756
Mapf 757
REGENTS OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION.
By the organizing act approved August 10, 1846, Eevised Statutes,
title Ixxiii, section 6580, *^The business of the Instifhtion shall be con-
ducted at the city of Washington by a Board of Eegents, named the
Eegents of the Smithsonian Institution, to be composed of the Vic-
President, the Chief Justice of the United States [and the Governor ot
the District of Columbia], three members of the Senate, and three mem-
bers of the House of Eepresentatives, together with six other persons,
other than members of Congress, two of whom shall be resident in the
city of Washington, and the other four shall be inhabitants of some
State, but no two of them of the same State."
REGENTS FOB THE YEAR 1882.
Term expires.
The Vice-President :
David Davis {pro tern,) * Mar. 4, 1883
The Chief Justice, Morrison R. Waite.
United States Senators :
George F. Hoar (from Feb. 21, 1881) Mar. 4, 1883
Nathaniel P. Hill (from May 19, 1881) Mar. 4, 1885
Samuel B. Maxey (from May 19, 1881) Mar. 4, 1887
Members of the House of Representatives :
Nathaniel C. Deering Dec. 26,1883
Ezra B. Taylor Dec. 26,1883
Samuel S. Cox Dec. 26, 1883
Citizens of Washington :
Peter Parker (appointed in 1868) Dec. 19,1885
William T. Sherman (appointed in 1871) Mar. 25,1885
Citizens of a State:
John Maclean, of New Jersey (appointed in 1868) Dec. 19, 1885
Asa Gray, of Massachusetts (appointed in 1874) Dec. 19, 1885
Henry Copp^, of Pennsylvania (appointed in 1874) Dec. 19, 1885
Noah Porter, of Connecticut (appointed in 1878) Jan. 26, 1884
HoBRisON R. Waite, Chancellor of the Institution and President of the Board of
Eegents,
X
X
JOURNAL OF PROCEEDINGS OF THE BOARD OF REGENTS OF
THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION.
Washington, January 17, 1883.
In accordance with a resolution of the Board of Eegents of the Smith-
sonian Institution fixing the time of the annual session on the third
Wednesday in January of each year, the Board met to-day at 10 o'clock
a. m.
Present: The Chancellor, Chief Justice M. R. Waite; the acting
Vice-President, Hon. David Davis; Hon. S. B. Maiey; Hon. N. P.
Hill; Hon. G. F. HoAB; Hon. K C. DEERiNa; Hon. S. S. Cox ; Hon.
E.B. Taylor; Rev. Dr. John Maclean; Dr. Asa Gray; General W.
T. Sherman ; Dr. H. Coppice ; and the Secretary, Professor Baird.
Excuses for absence on account of sickness were received from Hon.
Peter Parker and Rev. Dr. Noah Porter.
The minutes of the last meeting were read and approved.
The Secretary presented a statement of the finances of the Institution.
General Sherman, from the Executive Committee, presented the an-
nual report in relation to the funds of the Institution, the receipts and
expenditures for the year 1882, and the estimates for the year 1883.
On motion of Dr Copp^e it was
Resolved^ That the report of the Executive Committee for 1882 be
accepted.
Resolved^ That the income for the year 1883 be appropriated for the
service of the Institution upon the basis of the above report, to be ex-
pended by the Secretary with full discretion as to the items, subject to
the approval of the Executive Committee.
The Secretary stated that, the bronze statue of Professor Henry, or-
dered by Congress from Mr. W. W. Story, had just been received, but that
owing to the condition of the weather, it was impossible to place it in
position at the present time. He suggested the propriety of deferring
the public unveiling of the st^atue until the next annual meeting of the
National Academy of Sciences in April. He also stated that Mr. Story
was now in the city, had examined the Smithsonian grounds, and fully
approved of the site for the statue suggested by the Executive Com-
mittee.
On motion of General Sherman it was
B^ohed,^ That the 19th of April, 1883, be selected as the day for the
ceremony of unveiling the statue of Professor Henry, and that the
Congress of the United States, the Diplomatic Corps, the Executive
apartments, and the public generall v be invited to be present.
XI
XII JOURNAL OF PROCEEDINGS.
Dr. Maclean having called the attention of the Board to the fact that
the sundry papers of Professor Henry on scientific subjects had not
been published in the series issued by the Smithsonian Institution, it
was
Eesohed, That the Secretary be requested to have the scientific writ-
ings of Prof. Joseph Henry collected and published.
The Secretary presented his annual report of the operations, expendi-
ditures, and condition of the Institution for the year 1882.
On motion of Mr. Oox it was
Resolvedj That the report of the Secretary be referred to the Execu-
tive Committee, with authority to transmit it to Congress.
The Secretary called attention to the importance of fire-proofing the
eastern portion of the Smithsonian building, especially as the supply of
water was now so scanty that none could be had above the basement
floor. The Committ/Ce on Appropriations of Congress had given assur-
ance that the necessary amount should be granted at the present session.
The Secretary also called attention to the growth of the Government
collections and the necessity for speedy action in relation to an addi-
tional building for the use of the Museum and the Geological Survey.
He presented the following bill, which had been introduced in the House
of Representatives, on the 10th of April, 1881, by Hon. Mr. Sballen-
berger, and was now before the Committee on Public Buildings and
Grounds.
Forty-seventh Congress, First Session. — H. R. 6781.
A BILL for the erection of a fire-proof building on the south portion of the Smith-
sonian Reservation, for the accommodation of the United States Geological Survey,
and for other purposes.
Be it enacted by the Senate cmd Rouse of Representatives of the United
States of America in Congress assembled^ That the sum of two hundred
thousand dollars be, and hereby is, appropriated, out of any money in
the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, for the erection of a fire-proof
building on the south portion of the Smithsonian Eeservation, for the
accommodation of the United States Geological Survey, and for other
purposes : Provided^ That the consent of the Kegents of the Smithsonian
Institution be first obtained thereto, and that the bailding be under
their direction when completed : And provided further^ That the building
be erected by the Architect of the Capitol, in accordance with plans
approved by the Director of the United States Geological Survey, the
Secretarj'^ of the Smithsonian Institution, and the Architect of the Cap-
itol, acting as a board therefor.''
After a very full expression by the Eegents in favor of immediate
action, on motion of General Sherman it was
Resolved^ That the Board of Begents of the Smithsonian Institution
recommend to Congress to enlarge the National Museum, so as properly
to exhibit the mineral, geological, and other collections already on hand
JOURNAL OF PROCEEDINGS. XIII
and increasing each year, by the erection of a flre-proof building on the
sonthwest comer of the Smithsonian Eeservation, similar in style to
the present National Maseom ; and they request an appropriation of
$300,000 therefor, to be expended under the direction of the Regents
of the Institution.
On motion of Dr. Gray it was
Besolvedj That the Chancellor, General Sherman, and the Secretary
be, and they are hereby, authorized and empowered to act for and in the
name of the Board of Eegents in carrying into effect the provisions of
any act of Congress which may be passed providing for the erection of
an additional building for the National Museum.
The Secretary informed the Board of the death of Miss Margaret
Connor, a lady who had been employed for fifteen years in the Institu-
tion, and recommended an allowance of one hundred dollars to defray
the expense of medical attendance and other expenses of her last illness,
which, on motion of Mr. Maxey, was agreed to.
The Board then adjourned to meet on the 19th of April, 1883, to attend
the ceremonies of unveiling the statue of Professor Henry.
REPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE OF THE BOARD OF
REGENTS OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION FOR THE YEAR
1882.
The Executive Committee of the Board of Eegeiits of the Smith-
sonian Institution respectfully submit the following report in relation
to the funds of the Institution, the appropriations by Congress for the
National Museum and other purposes, the receipts and expenditures
for both the Institution and the Museum for 1882, and the estimates for
the year 1883 :
' Condition of the fund January 1, 1883.
The amount of the bequest of James Smithson deposited
in the Treasury of the United States (act of Congress
August 10, 1846) . . $515,109 00
Eesiduary legacy of Smithson, added to the fund, deposited y
in the Treasury of the United States (act of Congress
February 8, 1867) 26, 210 63
Addition to the fund from savings, &c. (act of Congress
February 8, 1867) 108,620 37
Addition to the fund by bequest of James Hamilton, of
Pennsylvania (1874) 1, 000 00
Addition to the fund by bequest of Simeon Habel, of New
York (1880) 500 00
Addition to the fund by proceeds of sale of Virginia bonds
(1881) $51, 500 00
Total permanent Smithson fund in the Treasury of
the United States, bearing interest at 6 per cent,
per annum $703, 000 00
Statement of the receipts and expenditures for the year 1882.
RECEIPTS.
Interest for the year 1882 from the United States $42, 180 00
Balance, cash on hand January 1, 1882 25, 255 52
Total receipts $67,435 52
XIV
REPORT OP EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE. XV
EXPENDITURES.
For operations of the Institution during the year, viz :
Building :
Repairs and improvements $649 30
Furniture and fixtures * 1, 346 63
General expenses :
Meetings of the Board . - . .« 411 25
Lighting the building 63 10
Postage and telegraph 166 11
Stationery ^. 954 49
Incidentals, freight ice, &c. 492 81
Books and^eriodicals 1, 793 76
Salaries and labor 16, 415 18
Publications and researches : %
Smithsonian contributions 732 50
Miscellaneous collections 4, 939 37
Annual report 1, 728 03
Explorations , 3, 036 35
Apparatus 98 10
LiteraTy and scientific exchanges 4, 981 19
Total expenditures $37, 798 07
Balance January 1, 1883 $29, 637 45
ESTIMATES FOR 1883.
The following are the estimates of receipts by the Institution proper
for the year 1883, and of the appropriations required for carrying on its
operations during the same period:
Receipts.
Interest on the permanent fund, receivable July 1, 1883,
and January 1, 1884 , $42, 180 00
Uxpenditures,
For building and repairs $1, 500 00
For general expenses, including salaries 19, 000 00
For publications and researches . . 12, 000 00
For exchanges 7, 000 00
For contingencies 2,680 00
$42, 180 00
XVI REPORT OP EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE.
NATIONAL, MUSEUM AND OTHER OBJECTS COMMITTED BY CONGRESS
TO THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION.
The following is a statement of the accounts of appropriations made
by Congress* for disbnrsement under the direction of the Smithsonian
Institution.
PBBSBBYATION OV COLLECTIONS, NATIONAL MUflSUM.
Balance available January 1, 1882 $32, 882 19
Appropriated for fiscal year, 1882-^83 91, 000 00
Total available $123,882 19
Expended as per vouchers audited, in 1882 79, 058 88
Balance available January 1, 1883, for six months ending
with fiscal year June 30, 1883 $44,823 30
PRESERVATION OF COLLECTIONS, ARMORY BUILDING.
Balance available January 1, 1882 $1, 058 13
Appropriated for fiscal year, 1882-'83 2, 500 00
Total avaHable $3,558 13
Expended as per vouchers audited, in 1882 2, 002 34
Balance available, January 1, 1883, for six months ending
with fiscal year June 30, 1883 $1, 495 79
FURNITURE AND FIXTURES, NATIONAL MUSEUM.
Balance available January 1, 1882 $25, 619 06
Appropriated for fiscal year, 1882-^83 90, 000 00
Total available $115, 619 06
Expended as per vouchers audited, in 1882 84, 436 94
Balance available January 1, 1883, for six months ending
with fiscal year June 30, 1883 $31,182 12
NORTH AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY — SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION.
Balance available, January 1, 1882 $8, 540 90
Appropriated for fiscal year, 1882-'83 35, 000 00
Total available $43, 540 90
Expended as per vouchers audited, in 1882 23, 100 46
Balance available January 1, 1883, for six months ending
with fiscal year June 30, 1883 20,440 44
•
These acts are given in fall in the Appendix.
REPORT OP EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE. XVH
INTERNATIONAL KXCHANGE8— RMimSONIAN INSTITUTION.
Balance available Jannary 1, 1882 $1, 500 00
Appropriated for fiscal year, 1882-^83 5, 000 00
Total available $6, 500 00
Exx>ended as per vonchers audited, in 1882 4, 000 00
Balance available Jannary 1, 1883, for six months ondiug
with fiscal year June 30, 1883 2, 500 00
FIRK-PROOF BUILDING, NATIONAL MUSEUM.
Balance available January 1, 1882 $5, 31 7 05
Expended as per vouchers audited, in 1882. . 5, 304 ;)8
Balance returned to the United States Treasury $13 27
POLARIS REPORT.
Balance available January 1, 1882 $3, 507 75
Expended in 1882 1, 078 85
Balance available January 1, 1883 $t, 918 90
CONCLUSION.
The Executive Committee has examined 705 vouchers for payments
made from the Smithson income during the year 1882, and 2,169
vouchers for payments made from appropriations by Congress for the
National Maseum, making atotal of 2,934 vouchers. All these bear the
approval of the Secretary of the Institution, and a certificate that the
materials and services charged were applied to the purposes of the
Institution or the Museum.
.The committee has examined the account-books of the National
Museum, and find the balances unexpended as before stated, viz:
Preservation of collect ions $44,823 30
Armory building 1, 495 79
Furniture and fixtures 31, 182 12
to correspond with the certificates of the disbursing clerks of the De-
partments of the Interior and of the Treasury.
The balance unexpended of the appropriation of $8,000 made by the
Forty-sixth Congress in 1880 for completing the preparation of the
report of Dr. Emil Bessels of the scientific results of the Arctic expe-
dition under the late Capt. C. F. Hall, according to the certificate of the
disbursing agent of the Treasury Department, is $1,918.90.
H. Mis. 26 II
IVIII BEPOBT OF EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE.
The quarterly accoants-carrent, the bank-book, cbeck-book, and jour
nals have been examined, and found to be correct.
The balance to the credit of the Institution proper, on the 1st of
January, 1883, in the bands of the Treasurer of the United States,
available for the current operations of the Institution, is $29,637.45.
Respectfully submitted.
Peteb Pabkeb,
John Maclean,
W. T. Shebman,
Uxecutive Committee.
[Dr. Maclean's examination of the expenditures and vouchers was
limited to those of the Smithsonian Institution proper, January 16,
1883.]
Washington, January 17, 1883.
THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION.
MEMBEKS EX OFFICIO OF THE " ESTABLISHMENT »
(January 1, 1883.)
CHESTER A. ARTHUR, President of the United States.
DAVID DAVIS, President of tbe United States Senate.
MORRISON R. WAITE, Chief JnHtice of the United States.
FREDERICK T. FRELINGHUYSEN, Secretary of State.
CHARLES J. FOLGER, Secretary of the Tn^asary.
ROBERT T. LINCOLN, Secretary of War.
WILLIAM E. CHANDLER, Secretary of the Navy.
TIMOTHY O. HOWE, Postmaster-General.
HENRY M. TELLER, Secretary of the Interior.
BENJAMIN H. BREWSTER, AttomeyGeneraL
EDGAR M. MARBLE, Commissioner of Patents.
EEGENTS OF THE INSTITUTION.
(January 1, 1883.)
MORRISON R. WAITE, Chief Justice of the United States,
President of the Board,
DAVID DAVIS, President of the United States Senate.
GEOR^^E F. HOAR, member of the Senate of the United States.
NATHANIEL P. HILL, member of the Senate of the Uoited States.
SAMUEL B. MAXEY, member of the Senate of the United SUtes.
NATHANIEL C. DEERING, member of the Houee of Representatiyes.
EZRA B. TAYLOR, member of the House of Representatives.
SAMUEL S. COX, member of the House of Represeutatives.
JOHN MACLEAN, citizen of New Jersey.
PETER PARKER, citizen of Washington, D. 0.
ASA GRAY, citizen of Massachusetts.
HENRY COPPfiE, citizen of Pennsylvania.
WILLIAM T. SHERMAN, citizen of Wabhiugton, D. C.
NOAH PORTER, citizen of Connecticut.
Executive Committee of the Board of Begentt,
Petbr Parker. Joun Maclean. William T. Sherman.
XIX
OFFICERS AND ASSISTANTS .OF THE SMITHSONIAN TNSTL
TUTION AND NATIONAL MUSEUM, JANUARY, 18S3.
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION.
SPENCER F. BAIRD,
SetTeiary^ Director of the Listitution,
WILLIAM J. RIIEES, Chief Clerk.
DANIEL LEECH, Carreapondifig Clerk.
NATIONAL MUSEUM.
SPENCER F. BAIRD, Dinctor.
G. BROWN GOODE, Assistant Director; Curator, Department of Art and Indtutrp.
TARLETON H. BEAN, Curator, Department of Ichthyology.
WM. H. DALL, Honorary Curator, Department of Mollusks.
FREDERICK P. DEWEY, As$i8tant Curator, Department of Metallurgy,
JAMES M. FLINT, Honorary Curator, Section of Materia Medica.
EDW. FOREMAN, AssiMtant, Department of Ethnography.
GEO. P. MERRILL, Assistant, Section of Building StoncM.
RICHARD RATH BUN, Assistant Curator, Department Marine Invertebrates.
CHARLES RAU, Curator, Department of Archaeology.
ROBERT RIDGWAY, Curator, Department of Ornithology.
CHARLES V. RILEY, Honorary Curator, Department of Entomology.
FREDERICK W. TAYLOR, Chemist.
FREDERICK W. TRUE, Curator, Department of Mammals, and Librarian.
CHARLES D. WALCOTT, Honorary AssUtant Curator, Department of Invertebrate FouiU
LESTER F. WARD, Honorary Curator, Department of Foseil Plants.
CHARLES A. WHITE, Curator, DeiHirtment cf Invertebrate Paleontology.
HENRY C. YARROW, Honorary Curator, Department of Herpetvlogy.
WM. S. YEATES, Acting Curator, Department of Mineralogy.
REPORT OF PROFESSOR BAIRD,
8ECRETART OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, FOB 1818.
To the Board of Regents :
Gentlemen : I have the honor to present herewith a report of the
operations and condition of the Smithsonian Institution for the year
1882.
As in previous years, I propose to include in the present report, in
addition to matters pertaining strictly to the Institution, a brief account
of the operations of the National Museum and the Bureau of Ethnol-
ogy, which may be considered as part of the Smithsonian Institution,
as well as of the work of the United States Fish Commission, which is
under my charge. •
THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION.
INTBODTJOTOBY.
There are no specially distinctive or prominent fiicts to be mentioned
in connection with the work of the Institution and its collateral depart-
ments during the year 1882; although it may be said that, at no time,
has the establishment been in better condition, whether we take into
account the character of the work accomplished, the economy of expendi-
ture, or the satisfactory condition of its funds at the end of the year.
The publications of the Smithsonian Institution, or those made under
its direction, have been of average amount ; the international exchanges
have been more than ever extensive and important ] the scientific re-
searches of the Institution have.been extremely productive, while the
Museum hjis been enriched by a greater quantity of valuable material
than ever before.
THE HENBY STATUE.
I am happy to announce that the memorial statue of Professor Henry,
the construction of which, by Mr. W. W. Story, was authorized by
Congress on the 1st June, 1880, is finished, and in Washington. It was
hoped that it might be delivered in time to be in position by the end of
the year 1881. Owing, however, to certain imperfections found in the
statue after being cast in bronze, it became necessary to reproduce it ;
and it was not until the month of November, [1882,] that it was actually
completed and shipped.
H. Mis. 26 1
Z EEPOBT OF THE SECRETAEY.
The pedestal of the statue, which was made in the United States, was
delivered in the early part of the year, but the statue itself did not
arrive from Borne until the end of December. It is hoped that the next
report to the Board will contain a notice of the successful erection of
this memorial. ,
THE BOABD OF BEGENTS.
The original law organizing the Smithsonian Institution provides for
vacancies of three members of the House and one member of the Sen-
ate at the end of each Congress, the successors to be iappointed by the ,
Speaker of the House and the President of the Senate, respectively, in
the ensuing December. Although no special provision is made for res-
ignations, it would of course natuially be inferred that an appointment
to a vacancy of this kind should be for the period of the remainder of the
term of service of the former incumbent, as is the case in the United
States Senate. In fact, however, with some previous vacancies occur-
ring by death, or resignation of Senatorial position, the service was
continued for six years, and with a result that all the Senate regencies
became vacant at the same time. By the appointment, however, of
Senator Hoair, on the 21st February, 1881, and of Senators Hill of (Colo-
rado) and Maxey (of Texas) on the 19th May, of the saiae year, the nor-
mal term of service was re-established, with vacancies occurring at inter-
vals of two years — the term of Senator Hoar expiring with his Senatorial
term, in March, 1883 ; of Senator Hill, in March, 1885 ; and of Senator
Maxey, in March, 1887.
The existing vacancies of the House members were filled by the ap-
pointment of Hon. K. C. Deering, of Iowa ; Hon. B. B. Taylor, of Ohio ;
and Hon. S. S. Cox, of Kew York.
The annual meeting of the Board was held on the 18th of January,
1882, and was attended by all the new regents. The Chief Justice, Mr.
Waite, referred to the loss the Institution and the whole country had
sustained in the untimely death of President Garfield, who had been
connected with the Board of Eegents with but little interruption since
1863.
The committee having in charge the erection of the new building au-
thorized by Congress for the reception and exhibition of the collections
of the Government, made a report that the work had been completed in
a satisfactory manner and within the amount of the appropriation. The
thanks of the Board were voted to the committee for the able and sat-
isfactory manner in which it had discharged its duties.
The thanks of the Board were also tendered to General Montgomery
C. Meigs for his highly valued services as consulting engineer of the
National Museum Building Commission, in connection with the con-
struction of the fire-proof building for the Museum.
Authority was given to the Secretary and the executive committee to
apply to Congress for an appropriation to render the east range and
REPORT OP THE SECRETARY. 3
wing of the Smithsonian Institution flre-proof^ in continnation of pre-
yioQS appropriations for the same porpose made and applied to the
main portion of the building.
FINANCES.
The report of the executive committee, which has just been presented
to you, presents the details of the financial condition of the Institution
proper, and a report upon the expenditure of items placed by Congress
under its direction. The sale of the Virginia bonds mentioned in the
last report is still believed to have been wise, and has removed all
Boorce of anxiety as to the stability or amount of the funds permanently
mvested fix)m which a regular income could be depended on. With an
aggregate fund of $703,000 in the United States Treasury, the income
of the Smithsonian Institution amounts to $42,180. This, with a bal-
ance on hand at the beginning of the year, has furnished the fond from
which the expenses proper are paid. These are classified under the
several heads of building, general expenses, publications and researches,
and literary and scienti&c exchanges. >
What has heretofore been a very great item of expense — ^from $9,000
to $11,000 — connected with the international exchanges, has been
gieatly reduced by the appropriation of Congress made specifically for
that purpose. This expenditure is either directly in the interest of
the country at large, or that of the Government bureaus and of the
Library of Congress, and it is, therefore, eminently proper that the
whole amount should be refunded. The Secretary of State has ac-
cordingly asked for an appropriation of $10,000 for the coming fiscal
year, instead of the $5,000, which is at present available. This saving
will enable the Institution to extend its labors liberally in the direction
of researches and publications, as well as be available for the unusually
heavy repairs required in connection with the Smithsonian building.
After successive additions to the appropriation for a fire-proof building
of the National Museum the account has been finally closed by returning
•13.27 to the Treasury.
The available balance of the Smithsonian Institution for the expendi-
tores of the first half of the year 1882, a^^cording to the report of the
executive commit^e, amounts to $29,637.45.
BUILDINaS OP THE INSTITUTION.
Sn^itli%(mian Building. — Ko unusual expenditure has been required to
keep this edifice in good order, although a certain amount of wear and
tear has of course been necessarily provided for. Some important
changes have, however, been made, adding greatly to the facilities for
work. The entire basement has been put in thorough order; the floors,
walls, and ceilings covered with a thick coat of whitewash, answering
the doable purpose of a sanitary protection and of increasing the
loioant of light; the improvement in the latter respect being very
4 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY.
marked. The west basement, which has heretofore been occnpied indis-
diminately for the preservation and elaboration of the collection of
birds and fishes, has been subdivided, and each subject confined strictly
to its own section, much to the improvement of the service. An open-
ing has been made from the northwestern tower of the main building
into the second story of the adjacent corridor; and a stairway placed
in the tower, ascending from the basement to the level of the gallery of
the main hall, permits ready access between the three floors. The spe-
cial object of this was to give to the curators of fishes and marine inver-
tebrates an opportunity of using the galleries of the main hall in their
work of arrangement and cataloguing. The hall or corridor between
the main central room and the western or " pottery ^^ room has been oc-
cupied by the collection of fishes, for which it was specially arranged.
At the last meeting of the Board the Secretary called attention to the
combustible and insecure condition of the eastern portion of the Smith-
sonian building, and presented plans, prepared at his request by the
architects, Messrs. Oluss & Schulze, which, without materially changing
the architecture of the building, would provide largely increased accom-
modations for offices and work-rooms, the storage of publications, the
exchange system, &c.
The Board unanimously adopted a resolution instructing the Secretary
and executive committee to present the subject to Congress and request
an appropriation for the purpose. The Secretary, in accordance with
this instruction, sent the following letter on the 13th of March to the
Speaker of the House of Eepresentatives :
"By instruction of the Board of Begents of the Smithsonian
Institution, I have the honor to transmit to Congress the following
resolution adopted at the last meeting of the Board, Januaiy 11, 1882 ;
and, in doing so, beg that it be referred to the appropriate committee
of the House of Representatives and receive that attention which the
urgency of the case requires :
^^^Eesolvedj That the Secretary and executive committee present a
memorial to Congress showing the importance and necessity of render-
ing the east wing of the Smithsonian building fire-proof, requesting an
appropriation therefor, and, if the means are furnished, to proceed with
the work.'
"It will be remembered that in January, 1865, a fire occurred in the
Smithsonian building, which destroyed a large portion of the main
edifice, with its adjacent towers, and a very large amount of valuable
public and private property.
"The main building was restored with fire-proof materials; but the
east wing, composed entirely of wood and plaster, and which had es-
caped injury, remains in its previous dangerous condition. Originally
a lecture room, it was fitted up many years ago with apartments for
tiie residence of the late Secretary and his famHy. This application of
the wing, however, was discontinued after Professor Henry's death ;
but the rooms thus set apart are entirely unsuited to the operations of
the establishment, and, while in every way objectionable, the timbers
have decayed, and no arrangements are provided for proper lighting,,
heating, and ventilation.
REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. 5
<<The main building and weatem extension are occupied by the col-
lections of the Gk>vernment ; the east wing embraces the offices of the
Secretary, chief clerk, corrresponding clerk, and registrar, and also ac-
commodations for the extensive operations of the department of in-
temational exchanges, the benefits of which accrue not only principally
to the Library of (^n^ress but to all the public libraries and scientiflo
flocieties throughout the United States. The rooms are filled with the
archiyes, files of correspondence, original scientific manuscripts, vouch-
ers, the stock of Government and Smithsonian publications for distri-
bution at home and abroad, &e. ; and their destruction by fire« to which
tiiey are constantly exposed, would be greatly detrimental to the in-
terests of the Gk)vemment and the general public
^^ In addition to this, an extensive fire in the east wing would endanger
and possibly destroy the main portion of the Smithsonian building, the
upper and lower halls of which contain rare specimens belonging to the
Qovemment, and most of which could not be replaced.
<^ Congress has recognized the importance and propriety of gradually
reconstracting the interior of the Smithsonian building, in fire-proof
materials, by makmg appropriations for the purpose at various times
between 1870 and 1876 ; and the last Oongress, in 1879, appropriated
$3,000 'for providing additional security against fire in the Smithsonian
building.'
''It is now proposed to remodel the interior of the east wing so that,
without disturbing its present architectural style, the intemafcapacity
will be doubled by a new arrangement of floors, partitions, and roofe,
and all the rooms be adapted to the efficient prosecution of the work of
the Institution and the various interests intrusted to its management
by Oongress.
" Inclosed I beg to send a copy of the report of the Board of Fire In-
spectors (appointed by the District Oommissioners) upon the condition
of the Smithsonian building.*
" I have the honor to ask, in the name and on behalf of the Board of
Begents, that the following appropriation be made at the present session
of Oongress, viz:
<' For continuing and completing the fire-proofing of the Smithsonian
Institution, $50, 000."
NaUondl Museum Building. — ^The Museum building was received from
the hands of the architects in so complete a state that but littie re-
mained to be done beyond the tinting of a portion of the walls and the
filling up of some of the alcoves with canvas frames, &c. There is yet
much to be done, however, in the construction of the necessary cases for
the accommodation of collections. A large addition to the number was
made during the year. It will require, perhaps, two more consecutive
appropriations, of the usual amount, before all the space contained in
the buildlDg can be suitably occupied with the necessary means of
* "The oommiflsion to inspect baildings in the District beg leave to sabmit here-
with report No. 5.
"By myitation of Profeeeor Baird. the eaet wing and connecting corridor to the
main bnilding of the Smithsonian Institution were visited and in8pecte<l. In this
portion of the bnilding are all the records and valuable documents belonging to the
ustitution. The interior is entirelv of wood and illy arranged, making it especially
unsafe and liable to aocident from fire, thus endangering the entire bnildinc. As a
matter of safety, this wing and corridor should be completely cleared out and rebuilt
of ftre-proof material^ and ftimished with improved modes of communication and
6 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY.
• exhibition. As heretofore, the cases have been, for the most part, built
by contract outside of the Museum, some in Washington, some in Phil-
adelphia, and others in Baltimore, but a good deal of work has been
done within the building by carpenters and other workmen employed
by the day.
A very great change has been made during the year in the appear-
ance of the interior, and a very decided approach towards the general
completion of the work accomplished. In order to accommodate the
increasing number of books required for the use of the curators and
students connected with the Museum, the original library room was
connected with the one above it by means of a stairway, so that prac-
tically two stories — ^the lower one with a gallery — ^have been provided.
It is thought that at least 10,000 volumes can be accommodated in this
manner.
The accommodations for the storage of coal having been found insufSi-
dent, the vaults under the western end of the south front of the Museum
were more than doubled in extent during the year, and space gained
in addition for a blacksmith's shop and machine shop.
Armory Building. — ^Yery important changes have been made during
the year in the Armory building and its surroundings. This edifice
was assigned by Oongress, a number of years ago, for the special service
of the National Museum; to which, at a later period, was added by law
that of the United States Fish Commission. The original intent of the
assignment was for the purpose of accommodating the collections ob-
tained at the Oentennial Exhibition in Philadelphia; but as these were
removed, from time to time, to the National Museum building, after its
completion, the space gained was taken possession of by the Fish Oom-
mission. The lower story, or ground floor, was converted into a great
flsh-propagating establishment, for the hatching of shad, salmon, and
other food fishes; and it was used, also, as a magazine for the distribu-
tion of carp, black bass, &c. The second fioor was converted into a
series of offtces, laboratories, and rooms for the messengers connected
with the fish-transportation service. The third fioor was used as a
depot for supplies and materials of the Fish Commission; and the
fourth story is still occupied by the property of the National Museum.
In order the better to accommodate the service of the Fish Commis-
sion, a switch or branch railroad track was, by the permission of the
Superintendent of Public Buildings and Grounds, and of the Commis-
sioners of the District of Columbia, introduced into the area at the south
of the building, on which the distribution cars of the Fish Commission
can be kept, and loaded directly from the Armory building. Later in
the year a shed in the shape of the letter L was built on the lot, the
short branch being used for the cars, and the long one as a depository
for the collections obtained from the proprietors of exhibits in the Per-
manent Exhibition building in Philadelphia. The construction of a
REPORT OP THE SECRETARY. T^
fence inclosing the interior court of the Armory yard gives great
security to the large amount of valuable Government property storea
in the main building and its annexes.
Laboratory of Natural History. — ^By the transfer of Mr. T. W. Smillie:
and his photographic apparatus from this buildi?)^ to the new photo,
graphic rooms specially arranged in the southeastern pavilion of the.
]^ational Museum building, it became possible to oiler accommodations
for photographic work to the force employed by Major Powell, in con-
nection with the Geological Survey and Bureau of Ethnology. Mr..
Hillers, photographer, has utilized the rooms of the building particu-
larly in the preparation of enlarged photographs of the scenery and
the aborigines of the West for the windows of the l^ational Museum.^
It is proposed to introduce these photographs in a large number of the
windows of the Museum building, selecting for each room the subjects
most appropriate to its contents.
An Additional Museum Building required. — Large and capacious as is
the new Museum building, it has proved already inadequate to the exist-
ing requirements of the National Museum. This building was designed
primarily to accommodate the vast number of industrial and economical
exhibits presented to the United States by foreign Governments at the
dose of the Philadelphia Exposition of 1876. A special appropriation
was made by Congress for their transfer to Washington and the Armory
bnilding in the square between Sixth and Seventh streets was assigned
for their reception. It required nearly sixty large-sized freight cars to
transport the mass.
Before the building was completed in 1881, and available for its pur-
poses, almost equally enormous additions had been made to the collec-
tions of the various Government expeditions and of the Ethnological
Bureau, which, together with many thousands of objects previously in
charge of the Smithsonian Institution, but for which there was no room
in the old building, constituted a much larger mass than was originally
estimated. It is well known that at the close of the Centennial Exposi>
tion a company was organized to take charge of a large portion of the-
eoUections exhibited on that occasion, and with these and such additional
trtides as might be obtained to establish what was known as the ^^Per-
manent Exhibition'' in the main Centennial building, which covers nearly
eighteen acres. This organization, after struggling for existence for
several years, finally became unable to continue the effort, and the col-
leetions in its charge were speedily scattered. Many of these had been
piesented to the I^ational Museum with the understanding that they
were to be left with the Permanent Exhibition Company for a period or
at leiist a few years. Others, however, including many of the most
Tafaiable series, were obtained for the National Museum through the^
eftnrtB of Mr. Thomas Donaldson. All these collections were carefully
8 BEPOBT OF THE SECRETARY.
packed under his charge and stored in a building erected by him ad-
jacent to the Centennial building.
An appropriation was made by Congress to meet the cost of packing,
shipping to Washington, and storing the collections in question. About
twenty cars were required to transport them. They are now contained
in a wooden building adjacent to the Armory, there being absolutely
no space for them in the National Museum.
In addition to this a cabinet of at least double the magnitude, made
by the Institute of Mining Engineers and deposited with the Pennsyl-
vania Art Museum of Philadelphia, has been offered to the Govern-
ment simply on the condition of transfer to Washington and proper
exhibition. This is an extremely important collection, illustrating the
mining resources and metallurgy of the United States and foreign coun-
tries, and will constitute a most important addition to the means of in-
struction at the command of the Oovemment. An appropriation will
be asked, and it is hoped obtained, for the purpose of transferring the
collection to Washington; but some measures most be taken for its
ultimate display.
An even greater mass of additional material to be provided for will
be found in the industrial collections of the United States census of
1880, and in the collections of the United States Geological Survey.
Th^ census collections embrace more particularly the building stones
of the country, the ores (especially of the precious metals), the com-
bustibles, such as coal, petroleum, &c., and the forest timber.
All these collections are of great magnitude, representing as nearly
as possible a full series from all parts of the country. They are care-
fully labelled and recorded, and will be accompanied by full descriptions.
The, building-stone collection is especially valuable, consisting, as it
does, of many thousands of samples of marble, granite, sandstone, and
other substances, for the most part dressed in 44nch cubes, each of the
faces showing a different surface and treatment.
It is not believed that any established quarry remains unrepresented
in this series, while many extremely valuable deposits of ornamental
and building stones are presented therein for the first time. Prepa-
rations are in progress for testing the strength, resistance to torsion
and crushing force, and economical properties of all these samples.
The collection is now so far advanced that when a public building is to
be erected either by the States or the General Government it will be
possible to show specimens of all the best building stones in the vicin-
ity of the locality involved, and to present all the necessary data, as to
availability, durability, cost of production, &c. Much use has already
been made of the collection by the commissioners of State capitals,
county court-houses, &c., as well as by agents of the General Govern-
ment.
The collection of ores made by the census agencies is also very ex-
tensive, that of iron being particularly large. Nearly every iron mine
REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. 9
of any prominence in the United States has been visited, and samples
oarefolly selected, by experts. These have been analyzed under the di-
rection of Professor Pampelly, and reports presented as to their chem-
ical, and metallnrgical properties, and economical valae. All the orig-
inals of this research are in charge of the Smithsonian Institation,
awaiting exhibition. The same may be said of similar researches in
regard to the ores of all the other metals.
The work of the United States Oeological Survey, also of enormous
magnitude— begun under Mr. Glarence King and continued under M%j.
J. W. Powell — ^has resulted in the accumulation of several tons of speci-
mens of fossils, rocks, minerals, ores, and the like. Very few of these
can at present be exhibited for want of the necessary space. The Sur-
vey requires a large number of experts and assistants, and is at pres-
ent very badly accommodated. Some twenty rooms in the new Mu-
seum building have been assigned as quarters for the Director of the
Survey and his assistants.
This, however, causes great inconvenience to the other work of the
Museum, and as the survey now occupies a litfge building in Washing-
ton, for which it pays considerable rental, and for want of quarters in
Washington is obliged to scatter its stations over various parts of the
United States, it is thought desirable to ask Oongress for an appropria-
tion to erect a second museum building corresponding in general char-
acter to the first, but on the opposite side of the square, along the line
of Twelfth street.
This building it is proposed to devote almost entirely to the mineral
department of the National Museum ; and when completed to transfer
to it everything of a geological and mineralogical nature, and also to
prepare a portion of it especially for the accommodation of the Oeolog-
ical Survey, which is at present so inconveniently provided for. By
way of economy it is proposed at first to construct what will represent
the western side of the building, in which office-rooms and chemical
and other laboratories can be provided for.
1% had been proposed to erect a separate building for the Oeological
Survey, disconnected firom the National Museum ; but there being no
ground available for this purpose, it was thought expedient to ask for
an appropriation to furnish the required quarters on the Smithsonian
reservation, which is at present ample for the purpose.
On the lOth of April last the following bill was accordingly intro-
duced into the House of Representatives and referred to the Committee
on Public Buildings and Orounds. The subject is still before that
committee, and it is impossible to state what will be its fate during
the present session. I would recommend action on the part of the Board
of Regents in this connection, since long before the edifice can be com-
pleted the need for it will become extremely urgent.
10 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY.
^A BILL (H. R. No. 5781) for the erection of a fire-proof bafldin^ on the eonth por-
tion of tibie Smithsonian reeervation, for the aocommodation or the United States
Geological Surrey, and for other purposes.
•
<^ Be it enactedj dke.y That the som of two hundred thoasand dollars
be, and hereby is, appropriated, oat of any money in the Treasury not
otherwise appropriated, for the erection of a fire-proof building on the
south portion of the Smithsonian reservation for the accommodation of
the United States Geological Survey, and for other purposes : Provided^
That the consent of the Begent« of the Smithsonian Institution be first
obtained thereto, and that the building be under their direction when
completed: And provided furiKer^ That the building be erected by the
Architect of the Capitol, in accordance with plans approved by the
Director of the United States Oeolc^ical Survey, the Secretary of the
Smithsonian Institution and the Architect of the Capitol acting as a
board therefor."
MKSTINOB OP BOIENTIFIO BODEB8.
The Board of Begents authorized the Secretary ^^ to provide in the
building of the new Museum such accommodations as the National
Academy of Sciences mi^ need at its meetings in Washington, and in
connection with the executive committee to extend similar hospitality
to other organizations of cognate character and importance.''
Under the authority thus confessed, meetings were held during the
past year in the new Museum by the National Academy of Sciences
(Ajuril 18, 1882), the American Institute of Mining Engineers (Febru-
aiy 21, 1882), and the National Dental Association (August 3, i, 5, 1882).
The hall of the Museum has also been used for the bi-monthly meet-
ings of the Bidogioal Society of Washington, and for lectures on Satur-
day afternoons in the months of March and April, 1882, under the au-
qpioes of the Antfaropdlogioal and Biological Societies of Washington.
The following is a list of these lectures :
Intioduotoiy Address. By M%|. J. W. Powell, DireoUur, United States
Geologioal Survey.
Sekotiile and Popular Views of Nature C<mtrasted. By Prof, llieo
OilL
What is Anthropology t By Pro£ Otis T. Mason.
Oontrasts of the Appalachian Mountains. By ProC J. W. Chicker-
fng» Jr.
Outlines of Sociology. By M%j. J. W. PowelL
Little Known Ftets about Well-Known Animals. By Prof. O. Y.
Ptal Broea and the French School of Anthropology. By Dr. Bobert
Fletcher.
Deep Sea Expkmtiras. By Prof! Wm. fl. Dall.
How we See. By Dr. Swan M. Burnett.
I would state that a fivmal visit was made to the Institutkui on the
9d Fetenaiy, 1882, l^ the newly ^pointed Chinese minister, Mr. Cheng
BEPOBT OF THE SECRETABT. 11
Tsao Ja, with his staff, aooompanied by Hon. Peter Parker, one of the
Begents. These gentlemen seemed mnch interested in the work of the
establishment, and promised hearty co-operation on the part of the
Chinese Gtovemment in the way of exchanges, contributions to the Ma*
seam, &c.
BOUTINE WOBK OP THE INSTITUTION.
Admin%9trat%on.'^The personnel of the Smithsonian Institution has
remained practically unchanged since the last report.
Oarreapondeikce.'-'Jn all the public Departments, the correspondence
constitutes a very large part of the office work, and the fact that the
Smithsonian Institution has come to be, in a measure, a bureau of in-
formation^ adds greatly to the number of letters received and requir-
ing responses.
It is a rule of the Institution, observed firom its earliest days, that
no respectfhl request for information ever goes without an answer —
either supplying what is wanted, or expressing inability to do so. In
the latter case references are frequently given, which answer the desired
object.
The known interest of the Institution in the subject of Anthropology
induces many notices to be sent to it of the discovery of Indian relics^
iheir characteristics, and other details ; the more interesting portions
of which are usually extracted and published in the annual report. The
nomber, however, has become so great that at present it is impossible
to give them in detail, as heretofore; but a careful abstract is made, for
pnblication in the annual report, by Pro£ O. T. Mason, the editor in
charge of this sulgect.
The correspondence with all parts of the United States— largely, how-
ever, through members of Oongress — ^in connection with the supposed
discovery of valuable minerals, has, as heretofore, represented a very
oonaiderable portion of the business.
Applications for position in the Institution and its allied departments
still continue to be numerous. At best there can be but very few vacan-
cies in the administrative and laboring force, and hence it is rarely
possible to give a favorable response to any sudi application, whatever
the merit of the applicant, or however strong and satisfiEM^tory the testi-
monials presented. The unpleasant necessity accordingly remains of
almost uniformly declining the urgent appeals of those seeking official
position and occupation.
BBSBABOHES AND EXPLOBATIONS.
Daring no previous year has the Smithsonian Institution been con-
nected with so many different and important explorations of various-
zegioiis, especially of America, as during that which has just dosed;,
and the results of the work are of commensurate value.
12 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY.
Among the sabjects to which the Institution has always devoted
special attention has been that of developing a knowledge of the eth-
nology and physical and natural history of the less known portions of
the globe; confining, however, its attention more particularly to Amer-
ica. There are yet so many regions to be investigated, that whatever
fdnds are available for its purposes can always be advantageously em-
ployed; and the limitations in this respect have always been keenly
felt.
It is, of course, the policy of the Smithsonian Institution, in this and
in sill other subjects, to occupy no ground that is covered by other suf-
ficient agencies; and where the United States Oovemment or any other
body is at work in exploration the Institution does not interfere, except
in so far as it can act concurrently to advantage. For the third of a
<3entuiy the Institution has worked harmoniously with the various
branches of the Government in this connection; and by calling atten-
tion to the importance of special inquiries, not originally contemplated
in the official research, by securing the appointment of competent ex-
perts, by taking charge of the notes and collections made, and assisting
in their elaboration and preparation for publication, and in various
other ways, it has been able to guide eflbrt, and to secure the accom-
plishment of its object on a very large scale.
The number of exhibitions that the Institution has been more or less
-connected with during the period mentioned is very great, and it is
difficult to calculate the influence that it has thus exerted in the devel-
opment of knowledge in ethnology and natural history in general, and
particularly in that of northern and middle America.
Of later years the strongest ally and associate of the Smithsonian
Institution and its work, has been the ITnited States Signal Service;
first, under General Meyer, and next under General Hazen. Both these
officers have always exhibited the utmost readiness to render all the aid
in their power toward the furtherance of the objects of the Institution,
and especially by permitting it to nominate persons to the charge otj or
to act as assistants in, the principal observation stations who, while
•competent meteorological observers, were at the same time naturalists
and able to utiUze their opportunities to the utmost. The Institution
in these cases has usually met all the expenses in addition to what was
required for the purely meteorological service ; supplying outfit, arsenic,
ammunition, &c., and taking charge of the collections and having them
properly elaborated for publication.
The previous reports of the Institution contain many references to
this most satisfactory co-operation ; and this has been even more marked
and efficient during 1882 than formerly; as will be readily realized by
the following account, in which I propose to take up the several regions,
and show the more important work that has been done either by the
Institution alone, or in conjunction with the Signal Service and other
parties.
EEPORT OF THE SECRETARY. 15
Qreenlcmd. — ^It will be remembered that in 1881 Lieutenant Greeley
was sent, by the Chief Signal Officer, in charge of a party to establish
an international meteorological station at Lady Franklin Bay, in lati-
tude 810 35' north. The party was taken to its destination on the
Bteamer "Proteus," a sailing vessel chartered in Newfoundland, and was
safely landed, with all its stores, on the north shore of Lady Franklin
Bay, at Gamp Conger. The naturalist and surgeon of the party in
charge, Dr. Pavey, had preceded the expedition to Greenland by about
one year, being occupied during the interval in studying the natural
history and ethnology of the country. In 1882, with an appropriation
made by Congress for the purpose, a relief party was organized by the
Signal Office to carry out stores and supplies. As Dr. Pavey intimated
Us desire to return during 1882, the Listitution, at the request of Gen-
eral Hazen, selected Dr. Hoadley to fill the place, as a surgeon of
ability and an experienced naturalist. This relief party, with the sup-
plies and stores, left Newfoundland on the steamer "l^eptune'' on its
way to Lady Franklin Bay; but, on account of the ice, was unable to
reach its destination; and after depositing the stores on the shore
and marking their position by intelligible indications, it returned
to the United States. During the voyage. Dr. Hoadley was able to
utilize the slight opportunity at his command in collecting some inter-
esting si)ecimens of birds and other objects of natural history. The
commander of the party brought back a very finely constructed skin
boat, which has been dex)osited by the Chief Signal Officer in the
National Museum.
Labrador. — A very important beginning towards the exploration of
Labrador has been made during the year by the establishment, by the
United States Signal Service, of an international meteorological station
on Ungava Bay, its northern extremity. Mr. Lucien M. Turner, who has
been connected with theservicefor many years in stations at St. Michael's,
Alaska, and at many points along the Aleutian Islands, was selected
to establish a new station on the eastern coast of the continent, and one
that should be at a suitable distance from the Greenland station, and
those more or less adjacent to it of the German and English Govern-
ments. The courtesy of the Hudson's Bay Company, which had been
80 signally exhibited to the Smithsonian Institution in connection with
the researches of Mr. Kennicott and others more than twenty years ago,
was again displayed, in its hearty consent to make Fort Chimo, in
Ungava Bay, the seat of the settlement in question; and Mr. Turner
accordingly left Quebec on a schooner for Rigolette Station, where,
taking the Hudson's Bay steamer, he proceeded to Ungava. His equip-
ment for making collections of all kinds was very complete, and was
also transi)orted by the Hudson's Bay Company. He had received au
tfaorily from the Lastitution to obtain the necessary goods at the post,
and to secure such objects by barter with the Eskimo as could not
14 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY.
otherwise be readily obtained. The vessel retomed very soon after,
leaving Mr. Tamer and his equipment; bat his letters indicate his entire
satisfection with the prospect, of efficient work both in meteorology and
in natnral history. We are assored by the company's officer at Fort
Ohimo of his hearty co-operation; and are also gratified at the assurance
that, in their season, the variety of objects of natural history is very
great, especially of birds, with their nests and eggs. Four boxes of col-
lections were received from Mr. Turner by way of London, and found to
contain many articles of much interest. In accordance with the under-
standing with Mr. Turner, the collections will all be retained, so that he
may work them up at the proper time.
This may be an appropriate place to mention that, before leaving the
country, Mr. Turner completed his elaborate report upon the natural
and physical history of Alaska, and left it in the hands of the Chief
Signal Officer for such use as he might see fit to make of it.
A second exploration of Labrador during the year was prosecuted by
Mr. Winfred A. Steams, a I^ew England naturalist who has been in
the habit of spending several years successively on the coast, although
considerably farther south than the station occupied by Mr. Turner.
That gentleman applied to the Institution for the necessary alcohol to
preserve objects of marine zodlogy, and has forwarded to Washington
a satisfactory return^ A report by him on the various species of animals
observed during his successive visits to Labrador has been presented
to the Institution, and will shortly be published in the Proceedings of
the I^ational Museum.
Arctio Ocean. — The ill-fEiited voyage of the Jeannette came to a close
by the wrecking of the vessel, and the loss of two out of the three divis-
ions into which the party was made up in the effort to reach the actual
settlements on the Siberian coasts. Among those saved was Mr. Ray-
mond L. I^ewcomb, the gentleman nominated by the Institution as
naturalist to the expedition. Mr. I^ewcomb was able, in spite of all the
privations and trials of the return, to save many of his notes and four
specimens of one of the rarest of known birds, namely. Boss' Oull, which
is a small species, characterized by a wedge-shaped tail, and having,
also, a black ring around the neck, in striking contrast with the other-
wise white plumage. Mr. I^ewcomb knowing well the interest to natur-
alists of these specimens, carried them with him, and delivered them
to the Smithsonian Institution. They are, naturally, not in very good
condition, but would be prizes under any circumstances.
The disastrous history of the Jeannette, almost unexampled among
Arctic explorations in its fotalities, does not come within my province
to detail.
Alaska. — Of all the stations in this vast and comparatively unknown
I ion, the most important occupied during the year is that at Point
] row, situated in latitude 11^^ I^., the northernmost point of conti-
REPORT OP THE SECRETARY. 15
neatal Kortli Aif erica, and forming a part of the purchase by the United
States ftrom Bussia in 1867.
In 1881 a thoroughly organized party was sent to that region by the
Chief Signal Officer, under the command of Lieutenant Bay, with
Dr. Oldmixon as surgeon, and Professors Smith and Murdoch as
meteorological observers and naturalists ^ the latter gentlemen having
been nominated by the Smithsonian Institution at the request of Gen-
eral Hazen. Both of them trained and accomplished naturalists, and
of much experience in practical work, a great deal is hoped from them,
as well as from the party generally, in the thorough investigation of the
anthropology and biology of the northern coast.
A vessel sent by the United States Signal Office to Point Barrow with
supplies, under Lieutenant Powell, found the party in admirable condi-
tion, and brought back a large number of very interesting specimens,
which have already greatly increased our knowledge of the Eskimo
and of the animal life of the region. The labor of getting settled, and
of organizing the station, prevented the fall utilization of the occasion
by the naturalists of the expedition. It is expected, however, that by
the next year's return the objects secured will be of very great interest,
smrpassing even those that have already come to hand.
Among the most noted features of the collections returned from the
expedition are the many implements, such as hammers, chisels, scrap-
ers, &c., made of a form of Jadite, closely allied to the precious Jad-
ite of Ohina and Kew Zealand; and many other objects of Eskimo
workmanship are scarcely less interesting.
Among the birds, the eggs of three species of Arctic wading birds
constitute important novelties in the collections of the National Mu-
seum. There were also some rare fishes, marine invertebrates, &c.
Among the most important collections received from Alaska during
the year are the ethnological objects transmitted by Mr. J. J. McLean,
Signal Service observer at Sitka. This gentieman has well utilized the
opportunities at his command by securing several very fine collections
both of modem and prehistoric workmanship of the Alaskan Indians;
adding much to the richness of the material in the National Museum.
While engaged in his surveying work in Alaskan waters, on the Coast
Survey steamer Hassler, Commander Henry B. Mchols of the Navy has
continued his important service begun several years before on the Gulf
of California, in obtaining rare specimens of animals, especially fishes.
A large collection of marine animals, made 'by him, is now on its way
from California.
Saint MichaePs. — No collections were received during the year fix)m
Saint Michael's; a station which while in charge first of Mr. Turner,
and next of Mr. Nelson, has been so great a source of supply to the
National Museum. It is, however, expected that a consignment of in-
toest will be received next year.
16 EEPORT OP THE SECRETARY.
Hushagak, — ^This station, also one of the important ^points of service
of the Signal Office, is in charge of Mr. C. L. McKay, who went there in
1881 with the usual supply of apparatus for meteorological observation,
and of outfit by the Smithsonian Institution. Few localities on the
coast are more important than Bristol Bay, on which Nushagak is sit-
uated ; and it is expected that Mr. McKay will do full justice to the op-
portunity; having been well trained, both as an observer and collector,
under Professor Jordan, of Bloomington, Ind. A large amount o£ ex-
tremely valuable material has been furnished by Mr. McKay, those of
most interest being the ethnological objects. Many interesting species
of birds and their eggs, of mammals, and of fishes have also been sent.
Some interesting collections have been received from Pribylov, one of
the far-seal islands, furnished by Mr. J. H. Moulton. Of these a very
fine walrus head with tusks has been mounted by Mr. Homaday, taxi-
dermist of the National Museum.
KodiaJc. — ^A very accomplished naturalist and collector, Mr, W. J.
Fisher, is now established at Kodiak as tidal observer of the United
States Coast Survey, and from him the Institution has received a num-
ber of extremely interesting objects. These are, for the most part,
ethnological and zoological ; and will be referred to in another part oif
this report. The most interesting acquisition of Mr. Fisher is a new
species of petrel, which has been called CEstrelata fisheri by Mr. Bidg-
way, after the discoverer.
The fishes collected by Mr. Fisher are particularly interesting; as he
is well versed in Pacific ichthyology, and able to make a judicious se-
lection where it is required.
From the other islands of the Aleutian group not much has come to
hand in 1882; a few specimens collected in previous years only having
been received.
Oommcmder Islands, — ^Not in any way inferior in importance to the
other work of the year have been the results of an expedition made
to the Commander Islands by Dr. L. Stejneger. This gentleman, an
accomplished naturalist of Norway, visited the Smithsonian Institution
in 1881 for the purpose of studying the collections of aquatic birds in
the l^ational Museum, and when this was done, offered his services to
the Institution for any exploration that might be desired. His first idea
was that of research in the Sandwich Islands, and next in the West
Indies; but finally the interest of an exploration in the Commander
Islands induced the Institution to make the necessary arrangements to
send him to that region. It may be stated, in this connection, that
this group of small islands is situated about 100 miles off Petropau-
lovski on the coast of Kamchatka, and that its special interest lies
in the fact of its originally having been the locality of the northern
sea-cow — ^the Bhytina gigas — a marine mammal closely allied to the
1 manatee but of enormous size, measuring 30 feet and
EBPORT OF THE SECRETAEY. 17
upwards in length, and weighing many tons. When the islands were
discovered by the Eossians in November, 1741, the species was very
abundant; bnt in a few years it was entirely exterminated, and it is
believed to be considerably more than one hundred years since the
last survivor perished. Quite naturally, the possession of some remains
of this animal is a great, desideratum among museums; and until
recently the only relics were in the museum of the Academy of Sciences
in St. Petersburg. In completing his famous voyage over the Euro-
pean seas, arouDd by the Arctic Ocean and the Pacific, Professor Nor-
denskjold, obtained at Bering Island, of the Commander group, a num-
ber of bones of the Ehytina, of the acquisition of which he was justly
proud. Desirous of obtaining specimens of the animal for the Na-
tional Museum, the Smithsonian Institution very gladly availed itself
of the offer of the Alaska Commercial Company, the lessee from the
Enssian Government of the Commander Islands, to transport Dr.
Stejneger in the vessel which carries the usual annual supplies to the
station, and hopes soon to report success in its efforts.
Oregon and Washington Territory. — During the year several very ac-
ceptable transmissions of objects of ethnology and natural history,
especially of fish products, have been made by Mr. James G. Swan, of
Port Townsend. This gentleman's name has appeared for many years
in the Smithsonian report, as a valued contributor, not only of materials
bat also of interesting memoirs which have been published in the Smith-
sonian Contributions to Knowledge, and in the Annual Eeports.
Mr. Swan has been specially occupied during the year in collecting
material for the American display at the International Fishery Exhi-
bition, to be held in London in May next; and it is believed that his
eollection, when received, will leave but little to be desired in the way
of a satisfactory representation of the aboriginal and other fisheries of
Paget Sound.
Capt. Charles Bendire, while stationed at Fort Walla Walla and at
Fort Elamath, has continued his researches into the bird life of the
Northwest; and, with his usual success, has secured many rare speci-
mens of the nests and eggs of birds, as well as of their skins.
To Captain Bendire we are also indebted for important collections of
reptiles, fishes, and small mammals, also fossil remains of both animals
and plants.
California. — Mr. R. E. C. Stearns has been engaged in collecting ma-
terial along the coast of California for the London Fishery Exhibition,
and has also visited Puget Sound, Washington Territory, and Oregon
in the same connection; and to him we owe some interesting collections
of specimens in archaeology obtained in the interior of California.
Mr. Gustav Eisen, a well-known naturalist, has also contributed some
acceptable collections in archaeology from the vicinity of Fresno.
H. Mis. 26 2
18 REPORT OP THE SECRETARY.
Lower California. — The earlier volames of the report of the Institir-
tion contain allusions to the importanjt work of Mr. John Xantas in the
exploration of lower California, resulting in the discovery of a peculiar
£auna at Cape Saint Lucas, represented by numerous undescribed spe-
cies of birds, reptiles, fishes, &c. In the lapse of time, the collections
made by Mr. Xantus have been greatly reduced, and it is considered
eminently desirable to renew them.
Mr. L. Belding, of Stockton, Cal., undertook, largely at his own ex-
pense, to visit the region in question and explore it in the interest of
the Smithsonian Institution. This was done by him with very great
success, his work resulting in the recovery of most of the species ob*
tained by Mr. Xantus, with a number of additions. So promising, in-
deed, was the field, that the available time during the winter and early
spring of 1882 was not sufi&cient to complete the work, and he therefore
returned again towards the end of 1882, and is now occupied in his
mission. As Mr. Belding is a trained naturalist, especially in the
department of ornithology, much is expected from his researches. He
proposes to prepare, for publication by the Institution, a methodical
account of the vertebrate natural history of Lower California.
Hew Mexico and Arizona, — ^From New Mexico and Arizona the con-
tributions have, as usual, been chiefly in the line of ethnology, the
Ethnological Bureau having continued its work on a very large scale.
A special account will be found in another part of the report of the
work of this Bureau in the region referred to and elsewhere. It will
be, therefore, unnecessary to do more than mention the names of Maj.
J. W. Powell, Director of the Bureau, and Messrs. F. H. Gushing and
James Stevenson, in this connection.
From Mn H. II. Busby some interesting collections of plants and
specimens from Silver City have been received.
The United States Geological Survey has also collected very many
minerals, fossils, and rocks in these Territories, all of which are for
the present in charge of the Survey.
Interior of the United States, — No very important explorations have
been made in the interior of the country, other than those mentioned, ex-
cepting the work of the Ethnological Bureau, which, as already stated,
will be found detailed elsewhere.
Prof. D. S. Jordan, however, has prosecuted extensive inquiries into
the fishes of Texas, and Prof. Hay into those of the Southern States.
Florida, — Florida has been the scene of great activity in explora-
tion. Mr. S. T. Walker has been engaged on the western coast of the
State, principally in collecting the archaeological material; Mr. James
Bell, of Gainesville, has furnished large numbers of birds and living rep-
tiles; Dr. Henshall, collections of fishes; and Mr. Whitfield of reptUes.
BEPORT OF THE SECRETARY. 19
The most important collections, however, in Florida are those of the
fishes, made by Professor Jordan •and Mr. Silas Stearns, of Pensacola,
the latter gentleman in continuation of very many previous transmis-
sions. Indeed, to no one are we more indebted than to Mr. Stearns for
a knowledge of the ichthyology of the Gulf of Mexico, his business con-
nection with the fish and fisheries, prosecuted from Pensacola as a basis,
enabling him to secure novelties as they preseni; themselves. Several
papers describing a number of new species have been published by the
Institution on the collections made by Mr. Stearns, and other species
remain to be described.
Eastern portion of the United States. — ^In the eastern portion of the
United States the principal results have, as heretofore, been produced
by the United States Fish Commission, the continued investigations of
the steamer <^ Fish Hawk" along the continental plateau having brought
to Ught many new forms of fishes and invertebrates, besides securing
numerous rarities, as well as duplicate specimens for distribution.
A special feature, in addition, has been the work connected with the
acquisition of material for the display of the London Fishery Exjwsi-
tion, opening in May next. An appropriation was made by Congress
for the purpose of securing suitable illustrations of the apparatus, proc-
esses, products, and results of the American fisheries; but the present
limits will not permit me to go into details, and a formal report will
hereafter be made on the subject.
The collections made in previous years by the Gloucester fishermen,
have not been continued to any great extent, in view of the fact that
the greater part of the objects coming within the limits of their work
have been obtained, the work of the ^'Fish Hawk'^ superseding largely
flie less productive yield of the trawl and hand line.
West Indies. — From the West Indies a few objects of much interest
have been obtained, although no extended series. Mr. Guesde has con-
tinued his contributions of illustrations of a very valuable collection
of Garrib antiquities. Dr. NichoUs, of Dominica, Mr. Wells, of Grenada,
and Mr. P. A. Ober, have all made contributions of more or less interest.
Mexico. — ^The receipts from Mexico are for the most part represented
by several collections from Prof. A. Dugfes, of Guanajuato. This ac-
eomplished naturalist has been^n the habit, for many years, of sending
to the Institution specimens of animals and plants for indentification.
It is with deep regret that t am obliged to mention, in another part
of this report, the death of Mr. F. Sumichrast, of Tuchitan; who has
been, by far, our most important cdadjutor in that country.
OdKtral America. — ^The researches prosecuted in Central America,
under the auspices of the Smithsonian Institution, have been of unusual
hnportance in the results obtained, both of specimens and of infer ma-
and of these quite a number are to be mentioned.
20 BEPOBT OF THE SECBETA.BT.
Dr. J. F. Bransford, a sargeon in the 'Sslvj, under the auspices of
both the Ethnological Bureau and the Smithsonian Institution, made
a special visit to Oopan by way of Guatemala, and also spent a portion
of his time in Costa Eica and elsewhere. In his work he was able to
secure the hearty co-operation of Mr. Keith, the engineer of the Costa
£ica railroad, who kindly furnished some very valuable archaeological
specimens for investigation. The collections of Dr. Bransford have
been also of very great value, especially in objects manufactured of
jade. Much of Dr. Bransford's work on the Gulf of Nicoya, a region
previously but little known to us, is very interesting. Ho is now engaged
in the preparation of an elaborate report of his travels, which will be
published at an early day.
Mr. C. 0. iNutting, of Illinois, was sent by the Institution to explore
especially the fauna of the Gulf of Nicoya and Costa Bica, and with
the help of Sefior Jo86 C. Zeledon, a long-tried collaborator of the Insti-
tution, he was able to make some interesting collections both on the
coast and in the interior of Costa Bica. l^o new species were brought
to light, but many rare and interesting forms were secured.
Mr. Nutting returned from the work of the winter of 1881-'82 in April,
and went back again by the steamer of the 20th December, to continue
his researches on the northern border of Costa Bica and the eastern
coast of that state and Nicaragua.
Mr. Zeledon himself has furnished some interesting additions to the
very large collections of Costa Bica vertebrates previously received from
him, among them some new species of birds.
It is but proper to state that the labors of Mr. Nutting and Dr. Brans-
ford were very greatly furthered by the hearty co-operation of Capt. John
M. Dow, the agent of the Pacific Mail Steamship Company at Panama^
who has been so well known for many years as a coadjutor in all re-
searches of a scientific nature, whether under the auspices of Americans
or foreigners. No man is better known along the Isthmus; and a sim-
iple request secures his assistance to scientific enterprise at whatever
point in Central America it may be in the course of prosecution.
Mr. Gustav £isen, a correspondent of the Institution, formerly a resi-
dent of California, but during the past year living in Guatemala, has
made important researches among the antiquities of Copan, Santa Lucia,
&c. An extended memoir by him has been prepared for publication
by the Smithsonian Institution. He has also supplied some interesting
collections of natural history.
The Isthmus of Panama itself has been represented by the collec-
tions of reptiles sent by Dr. Nelson, of the English Mail Steamer serv-
ice, and of fishes by Mr. Gilbert.
The report upon the work of 1880 and 1881 contained an account of the
labors of Mr. Charles H. Gilbert in the way of ichthyological investiga-
tions along the western coast of America. This gentlemen returned to
BEPOET OP THE SECRETARY. 21
Central America by the steamer of the 20th December, and expects to
devote a number of months, under the auspices of Captain Dow, to the
investigation of the fishes of the two shores of the Isthmus. It is proper
to say that for the co-operation which the scientific enterprises of both
Messrs. Nutting and Gilbert have received from the Pacific Mail Steam-
ship Company, and the amount of service rendered generally by the
company in question in the explorations of the Smithsonian Institution^
it is difficult to express our appreciation in words. For more than twenty
years, in all successive stages of administration, it has been ready to
respond to any reasonable request for service, not only carrying the
agents of the Institution free of charge, but also franking the collec-
tions transmitted by them to Washington.
South America. — ^Prom South America but little of importance has
been received, excepting from the Geological Survey of Brazil under
Profl E. H. Derby. From him valuable collections of corals, fossils, &c.,
have been received, to be exchanged for some from the I^ational Museum.
Dr. Hering, of Surinam, has sent collections of living reptiles, of
objects in alcohol, and specimens of anthropology, which have proved
very acceptable.
Mr. Thomas Herron, of Baranquilla, has also contributed some valu-
able archsBological specimens.
Mr. W. F. Lee conducted an exploration in Peru and Ecuador with
some success during the months of July and August. He was obliged
to discontinue work on account of the hostility of the natives, who had
been prejudiced against explorers on account of the indiscretions of a
collector who had preceded Mr. Lee.
China a/nd Japwn. — ^The researches of Dr. Dale and Mr. P. L. Jouy^
in China and Japan, respectively, have been continued during the year
with very important results. Collections of great value of birds, mam-
mals, and other objects have come safely to hand from them. Dr. Dale
letomed to the United States in the early part of the year, but Mr»
Jouy remained in Japan and visited some comparatively little known
portions of the country, where he found objects of very great interest.
Nothing of special moment has been received from the Old World^
beyond some occasional specimens of natural history exchanged with
nmseums or individuals. These, with the details of the collection*
generally, will be found recorded in the list of accessions to the Na-
tional Museum during the year.
PUBLICATIONS.
8mith9oniim Oontributians to Knowledge. —In 1860 the Institution pub-
Med as one of the series of "Contributions to Knowledge,'^ the regis-
ter of meteorological observations made at Providence, R. I., by Prof.
Alexis Caswell, extending over a period of twenty-eight and a half
yeais, ftom December, 1831, to May, 1860. After the death of Professor
â– *'-"-'^- " ..
22 BEPOBT OF THE SECfiETABY.
Caswell, manuscript containing additional observations for sixteen years
and a half, or to the end of the year 1876, was placed at the disposal of
the Institution. It was accordingly decided to publish summaries of
the entire series of observations, and the necessarjLxeductions, arrange-
ment, and revision were placed under the direction of Messrs. Charles
A. Schott and E. H. Conrtenay.
The result, a condensed epitome of continuous records for forty-five
years, of observations of the barometer and thermometer, of winds,
clouds, rain, snow, &c., has been published during the year, forming
a quarto volume of 38 pages, entitled "Results of Meteorological Obser-
vations made at Providence, E. I., extending over a period of forty-five
years.^ This will doubtless prove a useful work of reference, not merely
for students of meteorology, but for engineers and others.
Miscellaneous Collection8,-^Two volumes of this series have been com-
pleted during the past year, Vol. XXII and Vol. XXIII. The former
is composed of the Proceedings of the United States National Museum
for 1880 and 1881, and forms an octavo volume of 1200 pages, with 18
wood-cuts and 4 plates.
The twenty-third volume is made up of the following papers:
Bibliography of Fishes of the Pacific coast of the United States. By
Theodore Gill.
On the Distribution of Fishes of the Alleghany Region of South Caro-
lina, Georgia, and Tennessee, with a synopsis of the family Catosto-
midce. By D. S. Jordan and A. W. Brayton.
Flora of Saint Croix and the Virgin Islands. By H. F. A. Eggers.
Catalogue of the Collection to illustrate the animal resources and the
fisheries of the United States, exhibited at Philadelphia in 1876 by the
Smithsonian Institution and the United States Fish Commission, and
forming a part of the United States National Museum. By G. Brown
Goode.
Contributions to the natural history of Arctic America, made in con-
nection with the Howgate Polar Expedition, 1877-'78. By L. Kumlien.
These five articles formed Bulletins of the National Museum, Nos. 11
to 15, and are now collected in one volume of 1003 pages.
Mr. F. W. Clarke has prepared for the Institution another of the
series devoted to the discussion and more precise determination of
various constants of nature, forming the fifth contribution to that sub-
ject published in the Smithsonian series. It is entitled "A Recalculation
of the Atomic Weights," and forms an octavo volume of 293 pages. It
may be regarded as practically supplementary to the " Digest of Atomic
Weights," by Mr. Geo. F. Becker, published by the Institution in 1880,
and of which an account was given in the report for that year.
One of the articles of the Miscellaneous Collections (No. 469, Smith-
fiouian series), is a list of the foreign correspondents of the Institutiou,
corrected to January, 1882. It was prepared by Mr. Geo. H. Boehmer, in
REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. 2S
charge of the exchange system, includes about 3,000 titles, and forms an
octavo volume of 174 pages, being I^o. 469 of the Smithsonian pubUca-
tion.
The various papers on anthropological subjects, contributed by Dr.
Chas. Bau to the Smithsonian Annual Eeports, from 1860 to 1877, have
been collected and issued in one volume, with a preface by the author
containing notes as to changes and additions rendered necessary by re-
cent observations and researches.
. The work forms an octavo volume of 180 pages, with 53 wood-cuts,
and constitutes "So. 440 of the Smithsonian series of publications.
The steady increase of publications by the Institution renders neces-
sary a frequent reissue and extension of the printed list of the same.
The last check-list (to the end of 1881) presented 438 titles, stated in
brief, and occupying 20 pages 8vo. It was at the time designed to have
a more complete catalogue prepared, giving the title-page of each work
in full. Mr. William J. Ehees has accordingly undertaken the labor
of compiling such a catalogue, in a much more thorough and satis-
factory form than has heretofore been attempted. This list (including
40 additional titles) has been brought down to the 1st of July, 1882.
The whole number of titles is 478 5 and in addition to a full biblio-
graphical description of each work, in the case of volumes which em-
brace several independent articles (as the Contributions, Collections,
Eeports, Bulletins, and Proceedings), the contents of each are given.
This catalogue (of 89 pages) is foUowed by a classified list of all the
separate publications, under general heads. A very full alphabetical
index of all the articles contained in each of the publications (with
abundant cross-references) concludes the work. The whole (including
14 pages of prefatory information), comprises 342 pages, 8vo. In order
to make this catalogue still more available, it is intended to supple-
ment it with a complete subject-matter index of all the subjects treated
of in the different publications, including the miscellaneous papers fur-
nished in the annual reports.
A history of the rise and progress of the Smithsonian system of ex-
changes has been prepared by Mr. George H. Boehmer, of the Institu-
tion. The account is prefaced by a sketch of some earlier efforts at
interchanges of a limited character, in order to show more clearly the
distinctive features of the Smithsonian system as an agency of univer-
sal exchange among learned societies and others, irrespective of spe-
cial returns to itself. The history includes the work of the Institution
with reference to the distribution of Government publications ; and
also a notice of the organization by the Paris convention of 1875, in
promotion of a system of international exchange of scientific and liter-
ary memoirs, together with the proceedings subsequently taken by other
nations in the matter. The whole forms a pamphlet of 162 pages, 8vo.
The interest attached to Tuckahoe^ or Indian hreadj as a well-known
^d largely diffused article of food among the aborigines of our country,
24 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY.
has led Prof. J. H. Gore to make a thorough examination into the natore
and properties of this fungus. By means of circulars of inquiry, widely
distributed by the Institution, a considerable amount of material and
information has been collected. This substance is found growing in
irregular masses of mycelium around the roots of trees — especially the
conifers — and is met with in certain districts as far north as Few Jersey
and Pennsylvania, and even in parts of Few York, and as far south as
Florida and Texas. Professor Gore has shown that the somewhat
varied accounts given by earlier writers result from a loose application
of the term tuckdhoe to different substances and tubers, and that the
genuine article is destitute of starch, and, though abundant in pectinous
matter, possesses in itself but a small nutritive value. The essay is
comprised in a pamphlet of 13 pages.
Since the publication by this Institution in 1862 of a work on the
^Classification of the Coleoptera of Forth America,'' by Dr. John L.
Le Conte, and in 1873 of a second part to the same, not only has the
collection of specimens been largely increased by the industry of entomol-
ogists, but many new genera previously unknown have been added to
this large and important order or group of insects. It has therefore been
thought desirable to have the original treatise thoroughly revised and
brought up to the present condition of the science. This laborious work
has been undertaken by the joint efforts of Drs. John Le Oonte and George
H. Horn; and the new edition now nearly completed, has been put in
print as far as to page 480. Fot more than a hundred pages will now
be required to finish this extensive systematic arrangement and descrip-
tion of the Coleoptera, and the work will be published early in 1883.
In October of the past year, the Institution commenced the printing
of a General Catalogue of Scientific Periodicals published in all parts
of the world since 1666, compiled by Prof. H. Carrington Bolton, of
Trinity College, Hartford, Conn. The plan of this catalogue does not
include the proceedings and transactions of societies, nor does it in-
clude art journals or professional journals, that is, periodicals devoted
to the subjects of law, medicine, or theology. This work originally
brought down to the year 1874, by Prof. Bolton, it was at first supposed
would be published by Congress under the auspices of the Congressional
Library. The subsequent publication by Mr. Samuel H. Scudder of
his admirable "Catalogue of Scientific Serials of all countries (includ-
ing the transactions of learned societies), from 1633 to 1876,'^ seemed
for the time to supersede the work on which Professor Bolton had been
so long engaged. As the latter, however, included the large field of " ap-
plied" science (so called), such as the periodical literature of manufact-
ures, agriculture and horticulture, pharmacy, and technology in general
(not embraced in Mr. Scudder's catalogue), and as it presented the
great advantage of a purely alphabetical arrangement instead of the
geographical classification adopted by Mr. Scudder, the Institution
undertook its publication on condition that it should be continued to
REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. 25
the year 1882. This additional labor was cheerfully undertaken by the
author, and it is hoped that the work will be completed during the year
1883. It will contain geographical, chronological, and subject-matter
indexes, and also — what is regarded as a valuable feature in a biblio-
graphical work of the kind — an appendix stating the American libra-
ries in which any of the periodicals catalogued (and indicated by a num-
ber) are to be found. To attain this information, circulars have beei>
prepared and will be sent to some two hundred librarians (including
twelve in Canada), explaining the project and soliciting their co-opera-
tion in this particular. It is probable that this proposed bibliographical!
aid to scientific students will embrace references to at least a hundred
libraries. The work when completed will form an octavo volume of
probably somewhere between 700 and 800 pages.
For the purpose of ascertaining the methods employed in various^
public and private offices, of indexing and filing letters and other
papers, and of thence determining by a comparative review the most
convenient and practical system, a circular was issued in January, 1882,.
requesting our correspondents to furnish the institution with a detailed
account of the method employed by each. Thankful acknowledgments
are due to the various Government officials and to a large number of
others who have courteously responded to this inquiry. A large amount
of interesting information on this subject has been thus collected, which
will be proi)erly digested and published by the Institution hereafter.
The usual activity in the preparation and publication (through the
agency of the Interior Department) of the "Bulletins^ and "Proceed-
ings'' of the United States National Museum has been displayed during
the x^ast year.
Bulletin 'So. 24 of the Museum has been issued, and consists of a
"Check-list of Korth American Eeptilia and Batrachia, with catalogue
of specimens in the United States National Museum, by H. C. Yarrow,.
M. D., honorary curator of the department of reptiles.'' This work
may be regarded as a revision and extension of the excellent list pre-
pared for the Museum by Prof. Edward D. Cope, and published in 1875-
in Bulletin No. 1. The material selected as a reserve stock for the Mu-
seum, including typical forms heretofore described, those identified by
Professor Cope in his original study of the museum reptiles, those of the
same species found in different geographical areas, and those character-
ized by any abnormality in parts, coloration, or scale covering, forms a
collection of over 4,000 specimens, illustrating 469 species, and is be-
i Ueved to form a series unrivaled by that of any American museum.^
The large extension of material here indicated is mainly due to the dis-
covery of new species and sub-species in California and Lower Califor-
nia by Messrs. Gustav Bisen and L. Belding, and in Texas by Professor
Cope and Mr. Mamock.
The first part of the work consists of a simple " check-list " of the 46»
•^es, in which an attempt has been made to introduce some kind of
26 BEPOBT OF THE SECfiETABT.
nniformity in the popular designation of a species, to supersede the
numerous local names in use, by giving an English equivalent of the
technical Latin and Greek titles employed by naturalists. The next,
and larger portion of the work is devoted to a specification of the locality,
«ource, and nature of the various preserved examples of each species,
with a biblographical reference to a good published description thereof.
Following this is a ^' List of specimens desired by the National Museum,"
numbering in all 132, of which, however, 78 are duplicates wished for
of examples already in the collection, leaving but 54 new species desired
to complete the Museum series. The whole is followed by copioas in-
dexes ; 1st, to the generic and specific names; 2d, to the common names;
«3d, to the localities whence obtained ; 4th, to the names of contributors;
and lastly, the general index. This bulletin forms an octavo volume of
264 pages. This work is to be followed by a supplementary one giving
a careful and concise description of each species of the class. This is
now in preparation.
Bulletin No. 22 of the Kational Museum has been published during
the year. It is entitled " Guide to the Flora of Washington and vicinity,'^
by Lester F. Ward. The work, besides the catalogue of the flora of the
District, with full notes, contains a sketch of the early botanical labors
undertaken by former students, the range of the flora, notices of local-
ities of special interest, the flowering-time of plants, and many interest-
ing facts relating to autumnal flowering, albinos, and double flowers, a
statistical view of the flora, a comparison with others, notes upon abun-
dant and scarce species, classiflcation, common names, &c. There is also
included a checklist of the plants for the use of those who may be form-
ing herbaria and an excellent map of the region considered. An' ap-
pendix is devoted to directions for collecting, which gives ample instruc-
tion for the preparation of an herbarium, the collection, preservation,
and identification of plants, as well as the proper way to arrange dupli-
<cates for readily making exchanges. This is also published in separate
form as l^o. 460 of Smithsonian series. A full and complete index forms
a useful feature of the work, the whole making an octavo volume of 265
pages.
Another Bulletin of the National Museum, No. 11, which had been for
a long time in the hands of the printer, was issued during 1882. It is
•entitled ^^Bibliography of the Fishes of the Pacific Coast of the United
States to the end of 1879,^ by Theodore Gill. The author gives an
•enumeration in chronological order of the memoirs and articles of all
kinds that have been published on the fishes of the Pacific coast of the
United States. The Bulletin forms an octavo volume of 77 pages.
The important work of Mr. Samuel H. Scudder, referred to in the
report for 1880, relative to the names which have been given by writers
on natural history to genera, has been published in part during the
year. It forms Bulletin No. 19 of the National Museum, and is entitled
^^ Nomenclator Zoologicus. An alphabetical list of all generic names
REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. 27
that have been employed by natnralista for recent and fossil animals
from the earliest times to the close of the year 1879." In two parts.
Part L ^^ List of Generic names employed in Zoology and Paleontology
to the close of the year 1879, chiefly supplemental to those catalogued
by Agassiz and Marschall, or indexed in the Zoological Record." It
forms an octavo volume of 398 pages.
Of the class of <^ Proceedings of the National Museum," volume IT
has been published. This work, commenced in April 1881, printed by
signatures as matter was prepared, and completed in August, 1882,
comprises biological and other notices by S. F. Baird, T. H. Bean, O.
Bendire, C. H. Boyd, W. E. Carhn, W. H. Dall, F. M. Endlich, W. G.
Parlow, O. H. Gilbert, T. Gill, W. C. W. Glazier, G. Brown Goode, G. W.
Hawes, E. IngersoU, 8. H. Johnson, D. 8. Jordan, P. L. Jouy, G. N.
Lawrence, W. N. Lockington, O. Lugger, C. L. McKay, M. A. Moore,
A. Pirz, F. M. Plateau, J. Y. Porter, R. Rathbun, C. Ran, R. Ridgway,
J. A. Ryder, R. W. 8hufeldt, R. Smith, S. B. 8mith, L. Stejneger, F.
W. True, L. F. Ward, and O. A. White. These papers are followed by
an appendix of 141 pages, comprising 18 circulars issued by the Museum.
The whole forms an octavo volume of 680 pages, illustrated by 1 plate
of 13 figures, and by 15 figures in the text.
For several years past, under the co-operation of the Smithsonian
Institution and the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, a collec-
tion has been made of the data obtainable as to the relative heights of
points over the surface of the continent of North America, with a view
to gather these together for permanent record and publication, and to
form the groundwork of a hypsometrical map.
This collection has been intruste<l to Mr. W. L. ^Nicholson, topog-
rapher of the Post-Office Department, who has devoted as much leisure
time as he could command to the extensive correspondence required and
to the co-ordination of the large mass of material gathered. But the
engrossing nature of the duties of his office, having delayed the progress
of this work, a transfer has been made during the past year of all this
material from the Smithsonian Institution— under whose more imme-
diate direction the work has been prosecuted — to the Coast and Geo-
detic Survey, one of whose officers may be assigned for the continuation
of this important subject.
Smithganian Annual Report — I regret to state that up to this time, the
annual report of the Regents for 1881 has not been published. It was
transmitted to Congress on the 1st of March, 1882, and has ever since
been in the hands of the Public Printer.
This work includes the usual Journal of Proceedings of the Board of
Regents, with the reports of the Secretary, of the Executive Committee,
and of the National Museum Building Commission. The << General
Appendix" contains first a <' Record of recent scientific progress." In-
troduction by the Secretary 5 astronomy, by E. S. Holden; meteorology.
28
BEPOBT OF THE SECfiETABT.
&c., by Oleveland Abbe; physics, by G. F. Barker; chemistry, by the
same; botany, by W. G. Parlow; zoology, by Theodore Gill, and anthro-
pology, by O. T. Mason; next, miscellaneous papers and abstracts relat-
ing to anthropology, and the papers by J. Howard Gore, on tuekahoe
or Indian bread; and by G. H. Boehmer, on the history of the Smith-
sonian system of exchanges; both of which have already been de-
scribed. The whole will form an octavo volume of something over StfO
pages, illustrated with 83 cuts.
ASTBONOMIOAIi ANNOUNCEMENTS BY TELEGBAPH.
The service uniiertaken by the Institution in 1863, in the interests of
astronomical science, of acting as the central medium of reception and
transmission of telegraphic announcements of discoveries, continues to
be rendered, with general satisfaction to observers. It is of course
imderstood that this Institution is merely the channel of an international
exchange of astronomical research, and that it undertakes to act only
as the intermediary between foreign and domestic observatories, though
it has long been a desideratum to have the announcements of American
discoveries fully distributed in our own country — a result which has
to some extent been effected by the constant practice of the Institution
to have both foreign and American discoveries promptly transmitted
to the Kew York and National Associated Press for immediate publi-
cation.
Th« Atlantic Cable Company and the Western Union Telegraph
company still continue with their accustomed liberality to forward
the Smithsonian dispatches free of charge ; an enlightened apprecia-
tion of the public value of such researches, and a courteous and hearty
co-operation in scientific work which should always receive our most
thankful recognition.
The following is the list of astronomical discoveries of minor planets
and comets made during the past year:
List of planetoids discovered in 1882.
No.
Name.
Date.
Discoverer.
Discover-
er's No.
Observatory.
221
Eos
Jan. 18
Feb. 9
Mar. 10
Mar. 30
April 19
July 19
Ang. 12
Ang. 19
Ang. 22
Sept. 3
Sept. 10
Palisa
30th.
31st.
32d.
33d.
34th.
35th.
8tb.
36th.
37th.
Ist.
38th.
Pola.
222
Lncia .........
Palisa
Pola.
223
Bosa ..........
Palisa
Pola.
224
Oceana
Henrietta
Weringia
Philosophia ...
Aeathe
Aaelina
Athamantis ...
Vindobonda...
Palisa
Pola.
225
Palisa
Pola.
226
Palisa .............
Pola.
227
228
Prosper Henry
Palisa
Paris.
Pola.
229
Palisa
Pola.
230
L. de Ball..'.
231
Palisa
Pola.
SEPOBT OP THE SECBETABY.
29
It will be noticed that while only one new planetoid was observed in
1881 (tbe year of the last report), eleven have been discovered in the
year 1882. The irregularity of numbers added to the list in successive
years has not been observed to follow any assignable rule. The follow-
ing table gives a synopsis of the whole range of planetoidal discovery
\»y years, including the firsti four leading bodies of the group observed
at the beginning of the present century :
Whole number of planetoids yearly discovered.
1801 1
1802 1
1804 1
1807 1
1845 1
1846
1847 3
1848 1
1849 1
1850 3
1851 2
1852 8
1853 4
1854 6
1855 4
1856 5
1857 9
1858 5
1859 1
1860 5
1861 10
1862 5
1863 2
1864 3
1865 3
1866 6
1867 4
1868 12
1869 2
1870 3
1871 5
1872 11
1873 6
1874 6
1875 17
1876 12
1877 10
1878 12
1879 20
1880 8
1881 1
1882 11
1
I
t «
From this table it is seen that while only 13 of these bodies had been
detected in the first hakf of the century, the remaining 218 all belong to
the past thirty-two years. Or, while the first quarter gave 4, the second
quarter gave 9, the third quarter 144, and the last quarter gives the
still higher rate of more than 10 per annum. Or, still more specifically
(following the columns of the table), the first forty-seven years gave 8,
the next seven years 25, the next seven years 39, the next seven years
^, the next seven years 50, and the last seven years 74.
Distribution of the discovery of planetoids.
I discovered in 1801, 1802, 1804, 1807, 1845,
1848, 1849, 1859, 1881.
^ discovered in 1851, 1863, 1869.
3 discovered in 1847, 1850, 1864, 1865, 1870.
4 discovered in 1853, 1855, 1867.
5 discovered in 1856, 1858, 1860, 1862, 1871.
€ discovered in 1854, 1866, 1873, 1874.
8 discovered in 1852, 1880.
9 discovered in 1857.
10 discovered in 1861, 1877.
11 discovered in 1872, 1882.
12 discovered in 1868, 1876, 187a
17 discovered in 1875.
20 discovered in 1879.
List of comets observed in 1882.
No.
Name.
Date.
Disooverer.
1
Observatory.
I
n
in
Wells' comet
CmU's comet —
Mar. 17
Sept. 7
Sept. 13
Charles S. Wells . .
Mr. Finlay
£. £. Barnard
Albany, N. Y.
Cape of Gk)od Hope, S. AMca.
Nashville, Tenn.
The following brief notice of these interesting objects has been kindly
ftiniished by Prof. Asaph Hall, of the U. S. Naval Observatory.
"Comet 1, 1882, was discovered by Charles S. Wells at the Dudley
Observatory, Albany, K. Y., March 17, 1882. Observations were made
in the southern hemisphere until July 25, 1882. No definitive orbit has
been determined yet, but probably the orbit is nearly parabolic." [That
is, a very elongated ellipse.]
30 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY.
" Oomet n, 1882, was the great comet of the year. It was seen with
the naked eye, at many places in the northern hemisphere ; bat the
first accurate observations seem to be those made by Mr. Finlay at
the Oape of Good Hope on September 7. This comet was very
bright) and was remarkable on account of several condensed parts that
were seen in its nucleas, and which led to statements of a separation
of this nucleus. But these brighter parts were always connected by
fainter parts of the coma. It is probable that these apparent separa-
tions have led to discordancies in the observations, which will make it
difficult to combine the numerous positions of this comet into a homo-
geneous system. Several elliptic orbits have been computed, the pe-
riodic times varying from five hundred to a thousand years.''
" Comet III, 1882, was a faint object. It was discovered by Mr. E. E.
Barnard, at Nashville, Tenn., September 13, 1882. Observations were
made in the southern hemisphere on December 8, and probably it was
followed longer. The orbit seems to be parabolic."
The wide interest felt by astronomers in the Smithsonian interna-
tional announcements of planetary and cometar^^ discoveries is evinced
by the number of proposals and suggestions received at the Institution^
for increasing the range and efficiency of the service. . On one hand,
frequent applications have been made to the Institution urging that
American discoveries should be widely telegraphed at home as well as
abroad. On another, it has been repeatedly urged that in view of the
comparatively ephemeral character of the appearances of most of the
comets, frequent and prompt announcements should be telegraphed of
observed changes of position from day to day, as well as of provisional
computations of orbits. Valuable as such early information would evi-
dently be, the Institution has not been able (in the supx>ort of its other
multitudinous interests) to incur the additional expense of such trans-
missions. And the liberality of the various telegraphic companies ha»
already been so extended beyond original purpose and proposal, that
we can hardly, with propriety, solicit this large increase of concession.
The " Science Observer," published at Boston, has (with a commend-
able enterprise), in connection with the Harvard College Observatory,,
entered this field of active usefulness, and by means of "special cir-
culars" has acceptably supplemented the work of the Institution in this,
department. The peculiar cable code employed by the " Science Ob-
server" has not however commended itself for adoption by the Smith-
sonian Institution.
There has been some difference of opinion among astronomers as to*
the best form of presentation of the elements of position of a new comets
or planetoid. From want of care, or of attention by some to the pub-
lished formnlse in announcing their discoveries, difficulties of interpre-
tation have occasionally arisen. A portion of the correspondence of
the Institution on this subject is given in the appendix to this report..
BRPORT OF THE SECRETABT. 31
INTBSNATIONAIi EXOHAKGES.
The Smithsonian system, so long conducted with benefit to libraries
and individuals in this country and abroad, has received new impetus
and extension during the past year. I have already referred to ai>
elaborate history of the system, and of the efforts made to promote in-
terchange of the literary and scientific productions of different countries,
published by the Institution during the year, and it is only necessary
here to present the usual statistics of the service. For a full account
of the details of operations I refer to Mr. Boehmer's report in the ap-
pendix.
The total number of establishments outsiHe of the United States with
which correspondence and exchange have been conducted amounts to
3,726, an increase of about 800 over the list of 1881. The number of
packages received from Europe for distribution in the United States
during the past year amounted to 7,187; the number of packages from
the United States received for transmission abroad has amounted to
19,292 ; making an aggregate of 26,479 packages.
The parcels received from Europe for distribution in America are
generally forwarded to their respective destinations iii smaller bundles,.
or in pai)er wrappers. The parcels received for transmission to foreign
countries are careftilly packed in boxes. Of these there were shipped
during the past year 422, occupying a bulk of 2,950 cubic feet, and
weighing 105,500 pounds.
As heretofore, the Institution is greatly indebted to the lines of ocean
steamers between the United States and other countries of the world;
and grateful acknowledgment is due particularly to the agents of the
following companies for the continuation of their important favors in
the free transmission of Smithsonian packages : Anchor Steamship Com-
pany, Atlas Steamship Company, Oompagnie Gl^n^rale Transatlantique^
Ounard Steamship Company, Hamburg American Packet Company,
Inman Steamship Company, Merchants' Line of Steamers, Netherlands
American Steam Navigation Company, New York and Brazil Steamship
Company, New York and Mexico Steamship Company, North German
Uoyd Steamship Company, Pacific Mail Steamship Company, Pacific
Steam Navigation Company, Panama Bailroad Company, Steamship
Lines for BrazO, Texas, Florida, and Nassau, N. P., White Cross Line
of Antwerp.
The railroad companies connecting Washington and Baltimore and
New York have also continued their favor of special rates of charges for
freight. These are the Pennsylvania Bailroad, the Baltimore and Ohio
Bailroad, and the Baltimore and Potomac Bailroad.
Acknowledgments are also due to the foreign ministers and consuls
of the various Governments for their assistance in taking charge of the
packages intended for the countries which they respectively represent
and transmitting them with care to their destination.
32
BXPOBT OF THE SBCBBTABZ
Beceipts.
In 1880.
In 1881.
In 1882.
1. For foreign distrlbntion:
From GoYemment Departments (packages).
From Smithsonian Institntion
From Bcientiflo societies
]B^m indiyidnals
iL For home distiibntion
3. For Goyemment exchanges.
Total receipts, packages.,
2,071
3,156
8,948
14, 175
6,670
15,200
36,045
4,326
5,436
3,631
768
14, 161
7,890
15,550
37,551
6,470
7,056
5.119
647
19,292
7,187
31,568
58,047
Tratunnissians during the last eight years.
1. VOBEiaN EXCHANGES.
Komber of boxes —
Bulk, in cubic feet .
Weight, in poonds .
1875.
1876.
1877.
1878.
1879.
1880.
1881.
208
1,513
45,300
323
2,261
80,750
397
2,779
99,250
309
2,160
69,220
311
2,177
69,975
268
1,976
60,300
407
2,800
100,750
1882.
422
2,950
105,500
2. DOMESTIC EXCHANGES.
Total addresses to in-
stitutions ...... ....
329
281
310
328
392
374
392
370
444
341
385
560
600
454
548
Total addresses to in-
diyidnals ..........
399
Total number of par-
cels to institutions .
Total number of par-
cels to indiyidnals .
3,619
1,042
3,705
1,148
3,868
1,094
4,059
1,233
5,786
1,185
4,021
1,566
7,086
1,347
7,192
1,167
Total number of par-
cels
4,661
4,853
4,962
5,292
6,971
5,587
8,433
8,359
8. GOYBBNMENT EXCHANGES.
otal number of boxes.
64
122
73
73
67
35
98
122
Foreign institutions in correspondence with the 8mithsonia/n Institution.
Africa . . .
America .
Asia
Australia
41
173
77
89
Europe 3,344
Polynesia 2
3,726
Comparative table of same during the last ten years.
1873.
1874.
1875.
1876.
i87r.
1878.
1879.
1880.
1881.
1882.
2,145
2,146
2,207
2,275
2,330
2,333
2,481
2,608
2,906
3,726
EEPOET OP THE SECRETARY.
33
Oaveminent Docwment Exchange. — ^In addition to its general function of
intermediary between the institutions of the New World and the Old,
the Smithsonian Institution has been for some years the agent of the Gov-
ernment for the exchange of public documents and other ofi&cial publi-
cations, in the interest of the Library of Congress, and under the provis-
ions of law. By act of Congress, fifty copies of all publications of the
United States Government, whether ordered for the use of Congress or
of the Departments, are available for distribution, under the direction
of the Joint Library Committee of the two houses of Congress, to such
foreign Governments as agree to make a corresponding return. These
returns, when received, are forwarded directly to the Library of Con-
gress, without being entered on the records of this Institution. A
detailed report in an appendix gives all the information possessed un-
der this head, including the aggregate of such distribution, the agencies
through which it has been effected, and the parties interested in the
exchange.
List of Oovemments to which hoxea "IG'^ and "IT*' were sent in 1882.
Argentine Confeder-
ation.
Baenoe Ayree.
Bavaria.
Belgium.
Brazil.
Canada.
Ontario.
Chili.
Colombia^ U. S. of
Denmark.
France.
Gennanj^.
ProsBia.
Saxony.
- Wtlrtembeig.
Great Britain.
Greece.
Hayti.
Hungary.
India.
Italy.
Japan.
Mexico.
Netherlands.
Kew Sonth Wales.
New Zealand.
Norway.
Portugal.
Queensland.
Bussia.
South Australia.
Spain.
Sweden.
Switzerland.
Tasmania.
Turkey.
Venezuela.
Victoria.
Colombia, Hungary, and India were ftimished with the entire set of
17 boxes (A to R). France has received 2 sets of all the documents
except box "17,'' of which only one was sent, the practice of sending
double sets having been discontinued.
UBBABY.
The large increase in the number of books and pamphlets received in
1881 (the total number amounting to 11,959 pieces) has been well main-
tained during 1882, by the accession of 11,789 pieces, as detailed in the
following statement. This, compared with the 8,570 pieces received in
1880, represents a very grati^ng increase.
As sdready explained, the books and articles received by the Smith-
Bonian Institution (excepting only such as are needed for immediate
leference by the specialists of the Institution and National Museum)
are deposited at once in the Library of Congress, and represent a very
large part of the mass there which is at present calling so earnestly for
pioper accommodation.
Reference has been made in a preceding report to the arrangements
for obtaining a special library for the service of the National Museum;
H. Mis. 26 3
1^
u
34 BBPORT OP THE SECBBTAJBY.
the effort being made in all cases to secnre duplicate copies of the trans-
' actions, monographs, &c.; one to be transferred to the Library of Con-
gress, the other to be placed in the library in question.
The report of Mr. True, in charge of the Kalional Museum Library,
shows a stock of nearly 10,000 volumes and pamphlets; nearly all du-
plicates, as already explained, with the exception of certain works pre-
sented by myself. In the increasing amount of routine work with which
I am charged in the several capacities of Secretary of the Smithsonian
Institution, Director of the National Mui^eum, and Commissioner of
Fish and Fisheries, it has become entirely out of the question to con-
tinue those special researches in zoology, to which I devoted so much
time in the early years of my connection with the Smithsonian Institu-
tion, and for which I had accumulated, at my own expense, a large
number of important works. These I have now formally presented to
the Library of the National Museum, feeling assured that they will do
the most good in that connection.
The most important source of supply to the Library of the National
Museum consists in the direct exchanges of publications for those of
foreign museums, and of scientific societies, and of specialists in natu-
ral history. Little, if anything, however, comes in not obtained under
similar circumstances by the exchanges of the Smithsonian Institution.
Under the regulations of the Museum, the curators in charge of special
divisions are permitted to withdraw from the central library all works
relating exclusively to the departments of which they have charge.
Mixed works, however, or those covering the scope of at least two or
more divisions, are retained in the central library; a record of the
transfer being kept in the central of&ee, so that an applicant for a par-
ticular book can be directed to the of&ce where it is to be found.
It is very desirable that some arrangement be made by which a rec-
ord of all books in the various public libraries in Washington can be
kept in some central ofi&ce; so that a person wishing to refer to a par-
ticular title may have the means of knowing whether it is in the city,
and which of several depositories may be the most convenient to him.
This can best be done through the natural center of reference— the
Library of Congress.
K a law were passed making it obligatory upon the librarians of the
various Departments, Bureaus, &c., to prepare card catalogues accord-
ing to the rules of the Congressional Library, and to deposit therein a
duplicate set, they could be then collectively arranged in proper alpha-
betical or systematic sequence, and be available for the objects in ques-
tion. Of course this would involve a considerable amount of clerical
labor, but a moderate appropriation might be made to meet it at the
outset; after which the annual accretions of the libraries could easily be
recorded without extra expense.
The following is a statement of books, pamphlets, maps, and charts
SEPOBT OF THE 8ECBETABT.
85
reodved by fhe Smithsonian Institntion daring fhe year 1882, and trans-
ferred to the Library of Oongress or to that of the National Maaenm:
Yolames :
Octavo or smaller 993
Quarto or larger 303
Parts of volumes :
Octavo or smaller 3, 006
Quarto or larger 6,034
Pamphlets :
Octavo or smaller 1,932
Quarto or larger 370
1,296
8,039
Maps and charts
2,302
152
Total 11,789
Totals received for the last ten years.
6,697
6,646
7,047
7,686
1877.. 8,726
1873
1874
1876.
1876
1878 8,729
1879 10,203
1880 8,570
1881 11,959
1882. 11,789
It should be mentioned that tlie Secretary of the Interior has granted
to employes of the I^ational Museum the use of the library of his De-
partment on Mondays between 2 and 4 o^clock p. m.
I have to record the lamented death of Mrs. Habbiet A. Henby,
widow of Professor Henby, which took place in this city on the 26th of
last MardL This estimable lady, a native of Schenectady, K Y., whose
maiden name was Harriet L. Alexander, was married to Prof. Joseph
Henryj at ^bany, K Y., in May, 1830. For forty-eight years she en-
Joyed a happy domestic life, respected and beloved by adl who knew
her. The death of her honored husband in 1878 was a severe blow,
from which she never folly recovered.
The melancholy duty devolves upon me of announcing the death
of two employes of the Smithsonian Institution during the past year.
The two whose loss I have to record are Dr. George W. Hawes, curator
of the department of mineralogy and economic geology in the National
Museum, who died on the 22d of June, 1882; and Mr. Joseph 6. Her-
ron, janitor of the National Museum, who died on the 9th of April,
1882.
The following sketch of the life and scientiflc labors of Dr. Hawes
has been prepared by Mr. F. P. Dewey, curator of metallurgy in the
Kational Museum :
36 BEPOBT OF THE SECBETABY.
<^ Oeobge Wesson Hawes, son of Bev. Alfred Hawes and Clarissa
P. Partridge, was bom December 31, 1849, at Marion, Ind., where his
father was engaged in missionary labor. But a small portion of his
life, however, was spent in his native place, as both his parents died
when he was quite youug, in consequence of which the family was
broken up, and he removed to Worcester, Mass., where he was taken
care of and brought up by kind friends. His early education and prep-
aration for the Sheffield Scientific School was obtained in the public
schools of Worcester. In 1865 he became a member of the Sheffield Sci-
entific School at New Haven, where he remained two years, at the end of
which time he went to Boston to go into business. Business life,^ how-
ever, did not at all suit him, as his natural love for science and investi-
gation and the acquirement of knowledge for its own sake was unusually
strong, so that, despite a very flattering oflfer to remain in Boston, in
1871 he returned to New Haven, and graduated from the Sheffield
Scientific School in 1872.* The year after graduation he was Prof. S.
W. Johnson's private assistant in his laboratory at New Haven. At
the beginning of the college year 1873, he became assistant to Prof.
Oeo. J. Brush, and instructor in mineralogy and blowpipe in the Shef-
field Scientific School, a position which he filled very successfully and
uninterruptedly until 1878, and with some intermissions until the end
of 1880. His duties in this position were very congenial to his tastes
and allowed him to devote considerable time to his favorite studies
and lay a permanent foundation for his after work. It was during the
early portion of this period that microscopic lithology began to come
into prominence, and he was among the first in this country to study
that subject carefully and thoroughly, and so impressed was he with its
possibilities that he made it his specialty and during the remainder of
his life gave it his best efforts, doing all in his power to aid in its devel-
opment. He was so successfdl that at the time of his death he was the
recognized authority upon the subject in this country. In the spring
of 1878, he went abroad and spent the summer semester at Breslau,
under Prof. A. Von Laslaux, studying chiefly microscopic lithology. The
winter of 1878-'79 was spent at New Haven, and in the spring of 1879
he again went abroad and remained until June, 1880. During this visit
he divided his time between mineralogy and crystallography at Bonn,
with Professor Vcm Eath, and lithology at Heidelberg, with Professor
Eosenbusch, from whom he won golden opinions. Before returning he
took the degree of Doctor of Philosophy at the latter university. The
remainder of 1880 was spent at New Haven, but at the end of November
he was appointed a special agent of the tenth census to investigate the
quarry industry of the United States, and on the 1st of January, 1881,
curator of the geological department in the National Museum, which
occasioned his removal to Washington, D. C.
* The summer of 1872 was passed at Eastport, Maine, one of the party of the
United States Fish Commission, then prosecuting its fishery inyestigations in the
waters of the Bay of Fundy.
BEPOBT OP THE SECBETABT. 37
'!Up to this time his life, although quite prolific iu results, had been
mainly one of study and preparation, and very few, indeed, of his age
could be found so well prepared to undertake extensive and far-reaching
investigations. Upon coming to Washington the investigation of the
quarry industries of the country, which was undertaken under the joint
auspices of the Smithsonian Institution and the census, opened up a
broad and almost unoccupied field for his activities, and he undertook it
with all the earnestness and zest of one well prepared and confident of
accomplishing much good in the increase of knowledge. The plan of this
work as laid out by Dr. Hawes was very broad and comprehensive in its
scope. Besides the collection, arrangement, and study of the statistics
of the industries, it included the study and description of the occurrence
and preparation of building stones; the collection of specimens from all
the regions of production which, when properly dressed, should form a
graphic representation of the natural materials of construction of the
whole country; the thorough examination of these specimens microscop-
ically, chemically and physically ; and, in fact, the thorough and com-
plete study of the subject in all its branches ; so that had he lived to
complete the work there can be no doubt that it would have been very
fruitful of good results. His earnestness and zeal, however, led him to
overtax himself, and it was not long before it became evident to his
friends, although not to himself, that his health was being seriously
midermined ; but near the end of the year even he became alarmed at
the evident signs of consumption that had developed themselves, and
he decided to take a respite from active work, which he did by a trip to»
Bermuda. This, however, failed to afford any relief, and he gradually
sank after his return, until finally, as a last resort, he went to Colorado.
Bat the disease was too far advanced to be checked, and he lived but a
short time after his arrival in Colorado. The final dissolution came
rather suddenly, as up to the day before his death he was able to be up
and dressed and about the house. His remains were interred at Wor-
cester, Mass., June 28.
"The removal of one so well prepared and adapted to undertake exten-
sive investigations is a great loss to the world of science. Had he lived
there can be no doubt that he would have reached many valuable re-
solts, and his untimely death was sadly deplored by all who knew him.
Dr. Hawes's contributions to science were mainly in the line of his spec-
ialty — ^microscopic lithology — and consist of some twenty articles pub-
lished in the American Journal of Science ; three in the Proceedings of
the National Museum ; an annual report upon geology and mineralogy
in the Annual Eeport of the Smithsonian Institution for 1 880, and part IV
of Yolmne HI of the Eeport of the Geological Survey of Kew Hamp-
toe, entitled the * Mineralogy and Lithology of Kew Hampshire '. The
Utter covers 251 pages quarto, embellished by twelve plates, and is his
'J^ostvalTiable and important completed work. It includes the results of
thft cttBunation of between two and three hundred thin sections of rocks,
38 BEPOBT OF THE SECBETABT.
some of which were very important and instmctiye. This report embodies
the results of much field work; containing much carefol, honest labor
and establishing the anther's reputation as a microscopic lithologist,
which was afterwards strengthened by further studies under Professor
Bosenbusch. Of the results achieved by Dr. Hawes in the examination
of the building stones of the country little can be said^ as it was a work
of great magnitude, requiring a great deal of care and exertion for its
proper inauguration, and he had barely gotten the investigation into
good working condition wlien he was obliged to abandon its prosecu-
tion, much against his will. Personally, Dr, Hawes was a very pleasant
and genial man, and possessed a remarkable faculty of making warm
friends wherever he went. Although his immediate family relatives
were few in number and widely scattered, his death was mourned by
a large number who had been won to him by the sterling qualities of his
character, his truth, purity, unselfishness, and earnestness. The writer
had the pleasure of being one of his first students in blowpiping and
also of being associated with him in his work upon the building stones,
and is abundantly able to speak of the nobleness of his character, and
thus to bear testimony to the warm regard in which he held him."
Joseph B. ELbbbon, a native of the State of Ohio, was bom Au-
gust 7, 1839, at Kew Cumberland, Tuscarawas County. He was en-
gaged in the military service of his country at the period of the late
civil war, having enlisted in 1862, in the 98th Eegiment of Ohio Volun-
teers, at the age of 23 years.
* It was but a few months after his enrollment in the national defense
that he took part in the battle of Perryville, Ky., on which occasion, he
received a bullet wound through his body, the ball entering the chest
on the left side, passing through his lung obliquely, narrowly escaping
the heart, and out at his back on the right side of the spinal column,
near the right shoulder blade. He unfortunately lay on the battle-field
from Wednesday until Saturday before receiving any medical attendance.
From the effects of this severe and dangerous wound he never fully
recovered. He was, however, restored to a moderate degree of health
and strength, and was able to attend to light duties.
In 1866, on the recommendation of General J. A. Garfield and Gen-
eral B. E. Bckley, he was appointed by Professor Henry janitor of the
Museum at the Smithsonian Institution, which position he held until
his death. He was always gentle and courteous in his deportment; and
though the injury to his lungs incapacitated him for exerting any
special activity, or any great physical effort, he was always punctual
and attentive to his duties. He was a member of the Society of the
«< Army of the Cumberland,^ and of the " Grand Army of the Republic.'^
He was one of the Guards of Honor to the remains of President Garfield
while they lay at the Capitol in Washington, and accompanied the
fhneral of the deceased President from this city to Cleveland. In these
exertions he probably overtasked his strength; for on returning
REPOET OP THE SECEETABY. 39^
fhis city from the state faneral, he went into a somewhat rapid decline^
and though able to walk about his house to the last day of his life, he
died rather suddenly of pulmonary consumption at his residence in
Washington, on Sunday morning, AprU 9th at 7 o'clock, at the age of
43 years, after a service in this Institution of sixteen years.
One of the collaborators of the Institution, whose death we have to
deplore, is Lewis H. MosaAN, author of a very original and elaborate
"Smithsonian Contribution to Knowledge." He was born in Aurora,
Cayuga County, Kew York, l^ovember 21, 1818, and died at Eochester,
K Y,, December 17, 1881. His first communication, published by the
Institution, was a short paper comprising " Suggestions relative to an
Ethnological Map of E'orth America,'^ which appeared in the Smithson-
ian Beport for 1861. Devoting himself to the study of anthropology,
he published various treatises in relation to the North American Indians.
His most important work is a discussion of ^^ Systems of Consanguinity
and Affinity of the Human Family," a large quarto of 616 pages, which
forms Volume XVII of the "Smithsonian Contributions,'^ published in
1869. His last work, entitled "Houses and Home-life of the American
Aborigines,'' forms Volume IV of the Contributions to American Eth-
nology.
It is also my painful duty to announce the death of another esteemed
collaborator and eminent man of science. Dr. Hekby Db apeb, of Kew
Tork, a son of the distinguished philosopher, Dr. John Draper, and a
member of the National Academy of Sciences. He was born in Vir-
ginia, May 7, 1837, and died in Kew York, JiTovember 20, 1882, at the
age of 45 years, in the prime of his mental activity and usefulness. He
distinguished himself by his original researches in astronomy, chem-
istry, and in celestial jjhotography. In recognition of his valuable
work in connection with the transit of Venus in 1874, a gold medal
was struck in his honor, by order of Congress, at the Philadelphia mint.
Perhaps his most celebrated work was the difficult discovery, in 1877,
of oxygen in the sun.
Like most original investigators he was a skillful manipulator and
artisan. He prepared for the Institution in 1864 a memoir "On the
eonstraction of a silvered glass telescope, fifteen and a half inches in
aperture, and its use in celestial photography," which was published
ia the " Smithsonian Contributions," Vol. XIV. This work has been
very popular, and is recognized as the standard authority on the sub-
let. The demand for it has been constant, and still continues.
In the death of Joseph Dunoan Putnam, president of the Davenport
Academy of Sciences, and one of the correspondents of the Institution,
December, 10, 1881, a great loss has been sustained by the workers in
^^**Jwal history and anthropology, particularly in the western part of
«tt country. He was a valued correspondent of the Institution and
m t
40 BEPOBT OF THE SECBETABT.
devoted himself nntiringly and unselfishly to the advance of science
and the elevation of pablic sentiment in regard to abstract research.
In the death of Don Fbanoisoo Sumiohbast, of Tonali, Mexico, on
the 26th December, the Institution lost one of its oldest and most valued
correspondents outside of the United States.
This gentleman (a Swiss by birth) was occupied for many years in a
close and critical study of the natural history of Mexico; the stations
occupied by him being Orizaba, Tucbitan, Tonala, &c.; tlie Isthmus of
Tehuantepec having received special attention from him.
The numerous contributions of specimens of natural history of the
country, with notes upon their habits and characteristics, especially
birds, mammals, and reptiles, have given to the National Museum a
large material, and enabled the Institution to publish a number of ex-
tremely valuable memoirs. One of these was edited by Dr. Thomas M.
Brewer, and another by Mr. George IN". Lawrence, of N"ew York.
It is proper to state that all the assistance rendered by Professor
Sumichraj3t to the Institution was done without any compensation
whatever, and solely for the sake of securing a prompt and complete
knowledge of the natural history of his adopted country.
MISCELLANEOUS.
The Mercer Bequest, — ^Among various noteworthy items in connection
with the history of the Smithsonian Institution during the year 1882,
may be mentioned the circumstance of its being made a copartner in
the administration of a beneficiary trust, by Eev. Dr. Mercer, of IS^ew-
port, E. I. That gentleman, dying on the 3d day of November, 1882,
left quite a large property, a portion of which was to be paid directly to
certain specified heirs, and the interest on the remainder to be given
to persons mentioned during their lifetime. After the decease of these
beneficiaries, the property was to be divided into three parts; of which
one-third was to be administered by a Board, consisting of Harvard
College, Yale College, and the Smithsonian Institution; together with
three individuals mentioned, or their survivors, to establish scholar-
ships in some institution for the education of deserving and needy young
men. Although the money cannot be used directly by the Smithsonian
Institution, yet there seems to be no improprietj'^ in accepting the trust
under the conditions named. It is not likely, however, that any occa-
sion for administering it will arise for probably a quarter of a century
to come.
In the history of the Institution thus far three bequests have been
made to it. The first was that of the residuary legateeship of the prop-
erty belonging to Mr. Wynne, who died in Brooklyn, N. Y., the estate
being valued at the time at from $50,000 to $60,000. As, however, the
daughter married, and is, as far as known, still living, with a large
BEPORT OP THE SECRETARY. 41
fernQy of children and grandchildren, the chances of an inheritance by
the Bmithsonian Institution are practically none.
The next bequest was that of $1,000, made by Mr. James Hamilton,
of Carlisle; and the third and last, by Dr. Habel, amounting, with a
small addition made ^m the income of the Smithsonian Institution,
to $500 ; or $1,500, the two combined.
These two sums have been, in accordance with the latr, paid into the
Treasury of the United States, as an addition to the principal.
The endowment of the Smithsonian Institution, at the present time,
amounts to $703,000, deposited in the United States Treasury, and it is
authorized to increase this amount to $1,000,000. A large part of the
expenses of the Institution consists in what may be called statical items,
such as salaries, repairs of building, &c. ; and it is very evident that
the amount available for active operations is not at all represented by
the annual income of the fund. It is quite probable that the increase of
the endowment by 40 or 50 per cent, would permit the Institution nearly
to double the work accomplished, as it would require no increase of
force or incidental expenditure.
Naval Cadets. — In the American naval service, the cadets start with
four years^ study in the Naval Academy at Annapolis. They are then
sent to sea for two years, and do not obtain the rank of midshipman
until they have passed an examination at the end of this period, or of
six years after their entrance. They are then sent to sea again, or
placed on waiting orders.
About a year ago the Kavy Department made inquiry of the Smith-
sonian Institution as to its willingness to receive six recently appointed
midshipmen, and assign them to some duty in the Institution or l^ational
Museum that would enable them to take advantage of any opportuni-
ties they might have for natural-history research during their future
cruises, with the understanding that they were to be treated in every
way as regular employes of the Institution, and required to do regular
work.
The proposition was responded to favorably and the six cadets were
assigned respectively to the curators of Ichthyology, Marine Inverte-
brates, Ethnology, Paleontology, Geology, and Mineralogy. The expe-
riment, somewhat unexpectedly, has proved to be a very great success.
The young gentlemen devoted themselves earnestly to their work, and
became quite proficient in it.
A course of special instruction was given in regard to the taxidermy
of mammals and birds, which all the midshipmen attended with great
diligence, becoming quite expert in the preparation of skeletons and
in making excellent skins of mammals and birds.
The two assigned to ichthyology and marine invertebrates were de-
tailed for service on board the Fish Commission steamer *^Fish Hawk,''
where they had ample opportunity of becoming familiar with collecting
42 SEPOBT OF THE 8ECBETASY.
at sea ; as also with the methods and appliances of deep-sea dredging,
temperature observations, &c., all, of course, directly in the line of their
fhtare vocation.
The other four accompanied one or the other of Professor Powell's
parties into the Par West, and have had every opportunity for field work.
Tlie results of this experiment were so satisfactory that six more mid-
shipmen have heeiL detailed to the Institution, the first six to continue
another year, making the entire course one of two years.
The selections for this detail are made by the Navy Department after
conference with the Superintendent of the !N'aval Academy, from among
those who, while pursuing their educational course, have shown most
interest in scientific matters.
The measure is extremely popular among the younger officers, although
of course it is decried by others, who consider it an innovation in the
established routine.
One special object of the experiment is to have, as a part of the regu-
lar force of the Navy, officers competent to do the scientific work for \
which it has gen,erally been necessary to employ civilians, as also on
any cruise to be able to utilize, to some extent at least, the opiK)rtunities
of research which constantly present themselves to the inquirer.
The following is an account of the work accomplished by these young
officers, now recognized by law as "Ensigns'':
Of the class of '79, six were ordered to the Institution early in Janu-
ary, 1882.
Ensign B. H. Miner chose ichthyology, made a summer cruise on
the " Fish Hawk," resumed his studies in the fall, and was detached in
December and ordered to the Fish Commission steamer " Albatross."
JE. E. Hayden chose mineralogy, went on the IT. S. Geological Sur-
vey to Nevada, and in the winter took up the study of fossU botany.
H. 8. Chase chose mineralogy, went on a geological expedition to
Montana in the summer, and is now studying the same branch.
L. M. Garret chose geology, was in Montana in the summer, and
has resumed the same branch.
0. 0. Marsh chose ethnology, went on an ethnological expedition to
Moquis, Ariz., in the summer, and has since taken up fossil botany.
J, B. Blish chose marine invertebrates, went on the " Fish Hawk'^
in the summer, resumed the same branch in the fall, and was lately
detached at his own request and ordered to the " Jamestown."
Of the class of '80, six were detailed last fall.
S. O. Bresel is studying ichthyology.
J. B. Bemadou is engaged in the chemical laboriatory in quantitative
and qualitative analysis and assaying.
A. A. AoJcerman is studying mineralogy.
A. P. Niblaek is studying ethnology.
E. WilkviMim has chosen mineralogy.
REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. 43
W. E. Safford has chosen marine invertebrates.
^ Bach one is engaged in the practical work of the respective depart,
ments in identifying^ and classifying^ as far as able^ the coUections
received from various sources.
Special Objects received. — ^Among the articles received during the year
may be mentioned a lock of Sir Walter Scott's hair presented by Hoh.
Greorge Ainslee, Delegate in Congress from Idaho, whose father was a
neighbor and friend of Scott. The presentation was made through one
of our regents, Hon. S. S. Oox.
A fine large specimen of agate, found off Keweenaw Point, in Lake
Michigan, near Manitou Island (which lies off the shores of Northern
Michigan) by S. H. Broughton, has been received by the Institution. It
was left to the Smithsonian Institution by bequest of the late Mrs.
Broughton, and was deposited by J. P. ISTewiand, executor of Mrs.
Broughton's will.
Set of United States Weights and Measures. — ^By act of Congress, March
3, 1881, the Secretary of the Treasury was directed to deliver to the
Smithsonian Institution a complete set of all the weights and measures
adopted as standard by the United States Vjrovemment.
Kaval Museum of Hygiene. — Congress having established a '^ Kaval
Museum of Hygiene'' in connection with the Bureau of Medicine and
Surgery of the MTavy Department, we have, in accordauce with the prin-
ciple of co-operation adopted by the Institution, x>laced in its custody
a large exhibit of tile and terra-cotta pipe, for sewers and traps, and
other articles having sanitary relations.
Manuscript Declaration of Independence. — ^In the report for 1880 refer-
ence was made to the appointment of a commission, of which the Secre-
tary of the Institution was one, to consider the restoration of the faded
and now nearly illegible manuscript of the original Declaration of
Independence. The subject was referred to the National Academy of
Sciences, and a report was made by a special committee on the 17th
January, 1881. ISTothing however, has been done in regard to the
matter.
PeaUfs Portrait of Washington. — In the last report of the Institution
it was stated that a claim had been made by Mr. Titian E. Peale for a
portrait of Washington painted by his father, Charles Wilson Peale, on
deposit in this establishment. This claim was originally made in 1871.
In 1873 the executive committee reported adversely to the claim, on
tile ground that sufficient proof of ownership of the portrait had not
been presented.
Daring the last session of Congress, however, the matter was taken
up and investigated, and as the contesting claimants made a compromise
the portrait was Anally purchased by the Library Committee of Con-
greesy and it is now the property of the United States.
44 KEPORT OP THE SECBETABT.
NATIONAL MUSEUM.
The work of organization of the departments of the Masenm has been
carried on vigorously during the past year. For a fall account of all
its operations I would refer to the report of Mr. G. Brown Gk>ode, the
assistant director, given in the appendix to this report. The ftiUness
of this account seems to render any rfyum6 of the operations and present
condition of the Museum unnecessary here.
BUEBAU OP ETHNOLOGY.
The appropriation made by Congress for the prosecution of ethnolog-
ical researches among the North American Indians, under the direction
of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, was continued, and the
work remained in charge of Maj. J. W. Powell.
Meld Work, — ^A large amount of field work was accomplished during
the year. The general excavation of mounds was placed in the charge
of Prof. Cyrus Thomas, with several assistants, through whose exertions
large collections were made, chiefly in the Mississippi Valley.
Dr. Edward Palmer has continued his explorations in Tennessee and
in Arkansas along the Mississippi, White, and Arkansas Bivers. A
short time was devoted to examination of the mounds and other works
in Southwestern Indiana.
Mr. P. S. Earle was engaged a short time in examining and locating
the mound groups of Southeast Missouri, and in opening mounds and
stone graves in Southern Illinois.
Mr. James D. Middleton, after Mr. Earle withdrew, continued the
work in Southern Illinois until stopped by the cold, when he was trans-
ferred to the South, and is now in Alabama.
Col. P. W. Norris entered upon the work in August, his field of labor
being the west bank of the Mississippi, from Dubuque, Iowa, to the Ar-
kansas line.
Hon. William M. Adams has been engaged to work up the mounds
in Madison County, Illinois, including the Cahokia group. He had
already completed the map of them and commenced opening them when
the cold weather stopped him. *
The result of operations so far may be summed up briefly as follows :
A very good and valuable collection, almost exclusively of mound
relics, consisting of pottery, stone implements, clay and stone images,
clay and stone pipes, plates of mica, gorgets, shell ornaments, engraved
shells, fragments of copper ornaments, fragments of wooden ornaments,
fragments of matting, pieces of burned clay which have been stamped,
an ancient Catholic medal of brass, a brass Chinese medal or coin (the
two latter are surface finds, the first found on a mound in Southern
Illinois, the other on the site of an old French fort in Arkansas), quite
a number of crania and tibisB. The collection of pottery is quite large
BEPOfiT OF THE SECBETABT. 45
and inclades repiesentatives of all the types hitherto found in the
inoands except one of Ohio and one of Iowa.
The most important results appertain to the moands and works them-
selves. The statement in the Smithsonian Beport of 1872 in reference
to the Elephant mound is confirmed^ the Seltzertown mound is proven
to be a* myth; at least no sign of it could be found on examination.
The mounds and graves on the Wabash are found to be, to a con-
siderable extent, of Indian origin, and comparatively modern, as shown
by the articles of European manufacture found in them and by the
modeof buriaL
Dr. Palmer had with him for a month an excellent artist who has
furnished a number of very valuable drawings of mounds and other
works. From these it is noticed that the mounds of Arkansas are in
many cases quite large and of the truncated pyramidal form, often ter-
raced. Artificial canals and lakes, such as described by Garcilasso and
the OentlenMn of MvclSj are found in Kortheastem Arkansas. Several
of the hard clay floors of the large houses of the aborigines, as described
by Le Tonti, Joutel, and others, have been found in the very section
visited by these travelers.
An inclosure of considerable size, including mounds and house sites,
precisely such, even to minute details, as that examined by Professor
Putnam, near Lebanon, Tenn., has been discovered in Southern Illi-
nois.
On the whole, the results, considering the time the parties have been
at work, are very satisfactory, and will have a very important bearing
on the question. Who were ttie mound builders, and what is the age
of the mounds t
Professor Thomas made an examination of some groups of mounds in
Southern Illinois and Southeastern Missouri.
Further successful explorations were conducted in New Mexico and
Arizona, under the immediate superintendence of Mr. James Steven-
son. Mr. Victor Mindeleff was in charge of a party which made ex-
tensive collections in the province of Tusayan, in Arizona, supple-
menting the large collections obtained in previous years from twenty
or more pueblos in N'ew Mexico. The collections obtained by these
expeditions have been deposited, with proper arrangement, in the Na-
tional Museum, and have been catalogued and described. The field
work, with special reference to linguistic research, has been performed
by Mr. James C. PHling, who visited several missions along the St
Lawrence and Ottawa Bivers, examining many manuscripts and pro-
curing numerous titles in connection with linguistic bibliography 5 by
Mrs. Erminnie A. Smith, who continued studies on the Iroquoian dialects
at St Begis, Gaughnanaga, &c. ; by Mr. A. S. Gatschet, who, among the
Shetimasha and other tiibes in Louisiana, and by Eev. J. Owen Dorsey,
who, among the E^nsas in Indian Territory, studied the respective lan-
guages.
46 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY.
The visitors to the three last-named regions also pursued other
branches of ethnic research, including social organization, traditions,
and customs ; and Dr. W. J. Hoffman was engaged in investigations
in gesture language and pictographs among the several Indian tribes
of California and Western Kevada. The highly valued researches of
Mr. F. H. Gushing among the Zufii pueblos have been continued, sev-
eral months of the year, however, being occupied by his conducting a
delegation of six of those Indians to the East, a course which was im-
portant to his further success.
Publicatians.-r^SeveTBl publications have been issued by the Bureau
during the year, as follows :
The First Annual Eeport, embracing the fiscal year 1879-'80, the con-
tents being : On the evolution of language, by J. W. Powell ; Sketch of
the mythology of the Korth American Indians, by J. W. Powell ; Wy-
andot government, by J. W. Powell ; On limitations to the use of some
anthropologic data, by J. W. Powell 5 a further contribution to the
study of the mortuary customs of the North American Indians, by Dr.
H. 0. Yarrow ; Studies in Central American picture writing, by Prof.
E. S. Holden 5 Cessions of land by Indian tribes to the United States,
by C. C. Eoyce ; Sign language among iN'orth American Indians, by
Col. Garrick Mallery ; Catalogue of linguistic manuscripts in the library
of the Bureau of Ethnology, by J. C. Pilling ; Illustration of the method
of recording Indian languages, from the manuscripts of Messrs. J.
O. Dorsey, A. S. Gatschet, and S. B. Biggs.
Vol. IV, Contributions to Korth American Ethnology, containing :
Houses and house-life of the American aborigines, hj Lewis H. Mor-
gan.
Vol. V, Contributions to North American Ethnology, containing:
Observations on cup-shaped and other lapidarian sculpture in the Old
World and in America, by Charles Ban j On prehistoric trephining and
cranial amulets, by Dr. Bobert Fletcher, TJ. S. A. ; A study of the man-
uscript Troano, by Cyrus Tliomas, with an introduction by Dr. D. G,
Brinton.
The papers prepared for the press and in whole or part printed dur-
ing the year, though not issued therein, are as follows :
To appear in the Second Annual Beport : Myths of the Iroquois, by
Erminnie A. Smith ; Animal carvings from the mounds of the Missis-
sippi Valley, by Henry W. Henshaw; Navajo silversmiths, by Dr.
Washington Matthews, TJ. S. A. ; Art in shell of the ancient Ameri-
cans, by William H. Holmes 5 Illustrated Catalogue of the collections
obtained from the Indians of Kew Mexico and Arizona in 1879, by
James Stevenson; Illustrated catalogue of the collections obtained
from the Indians of 'New Mexico in 1880, by James Stevenson.
About 600 pages were put in type of Mr. James C. Filling's Biblio-
graphy of American linguistics, containing many fac-similes of titles,
If
EEPOBT OP THE SECRETARY, 47
syllabaries, &c. Part 1 of Yol. 11 of Oontribations to S'orth American
Ethnology, consisting of the Klamath-English dictionary, by Mr. A. S.
Gatschet, with grammatical notes, was pnt in type ; also over 500 pages
of Bev. J. Owen Dorsey's (fegiha language, and 400 pages of Eev. S.
D. Biggs' Grammar and dictionary of the Dakota language, which will
appear in Volumes 6 (in three parts) and 7 (in two parts) of the last-
mentioned series.
The pai>ers prepared and intended for the Third Annual Beport are
as follows: Introduction to the study of tribe government, by J, W.
Powell, as an introduction to the three following papers, viz : The Mus-
koki confederacy, by J. W, Powell j The government of the Omahas, by
Eev. J. Owen Dorsey j and the government of the ZufLis, by P. H. Gush-
ing; Introduction to the study of pictographs, by Col. Garrick Mallery ;
On certain Maya and Mexican MSS., by Prof. Cyrus Thomas 5 The art
of weaving among the Navajos, by Dr. Washington Matthews, TJ. S. A. ;
An illustrated catalogue, by W. H. Holmes, of Mr. James Stevenson's
collection from Zufii and Walpi ; and two other miscellaneous collec-
tions. Mr. Oatschet has also furnished a paper on the chief deities of
the American Indians.
Work not yet sufficiently complete for immediate publication has
been continued by Mr. Oatschet in the synonymy of the tribes of North
America; by him and Colonel Mallery, on an ethnographic chart of the
distribution of those tribes when first met by Europeans; by Mrs. Er-
minnie A. Smith, on a vocabulary and grammar of several Iroquoian dia-
lects; by Mr. H. W. Henshaw, on Indian industries; by Dr. H. C. Yar-
row in completion of his monograph on Mortuary Observances; and by
Prof. O. T. Mason, on Indian industries. Colonel Mallery has been en-
gaged in completing a monograph on sign language, and collecting the
materials for another on pictographs, these two closely connected subjects
comprising the direct visible expression of ideas, of which the signs are
transient and the pictographs the permanent expressions. Mr. Victor
Uindeleff prepared a relief model of the pueblo of Zufii, on the scale
of one (1) inch to five (5) feet, which is now in the National Museum
and Ib an object of great interest.
Doring the year many linguistic MSS. were received from various
collectors.
UOTTBD STATES GEOLOGICAL SUBVEY.
In accordance with the practice of the Institution to supply an an-
nual account of the work of the United States Geological Survey, the
following brief sumnl&ry, is given, furnished by the courtesy of its
Dlregtor, Mig. J. W. Powell:
Of the three phases which the field work of the Survey assumes,
the collection of representative rocks, minerals, and fossils is more
directly and manifestly contributory to the Institution and the Museum
48 REPORT OF THE SECRETAEY.
under its care, than the topographic and stratigrapliic work; but' the
whole possesses interest as being part of a common endeavor to develop
and disseminate scientific truth.
Among the operations of the Survey that may be cited in this con-
nection are the following:
Field studies upon the much discussed Laramie group have been
prosecuted in Eastern Montana and ^Northeastern Dakota, covering
particularly a belt of about 80 miles along the Upper Missouri, and up-
wards of 100 miles adjacent to the Yellowstone, resulting in large col-
lections and important stratigraphic data. Similar combined strati-
graphic and paleontologic investigations have been in progress upon
the paleozoic series of the Eureka and Pine Eiver districts of Kevada,
with a view to the more certain determination of the stratigraphy of
those important mining regions. The exploration of the interesting
ancient lake deposits of the Great Basin has been continued, the silts
of the ancient Lake Lahontan being the special subject of study. The
Permian and Carboniferous strata of Northern Arizona, in the vicinity
of £[anab, have been further examined, and important collections made
from them.
One of the more significant subjects of exploration was famished by
the Grand Oanon group, an immense series of 12,000 feet thickness,
now demonstrated to lie between the upper Cambrian and the crystal-
line Archaean rocks. Beside critical stratigraphic work, a large collec-
tion, involving a problematic organic form, was made, which yet awaits
exhaustive study. The investigations in the great mining district^ of
Colorado and Nevada have been continued, with a view to supplement-
ing and perfecting the data previously gathered and the extension of the
work to new ground.
Investigations have likewise been in progress upon the great metal-
liferous series of the Lake Superior region, including the practical com-
pletion of the work upon the copper-bearing formation, as at present
planned, and the commencement of that upon the iron-bearing series.
In the interior basin, a special study of the great moraines that mark
the limit of the second glacial advance, and constitute datum lines
of great importance in glacial studies, has been in progress, and
about 3,000 miles of an essentially continuous morainic chain are now
mapped.
In addition to these more comprehensive studies, special collectors
have been in the field, gathering fossils from localities of exceptional
richness, or from critical and decisive horizons. Among these have
been the collections of Tertiary fossils, especially vertebrates, from
Oregon, and of Jurassic and Eocene remains from Wyoming. A special
effort has also been made to secure a full representative collection from
the marine Tertiary beds of the Lower Mississippi Valley.
Triangulation and topographic work, preparatory to geologic inves-
tigation, has been prosecuted in the quicksilver districts of New Alma-
REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. 49
den, New Idria, Knoxville, and Sulphur Bank, California, and also in
the northern part of that State. Similar work has been done in West-
ern New Mexico, in Southern Montana, in Central Colorado, in Western
and Northwestern Nevada, and in the Appalachian region. In the last
district, portions of Southwestern Virginia, Eastern Kentucky, Western
North Carolina, and Eastern Tennessee have been covered by primary
triangnlation and topographic contours.
Some minor investigations have received attention, and an unusual
amount of office and laboratory work, upon previously gathered material
and in preporation for further studies, has been in progress.
UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION.
Oeneral Object and Besults. — Twelve years ago the United States
Fish Commission was established by law of Congress, and under a pro-
vision authorizing the President to select a Commissioner from among
the civilian employes of the Government, to serve without additional
pay, I was chosen and have continued to hold the position ever since.
The work, commencing on a very small scale in the year mentioned,
has broadened until it has now become the most important and ex-
tensive of its kind in the world; and it is hoped that the practical
results gained have vindicated the propriety of the initial experiment
as well as of continuing the work to such a period of time as the case
may require.
First as Assistant Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, and then
as its Secretary, it has been my duty to show to the Board of Eegents
the occasion and reason for the occupatiou of a considerable portion of
my time, and thus to add not an uninteresting chapter to the report of
the Smithsonian Institution.
A detiiiled report of the doings of the Commission is published an-
nnally by order of Congress; that of each year constituting a vol-
Qine of nearly one thousand pages, with a considerable number of illus-
trations. In addition to this a Bulletin of the Fish Commission has
been authorized by Congress, to contain short articles of information
and instruction in reference to matters of fish culture and the fisheries.
This is restricted to five hundred pages annually; and this, with the
annaal report, forms an annual contribution to practical science on the
part of the United States Government of neaj*ly fifteen hundred pages.
For the more speedy dissemination of the information furnished in the
Bulletin, it is distributed to specialists in fish culture and the fisheries,
and to the leading newspapers, so that the facts come fresh from the
press, and are largely reproduced in the serial literature of the day.
Two volumes of the Bulletin (for 1881 and 1882) have now been pub-
lished.
] The Smithsonian report for 1881 gave an account of what had been
done by the United States Fish Commission during that year, and the
H. Mis. 26 4
60 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY.
generdl facts for 1882 are not materially different, except to some extent
in regard to the scale of operations.
By act of Congress the work of the Commission is divided into two
subjects : (1) the investigation into the condition of the fishery and the
search for improvements in the methods and products of the fisheries;
4uid (2) the multiplication and dissemination of the more important
species ; the first representing what is known as the inquiry branch of
4)he Commission, and the second that of propagation.
As the subject of the investigation of the fisheries was that first in-
trusted to the Commission by Congress in 1871 — that of the multiplicar
tioD of fish not being authorized until the succeeding year— at has gen-
•erally been customary to tnke up the two divisions in that order. The
method of this inquiry has been to visit successively the principal
points along the coast of the United States where research can be pros-
ecuted, establishing stations for a season to study very carefully the
nature and distribution of the animal life, the character of the water as
to temperature, salinity, currents, &c., and the general facts in regard to
methods of prosecuting the fisheries. In this manner, in the course of
successive years, the minute details or conditions of the marine life of
the Atlantic coast, and to a considerable extent that of the Pacific and
the Gulf of Mexico, have been worked out either through the establish-
ment of the stations referred to or by sending special experts of the
Commission for the purpose. The general results of these investigations
are to be found partly in the published reports of the Commission,
partly in those still in press, and to a very large degree in the special
reports prepared by the Commission for the census of 1880. A quarto
report, ordered by Congress and now in press, will contain a large
amount of original information in regard to the natural history and con-
dition of the fishes and usefol invertebrates of the ocean, lakes, and
rivers, illustrated by numerous well-executed figures.
The approximate completion of the inshore research has allowed the
Commission to undertake more fully an examination of the deep seas;
and a systematic survey is now being made of the grounds where fish-
ermen have hitherto plied their vocation, with a view of determining
the extent and condition of the fishing banks, and also to find out what
additional localities heretofore undiscovered yet remain to reward the
labors of the " toilers of the sea.^' Much success has already been experi-
enced in this latter respect, and new and extensive ranges for the prose-
cution of their vocation have been opened up. It is believed, however,
that much yet remains to be done, and it is hoped that in succeeding
years areas of important fishing ground of great extent will be brought
to light, especially in the South Atlantic and the Gulf of Mexico.
For the better prosecution of this latter research Congress authorized
the construction of a first-class sea-going vessel, and in March, 1882,
the contract was awarded to Messrs. Pnsey & Jones, of Wilmington,
Del., for an iron vessel 200 feet long on the water liie, 27 feet beam, and
REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. 51
of about 1,000 tons of displacement. Lieut. Z. L. Tanner, U. S. N., at
tiie time in charge of the steamer " Fish Hawk,'^ was assigned to the du ty
of the superintendence of its construction, and subsequently to its com-
mand. The vessel was actually completed in December, 1882, and
started on its trial trip to Washington on the last day of the year, ar-
riving in Washington a few days later. This trip, while bringing to
light some points in which alterations and improvements were neces-
sary, presented a very remarkable success in all essential respects, the
boat being extremely stable in the sea-way and promising to answer
admirably the purpose of her construction.
After receiving in Wilmington the necessary alterations the vessel
returned to the Washington navy-yard, and is now being fitted out for
her first trip off the Middle Atlantic coast. It is proposed to devote the
early spring to the special investigation of the movements and habits
of the mackerel and menhaden, with a view of facilitating the search
for these fish on the part of the many fishing vessels of the Atlantic
coast.
The establishments of the Commission, summer by summer, at differ-
ent XK>ints on the coast have been already referred to. As this inshore
survey may be considered as practically completed, it was thought desir-
able to establish a permanent station at some convenient point on the
coast, from which the vessels of the Commission could extend their re-
searches to distant points of the ocean, and to which they could return
for the delivery of their collections and material, and for a permanent
harbor. Wo#d's Holl, on the south coast of Massachusetts, was chosen
for tliis purpose, as it offera a convenient center at which to carry on the
work of hatching the sea fish, such as the codfish, the mackerel, hali-
but, and other species on a large scale. For this purpose a point on the
Great Harbor was selected, on which it is proposed to construct the neces-
sary buildings. There being no appropriation by Congress available
for the purpose, liberal friends of science, desirous of seeing the Com-
mission established at Wood's Holl, contributed the necessary fands
to purchase the land and presented it to the United States ; and in ad-
dition to this a large tract of ground forming a part of the water line
was presented by Mr. Joseph S. Fay, so that the control of the Commis-
mon was assured over all parts of the shore of the Great Harbor wh^^
there was any danger of erection of buildings or factories likely to emit
poisonous refuse inimical to the work of the Commission. It is hoped
that the next report Mil chronicle the successful occupation of this
station for the purpose in question.
By the courtesy of the Light-House Board, the laboratory buildings on
the light-house wharf at Wood's Holl were made use of, as in previous
years; and the ^'Fish Hawk^'' under command of Captain Tanner^
made numerous visits to the adjacent off-shores, bringing in many inter-
esting eollections. The most noteworthy result was the ascertaining of
what appeared to be the entire destruction of the tile fish (referred tm
62 REPORT OP THE SECRETARY.
in the last report) over a large part of its northern range ; this in con-
sequence, as is supposed, of the killing of the fish by cold currents ex-
tending beyond their usual limitations. This suspected destruction waa
suggested by the discovery of millions of these fish found dead and
floating out in mid-ocean without any apparent indication of disease.
The usual scientific research was continued during the summer at
this station, and, as heretofore, large numbers of duplicate specimens of
natural history were collected for distribution to the colleges and acad-
emies throughout the country. Of these, two hundred sets are in prei>a-
ration and will be distributed to that number of applicants. This policy
on the part of the Commission and the Smithsonian Institution is thor-
oughly appreciated by Mends of education throughout the country as
furnishing material for instruction in the way of objects themselves, and
making it unnecessary to depend upon imperfect figures and descriptions.
The work of the Commission in the way of propagation of food-fishes
was continued in 1882 on a scale larger than that of previous years.
The general work of the season may be considered as commencing with
the shad in April, ar 1 was carried on for the most part with the two
stations of Washington and Havre de Grace as centers. On the Poto-
mac Biver the practice of the Commission is either to keep men perma-
nently stationed at the different landings or to send them every day to
attend to the haulings of the seines, so that the ripe fish may be taken
as they are brought in, the eggs stripped from them and immediately
fertilized by the milt from accompanying males. The eggs are then
either transferred to the " Fish Hawk," as a floating station, or sent
to the hatching station at the navy-yard, or to the central station in
Washington, heretofore known as the Armory.
Near the close of the season of shad-hatching on the Potomac the
^'Fish Hawk'' was sent to the Susquehanna River at Havre de Grace,
to renew her work. What is known as Battery Station, the permanent
establishment of the Commission, about five miles belsw Havre de
Grace, was also in full operation. Here the experiment was first made
by the Commission of catching its own shad by hauling a seine from
Battery Island. The result was very satisfactory and gives much prom-
ise for the future. The experiment was also initiated of placing partly
unripe fish in a pond on the island until the eggs were sufficiently ma-
tured to permit their being stripped.
The young shad as taken at the stations mentioned were forwarded
by Xhe special cars of the Commission to different parts of the United
States and were planted in many rivers which it is hoped will in time
become the seat of importantT fisheries, this distribution including both
the fresh-water herring and shad. The total number of shad taken and
distributed during the season amounted to over 30,000,000. This added
to nearly 170,000,000 hatched and distributed in previous years repre-
sents a very important aggregate,— labour 200,000,000 of shad planted
in suitable waters.
REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. 53
A formal request from a large number of the members of the legis-
lature of New York, made through the Hon. Frank Hiscock, for the ser-
vice of the Fish Commission in adding to the supply of shad in the
Hudson Eiver, was responded to by sending an entire carload of the
young fish and depositing them in the vicinity of Albany.
Next in importance to shad, and perhaps of even greater promise for
the future is the carp, the distribution of which has continued on a
very large scale. It has seemed almost impossible to supply the demand,
coming as it does, from every county of every State in the Union. All
the resources of the Commission are ta.xed fipom the first of October
Tiiitil the first of April or even May in sending out the fish in response
to requests, and very many thousands of ponds are now stocked with
this fish. Its distribution is made partly by express, partly by sending
a certain number in charge of special messengers ; but the most impor-
tant mode is by shipment in cars especially constructed for the Commis-
sion for the purpose. In these as many as 20,000 carp can be loaded
at a time and carried with perfect safety even (S far a« California and
Western Texas, the fish being delivered to applicants who have been
authorized to apply for them. So far it has been impossible to meet
the demand, and it will probably be many years before the carp are
so thoroughly introduced as to render further action of the Commis-
sion unnecessary. The calls are loud, and equally strong from Wash-
ington Territory, Texas, and Florida as they are from points much nearer
home. It is quite safe to say that more than 15,000 ponds have been con-
tracted in the United States especially for the purpose of receiving the
fish bred by the Commission. The promise of the carp as an article of
food is very great, and the fish is considered entitled to rank among the
domesticated animals and to be capable of as profitable cultivation as
poaltry or pigs, feeding as it does on the same vegetable matters and
making a considerably larger amount of flesh with the same materials.
The operations in connection with the California salmon have not
been carried on, on as large a scale as usual, in view of the fact that the
fish does not seem adapted to the Eastern waters. A few have been
distributed east of the Eocky Mountains, but the experiment has proved
less satisfactory than had been expected. The several millions placed
every year in the Sacramento Eiver have, however, maintained the
abundance in that stream to a remarkable degree; and it is believed
that at no time since the occupation of the country by the Americans
bas the yield been greater.
The work with the Penobscot salmon has continued to be very satis-
fectory. A large number of fish hatched out have been planted for the
most part in the streams of Maine, New Hampshire, Vermont, Massa-
chusetts, Connecticut, New York, and Pennsylvania, in waters believed
to be best adapted to them. The supply of the salmon in the rivers of
Maine, formerly almost exhausted, has greatly increased and is rapidly
Msaming very large proportions. The other States, less adapted.
54 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY.
they are, to the growth of the fish, will doabtless yield a fair average
or result. The land-locked salmon — a favorite variety of fish — ^is also
bred in large numbers and distributed for the most part in lakes in the
Startles mentioned, aa also in Minnesota, Michigan, Iowa, and other por-
tions of the West.
The economical importance of the whitefish of the Great Lakes is
ftilly recognized by the Commission, and the measures begun a few
years ago to multiply it have been largely expanded during the year.
The State of Michigan has been the seat of operations in this direc-
tion, and the work is in charge of Frank N. Clark, at North ville, Mich.
To this station for several years the eggs collected in the adjacent lakes
have been brought, and developed to a degree — either hatched out
entirely or prepared for shipment to other points. During 1882 a second
station was established at Alpena, Mich., and about 70,000,000 of eggs
collected in the two establishments. These are now in process of hatch-
ing, and while a consideiable number will be distributed to various
parts of the United States, by far the greater portion will be planted in
Lakes Michigan, Huron, Erie, and Ontario, where they cannot but ex-
ercise a material influence upon the supply.
The California trout has also received the attention of the CpmmiBsion.
The idea of multiplying it in the East was first suggested by Mr. Seth
Green, of the "Sew York commission, who several years ago took a
number of the fish to Caledonia Spring, from California, and has since
been distributing them in behalf of the State. As the benefits of this
work were confined to the State of New York, it was thought best for the
Gommission to extend them, and several years ago a station was estab-
lished on the McCloud Biver, a few miles from the California salmon
station, and sub-stations were also started in connection with the estab-
lishment of Mr. Clark at Northville, and at the Virginia State hatchery
at Wytheville. By this means of multiplication it is expected that large
numbers of the eggs and young fish will in time be available for dis-
tribution.
The special merits of the California trout consist in its rapid growth
and in its ability to resist extremes of temperature which would be fatal
to the ordinary brook trout.
Very little beyond experimental work was done with the codfish in
1882. At the suggestion of Mr. E. G. Blackford, of New York, an effort
was made to utilize the living spawn of cod brought into the Fulton
Market during the late autumn and winter; but the impurity of the
water of East Biver was such as to render it impossible to carry on the
work on a large and successful scale. A considerable number of eggs,
however, were taken and fertilized, and the fish in large part planted in
the Chesapeake Bay as an experiment in stocking that body of water.
•
As soon as the hatching station at Wood's Holl is completed, it is pro-
posed to lesume this work on a very extensive scale by catching the
nearly ripe fish and placing them in basins at the station until they are
REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. 65
mataie, when the eggs will be stripped and hatched in the exception-
ally pnre water of the harbor.
As in previous seasons, the Oommission has to acknowledge the uDi-
versal favor with which it has met on the part of presidents, managers,
and superintendents of railways and steamboats, the various branches
of the Government and individuals generally. The formal acknowledg-
ments and details of this courtesy will be found in the report of the Oom«
mission. The usual experiments have also been made of the transmis-
sion of the eggs of salmon, whitefish, and other species of fish to various
portions of Europe, in return for which we have received specimens of
Salmonidse as well as* some of the later and improved varieties of Ger-
man carp.
BuUetin of the Fish Commission. — During the last session of Oongress
an act was passed (approved February 14, 1881) instructing the Public
Printer to print and stereotype, from time to time, the regular number
of 1,900 copies of any matter furnished him by the United States Com-
missioner of Fish and Fisheries, relative to new observations, discover-
ies, and applications connected with fish-culture and the fisheries, to be
capable of being distributed in parts, and the whole to form an annual
Yolome or bulletin not exceeding 500 pages. The edition of this annual
work is to consist of 5,000 copies, of which 2,500 are for the use of the
House of Representatives, 1,000 for the use of the Senate, and 1,500 for
the use of the Commissioner.
fishery Census of 1880.— The reports of 1880 and 1881 contain details
in regard to the co-operation between the United States Fish Commission
and the Census of 1880, under charge of Superintendent Francis A.
Walker, in collecting the statistics and history of the fisheries of the
United States in past years up to the present time. The result has been
tlie accumulation of a large mass of important information of very
great value.
The report of 1881 gives an account of the special work of the gen-
tlemen employed for this purpose, and during the year 1882 the reports
mentioned below were published, leaving quite a number still to appear
as among the series of special reports of the Census.
A number of other reports on fishes, of much interest but of less
relationship to the work of the Census, were presented to Congress by
the Commission, and their publication ordered in a series of quarto
volumes. Of these the first is well advanced and will be out in the
eonrse of the year 1883. It is more particularly occupied by an ac-
oonnt of the economical and natural history of the food-fishes and
invertebrates of the country, with the necessary illustrations.
Another of these reports will include figures and descriptions of all
the obsolete as well as more modern forms of apparatus for the pursuit^
cs^ture, and utilization of the inhabitants of the waters, together with
a very minute account of the apparatus of the whaler.
56 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY.
The great London International Fisheries Exposition, — The success of
the Berliu Fishery Exhibition in 1880, and those of Norwich in 1881
and Edinburgh in 1882, induced a number of gentlemen in England to
propose an exhibition in London in 1883, that should far surpass any of
its predecessors. The necessary arrangements were made, and invita-
tions extended to the United States to participate. This was favorably
responded to by an enactment of Congress appropriating $50,000 for the
pari>ose, and requiring the United States Commissioner of Fish and Fish-
eries, under the direction of the Secretary of State, to take the necessary
measures toward participation by the United States in the display iu
question. The work of preparation was placed in the hands of Mr. G.
Brown Qoode, who, with the help of the gentlemen who have been trained
for the work by the Census investigations, and of the assistants in the
Kational Museum, and the United States Fish Commission, made every
possible effort to secure a satisfactory competition on the part of the
United States. Much important material was already on hand, partly
gathered for the Fisheries Exhibition at Philadelphia in 1876, partly
for that of Berlin in 1880, and to a considerable extent representing
the general and incidental gatherings of the Fish Commission.
The exhibition in question will open early in May, 1883, and it is
hoped that the report of the result will be as satisfactory to the pride
of every American as was that of the Exhibition at Berlin already re-
ferred to.
Eespectfully submitted,
SPENCER F. BAIRD,
Secretary of tJie Smithsonian Institution.
APPENDIX TO THE SECRETARY'S REPORT.
COERESPONDBNCE ON ASTRONOMICAL ANNOUNCEMENTS.
In presenting a portion of the correspondence of the Institution with
leading astronomers, relative to methods suggested for rendering the
telegraphic announcement of astronomical discoveries as free from am-
biguity as possible, it seems proper to preface these extracts with a
brief notice of the form previously adopted by European observatories
in communicating such information between themselves. The Smith-
sonian system of transatlantic or cable telegraphy, introduced in 1873,
may be regarded as essentially an extension of this earlier and more
local practice. In acknowledgment of the active zeal and assistance of
Br. C. H. F. Peters, of the Clinton Observatory, in establishing the
Smithsonian enterprise, much deference has been paid to his judgment
in all doubtful questions.
Letkr from Prof. F, KarlinsJdj director of the observatory in Cra^cow^
November 23, 1865.
(Pnblislied in the Aatronomisohe Nachriohtent Vol. 65, cols. 31, 32.)
It will perhaps not be superfluous if some form should be given in the
Astronomische Nachrichten, in which we can unite in the telegraphic
annoancement of astronomical observations, in order that the informa-
tion may be condensed and still be perfectly and generally intelligible.
Our signs ^ ' ^'^ as well as h. m. s., can, of course, not be telegraphed,
bntto write them out in full makes the dispatch too long. The con-
version of the times of observation as expressed in hours, minutes, sec-
onds, into decimal parts of the day, as well as the expression of right
ascension and declination in degrees and decimals, can easily lead to
errors, and further necessitates a reconversion after the reception of the
dispatch. To me it seems that it would be simplest if we agree to give
not enly the mean local time of observation but also the right ascension
and declination by means of 7 or 8 places of figures, of which the first
two indicate the number of the hours or degrees of declination, the next
two the number of minutes, the next two the number of seconds, and
the remaining figure the number of tenths of a second.
The words "right ascension" and "declination'' may be entirely
omitted and replaced by "northerly,'' "southerly."
Thus, for example : .
^^Altona Stemwarte 85 November 22 Krakau 0604597 scheinbar
00430620 nordlich 0247240 Karlinski^ would be translated as follows :
67
58 CORRESPONDENCE ON ASTRONOMICAL ANNOUNCEMENTS.
*• November 22d, 6^ 4™ 69. 7* Oracow mean time. Minor planet No. 85^
Apparent right ascension 0^ 43â„¢ 6.20". Apparent declination +29 47/
24.0'^»
And this would be entirely expressed in twelve words. Thus, there
would remain still eight words for other items, such as the daily motion,
brightness, &c., if the whole dispatch is to be kept within twenty words.
However, I leave the perfecting of this form entirely to your views,
without desiring to push any project of my own.
Notification by the Imperial Academy of Vienna^ December 6, 1869.
(Pablished in the Jatronomiache Nachrichten, No. 1785, col. 142.)
The telegrams by which the Imperial Academy announces the dis-
covery of a new comet to the various observatories will hereafter be
written in an abbreviated form and in general according to the proposi-
tion of Professor Karlinski.
The dispatch will contain: first, the word comet then the name of the
discoverer; next the date will be given and then the local mean time of
the position in four consecutive figures, of which the first two indicate
the hour and the last two the minute, so that the missing tens for the hour
as well as for the minutes will be indicated by zeros. Then the place
of the discovery will be given, followed by the right ascension in arc^ ex-
pressed by meauM of five figures, of which three indicate the degrees
and the next t^o the minutes, while the missing tens and hundreds
will be, as before, shown by the zeros.
Then follows an interval, and, after it, the polar distance represented in
five figures, of which three indicate the degrees and the last two the
minutes, and in which again all the missing figures have their places
filled by zeros. The motiony to be finally given, is always understood
to be daily motion in minutes of arc, first the motion in right ascension
and next that in declination, each to be preceded by the sign or word
plus or minus.
The conclusion of the dispatch is to be formed of some words that
refer to the external appearance of the celestial body. If, still, an addi-
tional figure follows them, this will describe the diameter of the comet
in minutes of arc.
The dispatch will be signed ^^ Akademie.'' For example, the following
t^legrajn from the Ac^enpiy :
Oomet Tempel three November nought nine nought nine nought
nought Marseilles three four one nought five. Nought seven five four
four bewegung plus six minus twenty four helle kern Ave Akademie^
would be translated as follows :
" Comet discovered by Tempel. On the 3d November, at 9^ 0" Mar-
seilles meantime, the position is right ascension 341^ 5^ and north polar
distance 75^ 44^ The daily motion is -f 6^ in right ascension and — ^24'
in polar distance. Bright nucleus. Diameter of the comet, 5^.
(Signed) Imperial Academy of Vienna.''
COBRESPONDBNCE ON A8TB0N0MICAL ANNOUNCEMENTS. 59
Letter from the Boyal Observatory^ Oreentoichj October 16, 1879j to the
Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution.
Sib : In the telegrams aQnouneing the discovery of comets and minor
planets/ for which we have to thatik yon, the Astronomer Eoyal has
frequently found a difficulty as to the date of discovery and the date
to which the position given refers. The former is of less importance, but
the uncertainty as to the latter has frequently caused much delay in
picking up a quick moving body such as a comet.
The Astronomer Boyal would therefore suggest that the day of the
month, and Washington mean time, to which the position given refers,
Bbould be in every case inserted just before the R. A. and Dec. (the
magnitude being put at the end of the telegram to avoid confusion).
Thus the telegram just received would run (supposing the position of
the planet to be given for Oct. 13, 14** Washington mean time) : <^ Planet
Peters Olinton thirteenth fourteen hours one nought north one twenty
motion five south eleventh.''
The Astronomer Boyal trusts that you will not find any difficulty in
making this small addition, which will greatly increase the value of the
amioanoements.
I am, sir, &c.,
W. H. M. Ohbistib.
Letter from the Smithsonian Institution to Dr. 0. JET. F. Peters ( Olinton^
K. Y.), November 4, 1879.
Deab Sm: The Astronomer Boyal of England asks that hereafter,
in astronomical announcements, the hour of discovery in Washington
time he given.
The Naval Observatory here requests that local time of discovery be
Btated, and that seconds of right ascension be always given.
What would yon advise us to instruct observatories in these particu-
larsl
Very truly, yours,
S. P. Baebd.
Letter from the Litchfield Observatory of Hamilton College {Clinton, If
r.), November 8, 1879, to the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution.
Deab Sib: In reply to yours of 4th inst., regarding the demands of
obeervatories for certain changes in the dispatches of planet discoveries,
I take the liberty to make the following remarks. These remarks are, in
substance, the same I wrote a short time ago to Prof. Tietjen, of the
Berlin Observatory, who proposed as a desideratum similar alterations.
Hrst, as to that the hour of discovery be stated, by which I suppose
tiie time for the position communicated is meant, the answer is that such
is done and has been done always in our dispatches. It is included in
the way prescribed (but overlooked or forgotten) in the programme that
was issued at the time by the Smithsonian Institution (Smith. MisceL
60 CORRESPONDENCE ON ASTRONOMICAL ANNOUNCEMENTS.
OolFns, 263). There Art. IV states distinctly: "The right ascension
and declination in the dispatch will be understood to give the position
(by proper motion approximately reduced) for the midnight following the
date of the dispatch, Washington time for American discoveries^ Green-
wich time for European."
If this be borne in mind, it seems unnecessary to burden the dispatch
by additional figures, indicating a local time.
Still further, it seems unnecessary to add the daily motion in right
ascension. This, for the minor planets between Mars and Jupiter in
opposition, we know is always negative — the planets are retrograde —
and the numerical value of it will be in the neighborhood of 45» or 50».
Taking into accoupt the distance from the equator, the position of the
ecliptic, and the motion in declination, a little reflection will easily
decide whether to assume a smaller or a larger value sufficiently near
for knowing the run in a day or two.
The request of giving with the right ascension also the second of time
assumes that the discoverer himself knows it, that he has followed up
the planet for at least 24 hours, and hence the motion has become known
to him with accuracy. But this is usually not the case, as on the other
hand it is desirable that the discoverer make the announcement im-
mediately after the first night. The daily motion, consequently, is con-
cluded from single comparisons extending perhaps over an hour,
whereby the unavoidable errors are multiplied by a factor greater than
24. The seconds added to the right ascension, therefore, would be only
Ulusory.
When the nearest full minute is given, so that the uncertainty is J
minute, this seems indeed also sufficient for recognizing the planet. It
will be among the stars that are in a field of 15^, and by studying with a
little patience the configuration of these stars, the one searched for will
soon betray itself by its change of place. The apparent motion in right
ascension, in most cases, is far surpassing that in declination, so that
the inconsistency in giving the declination to a minute of arc and the
right ascension to a minute of time only is not so great as might seem.
Nevertheless, if found desirable, it is possible to narrow the limits of
uncertainty in the right ascension to one-sixth by the addition of only
one word more in the dispatch, giving the nearest round tenth number
of seconds. And this is the only alteration I should be willing to rec-
ommend in the form of the dispatch.
To resume, I suggest, then :
1. The local time (or its equivalent) is to be presented and looked for
as before, in conformity with Art. lY of the Smithsonian programme.
2. To give the daily motion in right ascension seems superfluous.
3. After the minute of right ascension to be inserted one of the words,
^* ten," " twenty," " thirty," '< forty," or '< fifty," indicating the round tenth
of seconds (if no word follows, the second is understood to be zero).
CORRESPONDENCE ON ASTRONOMICAL ANNOUNCEMENTS. 61
Thus, taking the example in the Smithsonian Miscellaneoas Collections
referred to, it might read :
** Planet twenty three thirty five ten north, &c.," i. e., in 2S^ 36°> 10"
of right ascension, &C.''
Besides the convenience to observers, also consideration onght to be
had to the telegraph companies that convey messages free of charge.
The first application to the Atlantic Gable Company and which was
granted, was made, I remember, for abont 10 words in each dispatch
and for 12 dispatches as a maximum in the year. When, of late, both
of these figures usually have been transgressed we owe the more thanks
to the liberality of the company silently acquiescin g. But this should be
the more reason to use the privilege granted with modesty ; (Professor
Tietjen proposed even that a second dispatch after 3 or 4 days follow the
first;) and I believe the form stated in the Smithsonian programme (with
the slight ^modification now suggested above) as precise and as complete
as can be desired.
Pennit me, dear sir, to take this occasion for reiterating the assurance
of the gratitude the astronomical world bears towards the Smithsonian
Institution for the acceleration of intercourse — and believe me, &c., &c.,
C. H. F. Petees.
Letter from the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution^ N'ovemher 26,
1879, to Mr. W. H. M. Christie of the Royal Observatory, Oreenwuh.
Deab Sie: In answer to your esteemed favor of October 15 we beg
to say that by the original programme adopted by telegraphic announce-
ments of astronomical discoveries, the position given in the dispatch is
understood to be that for the midnight following the date, Washington
time for American and Greenwich for European discoveries. This
seemed to us to render it unnecessary to state local time of discovery.
We however referred the matter to Professor Peters, who takes the
same view as ourselves*
Very respectfully,
S. F. Baird.
Letter from the Royal Observatory, Chreenwich, December 22, 1879, to the
Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution,
8m: With reference to your letter of November 26 respecting tele-
graphic announcements of discoveries the Astronomer Royal requests
me to say that there seems to have been a little misapprehension as to
what he desired.
Our difficulty has arisen from the frequent absence of any data what-
ever on the telegram, and even where this is given from an ambiguity
as to whether civil or astronomical reckoning is intended. (This am-
biguity occurred in the last two telegrams respecting comets discovered
by Lewis SWift— in the last the position given api>eais to have referred
62 C0BBE8P0NDEKCE OK ASTRONOMICAL ANNOUNCEMENTS.
to the date of discovery instead of to the midnight following the date
of the dispatch five days later.)
If you could kindly give the date of the dispatch our difficulty would
be entirely removed, it being understood that the convention that the
position given should refer to the following Washington midnight will
be carried out in the case of comets as well as of minor planets.
As mentioned in my former letter, the date of discovery is of less im-
portance and may well be omitted.
W. H. M. Chbistib.
Letter from the Secretary of the 8mithsonia/n Institution^ December 3, 1879,
to Lord Lindsay, Ihin Echt Observatory^ Aberdeenj Scotland.
Deab Sib: I am in receipt of your circular of the 1st of November,
asking for the transmission of information respecting the occurrence of
comets and other astronomical phenomena ; and I beg to inquire whether
the present arrangements, established some years ago by my predecessor,
Professor Henry, do not answer your purpose. These consisted in an
arrangement with the inland and ocean telegraph companies, by which
all discoveries of this kind made in America were transmitted by the
Smithsonian Institution to certain observatories in Europe, from which
it was supposed they would be forwarded to the more important ob-
servatories within their respective districts.
In return, these same observatories transmit similar information to
Washington, which is then sent to a specified list of establishments
here and also published in the telegraphic dispatches of all the daily
papers in the country.
As you will observe, the observatory at Greenwich receives these dis-
patches fh)m Washing^n for Great Britain, and I would suggest that
arrangements be made with the Astronomer Royal for immediate trans-
mission of all such information to your observatory.
Everything noteworthy in the line of astronomical discovery is at
once sent to him.
If you prefer to have a dispatch direct to Aberdeen, I will see what
can be done in regard to it, although the telegraph companies, which
X)erform this service gratuitously, only allow us one station in each
country.
Very respectfully,
Spbncrb F. Baibd.
Letter from the Observatory^ Dun Eoht^ Aberdeen^ December ^ 1879, to the
Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution.
Dear Sib: I am instructed by Lord Lindsay to thank you for your
letter and inclosure of December 3, in reply to the Dun Echt circular
of November 1, asking for information respecting the occurrence of
eometfli, &e.
COBRESPONDENCE ON ASTRONOMICAL ANNOUNCEMENTS. 63
Beferring to your letter his lordship wishes me to explain that the
scheme which he is endeavoring to carry out is the collection of notices
of discoveries of the character indicat^ed from the whole world, in order
to distribate them directly amongst observers in the British Islands.
In doing so it is intended to sapply information to every owner of a
telescope in these islands who communicates an address for the purpose,
more especially to all those amateurs who may not be in communication
with a government observatory. I may add that, in this special en-
deavor to aid the owners of small observatories, Lord Lindsay pub-
lished and distributed the summary of Struve's MensursB Micrometric»,
a work which has already greatly facilitated the observation of double
stars, nor has it been found useless in observatories of the first rank.
In proof of this, it may be mentioned that it served as a working list
for the admirable labors of Professor Pickering and his adjuncts at
Harvard College in sidereal photometry.
From the papers you inclose it is evident that the arrangements of
the Smithsonian Institution guarantee the certain intercommunication
of astronomical discoveries between the United States and five European
govemment observatories. This still leaves a large field unoccupied,
Dor does it seem to provide at all (at least in Europe) for the distribu-
tion of information from the transmitting end. I would point out, for
example, that the news of Schmidt's new star in the Swan was but very
imperfectly distributed in Europe. Although Dr. Schmidt telegraphed
to Herr v. Littrow, at Vienna, within three hours of the discovery on
November 24, 1876 (see Astronomische Nachrichten No. 2113), we first
learned of the star's existence from a daily paper at the close of Decem-
ber. The Astronomische Nachrichten published the first account on De-
oember 23, and, in fact, the earliest observation possible at Dun Echt
was on Janua^ 2, 1877. In Astronomische Ka^hriokten No. 2115 Dr.
Vogel says that the :first news reached him at Berlin on December 3.
From this it would seem that the European part of the Smithsonian
scheme is not at present adapted for the distribution of news on this
side of the Atlantic, and hence it arose that Lord Lindsay was not aware
that the telegrams of the Smithsonian Institution embraced more than
the discoveries of minor planets, with a partial recognition of other and
possibly more generally interesting phenomena, or that they were in-
tended for general distribution.
Apart from this, the information reaches the bulk of observers in these
islands through occasional notes in the public journals, but very rarely
in their telegraphic summaries. Nor are such notes always accepted;
«. g.j it is well known that the "Times" declined all the earlier com-
mnnications respecting the new star in the Grown.
These reasons led Lord Lindsay to devise a plan for distributing intel-
ligence directly amongst British observers by posted circular, leaving it
to corporationB or individuals to do the same tn oiiier countries if the
plan was found worthy of extension. Already the plan has been prom-
64 CORRESPONDENCE ON ASTRONOMICAL ANNOUNCEMENTS.
ised the aid of astronomers in many countries, and a similar and co-
operating scheme is starting in France. Stress is laid on the distribution
of information by special circular (or telegram, if particularly desired),
as it is found impossible to rely on the daily papers.
Trusting that these explanations will show that the Dun Echt scheme
is in no way calculated to take up ground already occupied by the
Smithsonian Institution. I am,
Very respectfully,
Ralph Copbland,
Astronomer at Dun Echt.
Letter from the Secretary of the Smithsonian Iiistitution^ January 14, 1880,
to Prof. 0. H. F. Peters, Clinton^ N. Y.
Dear Sir : In consequence of the diflSculty experienced by many
astronomers in interpreting telegraphic announcements of astronomical
discoveries, we desire to publish in the forthcoming report of this Insti-
tution a circular on this subject, which shall prevent ambiguity and
misunderstanding in the future.
We therefore inclose a copy of the original circular, as prepared by
yourself, and request that you will insert therein such additions, cor-
rections, and explanations as experience has shown to be necessary.
We also send a letter in the same connection, from the Royal Obser-
vatory, Greenwich, which we beg you will return with suggestions for
its proper answer.
Yours very truly,
S. F. Baird.
Letter from the Litchfield Observatory of Hamilf on College^ Clinton^ ^. Y.,
January 21j 1880, fo the Smithsonian Institution.
D^AR Sir : I have, as you requested, considered the different points of
the programme for telegraphic dispatches, and, in the suggestions which
I submit on the annexed pages as a substitute for pp. 7 and following, 1 be-
lieve that the wishes expressed by various astronomers, especially those
of Greenwich, are fully embodied. The closing sentence I added in re-
membering the inaccuracy of Mr. Swift, by which both assistant Paul of
the Washington Observatory and myself lost a whole night in fruitless
searches for that comet. However, I beg you to strike out or correct as
you please.
K, in your answer to Mr. Christie, you refer to your forthcoming
circular, which will meet the demands of the Greenwich Observatory, I
think they will be satisfied. With reference to the query about astro-
nomical and civil reckoning, I think the expedient I suggested of using
simply the name of the week-day (e. //., ''Wednesday") will prove satis-
factory, while it adds only one word to the dispatch.
C. H. F. Peters.
[Accompanying this are the additions to the Smithsonian circular,
which have been incorporated in the revised edition.]
COBBESPONDENCE ON ASTRONOMICAL ANNOUNCEMENTS. 65
Acknowledgment from the Smithsonian Institution^ January 27, 1880| U>
Prof. 0. H. F. Peters, Clinton^ N. Y.
Deab Sib : Please accept our thanks for yours of January 21 rela-
tive to changes in circular of announcement of astronomical dispatohes^
Very truly yours,
S. F. Baibd.
Letter from the Smithsonian Institution^ February 16, 1880, to Prof. O.
H. F. Peters, Clinton^ N. Y.
Dear Sib: The dispatch from the Astronomer Eoyal of England
appears not to follow the convention for telegraphic announcements
affording another instance of the ambiguity to which we have before
alluded and which we wish to correct.
As received by us, it reads :
"Gill telegraphs from Cape Town, comet, twelfth February, 0858 cape
12311, motion plus 235, minus 20. Astronomer Eoyal."
The 0858 cape we think refers to time of discovery and the 12311 to
be a mistake of the operators. '
Yours very truly,
Spencee F. Baibd.
Letter from the Litchfield Observatory of Hamilton College^ Clinton^ 2^. F.,
February 19, 1880, to the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution.
Deab Sib : Ton are right; there is certainly a mistake in the dispatch
from Cape Town about GilPs comet, five figures having been omitted,
but it is impossible to say which — either those indicating the E. A. or
those of the North Polar Distance. The telegram, as communicated in
your letter received this morning, and which is in the cipher-system
proposed years ago by Littrow (but hardly applicable in this country,
where by law every figure must be written out in words), can be inter-
preted in the two following ways:
Comet 12th February 8^ 58^ mean time Cape, E. A. 123o.ll, N. P. D.
[5 figures omitted], motion + 235' =3^55' in E. A. — 20' in N. P. D.
Comet [etc.] E. A. [5 figures omitted], K P. D. = 123© 11' (i. e., Decl.
-330 11') motion, etc.
Probably some telegrapher between Cape Town and Greenwich or
Greenwich and Washington got tired of sending ten consecutive fig-
ures; and indeed this system of dispatches has been a source of contin-
^\ blunders, so that Lord Lindsay (whose assistant Mr. Gill was, before
he went to take charge of the Cape Observatory) did wrong in reviving
it The system adopted by the Smithsonian Institution was discussed
with the late Professor Littrow, Professor Bruhns, of Leipzic, and others,
*nd has worked to satisfaction so far. It will be still more acceptable
to all when the additions lately discussed are introduced, and 1 would
Mommend (which, perhaps, also, is your intention) to issue the an i I
H. Mis. 26 5
€6 CORRESPONDENCE ON ASTRONOMICAL ANNOUNCEMENTS.
scheme in the form of a circalar to the principal observatories interested
in it (perhaps sending a number of copies for distribution to Greenwich,
Paris, Berlin, and Vienna).
0. H. F. Peters.
Letter from Dr. B. A. Gould, at sea^ steamship " Oity of Montrealy^
August 27 y 1880, to the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution.
My Dear Professor : I have been about sil weeks in Germany,
France, and England, and have everywhere found the astronomers
greatly perturbed in the matter of astronomical telegrams regarding
comets, planets, &c., which, they tell me, almost unfailingly go wrong,
no matter how great the care with which they are sent.
Finally, the Germans have agreed upon a system to which they have
secured the assent of Admiral Mouchez at Paris, and of the Astron-
omer Bcyal. And they have asked me to communicate with you on
the subject and obtain your assent, which I told them you would surely
give, since the European astronomers are all of accord.
It consists of three principal points :
First. That instead of several transatlantic telegrams to different
observatories, the Smithsonian should send only one, viz, to Professor
Krueger, the new director of the observatory at Kiel and editor of the
Astronom. N^achrichten. He undertakes to communicate the same tele-
gram instantly to all the European astronomical centers, at the expense
of the Astronomische Gesellschaft, if necessary.
Secondly. That a second similar telegram should be forwarded next
day, or as soon as a second observation of the body has been obtained,
thus making only two trans-atlantic telegrams in all.
Thirdly. That for these telegrams a special code should be used,
which they have sent me, and which they all recommend. • - -
B. A. Gould.
Proposed mode of transmitting notices of the discovery of comets^ as-
teroidSj c&c, across the Atla/ntic.
1. Only one dispatch to be sent at a time. This, if for Europe, to be
addressed to Professor Krueger at the observatory in Kiel ; if for Amer-
ica, to Professor Baird, Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution.
A seeond telegram, however, to be sent as soon as a second observa-
tion has been obtained. Thus only two dispatches in all.
2. All numerical data to be expressed by a word for each figure, with
out regard to its value as dependent upon its position. Thus " 58 '' to
be telegraphed as " five eight,'' '' 12 '' as *^ one two,'' ^' 30 " as " three
nought," &c.
3. All places which would ordinarily be left vacant when the num-
ber is written in figures must be filled up by the word " nought.^ Thus
for the right ascension 1^ 6â„¢.3 would be written " nought one nought five
three" or for B. A, 19^ 3°* the dispatch would be sent " one nine nought
COSBESPONDENCE ON ASTRONOMICAL ANNOUNCEBiENTS. 67
three nought (the tenths of minutes being given for right ascensions,
bat not for other data, as per section 5).
4. Time of observation to be given in round hours of Greenwich
mean tithe^ preceded by day and month, and never in any other way.
Thus an observation on October 12, at 13*^ Gr. M. T., would be announced
" one two October one three f or November 3, 7^ Gr. M. T. as " three No-
vember nought seven." In this way the time of observation which is to
be given first of all will be expressed by the name of the month pre-
ceded by one or two numbers, and followed always by two.
5. Bight ascension to follow the date and be given hj five figures ex-
pressing hours, minutes, and tenths of minutes, in time, preceded by the
word " ascension,"
6. Declinations to be given by four words expressing degrees and
minutes, preceded by the word " north'' or " south."
7. Daily motion in B. A. to be given in minutes and tenths of minutea
of time, preceded by the word " plus " or " minus."
8. Daily motion in Decl. to be given in minutes of arc, preceded by
the word " north" or " south."
9. Magnitude, if given, to be preceded by the word " mag."
Thus, in ordinary cases, the essential numerical data will be con*
tained in twenty-four words.
EXAMPLE.
"Comet discovered by Swift, Oct 12. Place, 22. A. = 2»^ 23™.7 and
JOed. = + 360 2' at V" Greenw. M. T. Motion— 1°».2 in R. A. and + 8'
in Ikol. 12th magnitude."
DISPATCH.
"Oomet Swift one two October nought seven ascension nought two
two three seven north three five nought two minus one two north eight
mag one two."
Professor Krueger (editor of the Astronom. Ncichrichten) undertakes to
repeat the dispatch throughout Europe at cost of the Kiel observatory
or of the Astronomische Gesellschaft. The Paris and Greenwich ob-
servatories, as welt as all the German ones, accept the arrangement.
MliuyvoUdgment from the Smithsonian Institution^ October 30, 1880, to
Dr. Benjamin A. Gould, 18 Pemberton Square^ Boston.
Dear Dr. Gould : Your letter, headed "At Sea, City of Montreal^
August 27, 1880," reached me this afternoon, the 30th of October, at
apparently a long interval, if the date is correct.
I write very hurriedly to express my gratification at the prospect of
•^ing you again in Washington, and to say that I of course desire to
follow the wishes of astronomers at home and abroad in the matter of
68 CORRESPONDENCE ON ASTRONOMICAL ANNOUNCEMENTS.
the telegrams. 1 would, however, like to have Dr. Peters, of Clinton,
and the astronomers of the observatory here concnr in the change ; but
when you visit Washington all this can be arranged.
Very truly, yours, Spbnobb F. Baird.
Letter from the Smithsonian Institution^ November 11, 1880, to Prof. O.
H. F. Peters, Hamilton College^ Clinton^ N, T,
Dear Sir : I inclose herewith a proposition for the modification of
the present plan of the exchange of telegraphic announcements between
the United States and Europe. Will you kindly give me your views at
the earliest possible moment f We have in type a new circular on this
subject, and of course wish to correct it, should it be desirable.
The proposition submitted, which Dr. Gould has just sent us, is the
result of a conference with the leading astronomers of Europe.
Truly yours, Spencer F. Baird.
Letter from the Smithsonian Institution^ November 24, 1880, to Prof. 0.
H. F. Peters, Hamilton Oollegej Clintonj N. Y., with inclosure.
Dear Professor Peters : Will you kindly send me at your early
convenience that promised criticism and memorandum in regard to the
accompanying proof of the circular, and all the suggestions of change
brought up by Professor Gould t I wish to close this business as soon
as possible, with your kind assistance.
Yours, truly, Spencer F. Baird.
Letter from the Litchfield Observatory of Hamilton College, Clinton, N. T.,
November 25, 1880, to the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution,
Dear Sir: I hasten to answer yours of 11th instant in regard to
the telegraphic exchange system of astronomical discoveries. I found
it here after my return from New York (delayed by a few days' visit
at West Point), and, in order to be brief, I can touch onlj^ upon the more
essential points.
Of the three points made in the letter (written by Dr. B. A. Gould)
of which you send me a copy, the first gives, as the reason, economy in
the number of trans-atlantic dispatches. I must wonder, after I had
explained twice before during the last year to the astronomers at Berlin
that as far as I know only one message passes the Atlantic and is dis-
tributed then in Europe to the five central stations, that, without evi-
dence to the contrary, this again is used as an argument for having the
dispatches from the Smithsonian Institution sent to only one European
central station, and this to be (as if of course) in Germany. When
Dr. Gould's letter asserts that '* the European astronomers are all of
accord" he says too much for, from a letter of Professor Fperster on the
subject (found here likewise at my return) it appears that Vienna does
not consent; that Pulkowa seems to have been not even asked, and it is
COBRESPOXDENCE ON ASTBONOMICAL ANNOUNCEMENTS. 69
not quite clear besides under what aspect the matter has been presented
at Paris and Greenwich, and how far these agree with the proposed
change of programme. But after all, what is there objectionable to
sending the communications from the Smithsonian Institution not to
Germany only, but also, as heretofore, to Greenwich, Paris, Vienna,
and Pulkowat I remember when, on a visit to Washington, I laid the
first proposition before your illustrious predecessor, I had named only
Greenwich, because the nearest place, to send the dispatches to, and
it was Professor Henry who suggested to insert besides, Berlin, Paris,
and Vienna, to which later was added Pulkowa, Fortunately, from our
stand-point on this side of the ocean, we have a broader and more equi-
table view of scientific life in Europe, free from national jealousies.
As to the second point suggested in Dr. Gould's letter, I cannot deny
that sometimes a second communication about the same object of dis-
covery (not the next day, but rather after the lapse of three or five days)
would be very welcome, though in most cases such a repetition would
not be of very great utility. Professor Foerster puts it on the ground to
make sure against a mistake in the first dispatch. But then, if the two
should not agree? Would he then desire even three dispatches (as bank
accountants take the sum three times when the first two give it differ-
ent). While the cable company with great liberality did concede a lim-
ited (and later frequently surpassed) number of words and of dispatches
per year, it seems hardly proper to ask a duplication of the favor, as
long as it has not been clearly shown that such duplication is of abso-
lute desirability.
Thirdly, as to the code to be used, I do not see in the slightest what
objection can be made to that adopted by the Smithsonian Institution.
It was the result of a consultation with the late Professor Littrow at
Vienna, was in the main set up by Professor Bruhns and myself at Leip-
«ic, and approved at the time by the astronomers at Berlin. The new
edition of your circular of instructions embraces the modifications and
Buggestions which you had received from various sides, and Professor
Airy, as you will remember, expressed himself satisfied. Professor
Pickering, as well as myself, has carefully compared the scheme with
the one now presented by Dr. Gould. I cannot find that it is an im-
provement in jpremion to say for example "one two'^ for "twelve," "two
nought '^ for "twenty,'^ or always "nought three" for simply "three,'*
&c Looking at the economy of words. Dr. Gould's scheme requires
twenty-four, the Smithsonian (even with the additions now introduced)
at the utmost only sixteen — a difference of considerable and (for the
cable) eissential importance.
Dr. Gould says of his code, "which they all recommend," I am sure
that what all desire and recommend is only a uniformity of the code in
nse. The ISmithsonUin code, being far superior in precision, also more
6oonomical and now perfected by the suggestions of experience, will
wadily be accepted. The difficulty has been that some astronomers
70 CORRESPONDENCE ON ASTRONOMICAL ANNOUNCEMENTS.
either have not carefully enough read the articles of the programme, or
had forgotten them. The complaints that have come to my knowledge
firom abroad have all been in regard to certain comet announcements
telegraphed from this side, and not worded in accordance with the rules
of the programme. On the other hand I had to remind the Berlin astron-
omers (and also those at the Washington observatory) that the time
for the position is the "following midnight, '^ while they mistook for it
the hx)ur and minute of sending from Washington, added by the teleg-
rapher. The circular which you have prepared will prevent for the
future these and similar mistakes.
0. H. F. Peters.
Letter from the Litchfield Observatory j Hamilton College j Clinton^ N. JT.
December 21, 1880, to the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution,
Dear Sir : I have sent to the " Astronom. Na^chrichten^ ^ as you per-
mitted me to do, an article in explanation and elucidation of the form
of dispatches we have used, and of the additions that have been made
in the new edition.
As you have still under consideration the publication of this revised
programme (I infer so from your last letter), I inclose here a compari-
son, which shows that our form requires only 16 words, while that pre-
sented by Dr. Gould requires 26 [or, more correctly, 27] ; and it is to
be remarked besides that the latter never can have less, because the
** noughts '' always must be inserted, while ours has usually less than 16
words.
Yours, very truly,
C. H. P. Peters.
EXAMPLE.
Comet discovered by Swift Oct. 12. Place R. A. = 2 hours 23 min-
utes 7 and decl = + 35° 2' at 7 hours Green, m. t. Motion — 1 minute
J2 in right ascension and -f 8' in decl. — 12th mag.''
DISPATCH.
*^ Comet Swift [one two October nought seven ascension nought] two
twenty [two] three forty [seven] north [three] thirty five [nought] two
[minus one two] north (* ) eight [mag.] [one two] twelfth Tuesday."
The dispatch as here proposed has 26 words — ^27 if written by the
rules — while in our form it requires only 16 in all.
Letter from the Smithsonian Institution^ November ^^ 1880, to Sir George
B. Airy, director of the Observatory^ Greenwich^ England,
Sir : Herewith we send you a proof copy of a revised circular in re-
gard to the telegraphic announcement of astronomical discoveries, which
* Nought, by rule.
COBBESPONDENPE ON ASTRONOMICAL ANNOUNCEMENTS. 71
gives — ^with a few slight modifications — the system of condensed mes-
sages which has been in practical use for seven years.
We also inclose a draft of a modified plan proposed to us for the
same object^ and beg that you will carefully examine both documents
and advise us, as soon as may be convenient, in regard to the propriety
or expediency of exchanging the one for the other.
Very respectfully, &c.,
Spencer F. Baird.
Letter from the Royal Observatory ^ Oreenwichj London^ December 22, 1880
to the Secretary of the SmitJisonian Institution.
Dear Sir : I have waited a few days before answering your letter
of November 30 for better consideration of the proposed plan for tele-
graphic announcements of observations.
It appears to me, and I am entirely supported in this opinion by Mr.
Christie, that it will be a great improvement of the former plan, and we
heartily recommend it for adoption.
Tours, faithfully,
G. B. Airy.
Letter from the Smithsonian Institution^ Noveinber 29, 1880, to the Hart
of Crawford and B alcarres. Dun Echt^ Scotland.,
Sm : Inclosed please find a circular we have just prepared in regard
to the telegraphic announcement of astronomical discoveries which
gives— with a few slight modifications — the system of condensed mes-
sages which has been in use for seven years.
We also inclose a draft of another plan proposed for the same object,
and beg that you will carefully examine the same, and give us your
Tiews, as early as may be convenient, regarding the advisability of its
fiabstitntion for the former plan.
Very truly yours, &c.,
Spencer F. Baird.
Letter from the Observatory Dun Echtj Aberdeen^ January 7, 1881, to the
Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution.
Sib : Beferring to your letter of November 29, 1880, 1 may say that our
experience at Dun Echt shows that telegraphic announcements of astro-
nomical discoveries should represent the actual known facts of the case
in a way to which the majority of the senders and receivers of the mes-
sages are accustomed. Thus the message should take the form of an
observation as usually published, the name, date, and place being given.
Any reduction of the time to a meridian other than that of the observa-
tion or any prediction of a future place of the object are equally to be
deprecated as likely to introduce errors.*
*Thepoi»ibility of making a blunder in the simple operation of referring the time
to another meridian or of failing to recognize the somewhat improbable natore of a
72 CORRESPONDENCE ON ASTRONOMICAL ANNOUNCEMENTS.
Besides, by giving the B. A, to the nearest tenth of a minute of time
and the declination to the nearest minute the observation is available, in
the case of a comet for combination to find an approximate orbit. This
form, to6, gives the dispatches a permanent value.
I give the following partly in confirmation of what I think the best
features of the proposed systems and partly as suggestions that may
probably be of use.
The greatest clearness seems to be obtained by giving numbers as
spoken thus : "12" should be " twelve" and nob "one two"
I would suggest that the day of the month counted astronomically
be absolutely distinguished from the rest of the message by giving it
the ordinal form. Thus "October 12 " would be "twelfth OctolJer."
For a like reason the motion in declination might be given as "north-
ward" or "southward." If the length of a telegram is estimated by the
number of words in it and not by their length, it would seem desirable
to express " magnitude" in full and not by " mag," which a telegraph
clerk would probably confound with "may " or May."
Again, if " nought" is objected to why not use " cypher" as being in
more frequent use than "zero." If the daily motion in 22. A, and Decl,
is not given, would it not be better to use the words " preceding" and
"following "or their symbols "p" and "f," in place of "west" and
" east," '^hich latter in practice refer to the horizon and not to the equa-
tor. Thus " nf " would represent " northeast." But the daily motions
in 22. A. and Decl. admit of greater precision.
A complete message would thus contain the word " comet " or " planet,''
the discoverer's name, the day (expressed as above) and month, the
hour in local mean time and the place. The right-ascension to the
nearest tenth of a minute of time, the declination to the nearest minute
preceded by the word "north" or "south." Fext, the daily motion in
B. A. also to the tenth of a minute of time with the sign "plus" or
<* minus " then the daily motion in minutes of arc " northward " or " south-
ward," and lastly, the magnitude or any other particulars likely to aid
the search.
Thus:
" Comet Swift twenty-fifth October seventeen Eochester twenty-one
fifty-nine cypher north fifty-one twenty-five minus twenty-one two
northward fifty-seven magnitude ten."
Would mean—
" Comet discovered by Swift on October 25th at l?'^ Bochester mean
time in right ascension 21^ 59â„¢.0 and declination + 61o 25'. Daily
motion — 21™.2 and + 57^ As bright as a star of the tenth magnitude."
This form of message, although slightly longer than others that have
dispatch when so transformed, is shown in the example given in the '* Proposed Mode
of Transmitting, &c./' where the comet Swift (presumably discovered at Rochester)
must either have been found at 2 p. m. or the longitude have been applied with the
wrong sign.
COBSESPONDENCE ON ASTEONOMICAL ANNOUNCEMENTS. 73
been proposed^ has the advantage of giving a complete approximate
observation.
In conclusion, whatever form the dispatches may take, it seems an
admirable proposal that for transmission across the Atlantic they ishall
all pass between two responsible persons ; in this way only does it
Beem possible to prevent the nseless distribution of messages which are
obviously unintelligible.
Crawford & Balcarres.
Letter from the editor of the ^'Science Observer ^^ {and Corresponding Sec-
retary of the Boston Scientific Society ^ Boston)^ February 4, 1881, to the
Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution.
Dear Sir: The announcement in Monthly Notices Vol. XLI, No. 2,
that a letter concerning a somewhat new method for the transmission
of comet discoveries to your Institution across the cable, has caused
quite a discussion among the members of the Boston Scientific Society,
^ho are now discussing the matter in all its lights. Lack of informa-
tion on one or two points have been difficulties in the way, and if you
can inform us on these subjects you will greatly favor us. These points
relate to the transmission over the cable. It is customary for Govern-
ment messages to be composed of letters and figures, which, by keys
At both ends, may be translated into the vernacular. Knowing this to
be the case, we would respectfully inquire whether comet announcements
in the past have been sent in words or in figures, thus :
Comet Swift twelfth Oct. seven twenty-three seven &c &c, or
Comet Swift 12 Oct 7 2 3 7 &o &c
And ftirthermore, we would like to know whether the new arrange-
ment contemplates the transmission of the words or the figure charac-
ters.
Sincerely yours,
John Eitohie, Jr.
icfter from the Smithsonian Institution^ February 16, 1881, to John
BiTOHTB, Jr., corresponding secretary of the Boston Scientific Society,
Deab Sib : In reply to your letter of February 4, relative to the sys-
tem of telegraphic announcement of astronomical discoveries, I beg to
«»y that the present Smithsonian system and the proposed substitute
contemplate the use of words only. One dispatch has been received by
^ expressed according to Karlinski's code ; but in all the other an-
nonncements, the data communicated have been given in words.
Inclosed we send you copies of the circulars referred to.
Very truly yours,
Spencer F. Baibd.
74 COBSESPONDENCE ON ASTBONOMICAL ANNOUNCEMENTS.
Letter from the editor of the ^^ Science Observer ^^ Boston^ May 13, 1881, to
the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution.
Deab Sib: It is with pleasure that I am able to call your attention
to the success of a scheme devised by Mr. 8. C. Chandler, jr., and my-
self for the transmission by cable of astronomical intelligence. It has
just been successfully tested by transmission both ways, of the elements
and ephemeris of Swift's comet, and I append a scheme showing how
an announcement would look according to both codes.
Yours, &c.,
» J, ElTOHIE, Jr.
Announcement of Swift's comet per "Science Observer'' code:
12 3 4 6 6 7
comet Swifb conge ratify torsim smart-money tolerate \
• According to present (European) code:
Comet Swift may zero one zero two zero five ascension zero zero zero
aero north three seven two five plus zero three south one* two.
[Translation.]
Comet Swift, May 1, 2^ 5°»; E. A. 0^ 0°»; declination K. 37° 26'; daily
motion + 3™ E. A. ; — 1^ 2' declination.
Should words 4, or 4 and 6, in the " Science Observer" code, or words
5, or 6 and 6, or words 4, or 4 and 7, be made unintelligible in. trans-
mission, the message would still be as intelligible and the comet as
easy to find as was the case before the present European code was
adopted, while the loss of word 2 would be of no consequence, being
merely the name of the discoverer, and word 3 the time of discovery is
as a rule so well determined by the date of message that its loss would
not be of detriment to the general sense. By loss I mean the mutila-
tion of a word so as to render it unrecognizable as is sometimes the
case in ocean telegraphy.
J. ElTCHIE, Jr.
Letter from the Secretary of the^ Smithsonian Institution^ May 16, 1881, to
Mr. J, EiTCHiE, Jr., editor of the " Science Observer ^^^ Boston.
Sib: This Institution hails with satisfaction every attempt at en-
larging the channels, and at increasing the fullness and accuracy of
scientific information. It is possible that for the purpose of cable trans-
mission of the details of an astronomical ephemeris, an arbitrary signal
code (as suggested by you) may have some advantages; though it must
not be concealed that it also presents some disadvantages ; the complica-
tion both of preparation and of translation increasing with the number
of elements to be communicated.
With the spread of astronomical knowledge and interest, and the
*I am in some doabt aboat this figure as I have net the code by me.
C0BBE8P0NDENCE ON ASTBONOMICAL ANNOUNCEMENTS. 75
growth of desires and needs for more minute information respecting
sudden or transitional phenomena, improved methods and formulas wiU
doubtless be correspondingly developed.
For the present purposes of this Institution the system it has adopted
will (with probably some slight improvement) prove sufficient.
Yours, very respectfully,
Spencer F. Baibd.
Letter from the Litchfield Observatory of Hamilton College^ Clinton^ Oneida
Countyj New Torky April 28, 1882, to the Secretary of the Smithsonian
Institution,
Deab Sib: At the meeting of the International Astronomical Society
at Strasburg in September last, the matter of telegraphic communica-
tions of astronomical discoveries was considered. In the committee ap-
pointed ux)on this subject, after some discussion about the '^ Phrase-Code'^
of the (Boston) "Science Observer,'' it was agreed that the code of the
Smithsonian Institution (Misc. Coll., 263),. be recommended for general
use— at least for the present. A resolution to that effect was adopted
by the Society (S. Keport in Viertelgahrschrift^ vol. 16, page 286 and 361).
But there was a strong feeling expressed against the manner in which
most of the telegrams of comet discoveries, sent through the Smithsonian
Institution, lately had come to hand in Europe. They were worded
withoat the slightest regard to the Smithsonian programme, therefore
unintelligible, and worse than no information at all, by reason of causing
fruitless painstaking to astronomers searching for the object.
Unwilling that astronomers abroad should be led to throw the blame
thereof upon the Smithsonian Institution, I take the liberty to suggest
that you would refuse to forward dispatches of the kind, if they are not
made out in conformity with the Smithsonian programme. This pro^
gramme has been distributed so largely throughout the United States (in
the Smithsonian Annual Eeports and as a circular), that any amateur dis-
coverer who desires to avail himself of the channel of communication
BO liberally offered by the Smithsonian Institution can hardly be ig-
norant of it. Any delay, therefore, will be his own fault, if he neglects
following the prescribed form.
Yours, very respectfully,
0. H. F. Peters.
letter from the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, May 10, 1882, to
Prof, 0. H. F. Peters, of the Litchfield Observatory, Clinton, N, Y,
Dear Sir: In reply to your favor of April 28, 1 am gratified that
the astronomical convention at Strasburg has approved of the Smithson-
ian code for telegraphic announcements. With regard to the irregulari-
tiee noticed, it may be said that very few of the dispatches received by
this Institution comply fully and literally with the published programme.
76 CORRESPONDENCE ON ASTRONOMICAL ANNOUNCEMENTS.
^Thus, notwithstanding that Article IV, section 6, specifies the very con-
<^ise and explicit statement of the day of the toeek for the date, a majority
of notices received substitute the day of the month. It is diflftcult,
therefore, to carry out your suggestion that we should refuse to forward
dispatches not in exact form.
Before going to press with our long-delayed astronomical telegraph
circular, I will trouble you with extracts from a single additional re-
sponse to our request for suggestions, asking from you the favor of
your consideration and judgment on it.
Copy of extract ff om a communication received from the Observatory
at Dun Echt, Scotland, and dated January 7, 1881.
[Inclosure.— The principal portion of the latter from Lord Lindsay-
Earl Crawford.]
On the foregoing extract, I venture to make the following queries :
1. Is there not some force in the suggestion to employ date of obser.
vation rather than prospective date and predicted place?
2. Is there any advantage in designating B. A, in hours, minutes, and
tenthSy over the present form in hours, minutes, and stcpths (or seconds
in tens) t
3. Might it not be well to write the motion in declination, as north-
ward or southward^ in full 1
4. To avoid any risk of misapplication, might it not be well to write
in full "tenth magnitude"!
5. Is not the word '^zero^ really preferable to either "nought" or
"cipher"!
Your frank opinion and decision on these points will be very accepta-
ble, and I may say will be finally adopted.
Yours, very respectfully,
Spencer F. Baird.
The publication of the revised edition of the Astronomical Telegraph
Circular was delayed by various circumstances 5 among which was a
contemplated plan for telegraphing American discoveries to our own
observatories as well as to those abroad. This had been urged by a
large number of American astronomers ; the correspondence on which
subject it is unnecessary here to publish. Prof. E. C. Pickering (of the
Harvard Observatory), under date of January 13, 1882, strongly recom-
mended, in addition to this, the adoption by the Institution of the cipher
code of Messrs. S. C. Chandler and John Bitchie, of the Soienoe Observer.
This whole matter still remains under advisement.
EEPOBT ON SMITHSONIAN EXCHANGES FOE 1882.
By Oeobge H. Boehmeb.
The growth of the business of receiving and transmitting the scien*
tific and literary exchanges of the Institution has necessitated a change
in the method of recording and managing the same ; the plans of opera-
tion, satisfactory some half a dozen years ago, being no longer available
without entailing increased trouble and consider able confusion in trac-
ing the history of transactions.
With increase of duties has arisen the need ol more complete organi-
zation; and during the past year a system of double entry, or of debit
and credit accounts, has been adopted. These accounts are arranged
in the form of card-catalogues, representing the societies in correspond-
ence with the Institution ; and upon these cards each society is debited
for the books forwarded to it, and is credited for the receipts as commu-
nicated in return by formal announcement.
This experiment has of course greatly increased for the time the
amount of work required from the limited assistance allotted to this de-
partment, but in return it gives an increased command over the results,
and a much greater facility and economy of time in making references
and comparisons.
By this plan, on the arrival of an invoice of parcels or boxes fix)m
any establishment in the United States, for foreign distribution, ac-
companied (as required by the established rules) with a list of the inten-
ded recipients, to each of these is prefixed the number assigned to it in
our printed list of foreign correspondents, and the same are entered on
the proper cards, giving the date of reception, the name of the sender,
and the number taken from the entry in the invoice book (representing
the whole transmission considered as a bingle transaction), in which
book all receptions are first daily entered in their consecutive order.
The books or parcels receive the same numbers and are then laid
away in bins, each of which represents a certain city or cities or part of
them, in any given country. A suf&cient number of books having ac-
comolated to justify a sending to any country, the card-catalogue serves
as a basis jBrom which the invoices for the respective societies are made
up. This is done in advance, and while the books are being removed
from the bins and made up in bundles. In this manner sendings which
required a week, on the old plan of making up the invoices from the
parcels on hand, while being assorted and packed, may now be com-
pleted in two days.
This system has been introduced in the exchanges with Great Britain
77
t8 EEPOET ON THE OPERATIONS OF EXCHANGES.
and Ireland and with Germany and Aastria-Hungary, and is found to
work 60 well that its adoption for all other countries is deemed advis-
able. Such a course, however, will require the detail of two assistants
exclusively for this purpose; but, considering that the receipts during
the past year averaged 90 parcels per working day— exclusive of 31,568
parcels for the Government — the work required will be such as to keep
them both well employed.
The duty of the assistant in charge of the card-catalogues does not
cease here, but includes the entry to the credit of the respective socie-
ties, of any acknowledgments of the receipt of parcels sent them through
this office, while the duties of the receiving clerk include the verifying
and distributing of all incoming exchanges.
Another feature introduced during the year is a form of duplicate in-
voice which is to be mailed to every recipient within the United States
and British America, of exchange parcels from abroad, to be returned
to the Institution and transmitted as occasion offers to the sender of
the respective parcels.
During the past year over eight thousand parcels were sent out un-
der the system of domestic exchanges, requiring this number of entries
in the book of transmission. Each parcel had to be addressed and prop-
erly wrapped. This domestic branch of the service required the writ-
ing of nearly 13,000 letters of advice and invoices, and the directing of
the parcels and envelopes. All this work has been performed by the
entire force at intervals between foreign transmissions. Great punctu-
ality, of course, cannot possibly, be expected in each case, and it is
respectfully recommended that one assistant be appointed exclusively
for these duties.
The arranging and sending ofT of the foreign exchange, and the duties
pertaining to the transmission of Government document exchange should
be intrusted to one assistant, to the exclusion of any other duty.
One of the most important works begun during the past year is that
of completing the sets of Smithsonian publications furnished to foreign
societies. Several attempts have been made at different times to supply
such deficiencies, and circulars have been sent out on different occasions
requesting the foreign establishments to report the number of Smith-
sonian volumes in their respective libraries.
In connection with this work, a thorough examination of the number
of publications in the Smithsonian library, of the societies applying for
completion of our sets of publications, is required, for an equitable ap-
portionment. The preliminary steps to this have been taken, but the
magnitude and importance of the work, and the pressure of other busi-
ness, have made it impossible to complete the undertaking.
It has been the aim of the assistants of this Department not to allow
any accumulation whatever in the current work, and although with the
limited force it required great exertion, still the close of the year finds
the service unincumbered by any work of the previous year.
REPORT ON THE OPERATIONS OP EXCHANGES.
79
List of correspondents.
Mention was made in the report for 1881 of the sending of a circular
toskll scientific establishments in correspondence with the Institution,
asking for corrections and additions of any addresses of public libraries
learned societies or scientific bureaus of Governments. The Institution
also requested secretaries of societies to furnish a list of the names and
addresses of persons actively engaged in scientific or literary investiga-
tionSy together with the particular branch of learning to which each was
devoted, with a view of facilitating communications and exchanges
with specialists in all parts of the world. Another item of information
desired related to the literary productions and the libraries of the re-
spective establishments.
Prompt responses having been very generally made to this circular,
anew list of foreign correspondents was prepared and issued in the
early part of the year, showing an increase of almost 600 new societies
over the list published in 1878. Copies of this new list were sent to all
corresponding establishments, and, as a result of further corrections
since the date of publication, an ^< addition sheet" for the year 1882 is
herewith presented :
Africa.:
AlgeriA
Cape Colonies
Egypt .. ......
Ahksiga:
British America ....»
Central America:
Gnatemala
Mexico
West Indies
South America:
Argentine Confederation
BrazU
ChiU
Colombia
EcnadoT
Peru
Venezuela
2
2
1
9
2
4
2
4
6
1
6
1
2
1
Afiu:
hidia.
Japan.
Java..
38
Australia:
New South Wales
Queensland
Victoria
5
4
1
1
2
4
Europe :
Austria-Hungary 45
Belgium 11
Denmark 3
France 50
Germany 172
Great Britain :
England 395
Scotland 20
Ireland 9
Wales 9
Greece 1
Italy 17
Netherlands 5
Norway 1
Portugal 4
Roumania 1
Russia 4
Spain 2
Sweden 4
Switzerland 4
10
Total
758
818
80
REPORT ON THE OPERATIONS OF EXCHANGES.
Card catalogues.
The information received from the foreign establishments in reply to
the circniar relative to the preparation of a new list of foreign corre"
spondents served in the preparation of three card catalogues, of which
one is to represent a list of scientific persons together with the partic-
ular branch of learning to which they are devoted. The second one is
to represent an account kept, with each establishment, of the Smith-
sonian publications on hand, as reported by the librarians, and shows
the successive sendings. As an illustration the card for the British
Museum, London, England, is given:
No. 1819.
•
Country.
City.
Name of establishment.
EnfirlftTid -.....- ,.....-...
London .................
British Museum.
When established.
Books in library Jannary 1, 1881.
Total.
Smithsonian ptiblica-
tions.
Smithsonian publications sent.
S.C.
M.C.
B.
Date.
S.C.
M.C.
R.
Miscel-
lane's.
1753..
1,300,000
1-22
1-5
&-17
1846-54
1856-78
1881, May 15
1882, April 10
1882, Dec. 29
23
18-22
1879
1880
1855
6.7
* « M • • •
The third card catalogue represents a general account of all trans-
actions of exchanges for any one establishment. For the sake of illus-
tration we will again select the card for the British Museum, London^
England (No. 1819, of the list of foreign correspondents) :
£NGLAin>.
No. 1819.
London^
Date.
1882.
Jan. 28.
March
Sender.
1 Engineer (1209)
3 New York Academy of Sciences
1 Mnseo Mexico
1 Census Office
1 Buffalo Society
1 Wisconsin Geology, vol. 3 and atlas
Inclosores :
A. W. E. O'Shaugenessy
A. Butler
S. Bird
Sent.
Fck. 1410.
Acknowl-
edged.
May 18, 1882r
EEPOBT ON THE OPEKATIOKS OP EXCHANGES.
81
Ekglanb.
No. 1819.
London.
Date.
1882.
Maich.
May 1.
May
June 20.
27.
Jnly 20.
Aug. 22.
28.
Oct. 3.
6.
Sept. 30.
Oct. 10.
18.
Sender.
luclosares:
H. Woodward
B. Owen
Smithsonian Report, 1880
Boston AthensBum (140)
Boston Academy (140)
Naval Observatory (143)
1 Mnseo Mexico
1 American Philosophical Society (209) ...
1 Saint- Lonis Academy (205)
1 Census ; 6 Congressional Directory (133)
1 Agricnltnrtkl Department (162)
1 Prof. N. H. WincheU (271)
1 Minnesota Academv (286)
1 Boston Society (356)
1 Engineer Bureau (365)
1 Naval Observatory (366)
1 New York Academy (399)
1 Boston Academy (403)
1 Buffalo Society (395)
1 Washburn Observatory (408)
1 Dr. John Mason (436)
Sent.
Mar. 14, 1882
May 15, 1882
May 24, 1882
Nov. 15, 1882
Acknowl-
edged.
June 23, 1882
Sept. 14, 1882
In order to fully understand this card, it must be mentioned that each
lot of books sent to the Smithsonian Institution for transmission accord-
ing to directions forms one single entry inthe in voice book of incoming
exchanges, in which the daily receptions are entered consecutively. The
number of this entry is noted on the list of addresses (which has to
accompany each sending, specifying the nature and contents of the
respective parcels) and on the parcels themselves. This numberwill be
found on the above card catalogue, appended to the name of the sender,
thus simplifying inquiry into the nature of the sending, should it become
necessary.
Rules relative to scientific cmd literary exchanges.
In consequence of the great inconvenience occasionally experienced
by this office from indiscriminate sendings to it, for foreign transmis-
sion, of exchange packages, without specification of contents or any list
of addresses, involving an increase of work and the risk of misunder-
standings, the following rules regarding the scientific and literary ex-
change have been adopted, and they are now rigidly adhered to.
1. Transmissions through the Smithsonian Institution to be confined
exclusively to books, pamphlets, charts, and other printed matter sent
^ donations or exchanges^ and not to include those procured by purchase.
The Institution and its agents will not receive, for any address, ap-
paratus and instruments, philosophical, medical, &c. (including micro-
scopes), whether purchased or presented; nor specimens of natural
history, except where special permission from the Institution has been
obtaiDed.
& Mis. 26 6
82
REPORT ON THE OPERATIONS OF EXCHANGES.
2. A list of the addresses and a statement of contents of eacli sending
to be mailed to the Smithsonian Institution at or before the time of
transmission.
3. Packages to be legibly addressed, and to be indorsed with the name
of sender and the contents.
4. Packages to be enveloped in stout paper, and securely pasted or
tied with strong twine— never sealed with wax.
5. No package to a single address to exceed one half of one cubic foot
in bulk.
6. To have no inclosures of letters.
7. To be delivered to the Smithsonian Institution or its agent free of
expense.
8. To contain a blank acknowledgment, to be signed and returned
by the party addressed.
9. Should returns be desired, the fact is to be explicitly stated on or
in the package.
10. Unless these conditions are complied with, the parcels cannot be
forwarded by the Institution.
RECEIPTS.
1. For foreign transmission.
1882.
1881.
Whence received.
1
1
i
•s
i
1
p^
•
1
1
1
1
•
•a
1
a. From Government Depart-
ments:
Adjutant-General's Office ...
Agricultural Department . . .
Bureau of Education, Inte-
1
389
2
2,081
9
1,005
1,000
24
334
2
345
1
15
122
1
783
4
1,682
48
14,356
68
2,095
1,062
76
2,847
102
1,701
3
97
30,500
8
2,528
rior Department.
Bureau of Ethnology, Inte-
rior Department.
Bureau of Statistics, Treas-
ury Department.
Census Office ...........
Comptroller of Currency ....
District Commissioners
Engineer bureau, War De-
partment.
Geological Survey of the Ter-
ritories.
Geological Surveys west of
100th meridian.
Hydrographic Office, Navy
Department.
Intenor Department (exclu-
sive of Bureaus).
Library of Congress
Light-House Board, Treas-
ury Department.
Naval Observatory
•
.. ......
KBPOBT ON THE OPEEATIONS OP EXCHANGES.
BECEIPTS — continned.
1. For foreign transmission.
83
•
1882.
1881.
Whence received.
i
bO
08
1
•
1
i
t
Pui
1
08
•s
ft. From Government Depart-
ments:
Navy Department (exclnsive
of Bureaus).
Signal Office, War Depart-
ment.
Surgeon-General's Office
Treasury Department (ex-
clusive of Bureaus).
UnitAd States Pish Commis-
1
114
4
1
213
1
10
12
5
1, 312
40
3
730
3
604
244
sion.
United States Marine Hos-
pital Service.
United States National Mu-
seum.
War Department (exclusive
of Bureaus).
6,470
7,056
60,118
13,447
4.3S6
5.436
22,903
17,499
i. From Smithsonian Institution.
7,056
13,447
«• From scientific societies:
Academy of Sciences, Daven-
port, Iowa.
Academy of Sciences, New
York City.
Academy of Sciences, Saint
175
376
261
236
52
134
18
108
211
59
35
1,272
23
1
25
687
5
286
196
310
378
262
36
339
41
168
72
150
291
1,562
40
110
50
1,587
25
880
Louis,' Mo.
Academy of Natural Sci-
•
ences, Philadelphia, Pa.
Academy of Natural Science,
Minnesota.
American Association for the
Advance of Science.
American Entomological So-
ciety.
American Gteographioal So-
ciety.
American Journal of Arts
and Sciences.
Amerif>ATi Medical Associa-
tion.
American Philological Asso-
ciation.
American Philosophical So-
ciety.
American Statistical Asso-
dation.
AogQstana College, Bock
^ Island, Til.
Board of Puhlic .Charities,
Philadelphia.
Boston Academy of Arts and
Sciences.
Boston Athenflnnm
•
Boston Society of Natural
History.
84
REPORT ON THE OPERATIONS OP EXCHANGES.
RECEIPTS— continued.
1. For foreign transmission.
1882.
1881.
Whence received.
i
1
1,
1
1
1
1
P^
i
1
Pui
i
0. From scientific societies:
Buffalo Society of Natural
Sciences.
Cincinnati Observatory
Essex Institnte, Salem, Mass.
Geological Survey,Wisconsin
Historical Society, Philadel-
pMa.
Johns Hopkins University,
Baltimore.
Michigan Hortionltnral So-
ciety.
Museum of Comp. Zoology,
Cambridge.
Peabody Museum, Cambridge
Public Library, Boston
232
83
170
264
81
5
1
47
3
1
1
1
2
264
73
54
236
360
80
69
2
146
44
17
8
67
88
360
........
•
Secretary of State, Illinois..
Secretary of State, Michigan.
Geological Survey, Michigan .
Washburn Observatory,
wi npnn ni ti
5,119
8,101
3,631
6,816
d. From individuals :
Barclav. James
51
1
1
3
1
1
5
1
1
2
1
1
97
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
3
1
2
3
1
2
59
21
2
7
142
7
4
9
3
38
12
7
100
40
21
2
2
14
3
4
170
100
3
3
5
4
20
3
1
6
1
17
463
1
Bean, Dr. T. H
â–
Bernhardt, Dr. P. W
Bessels, Emil
Brown, Martin J
Collins,* Captain
Collins, F. S
Curlev. James
Curtiss. AtH-
•^•••* ••
Dall, C. H
Dement. Hr D - --
Dow. J. M.. ...... .•...••--.
,
Earll. R. E
Eaton. Dan. C. .............
Fer&ruson. T. B .............
Gill. Dr. T. N
Goode. G. Brown ....... ....
Grav. Prof. Asa. . ...........
Haines. Marv P
Hasselauist. A...... ........
Heriucr. C. J...... ..........
•
Hewson. A....,^t ,.^
Holden. E. S
TTolden. Mrs. M. O
Horn. Geo. H...
Hou&rh. F. B
Houfirh. R. B
•••••• ••
Howard. L. A ..............
Infirersoll. Ernest ...... ......
TCnhlman. Mp_
LesQuerenx L .............
Mason. Dr John
•
Mills, Uenry
1
REPORT ON THE OPERATIONS OF EXCHANGES.
85
REOEiPTS— eontinaed.
1. For foreign transmission.
1882.
1881.
Whence received.
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
t
1
i. From indiyidnals:
Mohr.Clias .«... ......
1
1
1
1
250
24
1
1
1
60
2
1
49
5
21
4
2
180
43
1
15
2
337
35
9
165
Nicliolsoii. W. L.. ..........
PhiUiDs. Henry, ir.. ........
Picknian. B.... ....... ......
Poore. B. Perley. ...........
Ban. Frof. Charles
Eidgway, R
Riley, Prof. C. V
Schott, Chas.A
BtAyen>M>p, J. J -.,..tt....**
Worthen. A. H
Willey. Henry
• ••M ..^^
Winchell, N. H
647
2,054
768
2,937
Total -
19,292
83,720
14, 161
50,15^
2. For domestic tra/nsmission.
The receipt of exchanges for domestic transmission daring the year
was 8,676 parcels, of which 1,471 were contributed by home institutions
and 7,205 by establishments abroad, as follows:
1882.
1881.
•
Conntry.
No. of
boxes.
No. of
parcels.
Weight.
No. of
boxes.
No. of
parcelsr
Weight.
•
From Argentine Confederation ..
Pw)m Australia.
2
2
5
2
4
1
13
»44
59
2
3
3
7
1
2
2
211
199
495
2
65
5
584
.2,698
1,510
111
342
315
300
47
156
165
Pounds,
1,112
378
1,480
200
385
20
2,833
9,322
12, 746
460
1,344
370
1,770
84
950
200
«••••• ••
Pounds.
From Belirinm
From Central America, ^ ......*.
From Denmark .................
From East Indies
From France
From Germany .................
From Great Britain......
From Holland
From Italy
From Mexico
From Nor wav .... ........ ......
From Russia...... ....^. ........
From Sweden ...... .... . .
ftwn Switzerland .... ...
Total
152
7,205
33, 654
Ill
7,890
33, 291
*TUa namber includes two boxes lost at sea, the first accident known to occur to any cases of
i between Gtormany and the United States.
86
BEPOBT ON THE OPEBA.TIOKS OF EXCHANGES.
3. jFor QovernmefKl trcmsmission.
Whence received.
1882.
No. of
boxes.
-.
From England, for Library of
Congress
From Germany, for Library of
Congress
From France, for Library of Con-
gress
From Pnblio Printer, 631 parcels
of official docaments, each con-
taining 50 copies
Total.
16
1
1
18
Pack-
ages.
16
1
1
31,550
31,568
Weight.
3,420
130
200
26,000
28,750
1881.
No. of
boxes.
Pack-
ages.
15,550
15,550
Weight.
In the report for 1881 special attention was called to the large in-
crease in the reception of exchange parcels, whi6h in that year reached
22,051,exclusive of 15,550 copies of Government documents for distribu-
tion by the Smithsonian Institution to foreign Governments. This
number, although very large in comparison with previous years, has
been exceeded during the present year (1882) by about twenty per cent, j
the number amounting to 26,479, exclusive of 31,568 copies of Govern-
ment publications. They were received from the following sources:
1. For foreign transmission :
(a.) ftom Government Departments
(&.) From Smithsonian Institntion ..
(o.) From scientific societies
(d.) From individnals
' Total
2. For domestic transmission
Total
3. For GoTcmment exchanges
Total
Pack-
ages.
6,470
7,056
5,119
647
19,292
7,187
26,479
31,568
58, 047
Ponnds.
60, 118
13, 447
8,101
2,054
•83,720
30, 904
114, 624
28, 750
143, 374
TRANSMISSIONS.
1. Foreign transmissions.
The year 1882 began and ended without any accumulation of ex-
changes in this of&ce, and all the transmissions made during the same
represent the actual receipts.
The total number of boxes sent during the year is 422, which is an
excess of 15 boxes over the year 1881, and is the highest on record. Of
these 422 boxes, 298 contain books, and 2 boxes specimens sent by
BEPORT ON THE OPERATIONS OP EXCHANGES.
87
the National Museam. In the year 1881, with 407 boxes, only 264 con-
tained books, whUe 45 entire boxes of specimens were sent by the
National Mnseom and Fish Commission.
The transmissions of 1882 compare with former years as follows:
1875.
1876.
1877.
1878.
1879.
1880.
1881.
1882.
Boxes ... - .....
208
1,503
45,350
323
2,261
80,750
397
2,779
99,250
309
2,160
69,220
311
2,177
69,975
268
1,976
60,300
407
2,800
100, 750
422
Bulk, in cubic
feet.
Weight, in lbs.
2,950
105,500
In all cases the number of boxes given in this report includes the
boxes sent under the system of Government document exchange to the
various Governments specified in the special report appended, and the
transmissions to Canada,* which will be found specified in the detailed
report on domestic exchanges.
The 422 boxes sent during the year 1882 were distributed as follows:
Country.
Africa:
Algeria
Cape Colonies
Liberia
Egypt
America :
British America
Mexico
Central America :
Costa Rica
Guatemala
Nicaragua
West Indies :
Barbadoed
Cuba
Guadeloupe
Hayti
Jamaica
Trinidad
South America :
Argentine Confederation . . .
Bouyla
Brazil
ChiU
Colombia, United States of
Guiana
Ecuador
Peru
Uruguay
Venezuela
I,
o
4
2
3
•a
I
t
GO
H
O
1
3
1
2
2
3
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
17
2
35
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
27
I
1
3
1
2
6
5
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
6
1
4
3
18
1
1
1
1
3
62
88
BEPOBT ON THE OFESATIONS OF EXCHANGES.
Coontiy.
Goyemment
boxes.
Smithsonian
boxes.
1
o
Aaia:
Chinft..*.., .... *.......,........... x...x^r
3
3
2
3
India
17
2
20
Japan ......••..• •••.•• ••••••.•••...••••.• ....
4
W tm^tMMM. ••.••. ...••••••••••••••• ••••••••••••••••••••.■•
19
8
27
Austkalasia:
New Soatb Wales.... ................................
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
S
4
New Zealand.... ...... •...•...••. ................ ....
4
Queensland.......... .••... ..•••• ....................
3
Soiith ATiHtralia ................................ ^
3
Tasmania .......................... ............«.t^**
3
Victoria ....••••....•.•••.............
5
12
10
22
ATi^trna-HriTigary...... .*xx.
17
2
2
3
10
2
2
9
9
3
43
68
57
3
26
11
Denmark -
5
46
G^ermany
78
Great Britain
59
Greece -
5
Iceland (with Denmark).
Italy
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
14
5
3
4
6
5
6
9
3
16
Netherlands ..-.
7
Norway .---
5
Portugal
6
Hnssia .- ...................................
8
7
Sweden
8
11
Turkey
5
56
247
303
Polynesia:
1
1
Afrf ca ....r...... ,
7
27
8
10
247
1
7
America
35
19
12
56
62
Asia
27
Australasia *
22
Europe
303
Polynesia
1
Total
122
300
422
Transportation compa/nies.
The agents of a number of transportation companies have oontinaed
to grant &ee freight on the boxes and packages bearing the Smithsonian
stamp. These companies are:
BEPOBT ON THE OPERATIONS OP EXCHANGES. 89
Anchor Steamship Company (Henderson & Bro., agents), Kew York.
Atlas Steamship Company (Pim, Forwood & Co., agents), lifew York.
Bland, Thomas, lifew York.
Cameron, E. W., & Co., lifew York.
Compagnie G6n6rale Transatlantiqne (L. de B^bian, agent), New
York.
Canard Boyal Mail Steamship Line (Yernon Brown & Co., agents),
New York.
Dallett, Bonlton & Co., Kew York.
Dennison, Thomas, lifew York.
Hamburg* American Packet Company (Kunhardt & Co., agents). New
York.
Inman Steamship Company.
Merchants' Line of Steamers, New York.
Netherland- American Steam Navigation Company (F. Cazeaux, agent),
New York.
New York arid Brazil Steamship Company, New York.
New York and Mexico Steamship Company, New York.
North German Lloyd Steamship Company (Oelrichs & Co., New
York, and Schumacher & Co., Baltimore).
Pacific Mail Steamship Company, New York.
Pacific Steam Navigation Company, New York.
Panama Eailroad Company, New York.
Bed Star Line (Peter Wright & Sons, agents), New York.
White Cross Line (Funch Bdye and Oo.)j lif^w York.
In addition to the above transportation companies, a number of for-
dgn consuls have consented to receiv^e and transmit Smithsonian ex-
changes for their respective countries as follows:
Carlos Carranza, New York, to Argentine Eepublic.
Charles Mackall, Baltimore, to Brazil.
C. de Castro, New York, to Chili.
Hypolito de Uriarte, New York, to Spain and Cuba.
Francis Spies, New York, to Ecuador.
D. W. Botassi, New York, to Greece.
Jacob Baez, New York, to Guatemala.
M. Eappo, New York, to Italy.
Samro Takaki, New York, to Japan.
Juan N. Navarro, New York, to Mexico.
Christian Bors, New York, to Norway and Sweden.
Hemick Braem, New York, to Denmark.
Gustav Amsink, New York, to Portugal.
90
EEPOET ON THE OPERATIONS OP EXCHANGES.
The following is the shipping list at present used in the transmission
of the Smithsonian exchanges :
Country.
Algeria.
Argentine Confederation ..
Antigna
Anstna^Hnngary
Belgium
Brazil
British Amerioa
British Guiana..
Cape Colonies ..
ChiU
China
Colombia, United States of.
Costa Bica
Cuba
Denmark
Dutch Guiana
East India
Ecuador.
Egypt...
Finland .
France
Germany
Great Britain.
Greece
Guatemala . . .
Hayti
Iceland
Italy
Japan
Liberia
Madeira
Malta
Mauritius . . .
Mozambique.
Mexico
Netherlands
Netherland Indies
New Caledonia . . .
New South Wales.
New Zealand
Peru
Philippine Islands
Polynesia
Portual
Queensland
Bussia. ...
St. Helena.
i
Shipping agent.
Compagnie G6n6rale Transatlantique, New York. Trans*
fer made by the French Commission of Exchanges in
Paris, France.
Consul Carlos Carranza, New York.
Thomas Dennison, New York.
North German Lloyd, Baltimore.
Red Star Line, New York; White Cross. Line, New
York.
Consul Charles Mackall, Baltimore.
Baltimore and Ohio Express Company.
Transfer made in London by Smithsonian agent.
North German Lloyd to Smithsonian agent, London,
England.
Consul C. de Castro, New York.
Salter & Livermore, New York.
Consul-General Lino de Pombo, New York.
Pacific Mail Steamship Company, Nfew York.
' Consul-General Hipolito de Uriarte, New York.
Consul Henrick Bra^m, New York.
Thomas Bixby & Co., Boston, Mass.
North German Lloyd to Smithsonian agent, London,
England. .
Consul Francis Spies, New York.
S. L. Merchant & Co. New York.
North German Lloyd, Baltimore, to F. A. Brockhaus,
Leipzig, Germany.
Compagnie GJ^n^rale Transatlantique, New York,
North German Lloyd, New York or Baltimore.
Hamburg-American Packet Company, New York.
North German Lloyd, Baltimore or New York.
Cunard Royal Mail Steamship Line, New York.
D. W. Botassi, consul New York.
Consul Jacob Baez, New York.
Atlas Steamship Company, New York.
Consul Henrick Braem, New York. Transfer made by
Smithsonian agent in Copenhagen, Denmark.
Consul-General M. Raffo, New York.
Consul Samro Takaki, New York.
America Colonization Association, Washington, D. C.
North German Lloyd to Smithsonian agent in London,
England.
Consul Juan N. Navarro, New York.
Consul R. C. Burlage, New York.
North German Lloyd to Gordon & Gotch, London, Eng*
land.
R. W. Cameron & Co., New York.
R. W. Cameron & Co., New York.
Joseph S. Spinney, New York.
Spanish consul, San Francisco, Cal.
Consul Severance, San Francisco, Cal.
Consul Gustav Amsink, New York.
North German Lloyd, Baltimore to Queensland Depart-
ment, London, England.
Hamburg-American Packet Company, New York.
Transfer made by Russian con8ul-general,Hamburg.
North German Lloyd to Smithsonian ageat, London,
England.
BEPOBT ON THE OPERATIONS OP EXCHANQES.
91
Country.
Soath Australia
Spain
Strait Settlements
Sweden and Norway
Switzerland
Syria
Tasmania
Turkey
Turk'slsland
Uruguay
Venezuela
Victoria
CENTEBS OF DISTRIBUTION
Algeria
Argentine Republic
Austria-Hungary
Belgium
Brazil
British America
Britisli Gaiana
Cape Colonies
Chili
China
Colombia, United States of.
Costa Eica
Cuba
^Denmark
'Dutch Guiana
East India.
Ecuador
Egypt
Finland ,
Prance
Germany
Great Britain
Greece ,
Guatemala
Hayti
Iceland
Italy
Japan
Liberia
Madeira ^.
Malta
Mauritius
Mozambique
Mexico
Netherlands
Netherland Indies
New Caledonia
New South Wales
New Zealand
Norway .-
Shipping agent.
B. W. Cameron & Co.^ New York.
Consul Hipolito de Uriarte, New York.
North German Lloyd to Smithsonian agent, London,
England.
Consul Christian Bors, New York.
North German Lloyd to Consul tou Heymann, Bremen,
Germany.
Presbyterian Booms, New York.
North German Lloyd to Crown agents for the colonies,
London, England; or G. W. Wheatley & Co., 156
Leadenhall street, London, England.
Ottoman Legation, Washington, D. C.
Wilson & Asmus, New York.
Consul W. H. T. Hughes, New York.
Dallett, Boulton & Co., New York.
B. W. Cameron & Co., New York.
Commission Fran^aise des iSchanges Intemationaux,
Paris, France.
Museo Publico, Buenos Ayres.
Dr. FeUx Flugel, Leipzig.
Commission Beige des ^changes Intemationaux, Brus-
sels.
Brazilian Commission of International Exchanges, Bio
Janeiro.
McGill College, Montreal; Geological Survey, Ottawa.
Observatory, Georgetown.
William Wesley, London, England.
Universidad, Santiago.
United States consul-general, Shanghai.
National Library (Commission of Exchanges), Bogota.
Universidad, San Jos^.
B. Universidad, Habana.
E. D. Videnskabernes Selskab, Copenhagen.
Koloniaale Bibliotheek, Surinam.
William Wesley, London, England.
Observatorio, Qaito.
Institut Egyptien, Cairo.-
F. A. Brocldiaus, Leipzig, Germany.
Commission Frangaise des l^changes Intemationaux,
Paris.
Dr. Felix Fliigel, Leipzig.
William Wesley, London.
Biblioth^que Nationale, Athens.
Sociedad Economica de Aminos del Pais, Guatemala.
Secretaire d'J^tat des B^lations Ext^rieures, Port-au-
Prince.
Islands Stiptisbokasafn, Beykjavik.
Biblioteca Nazionale Vittorio Emanuele, Borne.
Minister of Foreign Affairs, Tokio.
Liberia College, Monrovia.
William Wesley, London, England.
William Wesley, London, England.
William Wesley, London, England.
William Wesley, London, England.
El Museo Nacional, Mexico.
Bureau Scientifique Central N^erlandais, Harlem.
Batavia^'sche Genootschap van Kunsten en Weten-
schappen, Batavia.
Gordon &, Gotch, London, England.
Eoyal Society of New South Wales, Sydney.
Colonial Museum, Wellington.
K. N. Fredericks Universitetet, Christiania.
92
BEPOBT ON THE OPERATIONS OP EXCHANGES
Country.
Philippine ^land.
Polynesia
Poitngal
Qaeei^land
Bossia
St. Helena
South Australia. . .
Spain
Strait Settlements
Sweden
Switzerland
Tasmania
Trinidad
Turk'slsland
Venezuela
Victoria
Shipping agent.
Royal Economical Society, Manila.
Royal Hawaiian Agricultural Society, Honolulu.
Escola Polytecnica, Lisbon.
Government Meteorological Obseryatory, Brisbane.
Commission Russe des ^changes Intemationaux (Im-
perial Public Library), St. Petersburg.
William WesW, London, England.
Astronomical Observatory, Adelaide.
Real Academia de Ciencias, Madrid.
William Wesley, London, England.
E. S. Vetenskaps Akademien, Stockholm.
Eidgen. Bundes Cauzlei, Bern.
Royal Society of Tasmania, Hobartton.
Scientific Association, Port of Spain.
Public Library, Grand Turk.
University, Caracas.
Public Library, Melbourne.
2. Domestic transmissions.
IM of paokages received by the Smithsonian Institution from Europe and distributed to the
following named institutions and individuals in the United States and British America,
AT.AHAMA,
Tuscaloosa :
Geological Survey of Alabama.
Montgomery :
State Library
ABKANSAS.
Little Rock :
State Library ,
CALIFORNIA.
Mount Hamilton :
Lick Observatory
Berkeley:
University of California
Sacramento :
Agassiz Institute
Agricultural and Horticultural So-
ciety
Lrigation Survey
Medical Society
State Agricnltural Society
State Library
San Francisco :
Alta California
Bancroft Pacific Library
Califomia Academy of Sciences ....
California Historical Society
Corporation of the city of San Fran-
cisco '
Geographical Society of the Pacific
(Geographical Survey of Califomia.
1
1
3
1
1
1
5
1
1
112
3
2
2
2
Governor of the State
Health Department
Lick Astronomical Department Uni-
versity of Califomia
Mercantile Library Association
Microscopical Society
Office of the Lick Trust
COLORADO.
Denver :
Governor of the State.
Territorial Library. ..
CONNECTICUT.
Hartford :
American Philological Association.
Connecticut Society of Natural
History
Hartford Medical Library
Historical Society of Connecticut..
Library Young Men's Institute....
Middletown :
Wesleyan University
New Haven :
American Journal of Arts and
Sciences
American Oriental Society
Connecticut Academy of Arts and
Sciences *.
New Haven Colony Historical Soci-
ety
2
3
3
4
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
57
29
136
1
BEPOET ON THE OPERATIONS OP EXCHANGES.
93
Observatory of Yale College 5
Sheffield Scientiiic School 5
State Board of AgrioaltaTe 1
Winchester Obsetvatory 1
YaleCollege r, 32
Newington :
Private Observatory 1
DELAWARE.
Wilmington :
Delaware Historical Society 1
DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA.
Georgetown :
Georgetown College 5
Observatory of Georgetown College . 2
Washington :
Agricoltaral Department 124
A n thropological Society 6
Army Medical Mnsenm 4
Belgian Legation 3
Board of Health 15
Botanic Garden 1
Census Bureau 49
Chinese Legation 20
Chief Signal Office, U. S. Army .... 67
Coast and Geodetic Survey 74
Columbian University 2
Cosmos Club 1
Education, Bureau of 57
Engineer Bureau, U. S. Army 38
Entomological Commission 16
Fish Commission 15
French Legation 1
Geological Survey of the Territo-
ries 261
Geographical Surveys West of the
100th Meridian 39
Hydrographic Office 12
Index Medicus 4
Indian Commissioners 1
Interior Department (exclusive of
bureaus) 17
Land Office 34
Library of Congress 216
Light-House Board 4
Marine Hospital Service 5
Medical Association (American ) . . . 55
Medicine and Surgery, Bureau of. . 1
MintBureau 1
Kational Academy of Sciences 152
national Mnseam 82
Vantical Almanac office 14
Haval Observatory 99
Navigation, Boreaa of 1
Navy Department (exclusive of bu-
reaus) 2
Ordnance Bureau, U. S. Army 3
Patent Office 68
Smithsonian Institution 1091
State Department 20
Statistical Bureau of Treasury De-
partment 51
Surgeon-General, U. S. Army 127
Treasury Department (exclusive of
bureaus) 11
War Department (exclusive of bu-
reaus) 11
Washington Philosophical Society. 20
FLORIDA.
Saint Augustine:
Historical Society of Florida 1
GEORGIA.
Savannah :
Historical Society of Georgia 3
State Library 1
ILLINOIS.
Aledo:
Mercer County Scientific Associa-
tion 1
Carbondale :
Southern Illinois Normal Univer-
sity 1
Chicago :
Academy of Sciences 76
American Antiquarian 2
Astronomical Society 1
Board of Trade 1
Chicago Times 1
Corporation of the city of Chicago. 2
Dearborn Observatory 10
Historical Society 2
Museum of Natural History 2
Natural History Society 1
Public Library 8
University of Chicago 1
Galesburg :
Lombard University 1
Madison :
American Pomologioal Society .... 6
Normal:
State Laboratory of Natural His-
tory 6
Bockford :
Rookford Scientific Society 1
Rock Island:
Augustana College 1
94
EEPOBT ON THE OPERATIONS OF EXCHANGES.
Springfield :
G^logical Survey of Hlinois.
State Library
INDIANA.
ETanston :
Northwestern University
Indianapolis:
Bureau of Statistics and Geology
(Geological Survey of Indiana ....
State Board of Agriculture ,
Bichmond :
Scientific Association
Greencastle :
Indiana Asbury University
Bloomington :
Indiana University
IOWA.
Ames:
State Agricultural College
Davenport:
Academy of Natural Sciences
Decc^^ah :
Norwegian Lutheran College ,
Des Moines:
Geological Survey of Iowa
Governor of the State
Historical Society
State Library
Dubuque:
Dubuque Observatory
Iowa Institute of Science and Arts.
Fort Dodge:
Private Observatory
Iowa City:
Iowa Weather Service
Private Observatory
University of Iowa
State Historical Society of Iowa . .
KANSAS.
Baldwin City :
Baker University
Lawrence:
Kansas Historical Society
State University
Topeka :
Kansas Academy of Sciences
Kansas Historical Society
KENTUCKY.
Frankfort :
Geological Survey of Kentucky.
Lexington :
Kentucky University
1
2
5
12
1
65
3
5
2
1
1
1
27
1
16
1
1
1
7
4
3
1
Louisville :
Corporation of the city
Historical Society of Kentucky.
LOUISIANA.
Baton Rouge :
State University
New Orleans :
Academy of Sciences
Corporation of the city
Fiske Free Library
State Library * .
State University
MAINE.
Brunswick :
Bowdoin College
Historical Society of Maine
Norway :
High School and Academy
Portland :
Portland Society of Natural His-
tory
Saco:
York Institute
Waterville :
Colby University
MARYIiAND.
Annapolis:
Saint John's College
United States Naval Academy ....
United States Naval Academy Ob-
servatory -
Baltimore :
American Journal of Chemistry...
American Journal of Mathematics .
City Library
Corporation of the City
Johns Hopkins University
Maryland Academy of Sciences ....
Maryland Historical Society
Peabody Institute
Philological Association of Johns
Hopkins University
MASSACHUSETTS.
Amherst :
Amherst College
Observatory of Amherst College...
Boston :
American Academy of Arts and Sci-
â– ences
American Gynecological Society . - .
American Oriental Academy
American Social Science Associa-
tion
2
2
39
2
1
1
1
3
14
13
1
1
1
3
3
7
1
2
26
3
9
20
4
1
185
4
2
EEPOET ON THE OPERATIONS OP EXCHANGES.
95
American Statistical Association .. 14
American Unitarian Association ... 1
Appalachian Mountain Club 1
ArchsBological institute of America . 1
Athenaeum 3
Boston Hospital 1
Boston Post 2
Boston Public Library 26
Boston Scientific Society 2
Boston Society of Natural History. 226
Bowditch Institution 1
Bowditch Library 3
City Library 1
Commonwealth of Massachusetts.. 1
Corporation of the city 2
Handel and Hay den Society 1
Legislature of Massachusetts 1
Massachusetts Agricultural College 1
Massachusetts EUstorical and Gene-
alogical Society 11
Massachusetts Horticultural Soci-
ety , 1
Massachusetts Institute of Tech-
nology 5
Medical and Surgical Journal 18
New England Historical and Gen-
ealogical Society 2
Public Free Library 3
Science Observer 3
State Board of Agriculture 1
State Board of Health.... 7
State Library 16
Cambridge :
American Philological Association. 1
Atlantic Monthly 1
Etymological Club * * Psyche " 4
Geological Sur vey of Massachusetts 1
Harvard College 48
Harvard College Observatory 19
Mnsemn of Comparative Zoology . . 93
Peabody Museum 8
Cambridgeport :
Private Observatory 1
Jamaica Plain:
Boasey Institution 13
Salem:
American Association for the Ad-
vancement of Science 50
Essex Institute 85
Peabody Academy 81
South Hadley:
Hoont Holyoke Seminary Observa-
tory 1
Williamstown :
Astronomical Observatory 1
Worcester:
American Antiquarian Society ..
MICHIGAN.
Ann Arbor :
Geological Survey of Michigan..
Observatory
Society of Agriculture
University of Michigan
Battle Creek:
High School Observatory
Cold water:
Michigan Library Association
Detroit :
Historical Society of Michigan...
Detroit Observatory
Public Library
State Agricultural Society
Grand Rapids:
State Agricultural Society
Lansing:
Lansing Scientific Society
State Agricultural College
State Board of Agriculture
State Board of Health
State Library
State Medical Society
Ypsilanti :
State Normal School Observatory.
MINNESOTA.
Duluth :
Scandinavian City Library
Minneapolis :
Geological Survey of Minnesota..
Minnesota Academy of Sciences. .
University of Minnesota
Northfield:
Carleton College Observatory
Saint Paul:
Academy of Natural Sciences
Chamber of Commerce
Historical Society of Minnesota . .
Minnesota State Library
11
MISSISSIPPI.
Oxford:
Observatory of the University of
Mississippi
Jackson :
Mississippi State Library
MISSOURI.
10
9
2
4
1
I
1
3
4
1
8
22
2
5
1
7
4
1
1
8
1
1
1
Columbia:
Laws Observatory
2
96
REPOBT OK THE OPERATIONS OF EXCHANGEa
GlJMgow:
MorriBon Obsefiratozj
Jefferson:
Missoxiii Historical and Fhflosphi-
cal Society
State Board of Agrionltiire
State Library
Kansas City:
Kansas Review
RoUa:
G^logical Smrey of Miasoori
School of Mines
Saint Lonis:
Academy of Sciences
Corporation of the city
Emigration Society
Mercantile Library
Missouri Historical Society
Peabody Academy
Public Library
Public School Library
Republican
Washington University
Washington Uniyersity Observa-
tory
MOITTANA.
Lincoln :
Nebraska State Library
KVBRASKA.
Omaha:
Nebraska Historical Society
NSW HAMP8HIBS.
Concord :
New Hampshire Historical Society.
Hanover :
Dartmouth College
Shattuck Observatory
NEW JBRSBT.
Elizabeth :
Elizabeth Observatory
Hoboken :
Stevens Institute of Technology . .
Mount Holly :
Burlington County Lyceum of His-
tory and Natural Sciences
Newark :
New Jersey Historical Society
New Brunswick :
Geological Survey of New Jersey. .
New Jersey Natural History So-
ciety
I
I
I
10
7
16
2
1
10
7
•»
o
4
6
I
5
6
3
1
9
1
9
12
1
Princeton:
Museum of Geology and AtqIiboI-
ogy
CoU^e of New Jersey
Halsted Obeervatoiy
John C. Green School of Science
Observatory
Observatory of Princeton College .
Trenton :
State Board of Ajin^calture
State Library
Santa F^:
Historical Society of New Mexico .
NSW TOBK.
Albany:
Albany Institute
Adirondack Survey
Dudley Observatory
Mercantile Library
New York Medical Society .
State Agricultural Society
State Commissioners
State Library ...
State Museum
State University
Alfred Centre :
Alfred Observatory
Brooklyn :
Brooklyn Library
Corporation of the city
Private Observatory
LoDg Island Historical Society....
Buffalo:
Buffalo Historical Society
Buffalo Practical School
Buffalo Society of Natural Sci-
ences
Private Observatory of Henry Mills.
Private Observatory of James W.
Ward
Clinton:
Litchfield Observatory of Hamilton
College
Cornwall:
The Cornwall Library
Fordham :
Private Observatory of W. Meikle-
ham
Hastings:
Private Observatory....
Ithaca:
Cornell University
1
17
3
1
3
1
1
18
5
23
1
5
10
1
52
8
8
1
1
2
2
2
1
75
1
7
1
1
1
18
BEPOBT ON THE OPEBATIONS OF EXCHANGES.
97
New Tork :
Academy of Medicine 2
American Chemical Society 10
American EthnograpMcal Society. 2
American Etlinological Society 6
American Geographical Socie^ .... 104
American Institate 5
American Institute of Architects. . . 2
American Institute of Christian
Philosophy 2
American Metrological Society.... 6
American Philological Association . 2
American Society of Civil Engi-
neers 2
Anthropological Institute 1
Astor Library 42
Columbia College 7
Colombia College Observatory 2
Commissioners of Emigration 2
Corporation of the City 2
Cooper Institute 1
Engineering and Mining Journal.. 8
Halls, Journal of Health 1
Health Department 2
Historical Society of New York 1
LenoxLibrary 2
Mayor of the city 3
Medical Journal and Library 2
Medical Becorder 3
Mercantile Library Association 2
Metropolitan Museum of Arts 1
Museum of Natural History 25
New York Academy of Sciences 132
New York Handels Zeitung 2
New York Herald 5
New York Historical Society 8
New York Literary 'and Philosoph-
ical Society 2
New York Medical Journal 9
New York Medical Record 4
New York Times 12
New York Tribune 3
Observatory, Central Park 10
Popular Science Mon thly 1
Presbyterian Review 2
Private Observatory of L. M. Ruth-
erford 2
Public Health Association 4
SchoolofMines 8
Scientific American 2
United States Sanitary Commission. 9
diversity of New York 8
Phelps :
^ House Observatory 1
Poughkeepsie :
fi'^^^y of Natural Sciences 1
H. Mis. 26 7
Vassar College.. 3
Vassar College Observatory 1
Riverdale :
Private Observatory of W. Meikle-
ham i I
Rochester:
Warner Observatory 1
Schenectady:
Union College 6
Tarrytown :
Private Observatory of Chas H.
Rockwell I
Troy:
Rensselaer Polytechnic Institate .. 3
Scientific Society 2
William Proudfit Observatory 1
Utica :
State Lunatic Asylum 1
West Point:
United States Military Academy . 11
West Point Observatory 1
WiUets Point :
Field Observatory 1
OHIO.
Ashtabula :
Anthropological Society 8
Cincinnati :
Academy of Fine Arts 1
Astronomical Society 1
Cincinnati Enquirer 1
Cincinnati University 3
Corporation of the city 1
Historical and Philosoph'l Society. 2
Mechanics' Institute 2
Mercantile Library 1
Observatory 24
Public tiibrary 9
Society of Natural History 22
Cleveland :
Academy of Natural Sciences 2
Board of Health 2
Kirtland Society 1
Columbus:
Geological Survey of Ohio 2
Horticultural Society 10
Private Observatory 1
State Board of Agriculture 38
State Library 2
Gambler :
Kenyon College 1
Hudson :
Hndsoa Observatory 1
Linwood :
Private Observatory 1
98
REPORT ON THE OPERATIONS OP EXCHANGES.
Oberlin :
Oberlin College 1
Urbana :
Central Ohio Scientific Association. 1
Yellow Springs :
Antiocb College 1
PENNSYLVANIA.
Allegheny:
Allegheny Observatory 10
Bethlehem :
Lehigh University 4
Carlisle:
Carlisle Society of Literature 1
Easton :
Institute of Mining Engineers 11
Lafayette College 3
Pardee Science School 1
Germantown :
Friends Free Library and Reading
Room 1
Harrisburg:
Medical Society of Pennsylvania. . . 1
Second Geological Survey of Penn-
sylvania 9
State Agricultural Society 1
State Library 2
Haverfonl :
Haverfortl College Observatory .... 3
Media:
Delaware County Institute of Sci-
ence 1
Philadelphia :
Academy of Fine Arts 3
Academy of Natural Sciences 199
American Entomological Society.. 31
American Naturalist G
American Pharmaceutical Associa-
ti.n. ?- 11
American Philosophical Society ... 154
Board of Health 1
Board of Public Education 3
Board of State Charities 3
Board of Trade 4
Central High School 2
Central High School Observatory.. 2
Corporation of the city / 2
Franklin Institute 58
Geological Survey of Pennsylvania. 3
Girard College 1
Historical Society of Pennsylvania. 14
, Library Company 5
Library of Pennsylvania Hospital. 3
Medical Times 14
Mercantile Library 3
Muaeum 1
Nnmismatio and Antiquarian So-
ciety 3
Observatory 1
Observatory of Girard College 4
Penn Monthly 2
Philadelphia House of Refuge 2
Philadelphia Press 1
Philomathean Society 1
Polytechnic Bulletin 1
State Medi cal Society 1
University of Pennsylvania 5
Wagner Free Institute ..... ^ 13
Zoological Society 19
Pittsburgh:
Mercantile Library 2
• Wilkes Barre :
Wyoming Historical and Geolog-
ical Society 1
RHODE ISLAND.
Providence :
American Naturalist 13
Athenaeum 2
Brown Uuiversity 4
City Registrar's OflSce 1
Rhode Island Historical Society.. . 5
Seagrave Observatory 1
State Registrar of Births, Marriages,
and Deaths 1
SOUTH CAROLINA.
Charleston : ^
Literary and Philosophical Society
of S<mth Carolina 1
South Carolina Historical Society . 1
TENNESSEE.
Knoxville :
Philomathesiaii Society 1
Lebanon :
Cumberland University 1
Nashville :
Private observatory 1
Tennessee Historical Society 1
TEXAS.
Chapel Hill :
Sould University 1
VERMONT.
Barnet :
Vermont Historical and Antiqua-
rian Society 1
Burlington :
Fletcher Free Library 1
University 1
Castleton :
Orleans County Society of Natural
Sciences 40
BEPORT ON THE OPERATIONS OF EXCHANGES.
99
llontpelier:
StateLibrary 2
VIRGINIA.
P. 0. University of Virginia :
Uniyereity of Virginia 7
Hampton :
Hampton College 1
Lexington :
Tir^nia Military Institute 1
Bichmoud :
Historical Society 1
Medical College 1
Medical Society 2
StateLibrary 3
Tirginia Historical and Pliilosoph-
^ical Society 1
Williarasbnrg:
Eastern State Lnnatic Asylum 1
WEST VIUGIXIA.
Wheeling :
Tatural History Society 2
WISCONSIN.
Belott :
CIsologi cal Survey of Wisconsin .... 5
iDmansville :
Icandinavian Society 1
Madison :
Bute Agricultural Society 19
State Historical Society 7
Wasbbur n Observatory Ill
Wisconsin Academy of Sciences .... CO
Wiaconsin University 1
Milwaukee :
Academy of Sciences 1
Katnral History Society 34
Keenah :
Scandivanian Library Association. 4
WASHINGTON TERRITOUY.
Olympia :
Territorial Library 1
WYOMING.
Cheyenne :
Territorial Library 1
BRinsn AMERICA.
Ilamilton (Ontario):
West Canada Scientific Association. 1
Kingston (Ontario):
Botanical Society of Canada 2
KiogsCollege 1
London (Ontario):
Canadian Entomological Society.. 1
Montreal (Quebec) :
Canadian Medical Record 1
Canadian Medical and Surgical
Journal 4
Canadian Naturalist 3
Entomological Society 1
Geographical Society 1
Government of Canada 5
Herald 1
L'Union M^dicale de Canada 1
McGill College 3
Medical Association of Canada 1
Natural History Society 21
Numismatic and Antiquarian Soci-
ety 1
Soci^td d'Agriculture du Bas Can-
ada 1
Ottawa (Ontario) :
Academy of Natural Sciences 2
Department of Agriculture .... 1
Field Naturalists* Club 1
Geological Survey of Canada 18
Library of Parliament 3
Observatories in the Dominion 1
Quebec (Quebec) :
Chronicle 1
Geographical Society 3
Historical Society 1
Historical and Natural History So-
ciety 1
Laval University 2
Libniry of the Province of Qneltec. 1
Literary and Historical Society ... 10
Literary and Philosophical Society. 3
Naturaliste Cauadion 5
Observatory 1
Parliamentarj' Library 1
Toronto (Ontario :)
Board of Agriculture of Upi)cr Can-
ada ^ 1
Botanical Society 1
Canadian Entomologist 3
Canadian Institute 27
Canadian Journal 2
Canadian Journal of Medical Sci-
ence 1
Canadian Naturalist 3
Department of Marine and Fisher-
ies 1
En tomological Society 3
Evening News 1
Geological Commission of Canada - 1
Library and Historical Society .... 2
Magnetic Observatory 1
Miiteorological Offlce 3
Meteorological Observatory 1
Parliamentary Library 1
100
REPORT ON THE OPERATIONS OF EXCHANGES.
Public Library 3
The Globe 3
University of ToroDto 2
University College 1
NEW BRUNSWICK.
Fredericton :
University of New Brunswick 1
St. John :
Natural History Society 1
Life Association of Canada 1
NEWFOUNDLAND.
St. John's :
Geological Survey of Newfound-
land
Legislative Library
NOVA SCOTIA.
Halifax :
Nova Scotia Institute of Natural
Sciences
S
1
Oeneral summary.
(a.) Societies:
Alabama
Arkansas
California
Delaware
Colorado
Connecticut
District of Columbia .
Florida
Georgia ^-
niinois
Indiana
Iowa
Kansas
Kentucky
Louisiana
Maine
Maryland
Massachusetts
Michigan
Minnesota
Mississippi
Missouri
Montana
Nebraska
N ew Hampslftre
Now Jersey
New Mexico
New York
Ohio
Pennsylvania
Rhode Island
South Carolina
Tennessee
Texas
Vermont
Virginia
West Virginia
Wisconsin
Washington Territory
Wyoming
British .^nerica
(&.) Individuals
Total
No. of
No. of
addresses.
parcels.
2
2
1
4
21
154
1
1
2
3
16
275
47
2,902
1
1
2
4
21
127
7
22
14
127
5
14
4
8
6
45
6
33
12
77
50
972
18
80
9
25
2
2
19
227
1
1
1
1
3
13
13
51
1
1
87
754
26
139
49
702
â– 7
27
2
2
4
4
1
1
5
45
9
18
1
2
10
145
1
1
1
1
60
179
548
7,192
399
1,167
947
8,359
BEPOBT ON THE 0FEBATI0K8 OF EXCHANGES.
101
The decrease as compared with 1881 in the parcels sent nnder do-
mestic exchanges is dne to the j^t that the statistics of that year in-
dnde a large nnmber of parcels left over from 1880. At the close of
the year 1881, however, all accninnlatioDS had been worked of^ and not
one package remained on hand, so that the flgares in the present re-
port represent the actual receipts and transmissions for this year only.
The receipt of packages for 1881 was 7,890, and for the present year
8,3S9, thas showing an actual increase of 160 parcels, that is, a little
above the average increase (400 per year] for the past ten years.
The total namber of packages transmitted compares with former
years as follows :
1B7B.
1874.
.m
im
1S7T.
1878.
lero.
.880.
isai.
-
TgaladdrBMsaoriodivldMlB
m
4B2
m
»28
m
affi
"I
8BI
600
lotal nombcrofpureeJaloiiMtitiitioDa
^'wl
I'.IK
t'£
a, 70S
U48
3.m
4.05!l
].ii3a
6.781
tW>
7,08(1
1.347
T.ioa
Tot^DMnbetDfpwcola
4,m
'■-h»
4..
4,902
6.2sa
fl,Kl
6,5S7
8,433
8,359
Recapitu lation.
Total Biunber of addreflaea ..
TonlDQiDberof paicela to institutions 7, J98
Total nnmber of porcela to indiridnalB 1,167
Total uniuber of parcels.
The history and condition of domestic eschaoges, from their com-
mencement to the present time, are exhibited in the following table:
Tear.
individnals in the
United States and
British America.
Volnmoa.
Parts and
Maps and
engrav-
inga.
Total.
Pack^ea.
470
549
1,481
1,440
926
1,037
1,356
555
723
1,083
624
61S
2,106
Wl
1,463
1,707
1,834
1.067
1,695
2,540
4
1,098
1,167
5,336
2.556
2,828
2,770
11760
2,540
3602
1,749
125
434
26
140
138
122
W
96
IfiO
149
219
189
193
243
293
Si: :::::::::
m
1,933
102
BEPORT ON THE OPERATIONS OP EXCnANGES.
Tear.
1800
IriCil
Itiil2
18G:J
18l>4
18<i5
1800
ia»7
1808
1809
1870
1871
1872
187:<
1874
1875
1870
1877
Irt78
1871)
1880
1881
1882
Total
Receired for the Smithsonian Library.
Volumes.
1,
1.
1.
1.
1,
1,
1,
1,
1.
h
1.
1,
1.
1,
1,
1,
271
on
910
823
7i)7
V43
557
770
2:m
930
202
880
803
l-^O
017
889
203
94.1
143
807
290
Parts and
pamph-
lets.
4.180
1,945
3, :«59
3,479
2.754
3, 250
4, r»09
3,940
3,005
4,089
3,890
3, i>79
4,502
4,354
4,521
5,813
0, 193
0,511
7,39<J
8,071
7, 275
9,904
10,341
Maps and
euj^rav-
iugs.
220
120
55
200
109
18:3
121
328
l:i4
232
179
82
198
454
102
114
375
320
74
183
152
188
152
Total.
5,071
2,880
5,0*5
4,589
3,080
4, 200
5, 873
5,831
5, 509
«», '100
5, 182
4,597
5,904
5, ()97
5, 54(5
7,047
7. 585
8, 720
8,729
10, 203
8,570
11,959
11,789
For institntions and
individiiuls in th«
United States and
British America.
Addresses. Packages.
3a5
274
273
273
299
345
329
347
430
501
5(>7
573
587
0-9
750
010
044
703
062
785
945
1,0C4
947
1,908
1,400
2,111
1,522
2,482
2. 308
2, 703
971
2,:?94
4, 130
3, 705
3, 952
4, (>:$5
4,782
4, 326
4,001
4.853
4,903
5,292
0,971
5.5«7
8,4:«
8,359
38,173
132, 128
7,119
177,420
14, 233
103, 124
3. Government transmissions.
On tlie 2(1 day of March, 18C7, the following resolution was passed
hy Congress, to provide for the exchange of certain public documents:
^'Resolved by the Senate and House of Reprcscniatices of the United
States in Congress assembled^ That fifty coi)ies of all documents hereafter
printed by order of either house of Congress, and fifty copies additional
of nil documents printed in excess of the usual number, together with
fiftj' copies of each publication issued by any Department or Bureau of
tbe Government, be placed at the disposal of the Joint Committee on
the Library, who shall exchange the same, through the agency of the
SmithsoTkian Institution, for such works published in foreign countries,
and especially by foreign Governments, as may be deemed by said com-
mittee an equivalent, said works to be deposited in the Library of Con-
gress."
A primary object of tbis movement was to secure as regularly and
economically as possible all reports and other documents relative to the
legislation, jurisprudence, statistics, internal economy, technology, &c.,
of all nations, so as to place the material at the command of the com-
mittees and members of Congress, heads of Bureaus, &c.
EEPOBT ON THE OPERATIONS OF EXCHlNOBS. 103
Tlie first transmission nnder tliis system was made in 1873, and tliU
and the sabsequent KliipmCRts are exliibited in tlie following table :
Tear.
1873.
1874.
1875.
1S7C.
1877.
1878.
187!).
iseo.
1881.
IHfS.
rotid.
BoSflB
2
18
G4
]Q2
73
73
67
35
08
132
074
Tbo receipts from the Public Printer daring the year 18S2, under
tills act of Gon;jrcs^, were 53 copies each of 631 distinct publications,
rtpresenliQg 31,550 copies. Tbo specified list of these documents will
be found appended.
TLe total Tceeijits for tbe year, togetber witb some of last year's ac-
CDmlation, form 2 additional busies lor cacli complete set, wbicb now
represents 17 large boxes of about -CO pounds eacb.
Dhlribtttion of Govemmait exchange!.
Jnienllno ConredoniUoi]
Dtvatin
Cinut»iUtlawn)...I
CuaJa iraiDDtul
lail . .
Colinblii. UnitHl StBU'i of
tt-tlBdii!'.l^l."l^y.."^.""'l. "."'.'.'.'.'.
<i«iiiuiivia«clulFUo[kiiigilamaB|iiHlfi<iillj
OimCrlWS-
E^:::;::" ::":.:""'.""":::::::
J"!"*"!
Si4tei1iBd*
JtnHoHtli Wales
KmZMluHl
^l^aiiiai^v////^'^\'J.\vs^vs.'.v.".'.'.
&nU
(h^DIT. ,
BmCluirt
■■•111 Aiut™!ia
EpiiD
foolâ„¢
•nrtfarttna
Ti»Buinl» ,
Ts'lBT
'nneinliCTE
104 BEPOBT ON THE OPE&ATIONS OF EXCHANGES.
DiitribuUo* of Gotiemment czcKon^et— ContiDaed.
BdeiTuli â–
BnzU
CanKla (OttBWtt)"l'"l"'""
CuBdft (OnUrio)
ChiU
Colombia, United Stutei oF...
1878 J 870
— lB7fl
.878 1379
878 1878
67t) 187B
881 3881
878 187»
878 1879
878 1879
878 1870
Three Governments were added to tbe list during the year, namely:
1. HoDgary; depositing the docameots with the PrasidiumdesKonig,
TTngarischen Ministeriums, Budapest.
2. United States of Colombia; books to be deposited in tbe National
Library, Bogota.
3. Eaat Indies; deposited with the Secretary of State for India, Cal-
cntta.
The first instalments of 16 boxes each were made to Hungary, June
10, 1882; Colombia, October 20, 1882; East India, October 20, 1882.
In 1879 the French Commission of International Exchange reqnestcd
that an additional set of Government publications be sent to France,
to be distributed among the various Government departments and bu-
reaus, who in return were to furnish their publications for the use of the
United States Government Bureaus, while the original set was deposited,
together with its continuations, in the National Library, This practice,
however, has been abandoned now, at the request of the French com-
mission, and it has been suggested that, should the various Government
REPORT ON THE OPERATIONS OF EXCHANGES.
105
Bureaus desire an interchange of their respective publications, they
Bhoold do so directly withoat drawing firom the allowance set aside by
law for the exchange among Governments.
The following tables show the Government who at present exchange
their publications with the Government of the United States, together
with the establishment designated for the reception of the books and
the shipping agents who have charge of the transmission of the boxes
to their respective distributions:
Oavemments in exchange with the United States Oovemment,
Governments.
Argentine Confederation . .
Bavaria
Belgium
Brazil
Bnenos Ayres
Canada
Chili
Colombia, United States of
Denmark
East India
Prance
Germany
Great Britain
Greece
Hayti
Hungary
Italy
Japan
Mexico
Ketherlands
Kew South Wales
New Zealand
Norway
Portugal
Prossia
Queensland
Rossia
Saxony
fioath Australia
Spain
Sweden -
Switzerland
Tasmania
Turkey
Venezuela
Vietoria -
WSrtemberg -
Establishments designate^ for the reception of Got-
emment exchanges.
Minister of Foreign Afifairs, Buenos Ayres.
Konigliche Bibliothek, Munich.
Bibliotheque Roy ale, Brussels.
Commission of International Exchanges, Rio Janeiro.
Government, Buenos Ayres.
Parliamentary Library, Ottawa.
Legislative Library, Toronto.
Mus^o Nacional, Santiago.
National Library, Central Office of Exchanges, Bogota.
Kongelige Bibliotheket, Copenhagen.
Secretary of State for India, Bombay.
Commission Franyaise des ^changes Intemationanx,
Paris.
Bibliothek des Deutschen Reichstags^ Berlin.
British Museum, London.
Bibliotheque Nationale, Athens.
S^cr^taire d'etat des Relations ]^xt^rieures, Port-au-
Prince.
Prasidium des Koniglich Ungarischen Ministerium^
Budapest.
Biblioteca Nazionale Yittorio Emauuele, Rome.
Minister of Foreign Affairs, Tokio.
Government, Mexico.
Library of the States General, The Hague.
Parliamentary Library, Sydney.
Parliamentary Librarjr, Wellington.
Foreign Office, Christiania.
Grovemment, Lisbon.
Konigliche Bibliothek, Berlin.
Government, Brisbane.
Commission Russe des ]^changes Internationaux, Bib-
liotheque Imp^riale Publique, St. Petersburg.
Konigliche Bibliothek, Dresden.
Government, Adelaide.
Government, Madrid.
Government, Stockholm.
Eidgenossensche Bundes Canzlei, Berne,
Parliamentary Library, Hobarton.
Government, Constantinople.
University Library, Caracas.
Public Library, Melbourne.
Konigliche Bibliothek, Stuttgart.
106
BEPOBT ON THE OPERATIONS OP EXCHANGES.
Shipping agents of Government exchanges*
County.
Ar^rntino Confederation.
Bavaria
Belgiam,
Brazil
Biifiios Ayres
Cniiada
Chili
Columbia, United States of
Denmark..
East India.
France
Germnny
Great Britain.
Greece
Hayti
Holland .
Hungary
Italy
Jap;i n
Mexico
New iSoiitli Wales
New Zealand
Norway
Portugal
Prussia
Queensland
Eussia
fiaxony
South Australia.
Spain
Sweden
Switzerland
Tasmania
Turkey
Venezuela ...
Victoria
Wiirtomberg.
Agent.
Carlos Carranza, Consul-General, New York.
North German Lloyd (Schumacher «& Co., agents), Bal-
timore.
Re<l Star Lino (Peter Wright & Sons), New York, and
White Cross Line (Punch, Etlye & Co.), New York.
Charles Maclxnll, Vice-Consul, Baltimore.
Carlos Carranza, Consul-General, New York.
Baltimore and Ohio Express Company.
C. de Castro, Consul-General, New York.
Pacific Mail Steamship Company, New York; Consul-
General Kamon Ulion, San Francisco, Administrator
Pi inrii»al de Ilaciendji Nacional, Panama.
TTenrick Bradm, Consul-General, New York.
North G«*rniau Lloyd (Schumacher & Co.), Baltimore,
transfer made in the oflico of the Secretary of State
to India, London.
Compagnie G6ueral6 Transatlantique (L. de B6bian^,
New York.
North German Lloyd (Schumacher & Co.), Baltimore.
North German Lloyd (Schumacher «& Co.), Baltimore.
D. W. Botassi, Consul-General, New York.
Atlas Steamship Company (Pirn, For wood & Co.),
New York.
Hensel, Brnckmann & Lorhacher, New York.
M. Kali'o, Consul-General, New York.
Samro Takaki, Consul-General, New York.
Juan N. Navarro, Consul-General, New York.
R. W. Cameron & Co., New York.
K. W. Cameron & Co., New York.
Christian Bora, Consul General, Nf^w York.
Gust a V Amsink. Consul-General, New York.
North German Lloyd (Schumaclier &; Co.), Baltimore.
North German Lloyd (Schumacher & Co.), Baltiujoro,
transfer nuule by the Agent-General for Queensland,
Qurensland Department, London, England.
Hamburg-American Packet Company (Oelrichs & Co.),
New York, transfer made by the Imperial Russian
Consul-General in Hamburg, Germany.
North German Lloycl (Sehumacher & Co.), Baltimore.
R. W. Cameron & Co., New York.
Hipolito de Uriarte, Consul-General, New York.
Christian Biirs, Consul-General, New York.
Noith German Lloyd (Schumacher & Co.), Baltimore,
transfer made by Swiss Consul- General H. von Hey-
maun, Bremen, Germany.
North German Lloyd (Schumacher & Co.), Baltimore,
transfer made by the Crown Agents for the Colonies,
Colonial Office Building, Downing street, London,
England.
Turkish Legation, Washington, D. C.
C. G. de Garmeudia, Cousul-Ueneral New York.
R. W. Cameron & Co., New York.
North German Lloyd (Schumacher & Co.), Baltimore
BEPORT ON THE OPERATIONS OP EXCHANGES. 107
List of official publications sent to foreign governments in 1882.
AGRICULTURAL DEPARTMENT.
Annnal Report 1879. 621 p. and pi. fP. Cloth.
Corporative Exxieriroentinj; as a Moans of Studying tbo Effects of Fertilizers, and tho
Feeding Capacities of Plants, by W. A. Atwater. 33 p. 8^. Paper.
Special Reports of the Agricultural Department :
No. 40. Tho Condition and Needs of Spring Wheat Culture in the Northwest, by
Hon. C. C. Andrews, of Minnesota. 99 p. tt<^. Paper.
No. 41. Report upon the Estimated Production of Cereals in the United States
for 1881. 8 p. 8°. Paper.
No. 42. Report npon tho Condition of Winter Grain, and upon Nnmbers and Con-
ditionofFarm Animals in tho United States. Ax>ri], 1882. 82 p. 8*.
Paper.
No. 43. Report upon the Condition of Winter Grain, the Progress of Cotton and
Com Planting, tho Rate of Wages and Labor, and Results of Tile
Draining. May, 1882. 20 p. 8°. Paper.
No. 44. Report upon the Acreage and Condition of Cotton, the Condition of all
Cereals, and the Area of Spring Grain. June, 1882. 15 p. 8°. Paper.
No. 45. Report upon tho Area and Condition of Corn, tho Condition of Cotton
andof Small Grains, Sorghum, Tobacco, &.C. July, 1882. 33 p. 8^.
Paper.
No. 4C. Report upon the Condition of Corn and Cotton, of Spring Wheat, Fruits,
&c.; also Freight Rates of Transportation Couipauies. August, 1882.
54 p. 8o. Paper.
No. 47. Climate, Soil, and Agricultural Capabilities of South Carolina and Geor-
gia, by J. C. Hem phi 11. G5 p. 8*^. Paper.
No. 48. Silos and Ensilage: A Record of Practical Tests in several States and
Canada. 70 p. 8°. Paper.
No. 49. Report upon tho Condition of Corn and Cotton, of Potatoes, Fruits, &,c. ;
also Freight Rates of Transportation Companies. September, 1882.
8°. Paper.
No. 50. Tho Dissemination of Texas Fever of Cattle and how to control it. 1882.
8°. Paper.
No. 51. Report upon tho Yield and Quantity of Small Grain, the Condition of Com
and Cotton, of Potatoes, Tobacco, &c. ; also Freight Rates of Trans-
portation Companies. 58 p. 8^. Paper.
No. 52 Report on the i'icld per Acre of Cotton, Corn, Potatoes, and other Field
Crops with comparative Product of Fruits; also Local Freight Ratei
of Transportation Companies. Nov., 1882. 109 p. 8^. Paper.
Florida: Its Climate, Soil, Productions, and Agricultural Capabilities, by Jas. H,
Foss. 98 p. 8°. Paper.
Proceedings of a Convention of Agriculturists held in the Department of Agricult-
ure from January 10 to January 18, 1882. 204 p. 8®. Paper.
NATIONAL BOARD OF HKALTH.
Annnal Reports of the Board of Health for tOie years 1879, 1880, 1881, 1882.
Bulletin, vol. 3, Nos. 1-52. 4°. Paper.
vol. 4, No. 1. 49, Paper.
8applement Nos. 16-19. 4°. Paper.
UNITED STATES CONGRESS.
Congressional Directory : First Session Forty-seventh Congress. Second edition. 8".
Paper. Corrected to June 28, 1882. 17G p. 8°. Paper.
Congressional Reconl: Forty-seventh Congress. Vol. 13, parts 1 to 7, and Index.
(8to1s.) 40. Half Russia.
I
108 REPORT ON THE OPERATIONS OF EXCHANGES.
Memorial Addresses:
Ambrose E. Bnmside, January 23, 1882. 8^. Cloth. '
Matthew H. Carpenter, January 26, 1882. 119 p. 8^. Cloth.
Evarts W. Farr, December 6, 1880. 54 p. 8°. Cloth.
Fernando Wood, February 28, 1881. 40 p. 8°. Cloth.
Honse of Representatives :
Constitution, Manual, and Digest, Rnles and Practice, first session Forty-ser-
enth Congress, compiled by Henry H. Smith. 443 p. 8^. Cloth.
Ezecntive Documents, Forty-sixth Congess:
Foreign Relations, No. 1, Part 1. 1,093 pages. 8^. Sheep.
Ordnance Report No. 1, Part 2. 400 pages. 8°. Sheep.
Engineer Report. 3 vols. 8°. Sheep.
Commissioner of Education, 1879. 8^. Sheep.
Chief Signal Office Report, 1879. 8°. Sheep.
Report of Secretary of Treasury. 8°. Sheep.
Paris Universal Exposition. 5 vols. 8°. Sheep.
Offers for carrying the mails. 8°. Sheep.
Public Land Commission. 8P, Sheep.
Navy Department and Post-Office Reports. 89, Sheep.
Reports of Conmiissioners of the District of Columbia, 1880. 536 p. 8^.
Sheep.
Account of the United States Treasurer, &c.
No. 1, parts 6, 7, and 8. (Ex. Docs. Nos. 8-22, 52 to 89). 3 vols. 8P, Sheep.
Nos. 24 to 45, except 33. 1 vol. 8°. Sheep.
Vol. 18, Nos. 9-66, except 12, 13, 42, 47, 55. 1 vol. 8°. Sheep.
House Miscellaneous Documents: Second and third sessions Forty-sixth Con-
gress. Vols 1. and 4. 8°. Sheep.
House Reports, Forty-sixth Congress. 3 volumes. 8°. Sheep.
United States Senate :
Paper connected with the naval appropriation bill, for the use of the Senate
Committee on Appropriations. 21 p. 8^. Paper.
Senate Documents : Second session Forty-fifth Congress. Report of the United
States States Coast and Geodetic Survey. 194 pages. 23 pi. 4°. Sheep.
Senate Documents : Third session Forty-fifth Congress. Report of the United
States Coast Survey for the year ending June 30, 1878. 306 pages, map and
appendices. 4°. Sheep.
Senate Documents : Second session Forty-sixth Congress :
Vol. 1, Nos. 1- 53. 8o. Sheep.
Vol. 2, Nos. 54-104, except 59. 8°. Sheep.
Vol. 5, Nos. 181-216, except 208 and 209. 8°. Sheep.
Senate Documents : Third session Forty-sixth Congress and special session March
4, 1881.
Vols. 1 and 3. 8°. sheep.
Vol. 2, part 1 (1,105 p.), part 2 (951 p.), Private Land Claims. 8°. Sheep.
Senate Executive Documents : Second session Forty-sixth Congress.
Nos. 1-50, except 17. 8°. Sheep.
Senate Journal : First session Forty-seventh Congress and special session October
10, 1881. 1750 p. 8o. Sheep.
Senate Reports : Third session Forty-sixth Congress. Nos. 726 to 935. 2 vols. 8*.
Sheep.
COURT OF CLAIMS.
Cases decided by the Court of Claims, with abstracts of decisions of the Supreme Court
in Appeal Cases:
Vol. 16. 698 p. 8°. Paper.
Vol. 17. 499 p. 8°. Paper.
BEPOl^T ON THE OPERATIONS OF EZCHANOES. 109
ffistorjf Jmisdiotion and Practice of the Court of Claims of tlie United States, hj
Wm. A. Biohardson, LL. D. 29 p. 8^. Paper.
nrrsBioR dbpartmekt.
list of Congressional documents from the Twentieth to the Forty-sixth Congresses^
inolosiye. 63 pages. 8^. Paper. #
Official Register of the United States :
Vol 1. LegislatlYe, Executive, and Judicial. 876 pages. 49, Cloth.
Vol 2. The Post-Office Department and Postal Service. 892 p. 4^. Cloth.
List of the additions made to the Library of the Interior Department from Febnuuy
1, 1881, to September 19, 1882. 4 p. 4°. Paper.
Bureau of Education :
Circulars of Information :
No. 1. Organization of Training Schools for Nurses.
No. 2. Proceedings of the Department of Superintendence, 1882;
No. 3. The University of Bonn.
No. 4. Industrial Art in Schools.
No. 5. Maternal Schools in France.
No. 6. Technical Instruction in France.
Bulletins :
Instruction in Morals and Civil Grovemment.
National Pedagogic Congress of Spain.
Natural Science in Secondary Schools.
High Schools for Girls in Sweden.
Annual Report for 1880. ^
United States Entomological Commission:
Bulletin No. 7. Insects injurious to Forest and Shade Trees, by A. S. Packard,
jr. 275 p. 8°. Paper.
United States Geological Surveys Office :
Geology of the Henry Mountains, by G. K. Gilbert. Second edition. 170 p. 4
plates. 40. Cloth.
Regulations of the United States Geological Survey, 1882. 51 p. 8°. Paper.
Monographs of the United States Geological Surrey. Vol.
The Tertiary History of the Grand CaSon District, by C. E. Dutton. 264 p. 4°.
Paper.
Atlas to vol. 2.
Annual Report of the Director, 1880-81. 588 pages, 61 plates, 1 map. 8°. Paper.
Office of Indian Affairs :
Laws and Regulations regulating the Trade with Indian Tiibes. January, 1,
1882. 13 p. 8°. Paper.
Annual Report for 1882.
General Land Office :
Instructions to Special Agents of the General Land Office, issued June 20, 1882.
16 p. 8°. Paper.
United States Swamp Land Laws : Re£:ulations and Decisions thereunder. April
18, 1882. 15 p. 80. Paper.
Coal Land Laws and Regulations thereunder. July 31, 1882. 7 p. 8°. Paper.
United States National Museum:
Bulletin 11. Bibliography of Fishes of the Paeifio Coast of the United States.
to the end of 1879, by Theodore Gill. 64 p. 8°. Paper.
Bulletin No. 22. Guide to the Flora of Washington and Vicinity. 264 p. OP.
Paper.
Proceedings of the United States National Museum. Vol 4. 1882.
United States Patent Office :
Decisions of the Commissioner of Patents, 1881. 537 p. 8°. Paper.
110 REPORT ON THE OPERATIONS OP EXCHANGES.
United States Patent Office— Continued.
United States Statutes concerning the Registration of Trade-marks and Labels, In.
eluding the acts of March 3, 1881, Angast 5, 1882, and sections 3, 4, 5 of the
act of June 18, 1874, with the rnles of the United States Patent Office relat-
ing thereto. Edition of October 1, jl882. 16 p. 8°. Paper.
Rnles of Practice in the United Statea Patent Office. Revised April 15, 1882. 92
p. 8°. Paper.
United States Pension Office:
Instructions to Examining Snrgeons for Pensions, 1882. IG p. 8°. Paper.
A Digest of the Laws of the United States governing the Granting of Army and
Navy Pensions and Bon nty Land Warrants; Decisions of the Secretary of the
Interior and Rulings and Orders of the Commissioner of Pensions thereunder.
272 p. 8o. Paper.
Roster of Examining Snrgeons appointed under the authority of the Commissioner
of Pensions. 140 p. 8°. Paper.
General Instructions to Special Examiners of the United States Pension Office^
1882. 44 p. 8^*. Cloth.
Treatise on the Practice of the Pension Bureau governing the Adjudication of
Army and Navy Pensions, being the Unwritten Practice formulated by Calvin
B. Walker, Deputy Commissioner'of Pensions. 129 p. 8°. Paper.
NAVY DEPARTMENT.
Register of the Commissioned, Warrant, and Volunteer Officers of the United States
Navy, including the Officers of the Marine Corps and others. January 1, 1882.
208 p. #o. Paper.
Register corrected to July 1, 1882. 81 p. 8°. Paper.
Reports of Officers of tho NaVy on Ventilating and Cooling the Executive Hansion
during tho Illness of President Garfleld. 13 p. 8°. Paper.
Statistics relating to the Navies of tho World. 16 p. 8°. Paper.
Bureau of Equipment and Recruiting :
Instructions relative to Enlistments, Discharges, &c., of the United States Navy,
1882. 72 p. 8°. Paper.
Bureau of Navigation :
Navy Scientific Papers No. 7. Turning powers of ships. 8°. Paper.
Navy Scion tifif Papers No. 8. Observations for dip. 8^. Paper.
Notes on Navigation, by Commander Harrington. 8°.
Treaties and Conventions between the United States and other Countries^ 1873-
1881. 8°.
International Code of Signals (corrected edition). 8^.
American Practical Navigator (Bowditch), revised edition. SP.
Useful Tables (Bowditch), revised edition. SP,
Hydrograpbic Office:
Hydrographic notices for 1881, Nos. 64, CC, C7-85 and index. 8*^. Paper.
for 1882, Nos. 1-fiO. 8°. Pa4)er.
Notices to mariners for 1881, Nos. 72, 85, 86, 87, 89, 93-108 and index. &>, Paper.
1882, Nos. 1-lOG. SP, Paper.
List of charts published during tho quarter ending March 31, 1882. 8 pages. 8^.
Paper.
f List of charts published during the quarter ending June 30, 1882. 7 pages. 8®,
Paper.
List of charts published during the quarter ending September 30, 1882. 7 pages,
8P, Paper.
Charts published during the year :
No. 347. Jamaica.
No. 349. Ilarbors of Jamaica.
BBPORT ON THE OPERATIONS OF EXCHANQEa 111
Hjdragraphie 0£Qce— Continned.
Cliarts published dnring the year:
No. 456. GolfofTeddo.
No. 906. Wrangel Island.
No. 907. Rodgers Harbor.
No. 908. Rodgers Track.
No. 911 a. Circompolar chart.
No. 911 b. Clrcumpolar chart.
No. 912. Arctic Sea.
No. 887. Amazon River, sheet 1.
No. 307. Havana, Cnba.
No. 888. Amazon River, sheet 2. ^
No. 889. Amazon River, sheet 3.
No. 890. Amazon River, sheet 4.
No. 891. Amazon River, sheet 5.
No. 892. Amazon River, sheet 6.
No. 893. Madeira River, sbeet 1.
No. 894. Madeira River, sheet 2.
No. 348. Port Royal, Kingston Ilnrbor, Jamaica.
No. 823. South Pacific Ocean, eastern sheet, lower part. •
No. 823 a. South Pacific Ocean, eastern sheet, upx>cr x^art.
No. G22. Coast of Mexico.
No. 920. Port Malaga, Spain.
Kaatical Almanac :
American Nautical Almanac for 1885.
American Nautical Almaoao for 1886.
American Ephemeris and Nautical Almanac for 1885.
Supplement to the American Ephemeris and Nautical Almanac for 1881-1884.
Astronomical Papers of the American Ephemeris, part G.
Astronomical Papers of the American Ephemeris, Vol. I.
Bureau of Steam-Engineering :
Eej)ort of the Board "on the Mallory Steering and Propelling Screw as applied to
the United States torpedo-boat "Alarm."
Report on the vedette boats constructed for British and French navies by the
Herreshof Manufacturing Company. ,
Annual Report for 1882.
AdmiraPs Office :
Annual Report. *
Bureau of Medicine and Surgery :
Annual Report 1880.
Barean of Provisions and Clothing:
Pay- table of the United States Navy. New edition.
Barean of Yards and Docks :
Annual Report for 1882.
Naval Observatory : ^
Astronomical and Meteorological Observations for 1878. 4°.
Appendix 1, 1878 : Monograph of the Centrel Parts of the Nebula) of Orion, 230 p.
43 illustrations. 4^.
Appendix 2, 1878 : Longitude of the Observatory of the John C. Green School of
Science, Princeton, N. J. 54 p. 4° .
Meteorological Observations for 1873. 18 p. 4°.
Appendix 1. V for 1879. Parallax of A Lyrae and 61 Cygni. 64 p. 4°.
lostmctions for observing the Transit of Venus, December 6, 1882, prepared bv
the conunission authorized by Congress. 50 p. 4 plates. 4^.
112 BEPOBT ON THE OPEBAT^OKS OF EXCHANGES.
POST-OFSICB DEPARTBCBNT.
LettoTs of the Po9tma8ter*Gk»neral transmitting to tbe President a letter of special
ooonsel and the report of Post-Office Inspectors Tidball and Shallcross npon
frandnlent bonds accompanying certain bids and contracts for carrying the
United States Mail. 85 p. 8°. Paper.
Regnlations to take efifect January 1, 1883, for the jn^idance of postmasters in the
transaction of the international money-order business between the United
States on the one hand and Belgium and Tasmania respectively on the other.
8 p.
Topographer's Office :
Post Route Maps:
No. 21. Utah.
No. 23. Montana, Idaho, and 'W'yoming.
No. 26. Oregon and Washington.
PUBLIO PBINTBB.
Annual Report for the fiscal year 1882.
8TATB DEPARTiaafT.
Commercial Relations of the United States.
No. 14. December, 1881.
No. 15. January, 1882.
No. 16. February, 1882.
No. 17. March, 1882.
No. 18. AprU, 1882.
No. 19. May, 1882.
No. 20. June, 1882.
No. 2L July, 1882.
No. 22. August, 1882.
SUPRBMB COUBT.
Rules of the Supreme Court of the United States and Rules of Practice for the Circuit
and District Courts of the United States in Equity and Admiralty Cases and Orders
in Reference to Appeals from Court of Claims. Revised and corrected. 74 p.
8°. Paper.
United States V8, John W. Dorsey ei al. 152 p. 8°. Paper.
TREASURY DEPARTMENT.
Annual Report of the Secretary for 1882.
Annual Report of the Secretary for 1882, with tables.
Finance report of the Secretary for 1882.
Statement of Balances, Appropriations and Expenditures for 1881.
Combined Statement of the Receipts and Disbursements of the United States for tho
year ended June 30, 1881. %
Digest of Appropriations for 1883.
Digest of Navy Appropriations for the year 1883.
Estimates of Deficiencies in Appropriations for 1882. (House Executive Document
No. 33, Forty-seventh Congress, first session.)
Estimates of Appropriations for 1884.
Revised Estimates, Treasury Department.
Claims allowed under Balances of Exhausted Appropriations. Act June 14, 1881.
(House Executive Document No. 26, Forty-seventh Congress, first session.)
Claims allowed under act of July 4, 1864. (House Executive Document No. 23,
Forty-seventh Congress, first session.)
REPORT ON THE OPERATIONS OP EXCHANGES. 113
Laws relating to National Banks.
Laws and Executive Orders relating to Alaska.
Beeeipts and £zx>enditare8 of the United States for 1875, 1876, 1877.
Synopsis of Department Decisions, December, 1881, to November, 1882.
Beport on Mineral Waters, by Special Agent Tichenor.
Beport on the Tariff and Customs Laws and Administration, by Special Agent Tich-
enor.
Beport on the Silver Profit Fund, by William Sfaerer.
Beport on Drawback on Sugars, by Special Agent Chamberlin.
The National Loans of the United States from July 4, 1776 to June 30, 1880, by R. A.
Bayley.
Comparatiye Rates of Wages in the United States and Foreign Countries. (Senate
Executive Document No, 173, Forty-seventh Congress, first session.)
Statistical Abstract No. 4. (House Executive Document No. 133, Forty-seventh Con-
gress, first session.)
Biographical Sketch of the life of Rear-Admiral John Rodgers, United States Navy.
Beport on Pleuro-pneumonia by Treasury Cattle Commission. (Senate Executive
Document No? 106, Forty-seventh Congress, first session.)
Beport of Commission on the Condition of Winder's Building.
Decision of the Supreme Court of the United States on Sugar in re Merritt vs. Welsh
tial,
Beport of the United States Assay Commission.
Beport on the Division of Stationery, Printing, and Blanks, Secretary's Office, by the
Committee appointed by the Secretary of the Treasury.
Supervising Special Agent of the Treasury Department, Annual Report for 1882.
Supervising Architect : Annual Report for 1882.
Boreaa of Engraving and Printing : Annual Report for 1882.
Bnieaaof the Mint: Annual Report for 1882.
Inspector-General of Steam-Vessels:
Annual Report for 1882.
Bevised Rules and Regulations.
Manual of Laws and Regulations.
Laws goveming the Inspection of Foreign Passenger Steam-Vessels.
Proceedings of the Thirtieth Annual Meeting of the Board of Supervising Inspect-
ors 1882. Parts 1 and 2.
Bueaa of Statistics:
Annual Report for 1882.
Annual Report for 1881, parts, 1 and 2.
Statements Nos. 1-17 of the Annual Report for 1882.
Statements Nos. 26-34 of the Annual Report for 1882.
Advanced Statement of Immigration into the United States for the fiscal year 1882.
List of Merchant Vessels of the United States for the fiscal year 1882.
Beport on the imports, exports, immigration, and navigation of the United States:
Second quarter, Third quarter. Fourth quarter, 1881-^82.
First quar er 1882-^83.
Preliminary Report on Foreign Commerce of the United States for the fiscal year
1882, including report for June, 1882.
Statement of the Foreign Commerce of the United States:
December, 1881. January, 1882. February, 1882. March, 1882. April, 1882.
May, 1882. July, 1882. August, 1862. September, 1882. October, 1882.
Noyember^ 1882.
SoiDmary Statements of the Imports and Exports of the United States :
November, December, 1881. January to October, 1882.
2<ift-8aving Service:
Annual Report of the Superintendent for the fiscal year 1881.
Boles and Regulations of the Board on Life-Saving Appliances.
H. Mis. 26 8
114 REPORT ON THE OPERATIONS OF EXCHANGES.
First Comptroller of the Treasury :
Annual Report.
Second Comptroller of the Treasury :
Annual Report.
Decisions of the Second Comptroller relative to the pay of officers of the Army
under act of March 2, 1867.
Commissioner of Customs :
Annual Report of the Commissioner for 1882.
List of the principal officers of the Customs Service.
Register of the Treasury : Annual Report of the Register for 1882.
First Auditor of the Treasury : Annual Report for 1882.
Second Auditor of the Treasury : Annual Report for 1882.
Third Auditor of the Treasury : Annual Report for 1882.
Fourth Auditor of the Treasury : Annual Report for 1882.
Fifth Auditor of the Treasury : Annual Report for 18«2.
Sixth Auditor of the Treasury : Annual Report for 1882.
Treasurer of the United States :
Annual Report for 1882.
Annual Report on the sinking fund deht of the District of Columhia for the
fiscal year 1861.
' Annual Report on the sinking fund deht of the District of Columhia for the
fiscal year 1882.
Assistant Treasurer of the United States :
Catalogue of hlank hooks and hlanks used in the office of the Assistant Treas-
urer of the United States in New York City.
Comptroller of the Currency :
Annual Report for 1882.
Annual Report for 1882, with appendix.
Internal Revenue :
Annual Report for 1886.
Annual Report, with tahles.
Collection of circulars, specials, decisions, and circular letters.
Report on the condition of the Internal- Re venue Service for the fiscal year 1882.
Revenue Marine : List of officers of the Revenue Marine Service.
Light-House Board :
Annual Report of the Chairman, 1882.
Official announcement of the death of Rear- Admiral R. H. Wyman, Chairman of
the Board.
Laws relating to the Light-House Estahlishment passed at the first session of
Forty-seventh Congress.
Light-House List Atlantic, Gulf, and Pacific coasts of the United States.
Light- House List Northern Lakes and River coasts of the United States.
List of huoys, heacens, &c. : First to Twelfth Light-House District.
United States Coast and Geodetic Survey :
Summary of the Annual Report of the Superintendent for 1882.
Tide Tahles Atlantic coast of the United States.
Tide Tahles Pacific coast of the United States.
Marine Hospital Service :
Annual Report of the Supervising Surgeon-General for 1882.
Report on Yellow Fever in Texas.
Medical Officers and Assistant Surgeons of the Marine Hospital Service.
WAR DEPARTMENT. ^
Official Army Register, January, 1882. 398 pages. 8°. Paper.
Records of Officers and Soldiers Killed in Battle and Died in Service during the Florida
War. 64 p. 8P. Paper.
REPORT ON THE OPERATIONS OF EXCHANGES. 115
War of the Rebellion : Official Records of the Union and Confederate Armies. Series
I. Volumes 4 and 5. 4°. Cloth.
Alphabetical Catalogae of the .War Department Library (including Law Library),
AnthoTB and Subjects, 1882. 325 p. 4^. Paper.
Report of an inspection of the Artillery School at Fort Monroe, Virginia, May, 1882.
27 p. 8°. Paper.
Begnlatlons of the Army of the United States, and General Orders in foroe on the 17th
of February, 1881, with an appendix containing all military laws in foroe Feb-
ruary 17, 1881, not contained in this code. 1,385 p. 8°. Paper.
. A^jntant-GleneraPs Office :
Report of Lieut. Gen. P. H. Sheridan of his Expedition through the Big Horn
Mountains, the Yellowstone National Park, &c. 34 p. 2 maps. 8P. Paper,
Laws, Rulings, and Decisions Gkiverning the Military Crime of Desertion, compiled
by Fred. F. Wilson, 1882. 80 p. 8°. Paper.
Subject-index to the General Orders of the War Department from January 1,
1861, to December 31, 1880, compiled by Jeremiah C. Allen. 506 p. 8^
Paper.
General Orders :
For 1881, Nos. 77, 78, 80, 81, 82, 84-89, 92, 93, and index.
For 1882, Nos. 1 to 120.
Orders for 1881, Nos. 67-70, and index. 8°. Paper.
1882, Nos. 1 to 66. 8". Paper.
Buieau of Military Justice :
Annual Report of the Advocate-General for 1882.
Chief Signal Office:
Professional Papers No. 1. Solar Eclipse.
Professional Papers No. 3. Auroas.
Professional Papers No. 4. Tornadoes.
Professional Papers No. 5. Time Balls.
Instructions to Voluntary Observers of the Signal Service. 108 p. 8°. Paper.
Daily Bulletin of Synopses, Indications, and Facts October, 1877. â–
Engineer Bureau :
Extracts from the Reports of Decisions of the Supreme Court of the United States
concerning navigable waters, repaying proprietors, bridges, boundaries be-
tween States, eminent domain, title to certain lots in Washington City, con-
tracts, compiled by John G. Parke, Lieut. Col. of Engineers, 1882. 264 p.
8°, Paper.
Professional Papers, No. 23 : Report upon Experiments and Investigations to De-
E velop a System of Submarine Mines. 444 p. 4^. Paper.
f Decrease of Water in Springs, Creeks and Rivers, by Gustav Wex, translated by
r. Major G. Weitzel, United States Army. 57 pages. 8°. Paper.
Translations of Treatises on Improvements of Non-tidal Rivers, by Mi^. William
^: E.Merrill. 4°. 129 p.
Contributions to the Theory of Blasting or Military Mining, translated by Capt.
C. W. Raymond.
Annual Report 1881. 3 vols., with maps. SP, Cloth.
Professional Papers No. 24 : Report on the Primary Triangulation of the Lake
Survey, by Lieut. Col. C. B. Comstock. 4°. Cloth.
Laws of the United States relating to the construction of bridges over the naviga-
ble waters of the United States from March 2, 1805, to March 3, 1881, compiled
under the direction of Lieut. Col. John G. Parke.
Compilation of Opinions of Attorneys- General relative to acquisition of lands,
contracts, &c., Vols. 1 to 16 inclusive, compiled under the direction of Lieut.
Col. John G. Parke.
Annual Report for 1882. 3 volumes. 8^. Cloth.
116 BEPOBT ON THE OPERATIONS OF EXCHANGES.
HeadqaarteiB of the Army :
Map illustrating the defense of Savannah, Oa., and the operations resulting in
its capture by the Army commanded by M%]. Gen. W. T. Sherman.
Map illustrating the operations of the Army under command of Gen. W. T. Sher-
man, in Georgia, from May 5 to September 4, 1864.
Annual Beport, 1882.
Ordnance Bureau :
Ordnance Notes 173. Machine Guns— Their status in warflEu:e.
174. Italian 100-ton Gun.
175. Dephosphorization of Iron and Steel.
176. Vent Punch and Gimlet.
177. Friction Primers for Cannon.
178. Flank Defense.
179. Infantry Equipments.
180. Krupp's Ballistic Tables. .
181. Photography — Gunpowder Analyses.
182. Field Artillery.
183. Modem Rifles.
184. The Attack on Armor-clad Vessels by Artillery.
185. Cartridges — Friction Primers.
186. The National Defenses of England.
187. Modem Ordnance.
188. Telescopic Sight.
189. Army Wagon Transportation.
190. Mechanical Motion.
191. Report of Sea-coast Artillery Practice.
192. Metrical into United States Measures.
193. The Le Bouleug^ Chronograph.
194. Field Gun Carriage.
195. On the Metallurgy and Manufacture of Modem British Ord-
nance.
196. On the Application of Solid Steel to the Manufacture of
Small-arms, Projectiles, and Ordnance.
197. Notes on the Manufacture of Small- arms, &c., at the Royal
Small Arms Factory. Enfield Loch.
198. Machine-guns, and how to use them.
199. Small-arm Firing.
200. Range and Position Finding — Past and Present.
201. Report on Cranston's Safety Lighting Attachment for Lan-
terns for the Life-saving Service. ^
202. The Folger-Mlchelson Densimeter.
203. The Progress in Naval Artillery from 1855 to 1880.
204. Firing Investigations of the Steel Works of Frederick Krupp,
made at the Meppen Firing Ground.
205. The Question of Heavy Guns.
206. Fire Upsetting Machine.
207. To^edoes— Their disposition and radius of destructive
effect.
206. Recent Experiments with a 11-inch Compound Armor Plate
at Shoeburyness.
209. A proposed Armament for the Navy.
210. Type of Armored Vessel and Cruiser best suited to the needs
of the United States.
211. The United States Steamer Alarm.
212. Chemical Theory of the Combustion of Gunpowder.
BEPOBT ON THE OPERATIONS OF EXCHANGES. 117
Ordnance Burean — Continned.
Ordnance Notes 213. The Deyelopment of Armor as applied to Ships.
214. Preseryation of Wood.
215. The Employment of Torpedoes in Steam-laonches against
Men-of-war.
216. The Supply of Aimnnnition to In&ntry on the Field of Battle
217. Wallace's Intrenching Tool.
218. The Interior Economy of a Prassian Begiment.
219. A Short Narrative of the Afghan Campaigns of 1879>'8(M81,
from an Engineer's point of view.
220. Magazine Bifles.
221. Kmpp Experiments.
222. Explosives: Notes on Nitro-Qlycerine.
223. Bombardment of Alexandria by the English July 11, 1882.
224. Bifled Howitzers and Mortars.
225. Deviations of Small-arm Projectiles.
226. Fortress Warfare.
227. Training of Garrison Artillery, &c.
228. Determination of the Value of <' C." Didion's Formula.
229. Steel for Structures.
230. The Theory of the Gas Engine.
231. Instructions for use of the Frankford Arsenal. Hand tools
for unloading Cartridges.
232. Some Considerations respecting Desertion in the Army.
233. The Theoretical Bifle (El Fusil Bacional).
234. Some Thoughts about the Future of our Army.
Notes on Construction of Ordnance :
1. Besistance to D^callasement (unbreeching) in Breech-Loading Cannon.
2. Becapitulation of Experiments on Cast-steel Hoops.
3. Plan of Qun Construction ; Cast Iron strengthened with Bands of cold-ham-
mered or cold-rolled Steel.
4. Mechanical Tests on the Besistance of Metals.
5. Verification of the Hooping for Cannon in the Italian Service.
6. The resistance of Hollow Cylinders and of Cannon ; new studies.
7. The resistance of Hollow Cylinders and Cannon ; new studies.
8. Trials of Expanding Sabots for Projectiles; Bifle Muzzle-loading Mortars.
9. Besistance of Metallic Tubes, Simple and Compound, with application to the
Construction of Cannon.
10. Besistence of Simple and Compound Metallic Tubes with application to the
Construction of Cannon.
11. Special Elasticity; Experiments to determine its Value and Deductions con-
cerning its application for increasing the Advantages derived from the
Use of Hoops in Gun Construction.
12. Treatment of Steel.
13. Fabricaticm of Cannon in France.
14. Experiments on Hooping 9" .45 guns.
15. Physical Properties of Metals.
Hf Department : Annual Beport for 1882.
Qnartennaster-General's Office:
Fuel for the Army, 1882.
Uniform for the Army, 1882.
Specifications for means of transportation of paulins, stoves, ranges, lamps, and
fixtures for use in the United States Army in 1882.
Amnial Beport for 1882.
118 BEPOET ON THE OPERATIONS OP EXCHANGES.
SubsiBtence Department :
Notes on bread making, permanent and field ovens and bake bonses, prepared by
direction of the Commissary-General of Subsistence, by Maj. George Bell, C.
S., U. S. A., with extracts from notes on flonr by tbe same officer. 143. p. 8^.
Paper.
Annual Report, 1882.
Army Ration: Issue and convertion tables.
Surgeon-General's Office : Index Catalogue of the Library. Vol. 3. 4°. Cloth.
United States Geographical Surveyis West of the One Hundredth. Meridian :
Final Report Vol. 3, Supplement : Report upon Geological Examination in South-
em Colorado and Northern New Mexico. 420 p. 36 p. appendix. 4^. Cloth.
EBPORT OP THE ASSISTANT DIEEGTOE OP THE UNITED
STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM FOE 1882.
Prof. Spenoeb p. Baibd^
Director of the United States National Museum:
Sib: I have the honor to submit herewith a report npon the work of
the Mnseum for the year 1882^ in which are included certain sugges-
tions relative to the administration of the Museum^ which may at some
future time^ either in their present form or with modifications, be recom-
mended for adoption.
Very respectfully,
G. BEOWN GOODE,
Assista/nt Director.
XJ. S. National Musbum, January 1, 1883.
With the beginning of the year 1882 systematic work in the reorgan-
ization and installation of the collections may be said to have been
fiedrly commenced. Although something had been accomplished in the
three or four months prior to the above date, the work was, for the most
part, experimental. The year 1882 may, therefore, be regarded as the
first year of the occupation of the new building.
On January 1, 1882, was issued Circular No. 1, containing a plan of
organization and regulations. This pamphlet contains b^ pages, and
in it are defined the limits of each department of work, the duties of every
officer, and the routine to be followed in each kind of administrative
work.*
This code of regulations has been systematically enforced during the
year with consequent important improvement in the efficiency of each
department.
Qases. — ^Much thought and time have been expended in making experi-
ments for the purpose of ascertaining what forms of cases are most suit-
able for the exhibition of our collections. Old patterns have been modi-
fied and new ones invented. A detailed account of these experiments,
and their results, will be submitted at some future time. Four thousand
five hundred and eighty-six cases and boxes of various patterns have
Wn received, as specified in the accompanying schedule. They have
*8ee Apx>eBdiz to Proceedings United States National Museum, Vol. IV, following
Pige534.
119
120 REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
heeiij as a rale, constraoted by contract after the specifications had been
^submitted for competition to a number of reliable firms in Washington,
Baltimore, and Philadelphia. The glass has been imported free of
*daty, the locks and other hardware purchased of manufacturers, and
the finishing of the wood-work, the setting of the glass, and the fitting
up of the interiors with shelves, and otherwise preparing them for the
xeception of specimens, have been done by a force of men working in the
Museum building, paid by the day or job, as was found in each par-
ticular instance to be more economical and satisfactory.
The adoption of a peculiar style of case, known as the << unit-box,"
for the exhibition of many classes of objects, has rendered it necessary
to employ a number of mechanics in mounting the specimens for dis-
play. In this work several women have been employed, who have
proved to be industrious and skillful.
The following is a list of cases in use in the Museum and for the
most part received during the year :
Case A (3. 3). Pier uprights, 8' 6'' x 3' 3'' X 9' 28
B (4. 4). Floor uprights, 8' 6" x 4' 4'' x 7' 11
B(3.3). Floor uprights, 8' 6'' X 3' 3'' x V 30
(1.3). Door screens 8' 6'' x V 3" x V 26
0(2.2). Door screens, 8' 6'' X 2' 2'' x 7' 2S
D (1. 3). Sliding screens, 8' 6'' x 1' 3'' x 7' 66
D (2. 2). Sliding screens, 8' 6'' x 2' 2'' X 7' 11
B. Flat screens 63
F(1.2). Fold screens, half pillar 11
G. Slope screens 1
H. Table uprights 21
I. Unit tables 91
J J2 J4. Unit drawers 2, 490
K. Unit boxes 1,606
L. Wall uprights . . . .! 4
N. Gothic alcoves - 18
O. Basement drawer-storage. 6
P. Sectional library cases 14
Q. Standard shelf-stacks 29
B. Standard pigeon-hole stacks 30
S. Quarter tables 22
Trophy cases 1
Costume cases 1
4,686
Labels. — Similar experiments have been made in regard to labels^
many different styles of type and colors of paper and methods of ar-
rangement having been tried. It has been found necessary to employ
BEPOBT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 121
a printor to operate the presses belonging to the Mnseum^ and his serv-
ices have been particularly valuable in this work of experimenting.
One of the chief obstacles to the labeling of the collections has been
the uncertainty as to what form of label should be used, while another
difficulty, equally embarrassing, has been experienced in endeavoring to
decide exactly how much descriptive matter might properly and effect-
ively be printed on a given label. Nearly 1,200 objects have, however,
been finally labeled, and this work is rapidly advancing.
Fitting up Lixboratories. — Several of the curators' laboratories have
been fitted up with storage cases and furniture, and are now better sup-
plied with conveniences for work than ever before. Among these may
be specially mentioned those in the departments of birds, fishes, mol-
Insks, insects, mvertebrate fossils and fossil plants ; and the increased
facilities for work thus afforded to the several curators cannot fail to be
prodactive of great general advantage to the Museum.
Monthly Reports. — During the year each curator and chief of depart-
ment has submitted to the Director a monthly report of the operations
of his department.
Storage and Archives. — The Eegistrar, Mr. S. 0. Brown, has had in
charge the Department of Begistry and Storage, his duties being the
keeping of the registry books, the reception and assignment of packages,
the packing and unpacking of boxes, and the acknowledgment of dona-
tions. He has also had in charge the department of archives. The
storage rooms have been entirely rearranged and a card-catalogue of
their contents prepared, and the records of the year have been carefully
kept, in accordance with the requirements of the new code of regulations,
besides which considerable progress has been made in the work of arrang-
ing in a similar manner the accumulations of past years. The rules for
the administration of collections, as specified upon pages 25 and 26 of
the "Plan of Organization,'' already referred to, have been faithfully put
npon trial by the Begistrar, and have been found thoroughly practicable
and much to the advantage of the general service of the Museum.
Library. — ^The Librarian, Mr, Frederick W. True, has successfully
carried out the regulations and specifications issued in the "Plan of
Organization," on pages 37 and 38. The establishment of the central
and sectional libraries has been perfected, and a complete card cata-
logue prepared.
The Library is now estimated to contain 6,800 books and 5,600 pam-
phlets.
The Library room has been remodeled and enlarged during the year,
and will now accommodate conveniently at least 10,000 volumes. Fuller
details may be found in the report of the Librarian.
Publieations. — ^Volume rv of the " Proceedings of the National Mu-
seum'' for 1881, has been published, under the editorship of Dr. T. H.
Bean. It is a book containing 534 pages, with an appendix consisting
122 REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
«
of eighteen circulars (in all 142 pages), explanatory of the work pro-
posed for the Maseum. A list of these circulars is here appended.
Pages.
No. 1. Plan of organization and regulations 58
No. 3. Cironlar addressed to Mends of the Moseom 2
No. 3. Circnlar in reference to petroleum collections 2
No. 4. Circular concerning the department of insects 1
No. 5. Establishment and officers 2
No. 6. Classification and arrangement of the materia medica collections. By
James M. Flint, surgeon, United States Navy 2
No. 7. A classification of the forms in which drugs and medicines appear and
are administered. By James M. Flint, surgeon, United States
Navy 7
No. 8. Memoranda of collectors of drugs for the materia medica section of the
National Museum. By James M. Flint, surgeon. United States
Navy 2
No. 9. Circnlar in reference to the building-stone coUection 9
No. 10. Two letters on the work of the National Museum. By Bamet Phil-
Ups 10
No. 11. A provisional classification of the food collections. By O. Brown
Goode 18
No. 12. Classification of the collection to iUustrate the art of taxidermy 2
No. 13. Outline of a scheme of Museum classification. By G. Brown
Goode 4
No. 14. Circnlar requesting material for the Library 3
No. 15. The organization and objects of the National Museum 4
No. 16. Plans for the instaUation of collections 2
No. 17. Contributions and their acknowledgment 1
No. 18. List of publications of the United States National Museum 12
Bulletin 19 of the Maseam, consisting of Mr. Samuel H. Scudder's
'^ Komenclator Zoologicus," has been published during the year ; also
Bulletin 11, consisting of Prof. Theodore Gill's <^ Bibliography of the
Fishes of the Pacific Coast ] " Bulletin 22, consisting of Mr. Lester F.
Ward's " Guide to the Flora of Washington and Vicinity 5 " and Bulle-
tin 24, consisting of Dr. H. 0. Yarrow's " Check-List of Korth Ameri-
can Beptilia and Batrachia," complete the list of those published in
1882. Bulletin 23 has been sent to press. Bulletins 16 and 20 have
been passing through the press during the year, but have not yet been
issued.
Dr. Bean has prepared a list of the publications of the Museum, with
indexes. This has been printed in Circular 18, and is of great aid in
the consultation of the matter which has been published by the Museum
during the last seven years. It has not yet been found practicable to
issue, from time to time, as provided for in Section C of the " Plan of
Organization," the list of accessions to the Museum, although the de-
sirability of such a publication as this is growing constantly more ap-
parent.
Duplicates and Exchanges. — ^During the year 1882 there were only
REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 123
three of the departments of the Museum that attempted any regular
distribution of specimens, viz :
Speoimens.
Department of birds 32 packages, 597 species 891i
Department of invertebrates.. 30 packages 9,98&
Department of minerals 30 packages, 793 species 995
A total of 92 packages 11,873-
There were also sent from the Museum to individuals and collectors in the
field 312 packages, consisting of single specimens, small lots, and collecting
materials, aggregating 518 specimens 518"
Making in aU 12,391
Daring the year, 102 applications for specimens were received from
maseams, schools, and individuals ; and of these and previous applica-
tions on file, 98 have been supplied in whole or in part.
The total number of specimens distributed prior to the close of 1882 is
about 435,000.
Property and Supplies. — Operations in this department have been
greatly fia^^ilitated during the year by the introduction of two impor-
tant measures.
There is now only one order-book, which is kept in the ofi&ce of the
Assistant Director, and no supplies, however small, can be obtained
without the filing of a formal requisition specifying the probable cost of
the articles requited. The requisitioqs approved are numbered to corre-
spond with the serial numbers in the order-book, and are filed away for
reference. Every expenditure is thus placed on record, and the sum
total of the prices entered on the order-book, together with the amount
of the regular pay-roll, will, at the end of any month, indicate exactly
the amount of liabilities for the month. A requisition for the hire of
a laborer for half a day is treated in the same manner as that for a
large order of goods.
In addition to this, a property clerk has been appointed to take the
charge of unpacking and cataloguing every article of furniture or supply
received, of issuing the same upon ^^ house requisitions," and of prepar-
ing a semi-annual report, thereby relieving the Superintendent of the*
labor and responsibility of this work.
Mr. 0. W. Schuermann was appointed property clerk on July 1, 1882,.
and has been efficient in his work. He has submitted perfect invento-
ries of all articles in the several buildings, and also statements of the
exact quantity of each kind of article received during the year, bal-
anced by a rex>ort of the quantity of each article now in stock and ther
exact disposition of such articles as have been issued upon requisition.
The property clerk has also been charged with the duty of inspect-
ing and reporting upon each article of furniture and all supplies pur-
chased for the Museum.
Aee&unU. — As heretofore, all accounts have been administered under
the direction of the Chief Olerk of the Smithsonian Institution, and all
124 REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
payments have been made through his office. The question of receipts
and expenditures will not be discussed in this report^ since it is in-
•cludedy as hitherto^ in the rex>ort of the Executive Oommittee of the
Board of Begents of the Smithsonian Institution.
Buildinga cmd Labor. — ^Under the administration of Mr. Henry Horan,
superintendent of the buildings, the watchmen, mechanics, and the
laborers have rendered exceedingly efficient service. The published
regulations * have been put into effect, and found not only practicable,
but of great advantage in promoting the efficiency of all departments.
There are now upon the permanent roll in this department one
superintendent of buildings, two assistant superintendents of buildings,
one engineer, one assistant engineer, three firemen, three carpenters,
two painters, one mason, twelve watchmen, four janitors, twenty labor-
•ers, four messengers, and two cleaners.
In addition to the permanent force, several mechanics, chiefly car-
penters, have been working, under the direction of the superintendents,
on the construction and fitting up of cases. It has been found more
oconomical and satisfactory to build cases in this way than to put them
out by contract, but lack of room has rendered it impossible to do this
•except in a few instances. The regular employees of the Museum have,
as in former years, been required to wear a simple uniform. The clean-
liness of the building and its preservation in good repair, as also the
general public-comfort service, have been efficiently attended to.
The safety of the collections has been more careftdly guarded during
this year than hitherto. The numerous private doors in the old build-
ing have been closed, and a watchman is now stationed at every en-
trance. Ko x>6rsons, except officers of the Museum, are allowed to
•carry packages out of the buildings without a written pass, and no
one is allowed to carrry umbrellas or canes into the exhibition halls.
These rules have caused considerable dissatisfaction, both among em-
ployees and visitors; but in my opinion strict custody is absolutely
necessary for the safety of the collections. Even now it is impossible
to keep people from handling and disfiguring objects which are not
oovered with glass ; and on Saturdays and other holidays it is necessary
to employ a considerable portion of the laboring force in guarding un-
oovered objects in order to prevent visitors from carrying them away
piecemeal. One of the worst annoyances with which we have to con-,
tend is the mania of the "relic-hunter," who, devoid of all conscience,
•does not hesitate to break off and carry away with him pieces of any
objects that may come within his grasp, especially such as are the more
interesting on account of historical associations. The more precious
the objects, the greater is his greed for the possession of fragments.
The number of persons employed in guarding and caring for the
building seems, at first sight, unnecessarily large, and it certainly is a
* "Plan of Organization and Begnlations/' Article CXL (on requisitions), Appendix
'No. 1 to Proceedings of United States National Mnseum, Vol. iv.
REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 125
cause of great regret that it should be necessary to expend so much of
the appropriation in this manner; but experiments, made with a view-
to redncing the number of this body, have forced me to the ponclnsion
that it should be increased rather than decreased.
Electric Servicc-^The electrical service is being slowly perfected, under
the supervision of Mr. W. J. Green, electrician. Extensive systems of
telephones in the several buildings, as well as at the residences of three
or four of the chief executive officers, have aided in facilitating business,
and have enabled us to dispense almost entirely with messenger boys.
I here present a description of the electrical service as at present
arranged. In the electrical room of the National Museum are the fol-
lowing articles of apparatus :
One 50-drop telephone switch-board, with 34 connections, 14 of which
are in the iN'ational Museum, 9 in the Smithsonian building, and 11 out-
side. There are 5 ordinary electric lamps, and 2 electric lamps for pho-
tographic purposes, with dynamo-electric machine and resistance-box.
There is also a 100-drop annunciator, to which are connected 300 win-
dows and 85 doors tl^oughout the Museum building^ 1 large watch-clock
for recording on paper dials the time signals which the watchman turns
in from the 12 clock stations throughout the building as he makes his
patrol; and one alarm box of the district Telegraph Company. In the
Smithsonian building there are 9 clock stations, controlled in the same
manner as those in the Museum building, and also a special telephone
connection with the city.
Preparation of Specimens. — ^The work of the preparators has been ex-
tensive and important. Mr. Joseph Palmer, chief modeller, has been
engaged during a large part of the year in mounting the skeleton and
cast of a humpback whale, 32 feet in length, which now stands in the
fiOQth main hall. This is the largest cast of an animal that has yet been
made, and is unique in conception. Viewed from the left side, the visitor
sees the cast of a whale in the attitude of swimming through the water.
Standing on the right he sees the concavity and inner outline of the
half cast, in which against a suitable background is mounted the articu-
lated skeleton of the animal. Mr. Palmer has also made during the
year a number of casts of smaller whales and of fishes, and his assistant,
William Palmer, has devoted several months to making a papier-mach6
cast of the model of the town of Zuni, which was prepared by Mr. Min-
deleff under the direction of the Bureau of Ethnology. Mr. Wm. T.
Homaday was appointed chief taxidermist on March 16, 1882. Among
flie important objects mounted by him during the year are a young
African elephant, a polar bear, and a cinnamon bear. Mr. Henry Mar-
shall, taxidermist in the department of birds, has mounted about 450
Bpecunens in a very satisfactory manner. Mr. A. Zeno Shindler, artist,
has been employed almost entirely in repainting the collection of fish
easts.
Mr. J. Hendley ias devoted much time to repairing broken speci-
126 REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
mensy and daring the past five months has been employed in making
dummies for the display of varioos costumes in the possession of the
Museum. .
Aooesaums. — ^The number of packages received by the Begistrar dur-
ing the year was 10,045, of which 5,401 were cases and parts of cases
paid for from the ''furniture and fixtures" appropriation, while 1,287
were received through Mr. Thomas Donaldson from the permanent ex-
hibition on the Oentennial grounds at Philadelphia, having been trans-
ported hither in December in seventeen freight-cars. The remaining
3,357 were packages received in the ordinary course of administration.
Number of Visitors. — Since the 8th of February the janitors at the
doors of both buildings have registered the number of visitors by means
of a tally machine, and it has been ascertained that the average daily
number of visitors to the Museum building has been 535, and to the
Smithsonian building, 488. The total number of visitors for the year,
calculated upon this basis, has been, for the Museum, 167,455; for the
Smithsonian building, 152,744.
Lectures. — During the year the Biological Society has held its meet-
ings regularly in the lecture-room of the Museum, and two courses of
lectures have been delivered in the same apartment.
The first of these, the Saturday lectures, under the direction of a com-
mittee of the Biological and Anthropological Societies, were given on
Saturday afternoons in March and ApriL These lectures, eight in num-
ber, were attended by audiences of 500 to 900 people. In December a
course of ^^ young folks' ^ lectures, under the same auspices, was begun,
and twelve lectures were delivered. These were attended chiefly by
teachers and advanced scholars of the public schools and seminaries of
the city. Many of these lectures were illustrated by specimens from
the Museum, or have had a definite bearing upon its work, and it is
hoped that they have increased its popularity and efiSciency.
The first lectures were delivered in the northwest range, which was
fitted up with considerable care as a lecture-room ; but it was soon dis-
covered that this was not large enough to accommodate the audiences
in attendance, and accordingly the west-north range, which is 26 feet
longer, was fitted up, and the old lecture-room abandoned.
The Extent of the Museum. — An attempt has been made by the curators
of the several departments to estimate the total number of specimens
in the Museum. This estimate is at present only a partial one, but it
may not be amiss to quote its results for the departments which are
sufficiently organized to permit it
Spedmena.
Department of antiqaities 35,512
Department of mammals ^ 8,265
Department of birds 44,354
Department of reptiles 26,258
Department of fishes 50,000
Department of mollusks (catalogue entries, it being impossible to estimate
tiiie number of specimens) .* 33,375
REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 127
Specimens.
DeparteieDi of insects about 1,000
ProfeMor Riley's priyate collection 150,000
Department of marine invertebrates Impossible at present to estimate.
Department of fossil inyertebrates Impossible at present to estimate.
Department of minerals Impossible at present to estimate.
Department of rooks and bnilding-stones; in reserve series 9,075
Department of metallnrgy and economic geology Impossible to estimate.
DEPARTMENT OP ANTIQUITIES.
The arrangement of the collections in the department of antiquities,
under the administration of Dr. Charles Ban, is, as it has been for some
years past, more perfect than in any other in the Moseunu To this
department will eventually be devoted all of the upper exhibition hall
in the older Museum. At present the upright floor-cases and more
than half of the wall cases are filled with specimens belonging to the
department of arts and industries, the implements and manufactures of
partly civilized races of the present day. These are being removed as
rapidly as possible to the new Museum.
The unexpected delay in transferring the ethnological and industrial
materials to the new Museum has retarded Dr. Ban's contemplated re-
arrangement of portions of this collection in the upright floor-cases
A few, however, have been emptied, and in these, special mound collec-
tions have been placed, with excellent efTect.
During the coming year (without question) an additional number of
these cases will be emptied, thereby providing space for a much more
striking presentation of the relics of prehistoric man than at present.
Embarrassment has also been caused by the fact that prehistoric
objects and modem ethnological and industrial material have hitherto
been entered indiscriminately in the same register, and that, with the ex-
pansion of the scope of the Museum and the separation of modern and
ancient material in the two buildings, these combined catalogues are
very inconvenient. The work of making a duplicate copy of the cata-
logue has already been begun.
Dr. Ban reports the following as the number of specimens at present
under his charge: Total, 35,512, of which 21,217 are on exhibition, 7,748
are in the reserve series, and 6,547 are duplicates.
The total number of accessions has been 3,569, of which 2,554 were
acquired by gift, 353 by exchange and purchase, 511 from explorers em-
ployed by the Smithsonian Institution, and 141 by deposit. Two lots
of duplicates, containing, respectively, 27 and 171 specimens, have been
distributed.
Four papers have been published by the curator of this department
during the year, and in the '< Proceedings" of the Museum, volume lY,
was printed a list of his publications relating to anthropology which
appeared between 1859 and 1882 — ^fifty-two titles in alL
Dr. Ban has been engaged during the year in the preparation of an
128 BEPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
extensive illustrated work upon prehistocic fishing in Europe and North
America.
DEPASTHENT OF ABTS AND INDUSTBIES.
When, in 1857, the Smithsonian Institution assumed the custody of
the collection of the United States Exploring Expedition, together with
the miscellaneous material which had gathered around this nucleus* a
great quantity of material was transferred to the Smithsonian building
which has not to this day been classified and placed upon exhibition.
The rapid growth, especially during the past decade, of the collections
illustrating the ethnology of ITorth American Indians, and especially
of prehistoric objects from this continent, has absorbed the attention of
all who were interested in. this department of the Museum. A year ago
the majority of the foreign ethnological objects were, on account of lack
of room, packed up or crowded together in a too limited amount of case-
room. At the close of the Centennial Exhibition the Museum received
from foreign Oovernments great quantities of material exhibited at
Philadelphia, which, while possessing an undoubted ethnological inter-
est, could not m many instances be displayed in the manner usually
adopted in ethnological museums.
The material received from Philadelphia in 1876 was for several years
stored in the Armory building. On completion of the present Museum
building, and before the collections could be transferred to it, it became
necessary to decide by what method the stored material (other than
zoological, botanical, geological, or mineralogical) could be most effect-
ively classified for purposes of study and exhibition.
After a careful consideration of the methods of the large museums of
Europe, the offtcers of the Museum agreed that the ordinary classifi-
cation by races or tribes would in this case be less satisfactory than a
classification based upon function.
In the report of the Smithsonian Institution for 1881, pages 117-122,
and also in circular No. 13, of the National Museum, the Assistant Direc-
tor presented a provisional outline of a plan of classification for the Mu-
seum. This classification, while its purpose was to embrace every kind
of object which could possibly be exhibited in the Museum , was especially
full in those parts which related to the arts and industries, forty-nine
out of the sixty-four primary classes relating to this group of museum
material. The general idea of the classification, as there explained, is
that the collections should constitute a museum of anthroi)ology, the
word ^^anthropology" being applied in its most comprehensive sense.
It should exhibit the physical characteristics, the history, the manners
past and present of all races civilized and savage, and should also illus-
trate human culture and industry in all their phases ; the earth, its
physical structure, and its products are to be exhibited with special
reference to their adaptation for use by man. The so-called << natural
history" collections are grouped in separate series, which are to be
REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 127
Specimens.
DepartmeDtof inBeots about 1,000
Professor Riley's private collection 150,000
Department of marine invertebrates Impossible at present to estimate.
Department of fossil invertebrates Impossible at present to estimate.
Department of minerals Impossible at present to estimate.
Department of rocks and bnilding-stones ; in reserve series 9, 075
Department of metallurgy and economic geology Impossible to estimate.
DEPARTMENT OF ANTIQUITIES.
The arrangement of the collections in the department of antiquities,
ander the administration of Dr. Charles Ban, is, as it has been for some
years past, more perfect than in any other in the Mnsennu To this
department will eventually be devoted all of the upper exhibition hall
in the older Museum. At present the upright floor-cases and more
than half of the wall cases are filled with specimens belonging to the
department of arts and industries, the implements and manufactures of
partly civilized races of the present day. These are being removed as
rapi^y as possible to the new Museum.
The unexpected delay in transferring the ethnological and industrial
materials to the new Museum has retarded Dr. Ban's contemplated re-
arrangement of portions of this collection in the upright floor-cases
A few, however, have been emptied, and in these, special mound collec-
tions have been placed, with excellent effect.
During the coming year (without question) an additional number of
these cases will be emptied, thereby providing space for a much more
striking presentation of the relics of prehistoric man than at present.
Embarrassment has also been caused by the fact that prehistoric
objects and modern ethnological and industrial material have hitherto
been entered indiscriminately in the same register, and that, with the ex-
pansion of the scope of the Museum and the separation of modem and
ancient material in the two buildings, these combined catalogues are
very inconvenient. The work of making a duplicate copy of the cata-
logue has already been begun.
Dr. Ban reports the following as the number of specimens at present
onder his charge: Total, 35,512, of which 21,217 are on exhibition, 7,748
are in the reserve series, and 6,547 are duplicates.
The total number of accessions has been 3,569, of which 2,554 were
acquired by gift, 353 by exchange and purchase, 511 from explorers em-
ployed by the Smithsonian Institution, and 141 by deposit. Two lots
of duplicates, containing, respectively, 27 and 171 specimens, have been
distributed.
Pour papers have been published by the curator of this department
dnring the year, and in the "Proceedings'' of the Museum, volume rv,
was printed a list of his publications relating to anthropology which
appeared between 1859 and 1882— fifty-two titles in all.
Dr. Bau has been engaged during the year in the preparation of an
128 BEPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
extensive iUastrated work upon prehistotio fishing in Europe and North
America.
DEPASTHENT OF ABTS AND INDUSTBIES.
When, in 1857, the Smithsonian Institution assumed the custody of
the collection of the United States Exploring Expedition, together with
the miscellaneous material which had gathered around this nucleus* a
great quantity of material was transferred to the Smithsonian building
which has not to this day been classified and placed upon exhibition.
The rapid growth, especially during the past decade, of the collections
illustrating the ethnology of ITorth American Indians, and esx>ecially
of prehistoric objects from this continent, has absorbed the attention of
all who were interested in. this department of the Museum. A year ago
the majority of the foreign ethnological objects were, on account of lack
of room, packed up or crowded together in a too limited amount of case-
room. At the close of the Centennial Exhibition the Museum received
from foreign Governments great quantities of material exhibited at
Philadelphia, which, while possessing an undoubted ethnological inter-
est, could not in many instances be displayed in the manner usually
adopted in ethnological museums.
The material received from Philadelphia in 1876 was for several years
stored in the Armory building. On completion of the present Museum
building, and before the collections could be transferred to it, it became
necessary to decide by what method the stored material (other than
zoological, botanical, geological, or mineralogical) could be most effect-
ively classified for purposes of study and exhibition.
After a careful consideration of the methods of the large museums of
Europe, the offtcers of the Museum agreed that the ordinary classifi-
cation by races or tribes would in this case be less satisfactory than a
classification based upon function.
In the report of the Smithsonian Institution for 1881, pages 117-122,
and also in circular No. 13, of the National Museum, the Assistant Direc-
tor presented a provisional outline of a plan of classification for the Mu-
seum. This classification, while its purpose was to embrace every kind
of object which could possibly be exhibited in the Museum , was especially
full in those parts which related to the arts and industries, forty-nine
out of the sixty-four primary classes relating to this group of museum
material. The general idea of the classification, as there explained, is
that the collections should constitute a museum of anthropology, the
word " anthropology " being applied in its most comprehensive seni^.
It should exhibit the physical characteristics, the history, the manners
past and present of all races civilized and savage, and should also illus-
trate human culture and industry in all their phases ; the earth, its
physical structure, and its products are to be exhibited with special
reference to their adaptation for use by man. The so-called '< natural
history" collections are grouped in separate series, which are to be
REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 129
arranged in accordance with the well-tried methods prevailing in natural-
history mnsenms, and which would, of course, occupy a very large por-
tion of the space and the attention of a majority of the staff, as at pres-
ent constituted, but which, at the same time, should illustrate and
supplement the collections in industrial and economic natural history.
Some experiments have already been made with reference to the feas-
ibility of this plan of arranging the exhibition series, but I am not yet
prepared to recommend its final acceptance.
The adoption of this plan would necessitate the grouping together, in
continuous series, of objects which had never before been placed side by
side in any museum. If the evolution of any given industry or class of
objects is to be shown, the series should begin with the simplest types
and close with the most perfect and elaborate objects of the same class
which human effort has produced.
In the textile industry, for instance, at one extreme is shown the simple
whorl of stone or terra cotta, used by savage or ^emi-civilized man, to-
gether with the archaic represeutative of the same, surviving among
rural members of the most highly civilized races ; these being supi)le-
mented by the threads and the simple woven fabrics produced by them ;
on the other hand, the steam spinning apparatus and the power and
Jacqnard looms.
•
Much attention has been devoted during the year to experiments for
determining the manner in which the idea of this classification can best
be carried into -effect. It is not possible within the limits of this report
to describe what has been done. In fact a full account of them at pres-
ent would be premature. The practicability of the scheme can best be
judged of by an examination of the one or two groups, such as the
materia medica collection, the collection of musical instruments, and the
portion of the costume collection, which are already partly installed.
The department of arts and industries with the growth of the Museum
will naturally be divided into a number of independent sections, each
under the charge of a curator. In its present partially organized condi-
tion it is under the special charge of the Assistant Director. The sec-
tion of materia medica has, however, been entirely under the control of
Br. James M. Flint, TJ. S. K., detailed for this service by the Surgeon-
General of the Kavy, Mr. J. King Goodrich has since the first of
ifovember been acting as assistant, devoting particular attention to the
arrangement of the musical instruments and the costumes, while Mr.
A. Howard Clark has been engaged in the reorganization of the section
of fisheries. The section of building- stones and stone-working has re-
cently been assigned to Mr. George P. Merrill.
This department at present occupies nearly all of the northern half of
tbe Maseum building. No assignment of space has been made to
special subjects. The extremely flexible system of cases which has been
^opted i>ermit8 us to arrange the collections in very small subdivisions.
H. Mis. 26 9
130 BEPOBT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
The unit of bulk is a glass-covered box 24 by 30 inches. When sixteen
of these boxes are filled ^ith specimens and labelled, they are grouped
together by sliding them into place in a specially prepared frame*
When several of these groups have been arranged, if a different order of
sequence seems preferable, the work of re-arrangement can easily be ac-
complished by giving a few words of instruction to a mechanic, who
changes the position of the unit boxes in the screen^. We thus have an
immense advantage over those museums which have fixed cases of
large dimension, and which must needs, therefore, assign from the
first a definite amount of space to each class of objects. Our policy has
been to mount objects in the unit boxes as rapidly as small groups could
be brought together, the only limitation being that objects derived from
different races or nations should not be mingled in the same box. By
this means, if at any time a rearrangement by race criteria seems de-
sirable for any special purpose, it can be effected without diflftculty . For
instance, let us suppose that all the objects in the department of arts
and industries had been arranged according to function — all the pipes
together, all the weapons together, all the foods together and all the
games and amusements together. If the Eskimo or Japanese objects
are to be studied or lectured upon, it is simply necessary to go through
the halls, and to mark upon the glass front of each small unit case with
French chalk, to withdraw these unit boxes from the screens, and to
close up the gaps by sliding the unit boxes closer together and removing
the screens, which are thus thrown out of use.
It is, of course, impracticable to arrange everything in the unit boxes*
Many other similarly flexible systems^of installation are employed which
will be described in a future report.
In the above remarks I have attempted simply to explain the princi-
ple of our methods.
At the end of the year about 500 unit boxes had been filled, and about
500 labels had been printed. The work of preparing descriptive labels
is very laborious, and the subject of labels has received almost as much
study during the year as that of cases.
It is impossible at present to form any estimate whatever of the ex-
tent of the collections in this department. There are over 60,000 entries
in the ethnological catalogues. A large number of these relate to pre-
historic objects which are not assigned to the department of arts and
industries, while great quantities of objects still remain unentered. A
great quantity of others properly belonging to this department are en-
tered in the catalogues of the department of mineralogy and other
departments of the Museum.
The number of entries during the year in the catalogue, exclusive of
archaeological specimens, has been 7,876. At the close of another year
the curator hopes to present a careful estimate of the condition and
capabilities of the department.
REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 131
DEPARTMENT OF MAMMALS.
Mr, Frederick W. True, assistant curator, has been acting as curator
of this department since January 20, 1882, at the same time perform-
ing the duties of librarian.
The south main hall of the new Museum has been fitted with exhi-
bition cases for the reception of the mounted mammals, and also with
a considerable number of storage cases of the unit-table pattern for the
reserve series of skins. The room at the west end of the south balcony-
is used as a laboratory for this department, and the room on the third
floor above it has been assigned for the storage of the alcoholic series.
These rboms are very small, and it has been found necessary to make
use of a part of the south balcony in addition.
Since the mammal hall has been ready for occupation, the entire
tune of the curator and one or two assistants has been devoted to trans-
ferring the collections from the old Museum and to their rearrange-
ment. Little attention having been paid to the mammal collections
since 1876, it has been found necessary to* devote much time to bring-
mg up arrearages of work, and to inspecting and relabeling almost
every specimen. This work has been very efficiently inaugurated by
Mr. True, who has also nearly completed a preliminary card-catalogue
of the collection arranged alphabetically under genera.
A very effective preliminary display of the mounted mammals has
been made, and studies have been prosecuted and experiments made in
preparation for a system of full descriptive labels.
The osteological section of the mammal collection still remains in the
east gallery of the lower hall of the old Museum.
The cast of a humpback whale, elsewl ere referred to, has within the
past month been finally placed at the south end of the mammal hall.
The number of specimens is estimated by the curator to be 8,265, 4,660
being skins, of which 689 are mounted and on exhibition, 3,535 in the
osteological series, and 70 in the anatomical series.
On page 130 of last year's report may be found the census of the col-
lection of mounted mammals. The number of entries for the past year
in the mammal catalogue has been 293^ in the osteological catalogue,
139.
One paper based upon the material of this department has been pub-
lished by its curator, who has, however, also printed several contribu-
tions to other departments of science.
DEPARTMENT OF BIRDS.
There has been great activity in the department of birds, notwith-
standing the fact that it has been impossible for the curator, Mr. Bidg-
â–¼ay, to make any changes in the appearance of the exhibition series.
The mounted birds are now displayed on the main floor of the lower
haH of the old Museum and in a part of its western gallery, but the
132 REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
cases are crowded so fully that no effective display can be made until
the cases in the eastern gallery are emptied of the osteological collec-
tion which they now contain. The cases in this hall are all old and
somewhat unsuitable, and it is hoped that before long they may be re-
constructed. The number of mounted specimens is so great that their
rearrangement is an undertaking of great magnitude, especially since
it involves the transfer of a large proportion of them from the old fash-
ioned white perches, to which they are now fastened, to the improved
pattern recently adopted. It also involved the rewriting and reprinting
of a majority of the exhibition labels, changes in ornithological nomen-
clature having of late years been very considerable. Eearrangement,
therefore, means an immense amount of work, and Mr. Eidgway has
refrained from undertaking it until the whole of the hall assigned to
ornithology shall be at his disposal. The birds in the exhibition cases
are, however, arranged in systematic order, with the exception of those
in one case. Much has been done also in the way of weeding out from
the exhibition series surplus specimens and those which are faded or
badly mounted, the latter being replaced by newly-mounted speci-
mens of excellent workmanship. It is but fair to say that the curator
of birds would have accomplished much more in this department of his
^vork, had not the fitting up of the new Museum absorbed so much of
the time of our force of mechanics and preparators.
His time has been no less usefully spent in the rearrangement of the
study series, which is nearly eight times as large as that upon exhibi-
tion. This Series is arranged in " Salvin " cabinets and other recepta-
cles in the southern half of the west basement and in the two upper
rooms of the south tower, the lower of which has since 1870 been used
by the curator of birds for a laboratory. The necessary inspection of
the collections occupies much time, since they fill 347 drawers, in which
they are often arranged in small trays, three or more layers deep. An
important improvement introduced into this department has been to
line the drawers containing the birds with heavy carbolized paper, as
protection against insects. This same carbolized paper of thinner text-
tire has been used to great advantage in wrapping and packing skins
sent in by collectors from remote localities, especially when part of the
transportation has been by sea.
The collection of eggs which, as is well known, is, so far as ISTorth
American species are concerned, the most complete in the world, is
stored in various receptacles in the west basement and in the drawers
of table cases in the ornithological hall. Plans are being made for new
cabinets, in which this great collection shall be arranged.
Mr. Ridgway makes the following report upon the present condition
and general needs of the collection :
Number of specimens, — The coUections belonging to the department of birds are at
present divided into nine separate lots or series as follows :
1. The reserve series of smaller North American birds, including the orders Passerea
REPOBT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 133
(except larger CorvidsB), Macrochires (except Humming-birds), aud PicariaB (except
genera Campephilua and Hylolomua), These are stored in walnut cabinets in the up^
per room of the south tower.
2. The reserve collection of smaller Neotropical birds, including the order Passeres
(except CorvidfiD and larger Cotingidie), the Humming-birds (with which are in-
cluded also the North American species), and smaller Picidse (Woodpeckers). These-
are temporarily packed in tin herbarium cases in the main upper room of the south
tower.
3. The reserve series of smaller old world land-birds, arranged in a walnut cabinet
in the top room of the south tower.
4. The reserve series of larger birds, arranged systematically, and including chiefly
Gallinaceous birds, water-birds, and birds of prey, but also the larger CorvidaB and
CotingidsB, the genera Campephilus and Hylotomus, and all of the Neotropical as well
as old world Picariae (except Picidse) and Parrots. This, the most bulky portion of
the collection, is stored in twelve large cabinets of the "Salvin" model (measuring 8
feet in length by 4 feet in breadth and height), and seventeen large chests, and other
cases, in the west basement.
5. The exhibition series in the museum cases.
6. Mounted specimens intended for the exhibition series, but not yet put on stands
7. The duplicate series, stored chiefly in the west basement.
8. The collection of alcoholic specimens, intended for anatomical investigation, also
in west basement.
9. Collections in storage, not yet acted upon.
A BQDunary of the number of specimens contained in these separate series, as de-^
tennined by a careAil inventory concluded December 30, 1882, is as follows: *
Speoimiena.
1. Korth American reserve series 8,8d^
2. Neotropical reserve series 8,733
3. Old World reserve series 1,294
4. Reserve series of larger birds • 8,259
Total reserve skin series 27, 18&
5 and 6. Exhibition series (including 161 specimens not yet put on stands) . . 5, 779
8. Alcoholic series 1,524
Total reserve series 34,488
7. Duplicate series 9, 356
9. Unassorted collection (in storage) 510
Total number of specimens in the cojLlection 44, 354
Storage, — ^The bird collections of the Museum are stored as follows :
The North American reserve collection of smaller lirda in ten walnut cases, fitted with
open drawers and loose-fitting sash doors ; two of these cabinets measuring 53 inched
long, 26 inches wide, and 38^ inches high ; the others measuring 37^, 26, and 36^ inches,,
respectively.
The Old World reserve collection of smaller birds in one case similar to the larger sized:
ones containing the North American collection.
The Neotropical reserve colledion of smaller birds (except Humming-birds), in eighty-
one old Japanned-tin herbarium cases, 19 inches long, 13 inches wide, and 6 inches
thick.
• The discrepancy between this statement of the extent of the bird-collections and
that contained in tne Assistant Director's report for 1881, is explained by the fact that;
tiie latter was based merely upon a rough estimate, it being impracticable at the timd
to make an actual inventory.
134 REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
The reserve Humming-bird ooUeoHon, in a galvanized-iron chest, 30} inches long, 21
inches wide, and 20} inches high.
The reserve colleotian of larger Jnrds (not classified geographically) in twelve large ' ' Sal-
vin " cabinets, each 8 feet long, 4 feet wide, and 4 feet high, with closed, interchangeable
drawers ; and in seventeen large chests measnriDg 46} inches long, 29} inches wide,
and 21} inches high.
The duplicate collection in various drawers, chests, and boxes, or wherever room can
be found.
Desiderata, — ^It having been the policy of the Mnsenm to make a specialty of Ameri-
can ornithology, the chief desiderata are in conseqaence principally among foreign
birds. The collections of the Museum embrace, however, tolerably good collections
from Europe, New South Wales, New Caledonia, Polynesia, and Eerguelen Island.
But from Africa, Asia (except Japan and parts of Eastern China), New Guinea, the
East India Islands, Philippines, Tasmania, Madagascar, and the various islands of
the Indian, South Atlantic, and Antarctic Oceans, the Museum possesses little or noth-
ing; while the birds of New Zealand, Western and Northern Australia, the Sandwich
Islands, and Japan, are are very incompletely represented. The most desirable Old
World birds are of course those of the eastern portion of the Palserctic region (Siberia,
Eamtschatka, Japan, etc.), the close zoological relationship between ^that region and
North America requiring a careful and complete comparison of specimens from the
two regions, not only in the case of species common to the two (circumpolar species),
but also of representative species and genera.
There are also still many important desiderata among Neotropical birds, which it is
highly desirable should be secured as soon as practicable. A full list of these desi-
derata has been published in the ^'Proceedings'' of the National Museum ('vol. 4, pp.
165-203). The total number of Neotropical species of birds known to date, is about
3,800, exclusive of North American species found within Neotropical limits. Of this
number the National Museum possesses no less than 2,225 species, among them being
not a few which are unrepresented in other museums. The national collection is es-
pecially rich in West Indian birds, containing as it does nearly all the known species
of that interesting portion of the world, and is by far the most complete extant.
The aggregate number of specimens of Neotropical birds in the collection is not
known ; but the reserve skin series of Passeres, Trochilidas, and Pici (exclusive of
the genera Campephilus and Hylotomus) alone contains nearly 9,000 specimens.
In volume 4 of the "Proceedings "of the National Museum (1881, pp. 165-203), there
was published a ''List of species of Middle and South American birds, not contained
in the United States National Museum," the object of the list being to acquaint mu-
seums and individuals with the desiderata of the collection. Cffpies of this list were
judiciously distributed, the direct result being the addition of nearly 100 species to the
collection, and the promise of several hundred more.
Among North American birds there still remain a few important desiderata. Prin-
cipal among these are, of course, species of which the Museum possesses no specimens
whatever, as Cuvier*s Kinglet (Begulvs cuvieri)^ Lawrence's Warbler {Helminthophaga
lawrenoei)f the White-throated Warbler (H, leucohronchialis)^ the Cincinnati Warbler
{H, cinoinnatiensis), the Carbonated Warbler (Perissoglossat carhonata)^ the Blue
Mountain Warbler (Dendroecaf m4>ntana), Small-headed Flycatcher (Myiodioctest mi-
nutu8)f Grinnell's Water Thrush (Siurus ncevius notahili8)j Large-billed Shrike (Lanius
ludovicianus rohustus)^ Brewster's Linnet {Mgiothus hrewst€ri)j Thick-billed Parrot
{Bhynchopsiita pachyrhyncha), Arctic Horned Owl {Bubo virginianus arcticus), Krider's
Hawk (Buteo borealis Icrideri)^ Pallas's Cormorant {Phalaorocorax perspidllatus), Siber-
ian Gull (XariM affinis)j Hornby's Petrel (Oeeanodrom^i ^omJyi), Large-billed Puffin
(Fratercula arctica gla^cialis)^ Short-winged Guillemot (Brachyrhamphus brachypterus),
and Sooty Guillemot ( Uria carbo). The first, fifth, sixth, and seventh of the above
named species, it may be remarked, do not exist, so far as known, in any collection.
The Museum is also particularly desirous of obtaining good specimens of the Califor*
REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 135
oian ValtiiTe or Condtfr {Pseudogryphua oaUfamianua), and of the American Flamingo
(Pkanioopteru8 ruber), for the exhibition collection.
A complete list of the desiderata of the Museum among North American birds has
alao been published in the "Proceedings" (vol. iv, pp. 207-223).
The number of entries in the bird register daring the year has been
3,761, and of eggs 300. In the latter case, however, the figures afford no
indication of the actual number of specimens catalogued. The number
of packages sent out was 57, twelve being distributed in exchange, 38
lent for examination, (of which 28 have been returned,) and seven miscel-
laneous, the total number of specimens distributed having been 892 of
akins, representing 597 species, and 123 lots of eggs, representing 90
species.
Forty-four papers founded upon this collection, have been published
by eleven x>erson8 as follows : Eobert Eidgway, 18; William Brewster,
13; Dr. L. Stejneger, 3; Mr. George N. Lawrence, 2; Mr. IN". O. Brown,
2, and one each by Dr. T. H. Bean, Mr. E. P. Bicknell, Mr. J. H. Gur-
ney, Mr. C. 0. Kutting, Dr. E. W. Shufeldt, and Mr. L. M. Turner.
The curator has also devoted much time to the revision of the final
volumes of the "History of North American Birds.''
A fall bibliographical list, as well as an account of the many valuable
accessions to this department will be found in another part of this re-
port
Bird Skeletons. — The care of the collection of bird skeletons was vol-
untarily assumed by Dr. E. W. Shufeldt, TJ. S. A.. During the early
part of the year the unassorted material was inspected and re-arranged,
and was made by Dr. Shufeldt the basis of several publications. In
1882 Dr. Shufeldt was ordered to New Orleans, and the collection now
stands in the bird compartment of the west basement of the Smithsonian
building.
DEPARTMENT OP REPTILES AND BATBAOHIANS.
Br. Henry 0. Yarrow, U. S. A., has continued to act as curator of
this department. His services have been voluntary as heretofore, and
and he therefore stands upon the list of officers as an honorary curator.
His duties in connection with another department of the Government
service have rendered it impossible for him to devote very much time
to the Museum except in his vacation, though two assistants have been
working steadily upon the collections during the entire year. This col-
lection is now established in the easternmost of the small rooms south
of the corridor leading to the west basement of the Smithsonian build-
ing. This can be regarded solely as a storage room and the collection
as being provisionally in storage, though the specimens are arranged
in a systematic order unsurpassed in any other department. Kothing
tt on exhibition except the collection of casts of snakes and turtles in
the north hall of the new building. Much of the material, lent many.
136 REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
years ago to Prof. E. D. Cope for investigation, has been reatmed and
incorporated with the remainder of the collection.
One of the most important tasks accomplished daring the year has
been the preparation of a complete catalogue of the North American
species in which every specimen, with its locality and the name of its
collector, is given, the duplicates being si)ecially designated. This is
the first of the systematic catalogues of the National Museum and
forms Bulletin 24, prefaced by a new check-list of the reptiles and
batrachians of North America.
Much has already been accomplished by the curator of this de-
partment in the identification and final arrangement of the exotic rep-
tiles, a task which, like that of rearranging those of North America,
has been especially laborious, for the reason that the original labels in
many instances were destroyed in the fire of 1865, and have never been
replaced.
The number of entries in the record books for the year is 230, repre-
senting about 920 specimens. The following census of the collection is
presented by the curator:
Reserve series 7,972
General series 2,686
Temporary exhibit 600
Duplicates 2,000(1)
Identified 5,000(t)
Total, about 18,000
This census relates to the North American reptiles. In addition
there are estimated to be about 8,000 foreign reptiles. A number of
living reptiles have been placed on permanent exhibition in the new
building.
DEPARTMENT OP FISHES.
The west range of the Smithsonian building has been assigned to
the department of fishes for exhibition purposes, and has been redec-
orated and fitted with new cases. The fish laboratories in the north
end of the west basement on the first story, in the basement north of
the corridor leading to the west basement, in the east end of the cloister
north of the west range, and m the temporary second story of the same
cloister, have been re-arranged and made more convenient by building
a private stair-case in the tower at the northwest comer of the main
building, and by the construction of new stories in book-cases.
A large number of fishes were placed on exhibition, but have been
withdrawn for the purpose of making a revision of the entire collection*
This task, which is still in progress, is one of great magnitude, the
number of duplicates being large, and the history of many of the speci-
mens having been recovered since the fire. It is now being carried on
^ with great rapidity by Dr. Bean, who has been assisted by Messrs*
KEPOET ON NATIONAL MUSEUM, 137
B. H. Miner and H. G. Dresel, TJ, S. N., Mr. Peter Parker, and Mr^
BartOD A. Bean.
The extent of the task may be estimated from the fact that between
the time of the beginning of this work, in October, and the first of Jan«
nary over 10,000 catalogue cards were written, each containing the-
name of the species and of the donor, the catalogue number, the locality,,
and the size of the jar in which the specimens were contained. In con-
nection with this work every specimen is inspected and every recei)tacle
supplied, when necessary, with fresh alcohol.
Specimens frequently have to be transferred from old tanks and bot~
ties to better vessels. Another laborious task is that of stamping the
catalogue number on a strip of block tin and attaching it permanently^
to each specimen in the reserve series, a work which has been going on
during the entire year with the hope of having every specimen in the^
Mnseom before long permanently identified by having attached to it an
indestmctible label.
Br. Bean presents the accompanying census of this collection, based
upon estimate :
In leserve series 20,000'
On exhibition 20,000
Duplicates 10,000
Total 50,000
And remarks as follows upon its condition and his present methods of
administration:
I am confident that this estimate is below rather than above the real figures. More
than 10,000 catalogne cards have already been written for the specimens in bottles,
and the work is not more than two-thirds completed. There will be certainly ISjOOO*
cards for the identified species, exclusive of large f aunal collections, such as those
of Alaska, Japan, China, Southern United States, Bermuda, West Indies, and deep-
sea off the New England coast, all of which are set aside for special reports from offl-
CM8 of the Museum now employed in their investigation when opportunity can be
had. The tank collection is also very large, and will bring up the total number to-
the fignres given above, and probably far beyond.
As a matter of course, where so many fishes are to be cared for« some of which are
received in bad condition, part of the material is poorly preserved and some is fit only
to be thrown away. Difficult as it is to keep a collection of fishes in good order, and
remembering the length of time during which some portions of it have been in this-
Museum, subjected to the ordinary causes of decay as well as to the wear and tear in-
volved in such examination of specimens as has always been permitted here, it is not
to be wondered at that we have some mutilated and decayed fishes. Until a thorough
OTerhauling, which is now in progress, is completed, the collection will contain some
things which are neither pleasing nor useful.
The bad element, however, is comparatively small and is rapidly decreasing. With
the exception of the salmonoids and allied families proverbially hard to preserve, the
^^ottled fishes are mostly in good condition. Many of the tanks used for holding large-
fishes are leaky and their tin lining is worn off, so that copper stains are frequent om
â– peeimene so kept. We have transferred such lots to newly-tinned tanks, recently-
received, whenever their condition was noted.
The fish skinsi as might be expected from the nature of such preparations, are gen--
138
/
REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
orally in a pitiable coDdition. Dnst-incambeTed, moth-eaten, rigid and brittle from
^ge, gnawed by rats and mice, they are a solemn warning against the attempt to
illastrate species by snch means. I have only too gladly obeyed my instmctions to
•destroy all snch material unless, for some reason or other, it is necessary to keep it in
the collection. Hereafter nothing but types or examples from localities of especial
interest will tax our efforts to preserve them, and, whenever possible, these skins
will be pat in glass jars.
During the first ten months of the year Mr. H. L. Todd execated 93
•drawings of fishes under the direction of the curator. These are in
continuation of the series of drawings of the fishes of North America
begun five years ago, the number of which has now extended to 665.
These drawings are prepared especially for reproduction by the photo-
relief process, and are exceedingly fine, thorough scientific accuracy of
detail having been secui^ed through the supervision of Dr. Bean, who
has devoted much time to the examination, measurement, and criticism
of each drawing.
During the year 88 papers, written by 22 persons, as shown in the
following list, were prepared with special reference to specimens in this
•department.
Baird, Prof. 8. F
Bean, Dr. T. H
Editor of Belfast (Me.) Journal
Collins, Capt. J. W
Forbes, Prof. S. A
•Gilbert, Charles H
Gill, Prof. T.N
Goode, G. Brown
Ooode & Bean
Goode &, Collins
Hay, Prof. O. P
Ingersoll, Ernest
Jordan, David S
1
12
1
2
1
1
3
6
3
1
1
1
5
Jordan &, Gilbert. ..
McDonald, Col. M..
Mather, Fred
Phillips, Barnet
Rathbun, Richard . .
Robertson, R. R
Ryder, John A .... .
Smith, Rosa
Smith & Swain
Swain, Joseph
Swan, James G
Tanner, Lieut. Z. L
True, Frederick W
22
5
There are only two persons who have made much use of the collec-
tions besides the Museum of&cers. Professors Jordan and Gilbert., by
reason of their contributions of fishes from the west coast of the United
States, Central America, the Gulf of Mexico, Charleston, and other re-
gions, have performed much labor upon the elaboration of these collec-
tions and other Museum material previously sent here from the same
places. By reference to the bibliography immediately following this
<5hapter, it will be seen that nearly twenty papers have been written by
these gentlemen, principally upon material recently contributed by one
or both of them. These studies were made principally upon fishes of
Lower California, Mazatlan, Panama, Gulf of Mexico, and Charleston.
Professor Hay studied and reported upon the 64 species taken by
him in Mississippi, Tennessee, and other Southern States before they
were forwarded to the Museum.
Miss Eosa Smith and Mr. Joseph Swain reported upon a collection
BEPOBT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 139
of fishes made at Johnston's Island, Pacific Ocean, and Mr. Swain pre-
pared papers on Syngnathinw and Stolephortis.
As in years past, the curator of this department has acted as editor
of the "Proceedings'' and "Bulletins" of the United States National
Museum, also performed the duties of editor of the Fish Commission
Bulletins until April 1882, at which date this work was transferred to
Mr. C. W. Smiley, of the Fish ComYnission.
DEPARTMENT OF MOLLUSKS.
Mr. William H. Dall, of the United States Coast Survey, has continued
his voluntary supervision of this department. No assistants, however,
having been assigned to him this year, and his own time having been
largely occupied by his ofl&cial duties elsewhere, including an investi-
gation of the deep-sea mollusks collected by Mr. Alexander Agassiz on
the Bldkey little has been done on the general collections, which are
in the main stored in the drawers of the table cases in the main Smith-
sonian hall and its galleries. ^ The mollusk laboratory on the fourth
floor of the main central tower of the Smithsonian building has, how-
ever, been entirely refitted and refurnished, and is now the most com-
pletely equipped of all the special laboratories. A great quantity of
material belonging to this department, including the Binney collection,
the collection of fresh-water shells identified and labeled by Mr.
James Lewis, and that portion of the collection labeled by Mr. Eobert
E. 0. Steams, which has already been received, together with many
other valuable lots, is stored in packing-boxes in the general storage
room in the central basement of the Smithsonian building. During the
year the boxes containing mollusks have been separated from the others
in storage and have been included in the card catalogue of the storage
rooms prepared by the registrar. Our collection of mollusks is exceed-
ingly rich, and it is hoped that during the present year steps may be
taken toward its final arrangement. Mr. E. E. C. Stearns, of Berkeley,
Cal., who had been expected to assume the curatorship, has hitherto been
prevented by ill health. Mr. Dall in his report for the year presents a
history of the department and suggestions for its administration, which
it seems desirable to place on record:
^e coUeotlon of the mollusca has suffered many vicissitudes in the past. It is
About eighteen years since I first became interested in the mollusk collection of the
Institution. It is about fourteen years since I first took charge of it, and my connec-
tion with the duties of the position has been (except during about fourteen months
JB 1870-^1) that of a volunteer worker, struggling to keep from deterioration a val-
toble typical collection, without clerical assistance, without any of the mechanical
*i(l8 to labor employed in all museums of equal importance, without any regular al-
iowance whatever for the needs of the department, with a building and cases which
'widered the work of preservation more than ordinarily difficult, and with the ne-
•••ity of supporting myself by other work which occupied nearly all the ordinary
working-honn of the day. It is obvious that under such circumstances the curator
Who saooeeded in making any impression on the material which was added from
140 BEPOBT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
time to time by gift or exchaDge, id addition to keeping order among that originally
on hand) might reckon himself fortunate.
The original collection was mounted with cement on glass plates by the late Dr.
Philip P. Carpenter. Twice the writer replaced the twelve or fifteen thousand spec-
imens upon their tablets, from which the extremes of winter cold and summer heat
had detached them. When the third winter passed and the effect of the temperature
was again apparent, I spe;nt a month experimenting with cements, found none reli-
able, and proceeded to relabel and place in paper trays the entire collection.
From July, 1871, to January, 1875, I was detailed on field work in Alaska by the
United States Coast Survey, and again in 1880. During these periods the curator-
ship remained practically vacant. While engaged in the above-mentioned field work,
dredgings were carried on over nearly the whole coast of Alaska, and of invertebrates
alone, from 1871 to 1875, not less than 100,000 specimens were forwarded to the
Museum. On my return in 1875, the question of representation at the Centennial Ex-
hibition was mooted, and the curator of mollusks devoted, with the exception of his
Sundays, every spare hour of his time for six months in preparing a collection of eco-
nomic invertebrates for that occasion.
The funds available for this purpose indirectly benefited the collection by the
duplicates which came in with speciuiens collected for exhibition and which were
administered upon simultaneously.
At this time the valuable services of Mr. F. G. 'Sanborn were temporarily obtained^
and by hard and constant work the general collection of the Museum was labeled,
cleaned, and systematically arranged. The policy of the curator from that time for-
ward has been simple.
Specimens of a general character coming in are carefully registered and boxed and
put in store. A collection prepared by the late Dr. James Lewis, for the Centennial^
of the land and fresh- water shells of the United States, carefully labeled, catalogued^
and packed, has been retained in its original boxes. Everything of value or not ad-
ministered upon has been put away, packed and secluded, safe from harm at leasts
until better times for the colection should arrive. In this way only could the progress
made be held good. Until skilled assistance and a constant guardianship are availa-
ble, it would be very unwise to expose to the inevitable injuries of dust, accident, or
carelessness, collections whose value could not be estimated in money. Meanwhile the
curator has bent his energies and employed his leisure in putting into shape for future
reference special groups, one by one. In this way something has been accomplished.
This has been done especially with the brachiopods^ limpets, and chitons, but unfortu-
nately, owing to defects of the only cases available, mice and dust have since made
such effectual inroads upon the chitonidse that the labor of months has been lost and
that part of the collection practically ruined.
The immense collection of Alaskan mollusks, however, has been registered and sys-
tematically arranged, compared, and studied in a preliminary way, and has suffered
from nothing worse than dust. The administration upon some thirty or forty thou-
sand specimens has taken several years, and has been carried on wholly out of ordi-
nary of&ce hours.
During the last year the curator has been engaged during spare moments in re-
porting upon the very interesting mollusks of the deep sea obtained by various United
States vessels, especially the party on the Coast Survey steamer Blake, under the
supervision of Prof. A. Agassiz ; and the mollusks of the northwest coast have been
temporarily laid aside, to be returned to hereafter. The latter are in a forward state
and will take comparatively little labor to prepare a proper monograph and cata-
logue of them for publication.
The present state of the collection may be summarized as follows :
1. Labeled in order and accessible for reference, the general collection of molluska
prepared by Dr. Carpenter, and of which part was originally mounted on glass, ex-
cept two boxes as hereafter mentioned.
REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 141
3. In order and accessible for reference, but requiring new labels, the West American
collection prepared by Dr. Carpenter and originally mounted on glass, containing
many of his types. Also the types of Dr. Gk)uld'8 descriptions of North Pacific mol-
Insks, from the Rodgers exploring expedition, so far as they are in the possession of
the Institution. The majority of the types of Dr. Gould", however, though the prop-
erty of the United States, have never reached the National Museum, and are believed
to be in private hands.
3. In order, labeled, catalogued, and inaccessible (i. 6., packed up), the collection
of North American land and fresh-water shells prepared by Dr. James Lewis for the
Centennial exhibit of the National Museum.
4. Identified and labeled with rough labels, to be replaced by the standard Museum
label before exhibition, catalogued, but not unpacked, two boxes of the original
Carpenter collection of miscellaneous shells.
5. Identified and labeled a« above by the donors, packed up safely, but never yet
placed on the Museum catalogues or registers, the Binney collection of typical
American land shells; a large number of shells (between 2,000 and 3,000 species)
given to the Museum by W. H. Dall, being his own private accumulations by pur-
chase, collection, or exchange, when not connected with the Museum ; numbers of
ffinall donations from many friends of the Institution, received from time to time;
typical land and fresh-water shells received from Dr. Isaac Lea, of Philadelphia, &c.
6. Unidentified virgin material received from definite localities, packed safely, but
not administered upon in detail, an immense stock from the United States, and di-
vers valnable lots of exotics.
7. Separated, labeled with preliminary labels, registered, and in process of being
worked np, generally dusty, but in good order, the general Alaskan and northwest
coast collection contributed by W. H. Dall, his associates and friends, from original field
researches; a smaller but still valuable Calif ornian collection from the same sources;
a North European collection of recent and Tertiary fossil species obtained by purchase
and exchange for special comparison with and identification of the preceding ; also
many Arctic species gathered with the same end in view.
8. Injored and worthless specimens ; though notwithstanding the great ma.ss of the
material belonging to the Institution, it is probable that there is unusually little trash
in it.
9. Alcoholics, in good order, partly labeled. There is a large collection of alco-
holics, much of which is labeled and, thanks to the care and energy of Mr. Rathbun,
in excellent order. It may be worth while to remark that, all earlier alcoholics hav-
ing been removed by Dr. Stimpson to Chicago and subsequently burned in the historic
conflagration, when the curator returned to Washington, in January, 1875, there was
no alcoholic collection except that made by himself in Alaska and California. (The
Fish Conmiission collection, not having reached Washington, is not included among
lihe assets of the Museum, though eventually to become so.) Special attention has
^>®en given to this class of specimens ; and by a wide correspondence and the gener-
osity of the never-failing friends of the Smithsonian Institution, a good representa-
tion of most types of mollusks may now be found in the room devoted to inverte
hrates in alcohol. A few species have lately been received from the collections of
the Fish Conmiission, and a larger number from Dr. R. E. C. Stearns, collected on the
Pacific coast.
Having thus briefly reviewed the treasures of the National Museum in the present
onrator's department, a few words as to facilities obtained during the year and re-
quired for the future are in order.
Until the present year, the conchological department of the Museum has not been
provided with cases suitable for receiving and preserving shells free from dust, mice,
ttd sadden conenssions from ill-fitting drawers.
Boring the present summer the laboratory has been partly fitted up in excellent
^pe. The middle and chief working room of the range of three in use for the
142 REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
shells has been fitted with good and dnst-proof cases, a new gallery, and accommoda-
tion in the shape of nniversal drawers for a large number of specimens. It is hoped
and believed that to these will be added suitable cases for the Mnseom Hall, in
which finally perfected work may be placed permanently for reference or exhibition,
without fear of deterioration. Steps have already been taken to replace the inflam-
mable partitions of the east and west laboratory rooms by brick walls, and to refur-
nish with suitable shelving and cases this part ol the work-shop.
Means for making sections of shells are desirable, but the necessary lathe might
economically and easily be made a part of the taxidermist's equipment, where it would
be equally and more frequently useful, while still accessible when needed.
It is the writer's opinion that an extensive exhibition of the shells as mere oljeta
de regard is not desirable. He believes that, first, a thoroughly illustrated series of a
few typical forms from embryo to adult, with enlarged models and dissections of the
soft parts ; secondly, an economical series, with illustrations of their economic applica-
tion, as in cameo shells, pearl shells, &c. ; thirdly, a good local series of the mollusks of
the District ; and, lastly, a case or two of prominent characteristic fomis of the different
orders, recent and fossil, side by side, would be more instructive, more interesting,
and more desirable than the large series of every attainable species common to most
museums, and which produces, except for the specialist, only a confused and evea
wearying impression upon the visitor's mind.
DEPARTMENT OF INSEOTS.
As was stated in my last report^ the department of entomology is one
which has been very little cnltivated in the Katicnal Museum, although
in past years the Smithsonian Institution has published many valuable
works on insects, and through its various collectors gathered much ma-
terial for investigation.
The material thus obtained by special collectors, by the various Gov-
ernment surveys, as well as that sent in by correspondents, has always
been distributed for study to the several entomologists who have been
serving as collaborators of the Smithsonian Institution, much of the mate-
rial having passed into the hands of the entomologists of the Depart-
ment of Agriculture, it always having been the understanding that all
material, after being reported upon, should be returned to the Depart-
ment of Agriculture for preservation in its cabinets. The custody and
entire responsibility of the national collection of insects was in this way
transferred to the Department of Agriculture ; but the lack of a per-
manent museum organization and the constant changes in the heads
of the Department resulted very unfavorably for the collection, and the
remnants of the same, which have recently been transferred to the
I^ational Museum by the present Commissioner, are of very slight im-
portance. Pro£ O. Y. Eiley, the entomologist of the Department of
Agriculture, has, from the time of his accession to that position, urged
the transfer which has recently been made, and has from the beginning
insisted that the systematic collection should be preserved under the
permanent organization of the National Museum. Following out thia
idea, Professor Eiley accepted, in 1881, the position of honorary curator,,
performing voluntarily such duties connected with this division of the>
Museum as are at present necessary.
REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 14$
Professor Eiley has deposited his own private collection of insects^
which comprises about 30,000 species of all orders, mostly from North
America, arranged in some 350 double folding boxes, and in two cabinets
with eight glass-covered drawers, the specimens being all in good
condition and classified so far as determined. In addition to this col-
lection, Professor Eiley has deposited a large amount of material pre-
served in alcohol, mounted on microscopic slides, or blown and mounted
dry, illustrating the life, history, and economy of more than 3,000 spe-
cies. This collection is illustrated by a large quantity of notes and
descriptions, in large part still unpublished.
The Biley collection now on deposit represents about all that is val-
uable in this department of the Museum.
Mr. Albert Koebble was assigned as an aid to the curator during a por-
tion of the year. The actual work has consisted chiefly in the answering
of inquiries made regarding insects, from correspondents of the Museum
and the Smithsonian Institution, and in taking care of and mounting
the material received. The collection has been constantly used in the
work of the Department of Agriculture by specialists who have found
occasion to refer to it. All investigations in entomology made by the
corator during the year were for the Department of Agriculture, and a
statement of the various lines of investigation pursued will be found in
his annual report for that Department. A list of papers by him printed
dnring the year is also given in the bibliography appended.
The following suggestions are extracted from the curator's report:
Bepeatedly daring the year collections have been offered but necessarily declined^
because there was no fond for their purchase. I would strongly recommend, therefore^
that provision be made, 1st, for the purchase of such collections as are of sufficient
Talae and which maj be from time to time offered or obtainable; 2d, that a com-
petent assistant be permanently engaged in the general work of the Department and
in the preparation of the exhibit collection.
Hitherto no attempt has been made to preserve and keep together the entomologi-
eal material that has been gathered and brought to Washington by officers of the
Government. Such material has generally been turned over to the Department of
Agrlcnltare and either distributed among specialists or neglected and lost sight of.
While my present work as curator is a labor of love, and very little can be accom-
pliflhed without means, yet I shall strive to at least properly care for the specimens
that aconmulate from prions sources until such time as their importance shall war-
nmt more means and labor being devoted to them.
DEPABTMENT OF MABINE INTEBTEBBATES.
The collection of marine invertebrates under the direction of the cura-
tor, Mr. Bichard Eathbun, is rapidly being reduced to order 5 the ar-
rearages of many years fast being made up. This has been a task of
considerable magnitude, from the fact that in the decade ending 1880
Tery little attention had been paid to this department, and that the best
part of the material was destroyed in the burning of the Chicago Acad-
emy of Sciences. The amount of space assigned to this department is
very small, consisting of the western work-room south of the corridor
144 REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
leading to the west basement, the laboratory in the western end of the
•cloister north of the west range, and the west range of the Smithsonian
bailding. The west hall has been assigned to this department for its
•exhibition purposes, but is still to some extent filled with other material
•eventually to be moved to the new museum. Very little, therefore,
has been done in the development of the exhibition series, and the chief
activity has been in the store-rooms, but the results are not so apparent
now as they will be when room can be found for the proper installation
of the collections. The coral collection, as well as part of the echino-
derms and sponges, have been mounted on ebonized tablets, and the
experiments which have been made in arranging these in cases with
maroon backgrounds indicate that the west hall when arranged will be
one of the most beautiful and attractive in the Museum.
Mr. Eathbun has been assisted during the year by Messrs. J. B. Blish
and W. E. Safford, midshipmen, U. S. IN"., and by Messrs. E. S. Tarr and
Oeorge F. Weld; the latter a volunteer.
The number of entries in the catalogue during the year have been
2,630. The card-catalogue begun last year is now nearly complete, con-
taining between 8,000 and 9,000 cards. This card-catalogue indicates
which of the specimens are in the reserve and which in the duplicate
series.
During the summer the curator was attached to the party of the
United States Fish Commissioner at Wood's Holl, and under Professor
Verrill had charge of the dredging operations on the steamer Fish
JSawlc. Mr. Eathbun paid special attention to the use of the tow-nets
at different depths in collecting free-swimming copepods, on which he
is preparing a special report; and he has also been engaged in preparing
for the Fishery Eeport, now in progress of publication under the joint
direction of the Commissioner of Fisheries and the Superintendent of
the Census, a chapter descriptive of the natural history, of all known
species of economic American marine invertebrates, and of the methods
and results of this particular fishery. These reports, which are now in
the hands of the printer, set forth the practical features of this depart-
ment of the Museum, which are of no small consequence, as they embrace
the lobsters, crabs, shrimps, and sponges, the annual fisheries for which
amount to over $1,200,000. This is the first attempt made to report
upon this class of fisheries in this country from accurate data. Fourteen
papers relating to this department have been published during the year,
five by the curator, six by Prof. A. E. Verrill, one by Mr. Sidney I.
Smith, one by Dr. T. Hale Streets, and one by Mr. John A. Eyder.
The collection of fresh-water crayfish has been lent to Mr. Walter An-
derson, of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, for study and publica-
tion.
Mr. Eathbun has submitted the following special statement upon the
distribution of duplicate specimens:
BEPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 145
The condition of the collections in this department of the Maseam can now be con-
lidftied as exceptionally good, considering the restricted quarters in which they are
contained. It was the first care of the curator, when he entered upon his duties, in
the fall of 1880, to examine every part of the collection with reference to ita safe
keeping, and every new accession has been unpacked as soon as it was received, in
Older that no destruction might result from long storage. The dry specimens have
all been removed &om the basement rooms, which are too damp for the preservation
of SQch materials, and the entire alcoholic collection has been examined at least once a
year, for the purpose of replacing alcohol lost by evaporation or the cracking of jars.
It is impossible to state the number of specimens or species now belonging to this de-
partment, as large portions of the collection are still uncatalogned and larger portions
an*identified. The reserve series is very extensive and contains much unique mate-
rial. The dry reserve specimens of corals and sponges have been mostly mounted and
placed on exhibition, as have also representatives of all the groups of echinoderms
and a few of the crustaceans. The exhibition series, thus far prepared, contains the
following number of specimens :
Corals, 734. Sponges, 235. Echinoderms, 510. Crustacea, 47.
The National Museum suffered severely by the Chicago fire of 1871, which destroyed
almost all of the alcoholic* reserve series of crustaceans and radiates, as already ex-
plained. The reserve series as now constituted has been derived from innumerable
sources, of which the following are the most prominent, either from the size or value
of the collections furnished :
From the United States Exploring Expedition: About 50 types of Dana's species of
crustaceans, partly dry and partly alcoholic, have been left to the Museum, and are
still in good condition for examination. A large number of the corals obtained by
the same expedition and named by Dana are also intact, and, although they have
suffered much from rough handling, they still form the most important feature of the
exhibition series of corals. A few of the United States Exploring Expedition sponges
were also saved.
From the North Pacific Exploring Expedition: A small number of Stimpson's types
of cmstaceans and many dry echinoderms were retained at Washington, and thereby
escaped destruction.
From the United States Fish Commission : As elsewhere stated, the Fish Commission
coUections constitute the bulk of the materials in nearly all the branches of this depart-
ment. These collections are especially complete for the New England coast as to
the decapod and isopod crustaceans, pycnogonids, worms, echinoderms, and anthozoa,
and include large quantities of unidentified crustaceans and radiates from the South
Atlantic coast, collected by Mesfirs.Earll and MacDonald ; from the Gulf coast, by
Mr. Silas Steams, and from the Pacific coast, by Prof. D. S. Jordan.
From the Bermuda Centennial Commission : A fine collection of Bermuda corals.
From the Museu Nacional de Rio de Janeiro : A complete collection of Brazilian
corals.
From Mr. John Xantus : An old collection of corals and other specimens from Southern
Califomia.
From various naval expeditions, including the Transit of Venus Expedition, the
Palos Expedition, and the Alliance Arctic Expedition : Numerous collections of radi-
ates, cmstaceans, and worms.
From Dr. T. H. Streets, U. S. N., and Dr. William H. Jones, U. S. N. : Similar
collections from several sources.
From the United States Coast Survey : Alaskan collections of crustaceans, worms,
radiates, and sponges, collected by Mr. William H. Dall.
From the United States Signal Service parties in Alaska, including Mr. E. W. Nelson.
From Mr. L. Turner and the party at Point Barrow : Miscellaneous collections.
FromtheUnitedStatesCoast Survey steamer ^2a^e: Cmstaceans, crinoids, anthozoa,
and sponges, leceived from Prof. Alexander Agassiz.
H. Mis. 26 10
146 REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
From Prof. J. M. Langston : Corals from Hayti, W. I.
From Mr. J. M. Bowers : Corals from the Society Islands.
From the Germany Fishery Commission^ through Prof. Karl Mobins : Miscellane-
ous collections from the North Sea.
From Professor Lindstrom: Similar collections from the Baltic Sea.
From Prof. Charles LUtken : Eighty-five species of European annelids.
From Dr. Gustav Eisen : A collection of European and Califomian earth-worms.
From Mr. Winifred Steams: Miscellaneous collection from the .Coast of Labrador.
From Wesleyan University, Mlddletown, Conn., and Dr. George Ha wes: Similar col-
lections from Bermuda.
From Col. N. Pike : Corals, echinoderms, and crustaceans from the Mauritius Islands.
From Messrs. Henry Hemphill and L. Belding : Similar collections from the coast of
California.
From Captain Dow : Similar collections from Panama.
From Messrs. McResson and Robbins: A large collection of Florida couimercial
sponges.
By purchase: A large and fine series of the commercial sponges of the world,
exhibited at the Centennial Exposition and identified by Prof. Alpheus Hyatt.
From Prof. H. L. Smith : 1,275 microscopic slides of foraminifera, from many sources.
It would be quite impossible to enumerate further the constituent parts of the reserve
series without going beyond the proper limits of this report.
The duplicates still on hand and available for distribution are as follows : Number
of species : Crustaceans, 43 ; worms, 19 ; moUusks, 48 ; bryozoans and tunicates, 30
radiates, 42; sponges, 5; total, 187. Number of specimens: Crustaceans, 24,000
worms, 4,000 J mollusks, 24,000; bryozoans and tunicates, 6,000; radiates, 16,000
sponges, 259 ; total, 74,250.
The reserve series of specimens is still in quite an unfinished state, which makes a
report upon it very unsatisfactory. So much material has been received during the
past year, and other administrative work, including the distribution of duplicates,
has interfered to such an extent, that in many cases it has been only possible to
enter the specimens in the record books and store them for future examination. In
reality, more time has been spent upon the reserve series than upon any other collec-
tions. The different groups are arranged separately in the storage cases and any
specimens desired can be readily found. A portion of the reserve series of alcoholic
omstaceans and echinoderms has been stored temporarily in the wall-cases of the main
hall of the Smithsonian building; but the bulk of the alcoholics still remain in the
east and west basements of the same building.
In this connection it may be proper to refer to the work now being carried on at
New Haven by Prof. A. E. Verrill and Prof. S. I. Smith, on the marine invertebrates
collected by the United States Fish Commission on and off the New England coast.
The curator is not kept informed as to the progress of this work, excepting as reports
are handed in for publication and finished collections are received for the Museum.
An account of the materials so far received from Professors VerriU and Smith has
already been given, and a bibliography of their reports published this year will be
found below.
The exhibition series. — ^The work thus far accomplished in the preparation of the
exhibition series of invertebrates has been extremely satisfactory, and gives promise
that the display of marine invertebrates will be second to no other in the Museum
in attractiveness. In the fall of 1881 the west hall of the Smithsonian building, which
had been previously occupied by the mineral exhibit and a portion of the pottery
received from the Centennial Exposition, was assigned to this department, but as yet
only a part of the wall space has been made available for use. This hall, which has
a length of 90 feet and a width of 40 feet, is admirably fitted for the exhibition of
specimens, and is well lighted. Suitable cases of black walnut cover the walls, to
ft height of 7i feet, on three sides of the room, the east, south, and west. The empty
REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 147
floor space remaining after the large objects of pottery Bhall have been removed will
be sufficiently great to accommodate five or six separate upright cases, and the semi-
circniar space at the north end can also be utilized for smaller cases. Only the cases
on the east and south sides have thus far been emptied of the old collections, and
these are now filled with marine invertebrates. Considerable time was spent in pre-
paring this exhibit, in studying the effect of different-colored tablets and backgrounds
npon the specimens, ebonized tablets and a maroon background to the cases being
finally adopted as the most desirable and attractive. The collections first selected for
exhibition were those which could be the most readily prepared and which were in
greatest need of proper storage — the dry corals, sponges, and echinoderms — and these
naturally constitute the most showy portions of the marine invertebrate collections.
Mr. E. H. Hawley, who had been very successful in the preparation of the exhibition
Beries of marine invertebrates at the Peabody Museum, of Yale College, and at the
American Museum, New York, was employed for this task, which he has executed in
a very superior manner, producing a more attractive display than probably exists in
any other similar museum in the country. Mr. Hawley continued his work upon
this collection during most of 1881, and until March, 188^ when his services were
required in another department of the Museum, and the mounting of marine invert-e-
brates was temporarily discontinued. He had, however, finished all the specimens
that had been prepared for mounting up to that time.
As the cases prepared for this purpose were inadequate to hold the entire mounted
display collection, it has been impossible to arrange it in proper order, but, never-
theless, the temporary arrangement has been duly appreciated by the public, judging
from the many favorable criticisms passed upon it. The showy corals now form the
bulk of the display collection, and, considering that a majority of the corals are types
from the United States Exploring Expedition, their value is very great. Other feat-
wes of this display are the centennial collection of Bermuda corals ; a complete series
of all the known species and varieties of commercial sponges, identified by good
authority ; a large series of Alaskan sponges ; and a great variety of echinoderms,
from many sources. The proposed additions to the exhibition series will be discussed
forther on. The Museum printing office having been fully occupied with preparing
labels for other departments, the exhibition collection in this department is still un-
labelled, but this deficiency will be remedied during the coming year.
^distribution of duplicates. — ^The extensive explorations of the United States Fish
Commission, along the eastern coast of the United States, during the past twelve
years, have brought together a large mass of duplicate materials, in the line of marine
invertebrates, which is being distributed as rapidly as possible to institutions of
learning throughout this country, and to a few foreign ones. No returns have been
demanded for the duplicates disposed of in the United States, but those sent to foij-
®igii countries are generally in exchange for collections of equal value for the Museum,
"^"liree general series of duplicate sets have already been prepared and two distributed.
The first series, consisting of 50 sets, with 118 species each, and over 18,000 speci-
Ji'iens in all, was sent out, in 1879, to many of the highe^ schools of learning in this
**^try, and to a few foreign institutions. Series II, also containing 50 sets of 189
â– Pecies each, and a total of over 50,000 specimens, is now very nearly ready for distri-
»*^tion, and will be sent out the coming January or February. Series III, or the edu-
eational series of 50 sets, with 98 species each, and a total of over 15,000 specimens,
^as finished and distributed in June, 1882. Enough material stills remains for mak-
*^ up a second educational series of 200 sets, with about 125 species each^ and the
^ork of preparing this series will be begun in January, 1883.
As a part of Series II, ten additional sets, containing the same species and many
^rs, is now being prepared, for sending to the London Fishery Exhibition of 1883,
^ be disposed of in Europe, by exchange, for collections for the Museum. This
^fcueum is greatly- in need of authentic foreign collections of marine animals for the
poiposes of comparison, and much valuable material of this character can nndoubt*
•fly be obtained by such a system of exchange.
148 REBOBT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
The disposal of such a qnantity of duplicate material as is now being sent oat, of
no further value to tJiie Museum, will be of benefit to the institution in more than one
way. In addition to increasing its sphere of usefulness, and bringing back to it some
returns in the way of exchanges, it will also relieve the Museum of much care and
expense, necessary to the preservation of such an extensive collection, and enable
the workers in this department to devote their entire time to the reserve and unde-
termined materials.
From the many resources of the National Museum, it is natural to suppose that thi»
department will, in the course of time, assume greater proportions than the same
department of any other museum in the country. The accessions for the past three
years, or since the renewal of activity in this line, have been so great that the depart-
ment has outgrown the space assigned to it, and, unless more room is made available
at an early date, the safety of the collections wiU be more or less imperiled. It is-
very gratifying to the curator to be able to note such rapid progress in a department
which has lain dormant for so long a time.
Among the many plans proposed for the coming year, it is intended to make con-
siderable advancement in the preparation of the exhibition series, in order that the
more instructive specimens, of which many are still packed away, may all be made
serviceable to the general public at once. Another reason for rapidly perfecting the
exhibition series is one now generally recognized by all museums, that, as a rule, less-
damage happens to specimens when they are open to constant inspection than when
they are stored away out of sight. The pottery now filling the cases on the west side
of the marine invertebrate hall is to be soon removed, when these cases will be altered
to correspond with those now containing the invertebrate collections. Enough speci-
mens of corals and sponges are now mounted or prepared for mounting to nearly fill
these new cases, so that with little exertion a very extensive display can be made.
The scheme for the exhibition of specimens in this department, as at present worked
out, comprises two features — ^the general display collection, which we have deen dis-
cussing, and the synoptical collection, which has not yet been begun. The former
will illustrate the several groups of marine invertebrates, with reference to external
form, by a massing together of all the members of the groups, which it is possible to
obtain or to exhibit to advantage in the cases. The synoptical collection will be of a
more educational character, and will represent the external and internal anatomy,
and embryology of typical members of each group by means of careful preparations,
dissections, and diagrams. The latter scheme will necessitate a much greater outlay
of labor than the former, and will require a number of years for its accomplishment.
This portion of the exhibition collection will have to be accommodated in new up-
righ.t cases, to occupy the center floor space, after the present incumbrances are re-
moved. The general display collection will also, soon outgrow the wall cases allotted
ta it, and require additional space on the floor.
In the present scheme no account has been taken of the large reserve series of al-
coholic specimens, excepting where such may be used in the synoptical collection.
The general display collection now contains only dried specimens, which are the uiost
suitable for display. The ordinary cylindrical j ars of thick glass distort their contents,
and it is generally impossible to keep the alcohol so clear that the specimens can be
readily distinguished from the outside. Nevertheless, there are in this department
large quantities of showy specimens, of which dry preparations cannot be made, and
which it is desirable to display. Square jars have been suggested, and would certainly
be preferable to the round ones. A matter of greater importance, however, is the safe
keeping o!f the entire reserve series of specimens in alcohol, which is now mainly stored
in dark rooms and passageways in the basement, where it is very difficult to give it the
proper attention. A portion of these specimens, which have been determined and
properly labelled, have been arranged in the wall cases on the south side of the main
Smithsonian hall, and if no objection is made the curator proposes to fill as many of
these oases as are not now used for other purposes. There is no doubt but that the
REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 149
safety of the collections will be greatly improved by keeping them open to dally
iDBpection.
A great desideratum in this department .is a supply of authentic foreign collection
for the purposes of comparison in making identifications, and an attempt will be made
this spring to remedy this deficiency in part by soliciting exchanges from several
European authorities. For this purpose, ten very superior sets of duplicates of Fish-
Oommission specimens have been prepared and will be sent to the London Fishery
Exhibition, where they can probably be disposed of to the best advantage of the
^nsenm.
DEPARTMENT OF FOSSIL INVERTEBRATES.
The department of fossil invertebrates has been under the charge of
Dr. 0. A. White, who during part of the year was directly in the em-
ploy of the Museum, and who now, having accepted the position of pa-
leontologist of the United States Geological Survey, continues his work
in the Museum as honorary curator. Unlike most of the honorary cu-
xators, however, his whole time, except when in the field with the survey;
in summer, is devoted to administrative work and investigation upon
the collections, and his office is in the laboratory of the department.
Ws department is now installed in the west-south range of the new
Mnsemn, being deposited in the drawers of thirteen unit table-cases,
the laboratory being in the two adjoining rooms at the west side of the
fiouth entrance. No part of this collection is on exhibition, and consid-
erable portions of it are still in the storage rooms. The most valuable
specimens, particularly those which have been studied and have served
^ types for the publication of the late Prof. Fielding B. Meek, have
been cleansed of the accumulated dust of long storage and put in excel-
lent order.
Dr. White's own specialty is in the study of the invertebrates of the
Mesozoic and Cenozoic periods, and Mr. C. B. Wolcott, also of the Geo-
logical Survey, has been assigned by its director to work in this depart-
ment, and is acting as assistant curator, under the direction of Dr. White,
having special charge of the Paleozoic fossils. His work in the field
•extends over more than half the year, and work upon this section of the
<K)llection is not so far advanced. Mr. L. M. Garrett, U. S. N., has
^acted as assistant in this department and accompanied the curator to
the field upon the work of the United States Geological Survey from
July to October. Dr. White has already devoted much time during the
year to duties as chief of the Artesian Wells Commission.
Of this department of the Museum it can be said that its material is
in excellent order for scientific investigation, and that it is being exten-
fiively used for that purpose.
I quote from Dr. White the following statements and recommenda-
tions:
The present state of the collection is that of only partial arrangement, and there-
fore the ntimher of specimens cannot he given, even approximately. Their eondi-
tion, however, is favorahle to their complete arrangement and division into series aa
•oon BB I shall get time and snitahle assistance to do the work. A few years ago a
150 REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
considerable quantity of duplicate specimens was set aside for exchange. Subse-
quent investigation has shown the desirability of retaining a large part of these in
the Museum, and it is therefore necessary to review them again before any are sent
out.
Since even an extensive collection of fossil invertebrates may be presumed to be less
attractive to the public than much of the material of other departments, my plans
have contemplated mainly such a classification and arrangement of the Museum col-
lection as will make it conveniently available to students for scientific purposes.
The fact that so large a part of these specimens are those upon which official reports
and other scientific writings have been based, makes it especially desirable that they
shall be made accessible to students of paleontology as early as practicable.
DEPARTMENT OP FOSSEL PLANTS.
This department, like that of fossil invertebrates, is under the honor-
ary cnratorship of an officer of the United States Geological Survey,
Prof. Lester F. Ward. The collection is installed in the drawers of a
number of unit-table cases in the west south range and upon the south
balcony, contiguous to which at its east end is the laboratory of the
curator. This laboratory has during the year been filled up with cases,
and a large amount of preliminary work has been done by the curator,
who since October has been assisted by Mr. E. E. Hayden, midshipman
of the United States Kavy. This collection, like many others, has been
in a quiescent state for many years, and a large amount of work has
been found necessary, preliminary to its final arrangement in proper
shape for study. IN'o effort has as yet been made to provide exhibition
space for it. Its present condition is well shown by the following ex-
extracts from Professor Ward's report:
The extensive collection which had been received from Mr. Leo Lesquereux, of Co-
lumbus, Ohio, who had previously employed it in the preparation of his printed re-
ports, and had catalogued and numbered it according to your iDstructidDs, was merely
unpacked during the last months of 1881, and remained at the beginning of the year
in a wholly unorganized condition. The bulk of the work done in the department
has therefore been that of systematically classifyiug and arranging this material. This
work was delayed by the necessity of having appropriate cases erected in the labora-
tory rooms to receive it, as also by the lack of assistance and the performance of du-
ties in connection with the Geological Survey.
The deficiencies of a merely chronological catalogue rendered necessary the prepa-
ration of a much more complete and convenient slip catalogue, which could be sys-
tematically arranged and serve as an efficient aid in the progress of the work.
The catalogued material has been arranged in three series according to horizon,
viz, the Cretaceous (chiefly from the Dakota Group), the Tertiary (including for con-
venience the Laramie Group, which Mr. Lesquereux considers to be Eocene), and the
Carboniferous and lower formations (there being a few from the Old Red Sandstone
of Ireland, and a few from the Silurian of New York).
The system of classification adopted is, in so far as this was practicable, that of
Sohimper, as given in his ''Traits de Pal^ontologie Y^g^tale," the most comprehen-
siye work on the suhject.
As the greater part of the undetermined material in the department belongs to the
later formations, and as my field work for a great while will probably be chiefly con-
fined to these horizons, I have found it necessary to reserve, for the present at least,
the whole of the Cretaceous and Tertiary collection and retain it in the laboratory
M a basis for oomparison and investigation. For the same reason I have not thought
BEPOET ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
151
best to select a reserve series of the Carboniferous plants, and have prepared the
whole collection for exhibition in the cases below. It still remains on the balcony
waiting the completion of the necessary cases.
Very little was done during the year in the way of original research or towards the
elaboration of new material, owing to the time required in making these prepara-
tions.
Fifty-nine specimens of Alaskan fossils were sent in September by your instructions
to Mr. Lesquereux to be figured. These have been returned. One specimen (No. 656)
was sent, August 15, to Dr. J. S. Newberry, to be used in connection with a report to
be published by the Geological Survey.
The following is a summary exhibit of the state of the collection so far as regards
specimens which have been specifically determined :
Carboniferous
Cretaceous ...
Tertiary
Total...
Genera.
53
65
121
239
Species.
177
142
351
670
Speci-
mens.
1,550
549
1,821
3,920
The nndetermined material consists chiefly of the thirty-one boxes collected by my-
Mlf in 1881, and seven boxes collected by Captain Bendire.
DEPARTMENT OP MINERALS.
The classification of the departments of the Museum provides for three
departments in the division of geology : (xvi) physical geology, in which
branch no work has as yet been attempted; (xvu) minerals and rocks;
Mid (xviii) metallurgy and economic geology. The two latter were lor
iiearly two years under the charge of Dr. George W. Hawes, whose
death on the 22d of June has been in many ways an irreparable loss to
the Museum.* Mr. William S. Yeates, aid in the staff of the Museum,
has during the year had special charge of the department of minerals,
and with the assistance of Messrs. E. E. Hayden, Henry S. Chase, and
E. WOkinson, midshipmen in the United States Kavy, has been pressing
forward the work of unpacking and cataloguing the accumulated mass
of material. The number of entries on the Museum register has been
2,628, representing 3,437 specimens ; of these 1,370, have been assigned to
the exhibition and reserve series, and 417 to the duplicate series ; 155
iave been rejected, and the remainder assigned, according to their nature,
either to the collection of rocks or ores and metallurgical products.
The card catalogue in the duplicate series has been increased during
the year by 1,261 cards. Mr. Yeates reports that such work as has been
done is that of putting in order the specimens in the old collection, a
Jarge number of which have never been entered on the register. The
*A short biographical notice of Dr. Hawes is given at the close of this report,
together with a list of his scientific publications; and also an account of the work
planned and commenced by him in relation to the collection of bnilding-stones.
152 REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
work of entering these and patting the catalogue nnmber on each
specimen has been for some time, and is now, in progress. Knmbers
have been painted on 2,894 specimens, and nearly 2,000 labels have been
written. A preliminary classification has been began, and twenty,
three sets of daplicate specimens have been distribnted; some of them
as exchanges, but the majority to institntions of learning. Mr. Yeates
reports, upon the present state of the collection, that it contains 6,939
specimens in the combined reserve and exhibition series, while in the
daplicate series there are about about 7,000 specimens, making an ap-
proximate total of 14,000 specimens. During the past year 413 specimens
were added to the reserve and exhibition series, and 1,261 to the dupli-
cate series.
The mineral collection is disposed in drawers of unit cases iu the
west hall of the new Museum, while a great mass of material, unas-
sorted and in process of classification, is still in the temporary work-
room in the southwest court.
The department of buildingstones, which in the preliminary classi-
fication was associated with that of mineralogy, has already been re-
ported upon as one section of the department of arts and industries.
DEPARTMENT OF METALLURGY AND ECONOMIC GEOLOaY.
This department, like the preceding, has been without a head for
the greater part of the year. In July, 1882, Mr. F. P. Dewey, previously
employed as chemical assistant to Dr. Hawes in his investigations upon
the building stones for the Tenth Census, was given temporary charge of
the department of the collection, and made some preliminary studies and
inspections. On December 1, Mr. Dewey was appointed to the curator-
ship of the department. Active work in the department is, therefore,
hardly begun, and all that can be said concerning it is in the way of
anticipation. To this department is assigned a very large portion of the
material given to our Government by the various foreign Governments
and other exhibitors at the close of the Centennial Exhibition, which
from 1876 to 1882, was stored in the basement of the Armory Building,
and which has in part been removed to the new museum, together with
the material recently received from the permanent exhibition in Phila-
delphia and stored in the temporary building adjoining the Armory.
The curator of metallurgy and economic geology also necessarily acts as
curator of the section of metallurgy and metal- working in the department
of arts and industries, which is already in possession of great quantities
of heavy and bulky material, and which may be expected rapidly to grow
in extent and importance. This department is one of the most difficult
the Museum to manage ; the material which it includes is always heavy in
and unwieldy and often of great bulk. Unlike many other departments,
it must place on public exhibition almost everything which it contains;
in fact, it has a greater share than any other department of material
REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 153
which is chiefly aseixd on accoant of its educational valae, which for
purposes of investigations might perhaps better be examined in the
place in which it was collected. Its proper arrangement, therefore, must
be the work of several years ; and, on account of the number of laborers
reqaired to handle it, the work must be comparatively very costly.
The original intention, to the carrying out of which the Museum is in
a certain way pledged, was that the mineral resources of each particular
State should be shown separately; and, to accomplish this, it will be
necessary to secure extensive additions to the collection from almost
every State in the Union ; extensive not only in number, but also ih
bulk, weight, and cost of transportation.
Another difficulty in the management of this department is the
uncertainty as to its final location. At present the southwestern quar-
ter of the building, including the west hall, the southwest court, and
the two adjoining ranges, are assigned to the division of geology, to
metallurgy and metal- working. A portion of this space is at pres-
ent occupied by paleontological collections, but even when these are
removed the space will probably be inadequate for the accommoda-
tion even of the material already on hand. Should a new building be
erected for the Museum, these collections will naturally be the first to
be transferred, and consequently much bulky material will require to be
moved. It cannot be doubted, however, that this department will be of
greater importance to the country in an industrial way, and will interest
and benefit a larger number of the visitors to the Museum, than any
other J especially when it is so arranged as to show concisely and im-
pressively the character of the mineral resources of each State and the
Diethods by which the various products of the metal- working industries
are produced.
Mr. Dewey repprts that in the catalogue of the collection there have
l^n made 3,861 entries, representing 4,772 specimens; of these 4,420
^ere specimens previously received from Centennial sources, and of
^Mch no entry had been made, and 281 were specimens entered from
tte old Smithsonian collection. Almost all the work done has been
^pon the reserve series, especially upon the Centennial material, about
160 boxes having been unpacked and specimens identified as far as pos-
^ble,and all information in regard to them put in a permanent form for
preservation. This was a work of considerable magnitude, since much
<^ and time were necessary in unpacking the specimens and tracing
^P their records.
The southwest range is at present assigned to this department, and
^ it quite a number of specimens are to be seen, although nothing
can properly be said to be on exhibition. The collection of ores from
Sevada is the only special collection which has been thoroughly exam-
ined; the records in regard to this are perfect and its condition satis-
fcctory.
154 BEPOBT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
The curator has presented the followiog estimate of the present con-
dition and possible fatore of the department :
As to the number of specimens it is not possible to give it exactly, as many speci-
mens are still packed in the boxes in which they came from Philadelphia, and with
the exception of 360 they are all as yet in the reserve series ; after a careful estimate
I would place the number at about 20,000.
In general, the condition of the specimeus is perhaps fair, although many of the more
showy specimens have suffered from want of proper care and attention aside from
the necessary deterioration by decomposition, generally confined to the surface, but
in some cases extending to the interior, in which case serious disintegration has been
the result. Decomposition is the chief source of deterioration of metaUargical speci-
mens, and while there are various devices for its prevention, no feasible plan has yet
been proposed to completely arrest its action.
A matter of the first importance in this department is a collection for the study of the
science of metallurgy, which need not be large, as it will contain little or no duplicate
material, and will be designed to show the following points in the production of the
metals : the natural occurrence of the various ores of each metal, together with the
prominent associated material ; the natural occurrence of such materials as are neces-
sary in the refining of the ores; the varioiis processes for the extraction of the natural
occurring material showing the plans and methods of exploration and working
principally by means of models and drawings, and, where practicable, by the exhi-
bition of specimens of the tools actually used ; the various steps in the treatment
of the ores from the time they leave the mines until they are converted into the com-
mercial metals, with specimens of the various intermediate products and plans and
models of the machines, furnaces, &c., brought into requisition during the processes;
(this is perhaps the least satisfactory part of the present collections in the Museum,
and one that should be increased as rapidly as possible ;) and, finally, the various forms
in which the different metals are produced and placed upon the market, together with
the incidental products, especially such as can be utilized.
By far the greatest portion of the collection, however, should be arranged upon a
geographical basis, whereby the ores and products of certain regions would be grouped
together, and, when possible, the connection between the various regions should be
clearly indicated. In the arrangement of this collection a somewhat different plan
should be followed from that adopted in the scientific collection, as in this case there
will be of necessity considerable duplication of specimens, and {yrominence should be
given to peculiarities in occurrences and composition of the ores, and the modifications
thereby necessitated in the usual course of treatment. This collection will require
constant care and attention to keep it abreast of the progress of development, which
is very rapid in this country where many new regions are being explored and devel-
oped every year, and where the varying conditions found in isolated regions lead to in-
teresting and Important modifications in processes, which should be examined and made
available to the rest of the world. It is also very desirable to have suites of speci-
mens showing the changes occurring in the composition and character of ores from
the surface to the greatest depth attained, but these cannot be obtained after a mine
has been in operation a few years. At the same time, as regions decline in importance,
and processes become antiquated and pass out of use, a judicious culling out of unim-
portant material could be made with advantage. There is one field which the depart-
ment could with propriety occupy, namely, the collection of the literature of American
metallurgy, which is at present very restricted, a condition readily explained by the
fact that metallurgical knowledge has a high commercial value which its possessors
desire to retain, from purely selfish motives. Such books as there are upon metallur-
gical subjects are mainly of European origin, and their ignorance and silence upon de-
velopments in metallurgy made in this country are so great as to make them valueless
for application here except so far as broad general principles are concerned. There
REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 155
have been many and great advances in metallurgy made in this country, and a com-
plete record of their development would be a valuable contribution to knowledge. It
is bat Just to say that, as a rule, American metallurgists have written and published
far more than their European brethren, but there is still room for improvement. The
majority of papers by American writers are scattered through various society-journals
and other periodicals, so that the student is obliged to waste a great deal of time in
tiresom^search through a large amount of (to him) valueless matter.
DEPARTMENT OF EXPLORATION AND FIELD WORK.
The explorations which have been made, especially in the interest of
the National Museum have been, as hitherto, under the immediate di-
rection of the Smithsonian Institution, from whose funds the expenses
have been for the most part defrayed. The details are given at length in
the report of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. Various
officers of the Museum have been attached, especially during the summer
months, to the service of the United States Fish Commission, the Geo-
logical Survey, and the Bureau of Ethnology of the Smithsonian Insti-
tntion, while others, more or less affiliated with the Museum, have been
engaged in field work incidentally in connection with their duties as
employees of the Coast Survey and the Signal Service of the Army.
DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY.
Tha chemical laboratory occupies the two upper stories of the south-
west pavilion, and the chemist, Mr. Frederick W. Taylor, has been
engaged in the solution of many questions in chemistry and economic
geology, proposed by the other departments of the Museum or by out-
side departments of the Government. The chemist reports that, in an-
swer to letters received from the Director, he has made 119 reports, 15
being letters in response to queries submitted to the Smithsonian Insti-
tution; 70 being reports of qualitative analyses of specimens received
by the Institution, and identifying 93 specimens of minerals, rocks, and
ores. Thirty -four reports have been made representing 65 quantitative
^aylses, and involving 274 determinations.
One of the most interesting of the investigations was made for the
chairman of the House Committee on Ways and Means for the purpose
^^ determining the possibility of extracting the methylic alcohol from
the ethyl alcohol contained in English methylated spirit. Another was
tte analysis of eight samples of zinc-covered or galvanized-iron tele-
graph wire for the Signal Office of the War Department, the object
^ing to find some explanation of the different degrees of resistance to
^ electric current exerted by the different wires.
The main work of the laboratory has, however, been the examination
^f questions in economic geology, involving the analyses of numerous
specimens of iron ore, coke, gold and silver ore, of natural brines, and
of soda incrustations from Kevada, the latter for the United States Geo-
logical Survey.
156 REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
The chemist makes the following statements upon the present oondi-
tion of the laboratory :
The present condition of the chemical laboratory is, with very few exceptions, most
promising. In the balance-room we have three No. 7 analytical balances, one large
analytical balance to carry one kilogranmie, one assay button balance, one small so-
called prescription scale, one pulp scale for assay charges, and one Jolly's balance for
specific gravity determinations.
Ample facilities for the preparation of samples for analysis are proyided, the labo-
ratory being provided with a small Blake crusher for reducing samples to small frag-
ments, a '^ buck plate " for assay samples, and a number of valuable agate mortars for
preparing samples of silicates, rocks, &c., where iron cannot be used.
The facilities for assaying are good, there being three furnaces for that purpose, one
for crucibles, and two for scarification and cupellation. The stock of glassware is good,
as also the porcelain. The main feature of the laboratory, however, is the fine stock
of platinum ware in the form of dishes and crucibles, the laboratory possessing 19
platinum dishes holding from 50 cubic centimeters to nearly half a liter, and 25 plat-
inum crucibles. In addition to the 2,070 grammes spoken of, the Institution has pur-
chased at different times about 700 grammes of platinum, this being purchased before
we had received the addition from Newport, making in all about 2,770 grammes of
metal, representing a money value of over eleven hundred dollars.
In regard to the general arrangements of the rooms of the laboratory a full descrip-
tion will be found in the report of the Institution for 1881. The main room is fitted
with white-pine desks, one running across the entire width of the room against the
south wall, the other being placed against the third wall, besides which there are
cases for chemicals and apparatus, and a fume chamber. The balance room is hand-
somely fitted up with cases of black walnut and contains a heavy black walnut table
for the balances. The third floor of the building has also been fitted up during the
year with a substantial double desk. During the past year the supply of water has
been entirely insufficient, or rather the pressure has been insufficient, causing much
annoyance, the flow often ceasing for the greater part of the day ; and should the en-
gineer desire to fill his boilers no water can be had on the laboratory floor during the
process. Frequently the operation of distilling water for use in making analysis
had been suspended for lack of water to cool the condenser. To remedy this evil,
the chemist would suggest that a tank be placed on the roof of the building and con-
nected with the feed pump for the boilers in the engine room by a suitable arrange-
ment of valves ; this could be so arranged as to supply the upper or third floor contin-
uously, being used on the second floor only when the ordinary supply should fail.
DEPARTMENT OF EXPERIMENTAL PHYSIOLOGY.
Mr. John A. Eyder, embryologist of the United States Fish Commis-
sion, has occupied during the year a laboratory fitted up for micro-
scopic work; and especially for embryological investigations, in the
Armory building, and has carried on several important investigations
upon the embryology of fishes and oysters. The laboratory has been
filled up with considerable completeness, chiefly at the expense of the
Fish Commission.
A list of Mr. Ryder's publications will be found in the appended bib-
Uography.
The Museum has furnished a considerable amount of material to Dr.
S. Weir Mitchell, of Philadelphia, who is engaged in investigating the
venom of the rattlesnake, and also a number of specimens to Dr. John
J. Mason, of Philadelphia, for his studies upon the brain.
REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 157
In connection with the Fish Commission work some very important
experiments have been made by Colonel MacDonald and Mr. Ryder
upon the retardation of the developement of the eggs of shad and other
fishes.
Involuntary experiments have been made in this department dur-
ing the year by Dr. R. W. Shufeldt and Mr. A. Z. Shindler, of the
Museum, the former having been bitten by a Heloderma suspectum, and
having described his experience in the "American l^aturalist,'' Novem-
ber, 1882, Yol. XYI, Ko. 11, the latter having suffered a like mishap while
handling a specimen of JElaps fulvittSj as described by Mr. F. W. True
m the "American Naturalist," 1882, Yol. — page — .
DEPABTMENT OF VIVABIA.
A number of Uving animals are on exhibition in the rotunda of the
new building and seem to afford much amusement and instruction to
visitors. This department, while of but little service in the general
exposition of the collection, is well suited for the exhibition of a few *
cases of Uving animals ; and I am inclined to believe that fifteen or
twenty characteristic forms might be obtained and maintained here at
trifling expense, while serving an excellent purpose in illustrating and
supplementing the preparations in the Museum cases.
At present, the following mammals are thus exhibited:
A Bed-footed Douroucouli, or Owl Monkey {Nyctipithecus rufipes^ Scla-
ter), from Costa Eica ; two Pinches, or White-tufted Marmosets ( (Edipus
ti(^ Lesson), from Chiriqui, Colombia; a young Mexican Deer (Cariacus
^^Masiea/iius^ Gmelin), from Chiriqui, Colombia. All these specimens were
presented to the Museum by Capt. John M. Dow.
In the same room is also a large case in which at various times
throughout the year many species of American snakes have been shown.
Upon these the curator of herpetology has made the following report:
The "Vivarium for reptiles continues to prove of the greatest interest to visitors, and
it is hoped a sufficient number of living specimens may be sent to render it still more
I^pular. In connection with it, a most instructive and interesting event occurred
Ottlyinthe summer, namely, the birth of 109 young snakes {TropidonotvLS sipedon).
The act of parturition was carefully observed, and it is the intention of the curator
*® publish a paper upon the subject.
There is little trouble in keeping the harmless reptiles alive in captivity for an in-
definite length of time, provided proper food can be obtained; but with regard to the
Crotalos and Ancistrodon, as yet our efforts have failed to induce them to feed.
It has been noticed, also, that quite a number of our specimens die from necrosis
^ the jaw, an experience which has, it is believed, been shared by nearly every
muaeom and zoological garden in the world.
^ly this year a very fine and extremely large rattlesnake ( Crotalus adamanteus)
^•8 received firom Florida, and shortly after an equally large kingsnake {Ophtbolus
9^m), and it was determined to test the popular belief as to the antagonism exist-
i^ between the two species. They were accordingly placed in a large case, the hot-
^ of which was covered with sand, and allowed to remain together for some time.
Vo hostilities took place, and it was noticed that neither species appeared to fear the*
®^. Peiliaps under moie natural surroundings the case may be different.
158 REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
It has been foimd necessary to keep king-snakes apart from the others, as their canni-
balistic tendencies are well deyeloped.
In the months of September and October copulation was noticed between some fine
examples of the indigo snake {Spilotes erebennua) in the viyarinm, and it is Aoped
young specimens may be secured as a result.
In the basin of the fountain in the rotunda are kept living fishes of
the following species :
1. Gyprinus carpio (Linn6). a scale carp ; b leather carp.
2. Carassiua auratus (L.) Bleeker. Ooldfish ; a common form ; b triple-
tail form.
3. Hybrid between ISos. 1 and 2. 4. Idtis melanotus (Haeckel).
In a tank in the same room are shown two specimens of albino axo-
lotls {Siredon pisciformis), which were bred by M. Carbonnier in Paris,
France, from other albinos which were the progeny of a pair of black
axolotls.
Kearly all the living species of Korth American Testtidinata are kept
• in confinement in one of the smaller inclosures on the carp ponds on
Monument lot, where they remain for purposes of acclimation.
Fishes of the following species are cultivated in the carp ponds :
1. Cyprinus carpio (Linn6). a scale carp 5 h mirror carp ; c leather carp.
2. Idtis melanotus (Haeckel). Leuoiscus idus (Gthr.). Nerfling; Orfej
Golden Tench ; Ide. 3. Tinea vulgaris (Cuv.). Tench.
These ponds are under the control of the Director of the Museum, and
the details of their management are described in his report as Commis-
sioner of Fisheries. Many American species of fish have also during a
part of the year been kept in aquarium tanks in the Armory Building,
where during the spring months extensive operations in connection
with the hatching of fish have been carried on, which have been wit-
nessed by large numbers of visitors.
OBITUARY NOTICE OF DK. G. W. HAWES.
George Wesson Hawes was born December 31, 1848, in Marion,
Ind., and died of quick consumption June 22, 1882, in Manitou Springs,
Colo., whither he had gone in the hope of benefit to his health.
Both his parents were natives of Massachusetts; and both died while he
was very young. His father was the Rev. Alfred Hawes, a missionary
of the American Home Missionary Society, stationed at Marion, Ind.
His early days passed under the care of a lady in Worcester, Mass., a
friend of his parents whom he regarded as his foster-mother.
His taste for scientific studies was early manifest, and, having been
for some years a student in the High School, Worcester, at the age of
seventeen he entered the Sheffield Scientific School at l^ew Haven, to
which with some intermissions he was attached for fifteen years in the
capacities of student, laboratory assistant, and instructor. From 1867
REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. ' 159
to 1871, he was engaged in business pursuits in Boston, but returned to
graduate with the class of 1S72, four years later tiian would otherwise
have been the case. The first year after his graduation he was private
assistant to Prof. S. W. Johnson in the chemical laboratory, subse-
quently until 1880 assistant and instructor in mineralogy and blow-pipe
analysis in the Sheffield Scientific School. The summer of 1878 he de-
voted to the study of microscopic lithology in Breslau, under Prof. A.
Lasaulx, and from March, 1879, to June, 1880, was studying mineralogy
and crystallography at Bona with Professor vom Kath, and lithology
with Professor Eosenbusch at Heidelberg. He received the degree of
doctor of philosophy from the University of Heidelberg in 1880.
In the fall of 1880, he accepted the position of curator of the Depart-
ment of Economic Geology in the l^ational Museum, and about the same
time was appointed special agent of the Tenth Census in charge of the
building-stone investigation. His strength was too heavily taxed by
close study in the hot summer of 1881, and in the fall he found himself
tnable to continue his work. A month at the Warm Springs in Yir-
ginia failed to restore his vigor, and on his return it was ascertained
that incipient lung trouble existed. He decided to spend the winter in
the Bermudas, hoping that the mild air of a southern ocean would
restore him to health. On his return in May it was evident to us all
that his days of life were few, and as we bade him good-bye, when he
set forth for Colorado, we could scarcely hope to see him again.
In the early part of his student life he paid much attention to bio-
logical studies, and in the summer of 1872 was one of the party accom-
panying the United States Fish Commission at its summer station at
Eastport, Me. Later he bd(fame an enthusiastic botanist and published
a most admirable work upon the flora of New Haven and vicinity.
-^ter finally selecting a specialty he devoted himself to it with untiring
zeal, and at the time of his death had piaced himself in the front rank
0^ American mineralogists and lithologists. His future was rich in
promise. He regarded his life work as just begun, and his chief regret,
as he often expressed it to me, was that he had to leave a task which
he had for so many years been laying out and preparing himself for.
"His death,'' remarks Dr. Eosenbusch in the N^eues JaJirhuch fiir Min-
^ahgiCj " has deprived science of an enthusiastic and unusually gifted
servant.'' He was possessed of unusual executive ability, and his asso-
ciates in the Museum often wondered at the ease with which he organ-
ised and conducted his own department. He had published twenty
or more memoirs upon mineralogical and lithological topics, promi-
nent among which are his studies upon contact zones in the Albany
ignites, and the Mesozoic diabase of Connecticut. His largest work was
tte Mineralogy and Lithology of l^ew Hampshire, constituting volume
IV of the Reports of the State Geologist. He regarded the investiga-
tion of the building stones of the United States, which he had just taken
^ hand, as the great work of his life, and had laid out an extremely
160 . REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
comprehensive scheme for its prosecution. The report upon this sub-
ject, soon to be published by the Census Bureau, his in conception and
chiefly the product of his labors, will undoubtedly be the finest of its
kind ever prepared. The National Museum contains an imperishable
monument to his memory" in the magnificent collection of building
stones which he gathered — a collection far surpassing any other in the
world.
Hawes was a man of upright and noble character — a character shaped
by a reverent faith in the teachings of the Christian religion. Like
many men trained in the methods of scientific thought, he felt unable
to agree with the doctrines of any sect, but in our conversations he
asserted his belief in the Christian revelation, and all who know him
must feel that his life was shaped by this belief.
LIST OF PAPERS BY DR. G. W. HAWIBS.*
[Experiments on the use of potassium dichromate.] Published in an
article by Prof S. W. Johnson on the use of potassium dichromate
in ultimate organic analyses.
(American Jonmal of Science, 1874, vu, p. 466.)
On a feldspar from Bamle, in Norway.
(Am. Jonmal of Science, 1874, vii, p. 579.)
Gives the results of chemical analyses of a feldspar identical with or closely
allied to oligoclase.
On the chemical composition of the wood of acrogens.
(Am. Jour, of Science, 1874, vii, p. 585.)
Gives the results of twelve chemical analyses as made by the author upon
acrogens of the following species : Lycopo^m dendroideumj L, oon^lanatwnf
Uquisetum hyemale, Aspidium marginale, Cyathea oanalioulata,
[Analysis of a serpentine pseudomorph, and examination of brucite.]
In J. D. Dana's "Serpentine pseudomorphs from the Tilly Foster
mine.''
(Am. Jour, of Science, 1874, viii, pp. 451-453.)
[Analysis of chondrodite from the Tilly Foster mine.] In Prof. B. 8.
Dana's memoir on chondrodite.
(Transactions of the Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences, 1875, lu,
p. 86.)
The trap rocks of the Connecticut Yalley.
(Am. Jour, of Science, 1875, ix, pp. 185-192.)
Gives the results of several chemical analyses of the dolerites and diabases
of the Connecticut Valley.
On diabantite, a chlorite occurring in the trap of the Connecticut Yalley.
(Am. Jour, of Science, 1875, ix, pp. 454-457.)
Gives the analysis of a variety of chlorite found in the trap of the Connect-
icut Valley.
. » a
* This bibliography was prepared by George P. Merrill.
REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 161
On zonochlorite and chlorastrolite.
(Am. Jonr. of Science, 1875, x, pp. 24-26.)
Conolades from chemical and microscopic examination that these are not
trae mineral species, but rather impure varieties of phrenite. Reviewed by
Bosenbusch in the Nenes Jahrbnch for 1875, p. 750.
[Analysis of dnrangite.] In Prof. G. J. Brash's cuticle on '^ The chemical
composition of dnrangite."
(Am. Jonr. of Science, 1876, xi, p. 464.)
The rocks of the "Ohloritic formation '^ on the western border of the
New Haven region.
(Am. Jour, of Science, 1876, xi, pp. 122-126.)
Gives the results of microscopic and chemical examinations of certain met-
amorphic rocks in the vicinity of New Haven, Conn. Concludes that they are
true dolerites, diabases, and metaphyres, and distinguishes them i¥om similar
eruptive rocks by the prefix meta.
On a lithia-bearing variety of biotite.
(Am. Jour, of Science, 1876, xi, pp. 431-432.)
Finds that the black biotite from the feldspar quarries of Portland, Cdnn.,
contains some 0.95 per cent, of lithia, which replaces a part of the potash.
On the greenstones of Kew Hampshire and their organic remains.
(Am. Jour, of Science, 1876, xii, pp. 129-137, 1 plate.)
Gives the result of numerous chemical and microscopic examinations of the
so-called greenstones of New Hampshire, and also describes and figures cer-
tain forms contained in them, which appear to be of organic origin. These
forms, which excited considerable interest at the time, proved, on further
examination, to be but the peculiar skeleton- like forms left by decomposing
titanic iron.
On grains of metallic iron in dolerites from New Hampshire.
(Am. Jour, of Science, 1877, xni, pp. 33-35.)
Mineralogy and lithology of Ke w Hampshire, by George W. Hawes, in*
stractor in mineralogy in the Sheffield Scientific School of Yale Col-
lege. Part lY, of the third volume of the Geology of New Hamp-
shire, 262 pp.,' royal 8vo, with 12 plates. Concord, N. H., 1878.
This, the most important work of the author's life, gives the results oi
extensive research upon the chemical and microscopic properties of what may
be regarded as typical rocks and minerals of New Hampshire. It also con-
tains extensive notes upon the external characters, economic value, and gen-
eral distribution of the rocks over the State, together with a short treatise
upon the method of study with the microscope.
The rocks of the "Chloritic formation'' on the western border of the
New Haven region.
(Am. Jour, of Science, 1878, xv, p. 219.)
A note on the previous paper published in this journal, xi, 1876, p. 122.
The author finds on further examination that a certain mineral, supposed at
first to be a pyroxene, is hornblende, and that the rock belongs therefore to
the diorite group.
H. Mis. 26 11
162 REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
On liquid carboDic acid in syenite.
(Am. Jour, of Science, 1878, xvi, p. 234.)
A short note taken firom the author's ''Report on the mineralogy and lith-
ology of New Hampshire,''
On leacoxene in the I^ew Hampshire diorites.
(Am. Jonr. of Science, 1878, xvi, p. 396.)
A short note taken from the author's ''Report on the mineralogy and lith-
ology of New Hampshire."
On the association of x>yroxene and hornblende.
(Am. Jour, of Science, 1878, xvi, p. 397.)
A short note taken from the author's "Report on the mineralogy and lith-
ology of New Hampshire."
On a group of dissimilar eraptive rocks in Gampton, I^. H.
(Am. Jour, of Science, 1879, xvii, pp. 147-151.)
Describes five closely adjoining dikes cutting a mica schist in Campton,
N. H., which, upon examination, prove to be composed of diabase j olivene
diabase, diorite, and syenite. Gives chemical aUalyses.
An acooant of recent progress in geology, for the years 1879 and 1880.
(Smithsonian Report, 1880, pp. 221-234.)
Also published separate in pamphlet form.
An accoont of recent progress in mineralogy, for the years 1879 and 1880.
(Smithsonian Report, 1880, pp. 229-312.)
Also published separate in pamphlet form.
The Albany granite, Kew Hampshire, and its contact phenomena.
(Am. Jour, of Science, 1881, xxi, pp. 21-32.)
Describes the chemical and structural change produced in the eruptive
Albany granite, and the adjoining argillitic mica schist at their point of con-
tact. The rocks were studied both chemically and microscopically.
An abstract of this paper by H. Rosenbusch was afterward given in the
Neues Jahrbuch ftir Mineralogie, &«., 1882, i. Band, i. Heft, pp. 464-465.
On liquid carbon dioxide in smoky quartz.
(Am. Jour, of Science, 1881, xxi, pp. 203-209.)
The author finds the smoky quartz of Branch ville. Conn., to be particularly
rich in cavities, containing carbonic acid in both the liquid and gaseous state.
Considers that the motion of these included bubbles is due to changes in
external temperature. The paper is supplemented by a communication by
Mr. A. W. Wright, giving the results of chemical examinations of the gases
and liquids contained in these cavities.
On the mineralogical composition of the normal Mesozoic diabases
upon the Atlantic border.
(Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1881, iv, pp. 129-134.)
This paper gives the results of several chemical and microscopic examina-
tions of the rocks, showing that their composition is somewhat more complex
than is generally supposed; that two varieties of plagioclase are generaUy
present. The paper was reviewed by Prof. J. D. Dana, in American Jour,
•f Science, xxu, 3d series, 1881, p. 230. Also reviewed by H. Bosenbnsch in
Neues Jahrbuch fUr Mineralogie und Geologic, 1882, i, iii| p. 414.
REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 163
On the determination of feldspars in thin sections of rocks.
(Proc. Nat. Mus., 1881, iv, pp. 134-136.)
The author gives as the result of his experience that grave errors are liable
to arise through relying altogether upon optical methods for determining
feldspars In thin sections, since, owing to the uncertain angle at which the
crystals are cut, it is not only not possible at all times to distinguish with
certainty between the different varieties of plagioclase, but at times they can
with great difficulty be distinguished from orthoclase.
On a phosphatic sandstone from Hawthorne, Fla.
(Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1882, v, pp. 46-48.)
Gives the results of microscopic and chemical analysis of a phosphatic
sandstone from Hawthorne. Tie stone was found to contain some 16 per
cent, of phosphoric acid.
Brief abstracts and reviews of papers by American authors^ published by
Dr, Eawes in the Neues Jahrbuch fur Mineralogiej Oeologie^ und Palo-
eontologie.
B. J. Harrington. I^otes on chrome-garnet, phyrhotite, and
titaniferous iron ore. Proc. Canadian Natural History Society,
May, 1880. — ^H. B. Cornwall. Oallium in American blende.
Am. Chem. Jour., April 1880, p. . — Peter Collier. Analysis
of a mineral resembling thorite. Jour. Amer. Chem. Soc., xi,
ii, p. 73.^F. W. Clark and M. E. Owens. On a new variety of
tetrahedrite. Am. Chem. Jour., Jnue^ 1880, p. 173.
. (Neues Jahrbuch, 1881, xi, ii pp. 174-175.)
George J.' Brush. On American sulpho-selenides of mercury
with analysis of onoMte from Utah, by W. G. Comstock.
Am. Jour. Science^ xvi, April, 1881. — P. A. Genth and W. C.
Eerr. The minerals and mineral localities of I^orth Carolina,
being Chapter i of Vol. ii of the Geology of iN^orth Carolina,
p. 122. Ealeigh, 1881. — Henry C. Lewis. On Philadelphite, a
new mineral species. Proc. Phil. Acad. Kat. Sciences, Decem-
ber 22, 1879. — Wm. P. Blake. Occurrence of realgar and orpi-
ment (auripigment) in Utah Territory. Am. Jour. Science,
March, 1881, p. 219.— W. E. Hidden. On the Whitfield County,
Georgia, meteoric iron. Am. Jour. Science, April, 1881,
p. 287
(Neues Jahrbuch, 1881, xi, iii, pp. 337-343.)
A. E. C. Selwyn. Geological survey of Canada ; report of progress
for 1878-'79. — ^D. Honeyman. Geological waifs from the Mag-
dalen Islands. — D. Honeyman, D. C. L. Nova Scotia geology.
Notes on a new geological map of Pictou County. Proceedings
and Transactions of the Kova Scotia Institute of Natural
Sciences, Halifax, 1880, Vol. v, pp. 119, 136, 192.— Eugene A.
Smith On the geology of Florida. Am. Jour. Science, April,
1881, p. 292. — Geo. M. Wheeler. Annual Eeport upon the
Geographical Survey of the Territory of the United States
west of the 100th meridian. Appendix OO of the Annual
164 REPORT ON NAUOKAL museuil
Eeport of the Chief of Engineers for 1879. 338 pages. An
atlas of six maps ; also several large maps with the text. — ^War-
ren Upham. The geology of Oentral and Western Minnesota.
A preliminary rei>ort. Saint Paal, Minn. 33 pp. — ^Edward
Orton. Eeview of stratigraphical geology in Eastern Ohio,
from the annual report of the secretary of state, 1879. Golum-
bus, Ohio, 1880. pp. 33. — 0. G. Eockwood, jr. I^otices of re-
cent American earthquakes. Am. Jour. Science, March, 1881,
p. 183.
(Neaes Jahrbach, 1881, xi, ili, pp. 373-376.)
B. P. Whitefield. Notice of the occurrence of rocks representing
the Marcellas shales of Kew York in Central Ohio. Proc. Am.
Assoc., Saratoga meeting, August, 18/9, p. 297. — H. M. Chance.
The millstone grit in England and Pennsylvania. Am. Jour.
Science, February 1881, xxi, p. 137.— Andrew S. McCreath.
Second report of progress in the laboratory of the second geolo-
gical survey of Pennsylvania. J. P. Lesley, State geologist.
Containing communications by Professor Frazier, F. Piatt,
and J. P. Lesley. 438 pp. — ^Persifer Frazer. The geology of
Lancaster County, second geological survey of Pennsylvania. —
M. E. Wadsworth. Notes on the geology of the iron and cop-
per districts of Lake Superior. Bulletin of the Museum of
Comparative Zoology at Harvard College, geological series, i,
July, 1880. 157 pp. — Geology of Wisconsin. . Yol. in, survey
of 1873-'79. T. C. Chamberlin, State geologist. 763 pp.—
Geological survey of Alabama; report of progress for 1877
78. Eugene A. Smith, State geologist, 138 pp. — C. E. Dutton.
Report on the geology of the high plateaus of Utah, 1880. —
Alexis A. Julien. On the geological action of the humus acids.
Proc. Am. Association, August, 1879, pp. 311-411. — W. C.
Kerr. The mica veins of North Carolina. Transactions Am.
Inst.— Mining Engineers, Feb., 1880. — J. S. Diller. The fels-
ites and their associated rocks north of Boston. — Proc. Boston
Soc. of Nat. Hist., Jan. 21 , 1880, p. 385 J. Peter Lesley. Sec-
ond geological survey of Pennsylvania. Eeports from 1874 to
1880.
(Neues Jahrbuch, 1881, xi, iii, pp. 380-390.)
Dr. Hawes assisted in the preparation of the following works, which
should be added in order that the list may be complete :
A catalogue of the flowering plants and higher cryptograms growing
without cultivation within thirty miles of Yale College. Published
by the Berzelius Society, New Haven, 1878.
A manual of determinative mineralogy, with an introduction on blow-
pipe-analysis, by George J. Brush, professor of mineralogy in the
Sheffield Scientific School of Yale College.
REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 165
THE COLLECTION OP BUILDING STONES.
About the time that Dr. Hawes entered upon his daties as a curator
at the IS'ational Museum he also assumed charge of that branch of the
Tenth Oensus relating to the quarrying industries of the United States.
His plan was to make a complete census of all thequarriesof stone worked
in the country, to ascertain the amount and value of their productions,
the number of men employed, and all the facts usually included in cen-
sus reports; in addition to which it was hoped to gain a large amount
of information of more strictly scientific interest. In order to carry out
his plans, special agents or collectors were employed, in all cases in
which it was i>ossible, men of scientific attainments, whose education and
training had especially fitted them for the work, who were to visit the
quarries in person and gather all necessary facts of economic import-
ance relative to the industry, besides which they were instructed to col-
lect all additional facts possible of scientific importance but perhaps of
less practical value. Among the printed qaestions to be answered rela-
tive to each quarry were the following: "Kind of rock quarried f
** Greological age of formation t ^ " Structure of natural blocks as regards
stratification and jointing f "How large a block can be obtained t"
** Principal uses for which it is employed!'' &c. ; or, if the stogie was
osed for ornamental purposes only, there were added such questions as,
^ What are the qualities that render this stone desirable for ornamental
purposes t ^ and, " Is it suitable for ornaments exposed to the weather t ^.
From each quarry two specimens, or more if the character of the rock
seemed to require it in order to represent it in all its varieties, of sufft-
cient size to be dressed into four-inch cubes, were forwarded by mail
to the Museum for further examination. Here a corps of aids and
assistants was employed to work up the material as it e^me in. Each
specimen on its arrival, after being catalogued, was placed in the hands
of stone-cutters who dressed them into four-inch cubes the different faces
of the cubes being finished as follows : Polished in front, drafted and
pointed on the left side ; drafted rock face upon the right side ; rock
face behind, and smooth sanded or chiseled upon the top and bottom.
This preparatioQ was modified to suit individual cases i for example,
sandstones which do not polish, had the front face simply rubbed
smooth. The specimens thus prepared were placed in suitable exhibi-
tion cases and properly labelled, where they might be examined by all
who wished.
The chips made in the process of dressing were carefully saved to be
utilized in chemical and microscopic analyses. Also specimens from
each quarry, so far as practicable, were to be submitted to proper tests,
to ascertain their powers of resistance to pressure. Special tests were
also to be made to learn the absorptive properties of the various kinds
of stone ; their specific gravity and weight per cubic foot ; their powers
of resistance to the eflPect of heat and frost, together with the effect of
166 REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
certain included minerals apon their weathering properties. Prepara-
tions were made for extensive chemical analyses^ and several hundred
thin sections prepared for microscopic stady.
The final report was to be published in quarto form and to contain, in
addition to extensive articles upon the subjects already mentioned,
chapters on the history of the quarrying industry of the United States,
and upon rock weathering and decomposition as illustrated in the stone
buildings of the principal cities of the country. It was also tp contain
numerous plates showing the rocks both as they appear to the naked
eye and as seen in thin sections under the microscope. Also illustrations
of some of the principal quarries and of special machinery used in
quarrying and dressing stone.
When it became evident that Dr. Hawes could no longer continue his
work it was placed in other hands for continuation, but the long delay
already caused by his illness rendered its full completion impossible
within the limits of time prescribed by the census, and it was therefore
greatly abbreviated. Had he been able to carry out his plans as origi-
nally intended, this would, beyond all doubt, have been the most impor-
tant work upon the subject of building stones ever produced in this or
any other country.
REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 167
APPENDIX A.— LIST OF OFFIOEES, JAJ^UAEY 1, 1883,
SPENCER F. BAIRD Secretary of the Smithsonian ImUtution; Director,
a. BROWN GOODE Aseistant Director; Curator, DepH of Art and Industry,
TARLETON H. BEAN Curatory DepH Ichthyology y and Editor of ^'Proceedings/*
WILLIAM H. DALL Honorary Curator , Department of Molluaka.
FREDERICK P. DEWEY.. J««wton« Curator ^ in charge of Department of Metallwrgy,
JAMES M. FLINT Honorary Curator, Section of Materia Medica,
EDWARD FOREMAN Assistan t, Department of Ethnography,
GEORGE P. MERRILL.... Assistant, Section of Building Stones,
RICHARD RATHBUN Assistant Curator, in charge DepH of Marine Invertebratei.
CHARLES RAU Curator, Departmen t of Archaeology,
EGBERT RIDGWAY Curator, Department of Birds,
CHARLES V. RILEY Honorary Curator, Department of Insects,
FREDERICK W. TAYLOR.. C^mi««.
FREDERICK W. TRUE Librarian; Acting Curator, Department of Mammals.
CHARLES D. WALCOTT.. .Honorary AssH Curator, DepH of Invertebrate FossUs.
LESTER F. WARD Honorary Curator, Department of Fossil Plants,
CHARLES A. WHITE Curator, Department of Invertebrate Fossils,
HENRY C. YARROW Honorary Curator, Department of Herpetology,
WH.LIAM S. YEATES Acting Curator, Department of Minerals,
APPENDIX B.—BIBLIOGEAPHY OF PUBLICATIONS OF THE
MUSEUM FOR 1882.
I.— PAPERS BY OFFICERS OF THE MUSEUM.
^^AN, TARLETON H. A partial bibliography of the fishes of the Pa-
cific coast of the United States and of Alaska, for the year 1880.
(Proc. U. S. Nat. Mas., 1881, iv, pp. .312-317.)
Notes on fishes collected by Capt. Chas. Bendire, U. S. A., in
Washington Territory and Oregon, May to October, 1881.
rProc. U. S. Nat. MuB., 1882, v, pp. 89-93.)
Note on the occurrence of a Silvery Lamprey {IcJithyomyzan
castanetis Girard) in Louisiana.
(Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1882, v, pp. 117-119.)
Notes on birds collected in Alaska and Eastern Siberia daring
the summer of 1880.
(Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1882, v, pp. 144-173.)
168 REPORT 019 NATIONAL MU8EUM.
Bean, T arlston H. Translation of note on the liabits and the rearing
of the Axolotl {Amblystoma mexicanum)^ by M. Oarbonnier.
(Proc. U. S. Nat. Mas., 1882, y, pp. 221-222.)
— — Notes on a collection of fishes made by Oapt. Henry E. Nichols,
n. S. N., in British Colambia and Sonthem Alaska, with descrip-
tions of new species and a new genas (Delolepis).
(Proc. U. S. Nat. Mns., 1882, v,pp. 465-474.)
list of publications of the United States National Moseani.
(BaU. U. 8. Nat. Mus., No. 18, pp. 1-12.)
Notes on a shi^mient, by the United States Fish Commission
of California salmon {Oncorhynchtut ehouicha) to Tanner's Creek,
Indiana, in 1876.
(Bull. U. S. Fish Com., 1882, i, pp. 204-205.)
Account of a shipment, by the United States Fish Commission,
of California salmon -fry {Oncorhynchus chauicha)' to Southern Louis-
iana, with a note on some collections made at Tickfaw.
(Bull. U. 8. F. C, 1882, I, pp. 205-206.)
(J. W. Collins.) An inquiry as to the capture of young codfish
in Chesapeake Bay.
(Bull. U. S. F. C, 1882, i, pp. 401-402.)
Directions for collecting and preserving fish.
(Forest and Stream, No. 25, Jan. 19, 1882, xvii, p. 492.)
A reprint from Proc. U. S. Nat.. Mus., 1861, iv, pp. 235-238.
Rainbow and other Pacific trout.
(Forest and Stream, .Tune 15, 1882, xviii, pp. 389-390.)
See also Goode and Bean.
Dall, William H. On the genera of Chitons.
(Proc. U. S.Nat. Mus. 1881, iv, pp. 279-291.)
The currents and temperatures of Bering Sea and the adjacent
waters.
(Report U. S. Coast Survey for 1880, App. No. 16.)
Separate 4to, p. 46, maps and section, March, 1882.
On certain Limpets and Chitons from the deep waters off the
Eastern coast of the United States.
(Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1881, iv, pp. 400-414.)
Reprinted in Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., London, x (1882), 11-26.
List of papers by William Healey Dall, assistant, "D. S. Coast
Survey, honorary curator, U. S. National Museum. 1866-1882.
Washington : Judd & Detweiler, printers, 8vo, pp. 11,.
— Notes on Alaska Tertiary deposits.
(Amer. Joum. Sci., July, 1882, xxi v, pp. 67, 68. )
— • Biographical sketch. [Charles Darwin.]
(Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 1882, i, pp. 56-59.
Read before the society May 12, 1882, on the occasion of the Darwin memo-
rial meeting.
BEPORT ON ITAtlONAL MUSEUM. 169
Dall, William H. Address by William H. Dall, viee-presidenty sec-
tion "Fj before the section of Biology, American Association for the
Advancement of Science, Montreal meeting, Augast 23, 1882.
Salem, printed at the Salem Press, 1882, 8yo, pp. 16.
Species in Bnccinnm.
(Nachricht. d. deuts. malakozool. Gesells., Ang.-Sept., 1882| pp. 118-121.)
Zum Kapitel der " Natural Selection.'^
(Naoliricht. d. deuts. malakozool. Geaells., Oct., pp. 145-149.)
Dall ilber das Klima von Alaska.
(Zeitsch. d. osterreichis. Gesells. f. Meteo., Nov., 1882, xvii, pp. 44^-444.
Note on Oadinia excentrica Tiberi.
(Amer.Nat., Sept., 1882, p.737.0
Der Golfstrom nach den neuesten Forschongen.
(Petermanns geogr. Mlttheilnngen, 1883, i, pp. 19-21.)
GooDE, G. Bbown. The eel question.
(Forest and Stream, xvin, 1882, March 2, pp. 91-93; March 9, pp. 111-113;
March 16, pp. 132-133.)
Materials for a history of the Swordfish.
(Forest and Stream, xvm, 1882, Jane 22, p. 410 ; July 20, p. 492 ; XDC, 1882,
Aug. 17, p. 52; Aug. 24, p. 70; Aug. 31, pp. 91,92; Sept. 7, pp. Ill, 112; Sept.
14, pp. 132, 133 ; Sept. 21, pp. 149, 150 ; Oct. 5, p# 193 ; Oct. 19, pp. 231, 232.)
Also in Trans. Amer. Pish Cult. Assoc, 1882, pp. 84-150.
The taxonomic relations and geographical distribution of the
members of the swordfish family {Xiphiidce).
(Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1881, iv, pp. 415-4330
The fisheries of the world.
(CyclopoBdla of Political Economy, Chicago, ii, pp. 211-231.)
Benthodesmus, a new genus of deep-sea fishes, allied to Lepi-
dopas.
(Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1881, iv, pp. 379-383.)
The Mackerel.
(Proc. BioL Soc. Wash., i, 1882,. p. 32.)
The fishermen of the United States. [Abstract.]
(Trans. Anthrop. Soc. Wash., i, pp. 62-66.
See GooDE and Bean 5 alsoj Goode and Collins.
QooDB, Q. Bbown, and Tableton H. Bean. Benthodesmus, a new
genus of deep-sea fishes, allied to Lepidopus.
(ProcU. 8. Nat. Mus., 1881, iv, pp. 379-383.)
A list of the species of fishes recorded as occurring in the Gulf
of Mexico.
(Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1882, v, pp. 234-240. )
170 REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
GooDE, Or. Bbown, and Tablbton H. Bean. Descriptions of twenty-
flve new species of fish from the Southern United States, and three
new genera LetharchuSj loglossuSy and Chriodorus. •
(Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1882, v, pp. 412-437.)
GooDE, G. Brown, and Capt. J. W. Collins. The winter haddock
fishery of Kew England.
(Bull. U. S. F. C, 1882, i, pp. 226-235.)
The winter haddock fishery of New England.
(Forest and Stream, May 18, 1882, XYiii, pp. 311-312 ; also in Trans. Amer.
Fish Cult. Assoc, 1882, pp. 48-65.)
Rathbun, Eichard. Dredging stations of the XJ. S. Fish Commis-
sion steamer, Fish Hawk, Lieut. Z. L. Tanner, U. S. K., command-
ing, for 1880, 1881, and 1882, with temperature and other observa-
tions.
(Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., Nov. 1882, ii, pp. 119-131.)
List of marine invertebrates, mainly from the Kew England
coast, distributed by the United States National Museum. Series
n.
(Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus„ 1881^ iv, pp. 298-303.)
List of marine invertebrates from the New England coast^ dis-
tributed by the U. S. National Museum. Series ni. Educational
series.
(Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1881, iv, pp. 304-307. FeVy., 1882.)
Notes on the shrimp and prawn fisheries of the United States.
(Bulletin U. S. Fish Comm., n, pp. 139-152. Nov., 1882.)
See also Smith and Eathbun.
Eau, Charles. Articles on anthropological subjects contributed to
the annual report of the Smithsonian Institution, from 1863 to
1877, by Charles Eau. Washington. Published by the Smithsonian
Institution, 1882, 8vo, pp. x, 1-169.
The Mount Pisgah (U. S.) stone carvings.
(Nature, July 13, 1882, p. 243).
Die Jadeitgegenstande des iN'ational-Museums zu Wasliing-
ton.
(Archiv ftlr Anthropologie, 1882, xiV, pp. 157-163.)
List of anthropological publications, 1859-1882.
(Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1881, iv, pp. 455-458.)
Eeview of " Ancient Scottish lake-dwellings or crannogs, with
a supplementary chapter on lake-dwellings in England,'' by Bobert
Monro, M. A., M. D., F. S. A. Scot. Edinburgh, 1882.
(The Nation, October 26, 1882, p. 303, anouymous.)
REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 171
BmawAY, EoBERT. Catalogue of Old World birds in the United
States National Mnseom.
(Proo. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1881, iv, pp. 317-333.)
The object of this catalogue, as expressed m the preface, ''is to render ap-
parent the desiderata of the National Museum in the way of Old World birds,
so that museums or individuals desiring to make exchanges (or donations)
may know what species are wanted." The total number of species enumerated
is 1,339, to which there have been many additions* during the year, the re-
sult chiefly of a judicious distribution of the catalogue. It is proposed to
publish annually a supplement to this list, giving the names of all the species
added to the collection during the year, for the information of those from
whom accessions to the collection may be expected.
Notes on some Costa Bican birds.
(Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1881, iv, pp. 333-337.)
This paper is based upon a small but very interesting coUection of birds
presented by Sr. Don Jos^ C. Zeledon, of San Jos^, Costa Rica, and mostly
obtained upon the volcanic peak of Irazti. This elevated peak, like many
others of a similar character throughout tropical America, possesses a number
of entirely peculiar species, increased by two in the collection upon which
this paper is based, viz, a very pretty wren (Troglodytes ochrtioeus), and a re-
markable, as well as totally new form of dendrocolaptine bird {Aoanthidops
hairdi)y the genus as well as the species being new.
Description of a new flycatcher and a supposed new petrel
from the Sandwich Islands.
(Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1881, iv, pp. 337-338.)
The birds described in this pax>er are new and very distinct species {Chaai-
empis sclateri and Cymochorea cryptoleucura) from the island of Waimea Kaui.
The ornithology of the Sandwich Islands, notwithstanding their accessibility,
being very imperfectly known, every addition to our knowledge of the birds
of these islands possesses peculiar interest.
— Description of a new owl from Porto Eico.
(Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1881, iv, pp. 366-371.) '
In addition to the description of a new species {Aaio portoiicenais^ this paper
treats critidally of the nearly cosmopolitan AHo accipitrintiSf or short-eared
owl, and its allies.
Descriptions of two new thrushes from the United States.
(Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1881, iv, pp. 374-379.)
The birds herein described are Hylocichia ftiaceeoens salicicola, or willow
thrash, from the Rocky Mountains, and H, alicias hicknelli, from the Catskill
Mountains, New York. The latter is of particular interest, as being a local or
geographical race of a species which breeds abundantly along the Arctic coast
of North America, and which was supposed to be specially limited to that dis-
trict during the breeding season. Nevertheless, Mr. Eugene P. Bicknell, of
Riverdale, N. Y., found a smaller and darker colored form, unquestionably
referable to the same species, breeding upon the Catskill Mountains, at an
elevation of about 4,000 feet.
On two recent additions to the North American bird-fauna,
by L. Belding.
(Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1881, iv, pp. 414-511.)
During the winter of 1881-^82, Mr. L. Belding, of Stockton, Cal., made an
•The subsequent additions of identified species number 104, making a total of 1,443
^edef now in the colled ion.
172 REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
BmawAT, BoBEBT— Continued.
a
exploration of the western coast and southern extremity of Lower California,
in the interests of the National Mnsenm, a considerable portion of his time
being spent at La Paz, on the eastern side of the peninsula. Among the birds
obtained at this locality was a single example of Swinhoe's wagtail (Afotooil^a
oeularis)j a species belonging to eastern Asia, so that the individual in ques-
tion must in all probability have crossed the Pacific Ocean, perhaps aided
by some vessel bound toward our shores. The other, a Mexican species, the
chestnut-headed yellow warbler, (Dendrceca hryanti), first described in 1874,
Mr. Belding found to be a common inhabitant of the mangrove thickets skirt-
ing the Gulf shore.
— Description of several new races of American birds.
(Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1882, v, pp. 9-15.)
The new birds described in this article are (1) Meihriopterw GwrviroBtrU oooi.
dentaliSf from western Mexico ; (2) Mimus gilvus lawrencei, from southern
Mexico; (3) Merulaflaviroatria gray soni, from theTiea Marias Islands ; (4) Sia-
lia 8iali8 guatemalWf from Guatemala ; (5) Chamcea f<uoiata henshawif from
the interior of California; and (6) Periaoreus canadensis nigrioapilluSt from
Labrador.
— On the genera Harporhynchus^ Cabanis, and Meihriopterus
Beichenbach, with a description of a new genus of Miminoe.
(Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1882, v, pp. 43-46.)
The purport of this paper is the definition of characters distinguishing two
genera whi ch had been previously confounded. A new allied genus {Mimodes),
also related to Mimus^ is instituted for the Harporhyn4iku8 grayaoni Baird.
— Critical remarks on the tree creepers {Certhia) of Europe and
Korth America.
(Proc. U. S. Nat. Mas., 1882, v, pp. 111-116.)
This paper, based upon extensive material in the National Museum, defines
the distinctive characters of several Palssarctic and North American races
of Certhia familiariSy among which the following are described for the first
time: (1) C. familiaria britannicaj from, the British Islands; (2) C.familiaris
montanaj from the Bocky Mountains; and (3) C familiaris oooidentalis, from
the Pacific coast of North America.
— Description of some new North American birds.
(Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1882, v,pp. 343-346.)
The species described are Catherpes mexicanus punotulatusj California ; Lopko-
phanea inamatus griseus, Middle Province of United States ; Geothlypia heldingi^
San Jos^ del Cabo, Lower California ; Eallus heldingif Espiritu Santo Islandsi
Lower California, of which the types are all in National Museum collection.
— On an apparently new heron from Florida.
(Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, 1, 1882, vii, pp. 1-6.)
This article embodies areview of the question of dichromatism ia Ardea occi
dentalie (hrat hinted at by the author in the Bulletin of the U. S. Geol. and
(jreog. Survey of the Terr., 1, 1878, iv, pp. i -236), and also brings to notice
an allied dichromatic species, or race, from western Florida, named Ardea
wardif in honor of its discoverer, Mr. C. W. Ward, of Pontiac, Mich., who
generously furnished the facts and specimen upon which the new species
was based.
REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 173
BiBawAY, EoBERT. Kotes on some of the birds observed near Wheat-
land, ELnox County, Indiana, in the spring of 1881.
(BoU. Nutt. Om. Club, 1, 1882, Vll, pp., 15-23.)
This paper presents the chief results of a collecting trip to the locality in
question, in the interest of the National Museum.
On the generic name Helminfhophaga.
(Bull. Nutt. Om, Club, 1, 1882, vn, pp. 53-64.)
This paper calls attention to the necessity (if the rules of nomenclature be
strictly adhered to) of suppressing this name as used for a North American
genus of warblers, it having been applied forty-seven years previously to an
entirely dissimilar European group, including the nightingale and redbreast.
In order to render the change as slight as possible, the name HelminthopMla
is proposed.
The great black-backed gull (Lama marinus)^ frofh a new
locality.
(Bull. Nutt. Om. Club, 1, 1882, vii, p. 60.)
The known range of this species has been greatly extended by specimens
from Herald Island, in the Arctic Ocean, north of Bering Strait, and Port
Clarence, on the Atlantic side of the same strait, collected by Captain Hooper,
U. S. Cutter **Corwin," and Dr. T. H.Bean, curator Department of Fishes,
U. S. National Museum. The nearest previously recorded locality was Japan.
Additions to the catalogue of Korth American birds.
(Bull. Nutt Om. Club, 1, 1882, vn, p. 61.)
The additions (to the catalogue published by the National Museum in 1881)
are Nos. 440*, Buteo fuliginosuB Scl. (little black hawk); 440**, B, hrachyurua
Vieill. (short-tailed hawk, white-fronted Hawk) ; 708, Puffinus horealis Cory
(northern shearwater) ; and 717*, (Eatrelata gularis Peale (Peale's petrel).
The numbers prefixed indicate their position as interpolated in the catalogue
in question.
Distribution of the fish crow {Corvtis o%sifragus).
(BuU. Nutt. Om. Club, 4, 1882, vii, p. 250.)
This supposed strictly littoral species found among the mountains of Vir-
ginia, at least sixty miles from the nearest tide- water.
Birds new to or rare in the District of Columbia.
(Bull. Nutt. Om. Club, 4, 1882, vii, p. 253.)
The species given, verified by specimens in the National Museum collection,
^re the following: T Bewick's wren {Thvyomanens hemcH)) yellow-throated
warbler {Dendroeca dominioa); loggerhead shrike (Xan{ic« ludoviciantis); and
sharp-tailed finch {Ammodromtis caudacuttLs),
List of additions to the catalogue of Korth American birds.
(Bull. Nutt. Om. Club, 4, 1882, vii, pp. 257,258.)
This list is supplementary to that published in the January number of the
same journal (No. 15), and includes subsequent additions, given '^for the
benefit of those who, for various reasons, are not able to keep the run of aU
the new discoveries." There are twenty-two species, as follows : 2a, JSyXo-
ciohlafuscescenaaalicicola Kidgw. (Willow thrush) 3a. H. alicice hicknelWRXdgw,
(Bicknell's thrush). 35a, Chamcea fasciata hensJiam Ridgw. (Pallid ground, tit).
38o, Lophophane8 inamatu8 griseus Ridgw. (Gray titmouse). 55&, CerthiafamUi
arisnumtana Ridgw. (Rocky Mountain creeper). 596, Caiherpes mexicanus punoivr
174 BEPOBT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
EiDGWAY, Egbert — Gontinued.
Iatu8 Bidgw. (Panctnlatefd wren). 69*, Motttoilla ocularis Swinh. (8winhoe*8
wagtail). 93*y Dendratca vieilloii hryanti Bidgw. (dxesinnt-headed yellow
warbler). 122*, Oeotklypis belditigi Bidgw. (Belding's yellow-throat). 144ii,
Vireo huttoni at^henH Brewst. (Stephens' vireo), 230&, PeutfCBa rufieeipB erenuBca
Brown. (Bock sparrow). 297c, Perisareua canadensis nigricapillus Bidgw. (Lab-
rador jay). 311a, Myiarchus mexicanus cooperi Baird (Cooper's flycatcher).
354a, Caprimulgu9 vociferus arizoucs Brewst. (Stephens' whippoorwill). 402e,
Scops aMo hendirei Brewst. (California mottled owl). 452*, Gfparchus papa
Linn. (King yultnre). 475a, Lagopus muius reinhardti Brehm. (Greenland
ptarmigan). 4756, L.mutus atkhensisTnmeT (Atkban ptarmigan). 486*, Ardea
wardi Bidgw. (Ward's heron). 569*, Ballus heldingi Bidgw. (Belding's rail).
701*, Diomedea tnelanophrys Temm. (Spectacled albatross).
BiLET, Chables Y. [ United States] Department of Agriculture. Special
report 'So. 11. The Silk- worm ; being a brief manual of instructions
for the production of silk. Second edition. Prepared by direction
of the Commissioner of Agriculture, by 0. V. Eiley, M. A., Ph. D.,
entomologist, Washington, 1882, 37 p., ill.
Urges practicability and desirability of the culture of Sericaria mori in the
United States ; gives estimates of the profits of silk-caltare ; a brief natural
history of 8, morif with its enemies, diseases, and food -plants; directions for
the cuHore of the insects and the reeling of silk, and a glossary of terms nsed
in silk-cultnre. Corrects errors in the estimates given in the first edition,
makes other minor changes, and addi introduction on the requisites of suc-
cessful silk-culture.
On the oviposition of Frodoxus decipiens.
(Amer. Nat., Jan., 1882, v, pp. 6:^-63.)
An abstract of a paper read at the Cincinnati meeting of the A. A. A. S. on
the time and manner of oviposition of Frodoxus decipiens in stem of Yucca
filamentosa,
Horn's classification of the Cardbidce.
(Amer. Nat., Jan., 1882, xvi, pp. 63-64.)
A notice of 6. H. Horn's "On the genera of CarabidcB, with sx>ecial refer-
ence to the fauna of boreal Ameiica" (Trans. Amer. Entom. Soc, July -Oct.,
1881, IX, pp. 91-196, pi. 3-10) ; shows necessity for broad view in the per-
formance of classificatory work.
Kew insects injurious to agriculture. ,
(Amer. Nat., Feb., 1882, xvi, pp. 151-152.)
An abstract of a paper read at the Cincinnati meeting of the A. A. A. S. ;
states that the occurrence of previously unnoticed noxious insects is due some-
times to the introduction of species from abroad, sometimes to previously-
existing unnoticed species, and at other times to the acquisition of new habits
by previously-known innoxious species. In the last case the acquisition of
new habits may be accompanied by the acquisition of new descriptional char-
acters, constituting of the insect a new species. New species may thus be-
come developed within brief periods of time.
Locust probabilities for 1882.
(Amer. Nat., Feb., 1882, xv, p. 153.)
Gives the itinerary of Lawrence Bruner in Utah, Idaho, Montana, and Wash-
REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 175
BOiEY, Gharles V. — Gontiuaed.
ington Territory; and reports favorable prospects of immunity from ravages
of Calapienus 8pretu8 in 1882.
A new depredator infesting wheat stalks.
(Amer.Nat.,Mar., 1882, xvi, pp. 247-248, ^g. 1.)
This insect was described as a new wheat pest, under the name of Isos&ma
dllyniif by G. H. French, in Prairie Farmer, 31 Dec, 1881 ; and in his " Two
new species of laosoma" (Can. Entom., Jan., 1882, xiv, pp. 9-10), is a species
of EupdmiMf doubtless parasitic on some of the wheat-stalk feeders and prob-
ably on some species of Chloropa; habits and figures of larva are also given
and descriptions of female imago of Isoaoma iritici n. sp. (previously charac-
terized by author in Rural New Yorker, March 4, 1882), which is injurious to
wheat; gives comparison between /. triiica and /. hardei; states doubt con-
cerning the habits of /. lineare of Europe, and the relative conspicuousness of
the *' humeral spof in European, American, and Australian species of laowma.
Farther notes on the imported clover-leaf weevil, Phytonamiis
punctatus.
( Amer. Nat. , Mar. , 1882, xvi, pp. 248-249. )
Specimens of a variety of Phytonamua punctattu, supposed to have been col-
lected in Canada in 1853, and in Pennsylvania, described by LeConte as P.
optmica, in 1876 ; citations of other instances in which injurious insects have
been overlooked for a long time, or scantily collected; probability that plant-
feeding coleoptera imported from Europe will not spread far from the Atlantic
ooast ; some such species, injurious in Europe, are thus far innoxious in this
oomitry ; hibernation of and means against P.punotatus,
— Possible food-plants for the cotton- worm.
(Amer. Nat., April, 1882, xvi, pp. 327-329.)
Aletia argillacea is, so far as known, strictly confined to Goaaypium as a food-
plant ; locality list of the MalvacesB of northeastern United States, upon some
of which plants the larva of the Aletia will probably be found; physical char-
acters and geographical distribution of Urena lohatOj on which larvsd of
Anomia eroaa occar ; egg and larva of the Anomia and the Aletia.
Lichtenstein's theory as to dimorphic, asexual females.
(Amer. Nat., May, 1882, xvi, p. 409.)
Criticises J. Lichtenstein's theory that '^ winged female" Aphides and
"asexual female" Cynipids are larvsB and their eggs pupss; corrects errors
in the comparison of these forms with the hypermetamorphotic stages of
MeUndiB.
Injarious insects in California.
(Amer. Nat., May, 1882, xvi, p. 410.)
Notice of Matthew Cooke's '^ A treatise on the insects injurious to fruit and
fruit-trees of the State of California, 1881," with indication of a few errors in
specific determination.
''le cotton- worm. How its ravages may be prevented and the insect
destroyed. What an eminent entomologist has to say on the sub-
ject
Some facts of interest to planters in the flooded district.
(N.O. Times-Democrat, May 7, 1882.)
States prohability of unusual injury to the cotton crop in the Mississippi
176 REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
BiLEY, Chables V. — Continued.
Biyer flats by Aleiia argillaoea in 1882, owing to the belatement of the crop by
floods ; want of suitable machines for destroying these insects; describes the
machines for this pnrpose invented during the investigations of the U. 8. En-
tomological Commission ; mentions poisons available for use ; states advan-
tages of early application of poisons, and describes methods for the prepara-
tion and application of these poisons.
T Habits of Cyhocephalus.
(Amer. Nat., June, 1882, xvi, p. 514. )
CyhocephaliM nigriiulua feeds on the scale-insect Chionaspis pin^foUcBf on
Pinus elliottii in South Carolina, and C, calif (Mmieus on a Coccid on apple trees
in Califomia.
The triungulin of Meloidce. ^
(Amer. Nat., June, 1882, xvi, p. 515. )
J. Lichtenstein states that the triungulin of MeUe proscarahcBus was de-
scribed in J. L. Frisch's *^ Beschreibung von allerley Insecten in Tentschland,''
1727, VI, p. 15 ; all knowledge of it, however, was afterward lost.
— Hibernation of the army worm.
(Amer. Nat., Jane, 1882, xvi, p. 516.)
Gives confirmation of author's views, as revised in 1880, in regard to the
hibernation of Leitoania unipuncta ; mentions preferred localities for oviposi-
tion ; states prospects of extensive injury by these insects in the more north-
em States in 1882.
The utilization of ants in horticaltnre.
(Nature, 8 June, 1882.)
Abstract of C. J. Macgowan's '^Utilization of ants as insect destroyers'' in
China (North China Herald, 4 April, 1882) ; capture and sale of two species
of ants which build nests in trees, and colonization of these ants in orange
orchards to destroy the insects injurious to those trees.
Repelling insects by malodorants.
(Amer. Nat. , July, 1882, xvi, p. 596. )
This is a critical review of J. A. Lintner's ** A new principle in protection
from insect attack " (Proc. Western N. Y. Hort. Soc. for 1882, v. p. ) ;
states that odorous substances repel insects more by their toxic properties
than by their odor; mentions failure of attempts by the use of strongly
smelling substances to prevent oviposition, and shows that the senses of sight,
touch, and taste are generally more important in the insect economy than the
sense uf smell.
Habits of Coscinoptera dominicana,
(Amer. Nat. , July, 1882, xvi, p. 598. )
Announces discovery by F. H. King that Coscinoptera dominicana is inguiH-
nous in ants' nests in its earlier states ; occurrence of similar habits in related
species.
Change of habit; two new enemies of the egg-plant.
(Amer. Nat., Aug., 1882, xvi, p. 678-679. )
Describes sudden acquisition by Doryphora juncta and by Cassida texana of
the habit of feeding on Solanum melongena, these species having been found
previously on S* carolincnse and S. elodognifoliumf respectively; occurrence
of C texana on S, caroUnense; geographical distribution of these two insects.
REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 177
BiLEY, Charles Y. Fotes on Microgasters.
( Amer. Nat. , Aug. , 1882, xvi, p. 679-680. )
A critical review of A. S. Packard, jr.'s, '' Descriptions of some new iclinea-
mon parasites of North American butterflies" (Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. , 1880,
XXI, p. 18-38) ; synonymical notes on Microg<uter carinata [== M, gelechicB
Tar.], M^ pieridU [specific name preoccupied] \=zApaniele8 con gregatua yst,
pieridivara n. var.], 3f. atalantas [=Apanteles oongregatus var.], M, [Jjmxii-
ielesl carduicola and M, [^.] lunatus.
The " overflow bugs'^ in Oalifomia.
(Amer. Nat., Aug., 1882, xvi, p. 681-682.)
Extract from a letter of Mrs. A. E. Bush, describing tbe occurrence of
Platynus macuUcollia in California in such abundance at certain seasons as to
become a nuisance to man.
Probable sonnd organs in Sphingid pnp®.
(Amer. Nat., Sept., 1882, xvi, p. 745-746.)
Describes occurrence of a peculiar structure on the abdominal Joints of the
pupsB of certain 8phingid<s; genera in which this structure is observed ; prob-
able connection of this structure with the function of producing sound, as
observed in Sphinx atropo8.
Is Oyrtaneura a parasite or a scavenger t
(Amer. Nat., Sept., 1882, xvi, p. 74&-747.)
Describes Cyrtoneura atahulena bred from pups of Aletia argillacea; states
nsaal food of this species ; expresses doubt whether the species is a parasite
or is only a scavenger in decayed pups ; thinks Phora aleHcB merely a scav-
enger ; describes great liability of pupsB of Aletia to decay.
Denoderus ptisillus as a museum pest.
(Amer. Nat., Sept., 1882, xvi, p. 747.)
Describes images of Dinodema puaillus feeding on cork and paper lining in
an insect box ; states that they occur usually in drugs and other stored and
^y vegetable products.
Habits of Polycdon confertus Lee.
(Amer. Nat., Sept., 1882, xvi, p. 747.)
The images of Poly coon confertus bore in twigs of apple and pear trees and
grape vines ; the larvsB probably live in the dead and dry wood of forest trees.
Myrmecophilous Coleoptera.
(Amer. Nat., Sept., 1882, xvi, p. 747, 748.)
Announces discovery, by Lawrence Bouuer, that larvsB and images of Eu-
phoria hirtipes live in hills of Formica rufa in Nebraska ; and by Theodor Per-
gande, of pupsB of Jffymenorus rufipes in nest of Formica fuaoa, and of H.
ohscurus in nest of another species of ant ; mentions known myrmecophilous
habits of Cetoniaj Crema8tochilu8f Evparia ca8kLnea(^m nests of Solenopsiaxyloni),
Tenebrionida and AnthUms; work of E. A. Schwarz upon myrmecophilous
coleoptera.
Cicada septendecim.
(Gardener's Monthly, Sept., 1882, v,p. .)
A critical review of 'Hhe short paragraph on cicada" {op, dt, Aug., 1882,
, p. 247), with reprint of the notes on " Cicada aeptendedm," in BulL
Ko. 6, U. S. Entom. Comm., 1881, p. 58-^ ; gives orthography of the names of
H. MiB. 26 12
178 REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
EiLET, Charles V.— Continued.
C, septendecim and C. tredecim; the natural relations or specific distinctness
of the t^^o forms so named, and shows the indistingnishability of the species of
certain genera by the examination of cabinet specimens ; states that dimor-
phic forms of identical species are more numerous than usually recognized,
and that Masaospara cioadina is parasitic on Cicada.
Buffalo tree-hopper injurious to iK>tatoe8.
(Amer. Nat., Oct., 1882, xvi, p. 823.)
Describes habits, food-plants, and ravages of CereM hubalus.
A new museum pest.
(Amer. Nat., Oct., 1882, xvi, p. 826.)
Announces the discovery, by Mrs. A. E. Bush, of PerimegaUma variegahtm
as a pest in collections of insects.
Bemarkable felting caused by a beetle.
(Rural New Yorker, 14 Oct., 1882).
Modified reprint, with same title.
(Amer. Nat., Dec, 1882, xvi, p. 1018-1019).
This is a description of the felting of the interior of a pillow-ticking, with
fragments of feathers, formed by the ravages of Attagenus megatoma within a
feather pillow.
The Buckeye leaf- stem borer.
(Amer. Nat., Nov., 1882, xvi, p. 913-914.)
States that the insect mentioned as SeriooHs instructoMa in [author's] "The
permanent subsection of entomology at the recent meeting of the A. A. A. S.,"
(Amer. Nat., Dec, 1881, xvi), p. 1009-1010, is totally different from that spe-
cies, and is here named Sericoris claypoleana n. sp. ; gives habits and food-
plants of this species and of Froteoteras CBSoulanaf and points out distinctions
between these two species.
Species of Otiorhynchidce injurious to cultivated plants.
(Amer. Nat., Nov.. 1882, xvi, p. 915-916.
Of North American Otim'hynchidcB the development and earlier stages of
only one species {Aramigus fulleri) are known ; imagos of two species have
become noticeably injurious ; the food-plants of eight other species were pre-
viously known ; announces discovery, by 6. P. Peffer, of the iujuries of Anam-
elis grisea upon roots of apple and pear trees, and gives list of food-plants of
the above-mentioned species.
A new rice-stalk borer; genus grinding.
(Amer. Nat., Dec, 1882, xvi, p. 1014-1015.)
An extract from the author's **The rice-stalk borer'' (Rept. [U.S.] Com-
miss. Agric. for 1881 and 1882, 1882 [Jan., 1883] ), p. 134-135, with additional
remarks; Chilo oryzaeelliLs,
Is the same as Diphryx prolatella; mentions that the genus JDiphryx-^aa
stated by Lord Walsingham [T. de Grey] to have been founded by A. R.
Grote on a mutilated specimen (as suspected by the author), with mistake of
maxillary for labial palpi.
The army- worm in 1882.
(Amer. Nat. , Dec. , 1882, xvi, p. 1017. )
States occurrence of Leucania unipuncta in great abundance and with dis-
astrous effects, especiaUy in southern United States, in 1822.
REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 179
EiLBY, Charles V. The wheat-stalk worm on the Pacific coast.
(Amer. Nat., Dec, 1882, xvi, p. 1017-1018.)
Announces reception, from J. A. Stamer, of Isosoma triticif hearing wheat-
stalks in Washington Territory; prior notices of this insect.
The bean weevil.
(Rural New Yorker, 9 Dec, 1882.)
Answers inquiry of R. J. B.; gives habits of and means to be pursued
against Bruchus fahcB,
â– Emulsions of petroleum and their value as insecticides.
(Rural New Yorker, 9 Dec, 1882.)
Abstract of a paper read at meeting of American Association fo^ the Ad-
yancement of Science, at Montreal, , 1882 ; gives results of experiments
made by several persons (named) upon methods of using petroleum as an in-
secticide without injury to plants; states that soap and milk emulsions are
the most available, and gives methods of preparing them.
[United States] Department of Agriculture — Entomologist^ 1882
(C. Valentine Eiley). Report of the Entomologist. (Beport [IT. S.]
Commiss. Agric. for 1881 and 1882, 1882 [Jan. 1, 1883], pp. 61-214,
pi. 1-20, with 3 p. expl. of plates.)
Separate author's edition, entitled ''Report of the Entomologist, Charles
V. Riley, M. A., Ph. D., for the fscal year ending June 30, 1882. From the
I report of the Department of Agriculture for the year 1881. Issued
December 1, 1882." Wash., Government, t.-p. cover -|- t.-p., 8-|- 167 p. {with
original pagination also), 20 pi.
Consists of an ''Introduction," sketching the plan of the report, the past
and present organization and work, the projects and future needs of the en-
tomological division of the U. S. Department of Agriculture, and the relation
of this division to the U. S. Entomological Commission and the National Mu-
seum; of "Extracts from correspondence," containing brief notes upon nu-
merous insects not otherwise treated in the report ; and of chapters bearing
the following titles, cited, unless otherwise indicated, under the name of C.
y. Riley as author, to which chapters reference should be made for further
analysis: — Silk culture. — Pyrethrura: its use as an insecticide. — Chinch-bug
notes. — The army-worm Leucania unipuncta Haw. — Hubbard, H. G. Scale-
insects of the orange. Remedies and their application. — Insects affecting the
rice plant. — Insects affecting com or maize. — The cotton- worm, Aletia xylina
Say. — ^Miscellaneous insects. — Comstock, J. H. Report on miscellaneous
insects.
Silk-culture. (Eeport of the Entomologist, 1881-1882, pp.
67-76 [7-16].)
A report of work done by the entomological division of the U. S. Depart-
ment of Agriculture in the promotion of silk-culture in 1881-1882; with ex-
tracts from letters and reports of correspondents ; list of the now active silk-
culture associations and business enterprises, and statement of work done by
them; reprint of author's preface to 2d ed. of special report No. 11 of U. S.
Department of Agriculture, giving a summary of the present condition and
prospects of the silk-producing industry in United States; caution against
extensive prosecution of this industry under present tariff laws.
180 REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
BiLEY, Chables V. Pybethbum : Its use as an insecticide (pp. 7&-87
[16-27], pi. 3, 4).
Contains a reprint of the ''Circnlar in reference to pyrethmm,'' issued by
the U. S. Commissioner of Agricnltnre [G. B. Loring] in 1882, giving a history
of the discovery and application of pyrethram as an insecticide and directions
for the pr^aration and application of this snbstance; reports from corre-
spondents and from the author of their experience in the growth of the plants.
Ohincli-bug notes (pp. 87-89 [27-29]).
Gives a verification of Cyms Thomas's predictions in relation to the ravages
of Bli88U8 leucopterus in 1881 and 1882 ; extracts from correspondence reporting
the abundance of this insect early in 1882 ; letter from J. G. Barlow on the
weather and the ravages of the Blissus in Washington County, Missouri, in
1882 ; irrigation, cremation, and other means against these insects.
The Army- worm, Leucania anipuncta Haw. (pp. 89-108 [29-46],
pi. 2; pi. 6, figs. 1-3).
Gives a history of investigations into the natural history of Leucania uni-
puneta; states place and manner of oviposition of this moth ; its prolificacy ;
the duration of the egg and larva stages ; describes habits and characteristics
of this larva and of larvsd of Leucania generally ; gives means of predicting and
preventing their ravages, and extracts from letters received in 1882; in-
cludes also the following subchapters : Howabd, L. O. Report of observa-
tions upon the army- worm, 1881. Lockwood, S. Account of the invasion
of 1880 in New Jersey.
— — Insects aflfecting the rice plant (pp. 127-138 [67-78], pi. 6, figs.
4-5; pi. 7, figs. 1, 4-5).
This contains a statement of the amount of rice produced in the United
States in 1879, and of the investigation made by L. O. Howard, in 1881, into
the injuries done to the rice crop by insects ; with subchapters entitled : The
rice grub (Chalepus trachypygus'BriTjn,), — The water- weevil (lAssorhoptrus aim
plex Say). — The rice-stalk borer {Chilo oryzaeellus n. sp.). — ^White blast. —
Other insects injurious to growing rice.
The rice grub, Chalepus trachypygus Burm. (pp. 128-129 [68-69],
pi. 6, fig. 5).
Gives report of L. O. Howard on the habits and ravages of and means against
Chalepus trachypygus , with references to earlier observations ; describes struct-
ural characters and geographical distribution of the genera Cycloeephale and
Chalepus, and gives description and figure of larva and imago of Ch, irachy-
pygus.
— The water weevil, Lissorhoptrus simplex Say (pp. 130-133 [70-
73], pi. 6, fig. 4).
Gives seasons, habits, ravages, classification, and synonymy of Lissorhoptrus
simplex, with description and figures of larva and imago; includes extract from
J. Screvens in author's **The * water- weevil* of the rice plant" (Amer. Nat.,
June, 1881, v. 15), p. 483, and extract from a report by L. O. Howar^ ; Spalt^
copsis suffusa and Hippopsis lemnisoata boring in stems of Chenopodium antheU
miniicum.
The rice-stalk borer, Chilo oryzaeellus n. sp. (pp. 133-135 [73-
75], p. 3 [167], pi. 7, fig. 1).
BEPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 181
KiLEY, Charles V.— Continued.
Extract in author's "A new rice-stalk borer; genus grinding.^
(Amer. Nat., Dec., 1882, v. 16, pp. 1014-1015.)
Giyes description and figures of larva, papa, and imago of Chile orygaeeUaa
n. sp. ; Diphryxprolaiella; refers to report of L. O. Howard upon its habits,
enemies, and ravages, and means against it ; describes stmetoral character,
of the genus Diphryx, stated by Lord Wahiingham [T. de Grey] (as suspected
by author) to have been founded on a mutilated specimen, with mistake of
maxillary for labial palpi.
White blast (pp. 136-137 [76-77]).
Publishes letter from J. Screven and report from L. O. Howard <m the
phenomena and supposed causes of ^^ white blast ''in rice plants; mentkms
insects found on rice plants ; states probable production of white blast fbfy
insects. •
Other insects injurious to growing rice (p. 138 [78], pi. 7, fig.
i-5).
Mentions habits and food-plants of Laphygma frugiperda; refers to oooor-
rence of certain other insects doing minor damage on rice-plants.
Insects aflfecting com or maize (pp. 138-152 [78-92], pi. 1 ; pL 7,
figs. 2-3 ; pi. 8, fig. 2 ; pL 12, fig. 1).
This consists of the following subchapters: The com bill-bug. Sphmnh
phorvs robustusHoTu., — ^The smaller com stalk-borer. Pempelia lignoaella Zeller—
The boll-worm alias corn-worm. Heliothis armigera HUbu. — Johnson, Lh
Report upon Heliothis armigera.
The com bill-bug. Sphenophams robmtus Horn (pp. 138-142
[78-82], pi. 7, fig. 2 ; pL 8, fig. 2).
Giveshistory of earlier observations on the species of J^henophorua injur-
ious to maize in the United States ; report of observations on S, robustus, by
L. O. Howard; habits and ravages and description and figure of larva, pupa,
and imago of S. rohusius; description of larvsB of BhodohcBnua tredeomptmo-
tatus and Bhynchophorus zimmermanniy and figures of imago of the former ; char-
acters distinguishing Sphenophorus and 8. rohustiis and the four other species
allied to it from other genera and species.
The smaller corn-stalk borer. Pempelia lignosella Zeller (pp.
142-146 [82-86], pi. 7, fig. 3).
Mentions ravages, habits, seasons, natural history, geographical distri-
bution, and synonymy of and means against Pempelia lignosella; g^ves descrip-
tion and figures of larva, pupa, and imago, of structural details of mouth-
parts and antennsB of male imago, of markings of larva, and of injury done to
cornstalks.
The boll- worm alias corn-worm. Heliothis armigera HUbu. (pp.
145-149 [86-89], pi. 1 ; pi. 12, fig. 1).
This is an advance reprint, from the fourth report of U. S. entomological
commission, of the section on the food-plants of Heliothis armigera other than
cotton, with a list of these food-plants, and of authorities upon which the
respective statements are made ; gives history 9f first proofs of identity of
this species on maize, with the same on cotton ; and habits of the larvie in
their several broods ; with figures of all stages of the insect.
182 REPORT ON NATIONAL BiUSEUM.
EiLEY, Charles V. The cotton-wonn. Aletia xylina Say, (pp. 152-
167 [92-107J, pL 9).
An extract from tlie author's address on the cotton-worm (U. S. — Dept
Agrio, — Cotton convention held in Atlantay €ra,, Nov.2, 1881 ; the address of Hon.
G^. B. Loring, 1881), pp. 21-29 ; a reprint of the author's *' The cotton- worm.
How its ravages may be preyented" (New Orleans Times-Democrat, May 7,
1882) ; an illustrated description, by W. S. Barnard, of a machine for spraying
cotton plants from beneath ; a summary [by J. R. Dodge] of damage done
by Aletia xylina in 1881 ; a reprint of the author's '' Possible food-plants foi
the cotton- worm " ( Amer. Nat. April 1882, t. 16, pp. 327-329) ; and an extract
from paper read by author at annual session of National Academy of Sciences,
May, 1882, on the hibernation of Aletia xylina,
Miscellaneous insects (pp. 167-194 [107-134], pi. 8, fig. 1 ; pi.
10, figs. 1-2 ; pi. 11, fig. 1 ; pi. 12, figs. 2-3 ; pi. 13 ).
This contains the following sub-chapters: The urena anomls. Anomis eroaa
WXb, — ^The clover leaf-beetle, Fhytonomus punotatnB Fabr.~The vagabond
crambus, CrambuB vulgivagelltu Clem. — The wheat isosoma, laosoma tritid
Riley. — ^The sorghum web-worm, Nola sorghiella^ new species. — ^The catalpa
Sphinx, Sphinx catalpcs Bold. — ^The osage orange sphinx, Sphinx hageni Grote.
The arena anomis. Anomis erosa HUb. (pp. 167-170 [107-110,]
pi. 8, fig. 1).
Gives a detailed comparison of eggs of Anomis erosa and AleUa xylina ; fig-
ures and description of all states of the former species ; seasons, habits, aud
food-plants of this iusect.
The clover leaf-beetle. Phytonomtu punctattu Fabr. (pp. 171-
179 [111-119], pi. 10, fig. 1).
Mentions the food-plants and habit>8 of the species of Phytonomus in Europe
and United States ; gives the civil and natural history, number of annual
broods, ravages, enemies, and geographical distribution of and means against
Fh. punotatus ; description and figures of eggs, larva (four stages), and pupa
of this species ; figures of imago and of injured plant ; and report, by E. A.
Schwarz, of observations on this insect in New York ; states that Hylesinus
trifolii seems to feed only on Trtfolium pratense ; and that Coleoptera imported
from Europe are usually confined to the neighborhood of the Atlantic coast.
The vagabond crambus. Crambus vulgivageUus Glem. (pp. 179-
183 [119-123], p. 3 [167], pi. 10, fig. 2).
This gives the civil and natural history of Crambus vulgivctgellus ; the habits,
ravages, and parasites of and means against this insect; a description and
figures of eggj larva, and imago ; figures of cocoons and injured grassy a de-
scription of the pupa ; and a list of articles written concerning this insect ;
mentions similarity of the habits of Crambus warringtonellus of England to
those of C. vulgivageUus,
The wheat isosoma. Isosoma tritid Eiley (pp. 183-187, [123-
127], pi. 12, fig. 3).
Gives history of observations on Isosoma tridti ; and comparison of this spe-
cies with /. hordei and of the European I. linearl; its habits, ravages, parasites,
and number of annual broods, and means against it ; gives list of articles
written concerning it ; states that the insect described by G. H. French as
Isosoma allynii is a EupelmuSf and perhaps parasitic on L tritioi; describes
Stectonotus isosomatis n. sp., parasitic on /. tritid.
REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 183
BiiiBT, Charles V, The sorghum web-wonn. Nola sorghiella new
species (pp, 187-189 [127-129], pi. 11, fig. 1).
Oives habits, ravages, and classifioatory relations of Nola BorghielUtj with
figores and description of larva, pnpa, and imago, andfignre of head of sorghom
iignred by the larva.
— The catalpa sphinx. Sphinx catalpce Boisd. (pp. 189-193 [129-
133], pL 13).
States relative excellence of Catalpa specioaa and C, hignoniaideSy as ttniber-
trees, according to J. A. Warder ; gives geographical distribution, habits,
ravages, and parasites of and means to be taken against Sphinx catalpw; with
description and figures of all stages of this insect ; and description of supposed
sound-producing organs in pupa of this and other species.
The osage orange sphinx. Sphinx hageni Grote (pp. 193-194
[13a-134], pi. 12, fig. 2).
Giveplist of insects injurious to Maelura aurantiaca; with geographical dis-
tribution and classi£catory relations of Sphinx hageni; and references to other
accounts of this insect; with description and figures of larva and imagp.
Shupeldt, E. W. Notes upon the osteology of Oinclus mexicanus.
(BulL Nutt. Om. Club, No. 4, October, 1882, vn, pp. 213-221.)
Osteology of the CatharHdoe.
(Twelth annual report U. S. Greol. &, Qeog. Survey, 1882, pp. 727-788, pis.
15-24.
Bemarks upon the osteology of Opheo84uru8 ventraUs.
(Proc U. S. Nat. Mus., 1881, rv, pp. 39^-400.)
Tbub, Feedebiok W. Fish parasites, •
(Forest and Stream, No. 20, xviu, p. 390.)
Refers to Ligula HmplisHma as probably the tapeworm occuning in Adiron-
dack fish.
On the I^orth American land tortoises of the genus Xerobates.
(Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1881, rv, pp. 434-449.)
On the rare rodent Oricetodipus parvus^ (Baird) Cones.
(Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1881, iv, pp. 474-475.)
A Darwinian bibliography.
(Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 1882, i, pp. 92-101.)
On four mules in milk. By Alfred Duges.
Translated from the French.
(Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1882, v, pp. 223-225.)
Wabd, Lesteb F. Sketch of Professor John W. Powell.
(Popular Science Monthly, January, 1882, xx, pp. 390-397.)
An account of the early life and exploits of Major PoweU, and also of his
later career as an explorer and geologist, as well as of his official labors as
Director of Geological Surveys and of the Bureau of Ethnology. A portrait
forms the frontispiece of the number.
/
184 BEPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
Wabd, Lesteb F. On the cause of the absence of trees on the great
plains. A paper read before the Biological Society of Washngtoo,
December 9, 1881.
(KaDsas City Review of Science and Indostry, Maroh, 1882, pp. 697-702.)
A discuasion of the question from the writer's observations, a statement of
the leading facts, a review of current theories, and a statement of the con-
clusions which seem best warranted by all the data attainable.
Guide to the flora of Washington and vicinity, by Lester F.
Ward, A. M. Washington, Government Printing Office, 1881. 8vo.
pp. 264, with map of Washington and vicinity.
This forms Bulletin of the United States National Museum No. 2ft, and
Smithsonian Publication No. 444, and contains a general discussion of the
botanical peculiarities of the country around Washington, an annotated cata-
logue of the plants, a summary by orders and groups, a check-list, and an
appendix of suggestions to beginners ; also a map of the region.
p Directions for collecting and preserving plants, by Lester P.
_ Ward.
From Bulletin of the United States National Museum, No. 22. Washing-
ton : Published by the Smithsonian Institution, 1882. pp. 209-237.
— Check-list. Flora of Washington, D. 0., and vicinity, by
Lester F. Ward.
From Bulletin of the United States National Museum, No. 22. Washington :
Published by the Smithsonian Institution, 1882. pp. 148-207.
— Scientific basis of positive political economy.
(International Review, April and May, 1882, xii, pp. 352-365 ; 439-453.)
These papers are chiefly devoted to the consideration of a new method of
classifying natural phenomena, with a view to proving that a large part of
such phenomena, including many forms of social activity, is within the
sphere of human control through the exercise of intelligence and foresight.
Slightly modified they will form the latter portion of chapter viii (vol. ii, pp.
76-106) of a work by the writer entitled '' Dynamic Sociology, or Applied
Social Science," in press.
— Kant's antinomies, in the light of modem science.
(Journal of Speculative Philosophy, October, 1881, xv, pp. 381-395.)
A paper read before the Centennial Anniversary Convention, of Eantfs
"Critique of Pure Reason," at Saratoga Springs, New York, July 6, 1881.
An argament to prove that the "theses" and "antitheses" of Kant's anti-
nomies are legitimate scientific questions, and that modem science, in at least
three of the four antinomies, points to the truth of the antithesis.
— Darwin as a botanist.
(Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington, 1882, 1, pp. 81-86.)
Read before the Darwin memorial meeting of the Biological Society of
Washington, May 12, 1882.
A review of Darwin*s botanical works, an explanation of his methods, and
a summary of the philosophic results of his labors in this field.
BEPOET ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 185
Waed, Lesteb F. List of water-plants for carp-ponds.
(BnUetin of the United States Fish Commisi>ion, 1882, pp. 22-25.)
A list of names of aqnatic plants furnished by the superintendent of the
carp-ponds is here revised, modem names substituted for obsolete ones, the
locality and range of the species briefly indicated, and the plants arranged
according to the prevailing system of botanical classification.
— Catalogue of a collection of Japanese woods presented to the
United States National Museum by the University of Tokio, Japan.
(Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1882, u, pp. 308-311.)
The names appearing on the specimens of this collection are here arranged
in their proper systematic order and their synonymy is given. A few par-
tially named species were determined from the figures accompanying the
specimens.
-^ Politico-social functions. Abstract of a paper read before the
Anthropological Society of Washington, D. C, March 15, 1881.
(Trans. Anthro. Soc, Wash., 1882, i, pp. 39-42.)
This paper is chiefly devoted to pointing out the importance of a certain
amount of judicious regulation on the part of society as a collective whole,
of the more or less injurious and ruinous operations which must necessarily
go on within it in the absence of such regulation.
The postage question.
(Botanical Gazette, August and September, 1882, vii, pp. 97-99.)
Gives a correspondence between the Post-OflQlce Department and the writer
on the Department rulings relative to the form of label which would come
within the law as third-class matter.
" Docnmaria barbara.'^
(Botanical Gazette, 1882, vn, pp. 99-100.)
An account of its coUection in the Dismal Swamp of Virginia.
Proterogyny in Sparganium eurycarpus.
(Botanical Gazette, 1882, vn, p. 100.)
A not« recording the observation of this phenomenon in the District of
Columbia.
The anthropocentric theory.
(Transactions Anthropological Society of Washington, i, 1882, pp. 93-103.)
A coUection of facts tending to prove and to disprove the existence of an
inteUigent control of events in the interest of man. The paper forms part of
chapter viii (vol. ii, pp. 45-74) of " Dynamic Sociology.'' In press.
What Mr. Ward was ready to say. (Herbert Spencer in
America. New York : D. Appleton & Co., 1883. pp. 76-79.)
Portion of a letter complimentary to Mr. Spencer, written at the request of
the committee of arrangements, to be read on the occasion of the banquet
given him in New York, October 9, 1882. Before finishing the letter the
writer concluded to attend the banquet in person. The matter of it was sub-
sequently furnished the committee for publication.
- The organic compounds in their relations to life.
(American Naturalist, December, 1882, xvi, pp. 968-979.)
Bead before the Philosophical Society of Washington, January 28, 1882, and
186 REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
Ward, Lester F. — Continued.
before the Biological Section of the American Association for the Advanoe-
ment of Science at Montreal, Angnst 29, 1882.
A statement of the physico-chemical theory of life. The discussion in a
much enlarged form is embodied in chapter iv (vol. i, pp. 300-356) of the
writer's work '^Dynamic Sociology." In press.
White, Charles A. Kew moUuscan forms from the Laramie and Green
Biver groups, with discussion of some associated forms heretofore
known.
(Proceedings U. S. National Mnsenm, v, 1882, pp. 94-99, plates ui and iv.)
m' The mollascan fauna of the Truckee group, including a new
form.
(Proceedings ^ the U. S. National Mnsenm, v, 1882, pp. 99-101, plate v.)
On certain condiiions attending the geological descent of some
Korth American types of ftesh-water gill-bearing mollusks.
(American Journal of Science, xxiaI (3). pp. 382-386.)
— Fossils of the Indiana rocks, Ko. 2.
(Eleventh Annual Report of the (Geological Survey of Indiana, 1881, pp. 347-
401, plates 37-o5.)
— Artesian weUs upon the great plains.
(North American Review, cxxxv, pp. 187-195.)
Progress of invertebrate paleontology in the United States for
the year 1881.
(Amercan Naturalist, xvi, pp. 887-^1.)
Yarrow, H. 0. The rapid preparation of large myological specimens,
by M. Felix Plateau. (Translated from the French.)
(Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1881, iv, pp. 388-391.)
n.— PAPERS BY INVESTIGATORS NOT OFFICERS OF THE MUSEUM.
Belfast (Maine) Republican Journal. The successful propaga-
tion of codfish.
(Qaoted in Forest and Stream, No. 10, October 5, 1882, xix, pp. 193-193.)
Bicjs:nell, Eugene P. A sketch of the home of Hylocichla alioiw bick-
nelliy Eidgway, with some critical remarks on the allies of the new
race.
(BnU. Nutt. Om. Club, July, 1882, vn, pp. 152-159.)
The critical remarks in this paper have more or less relation to Natiooa
Museum material.
Brewster, William. On Kennicott's owl and some of its allies, with
a description of a proposed new race.
(BuU. Nutt. Om. Club, No. 1, January, 1882, vii, pp. 27-33.)
An elaborate and important review of the geographical races of Soopa OBkfy
based very largely on National Museum material, sent to Mr. Brewster for
the purpose.
BEPOET ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 187
Bbewstbe, William. On a collection of birds lately made by Mr. F.
Stephens in Arizona.
(BuU. Nutt. Orn. Club, Nos. 3 and 4, July and October, 1882, vn, pp. 135-
147, and pp. 193-212.
Occasional reference is made in this paper to examination of National
Mnsemn specimens, made conjointly by the author and the curator of the
department of birds.
Notes on some birds collected by Gapt. Charles Bendire, at
Fort Walla Walla, Washington Territory.
(Bull. Nutt. Om. Club, October, 1882, vii, pp. 225-233.)
This paper is based (in considerable part) upon specimens presented by Cap-
tain Bendire to the National Museum, and examination of other material in
the national collection.
Brown, Nathan Cliffoed. Description of a new race otPettcced rufi-
ceps from Texas.
(BuU. Nutt. Om. Club, No. 1, Jan., 1882, vn, p. 26.)
The new race in question was described only after careful comparison with
specimens in the National Museum coUettion.
— — Beconnaissance in Southwestern Texas.
(BuU. Nutt. Om. Club, No. 1, Jan., 1882, vii, pp. 33-42.)
Although this paper relates chiefly to collections made by the author, it
contains frequent mention of comparison with National Museum specimens,
made at the author's request, by the curator of the department of birds.
Collins, J. W. An inquiry as to the capture of young codfish in
Chesapeake Bay.
(BulL U. 8. F. C, 1882, l, pp. 401-402.)
Appearance of dog-fish {Sqttaltta acanthiaa) on the New England
coast in winter.
(BuU.U.S.F.C., II, p. 8.
Captain CoUins has since learned that the great schools of supposed dog-
fish referred to in the above article were reaUy porpoises.
See also Goode, G. Brown, and Collins, J. W.
FoBBES, S. A. The gasper-gou.
(Forest and Stream, September 28, 1882, xix, p. 165.)
GiLBEET, Ghables H. List of fishes observed at Punta Arenas, on
the Pacific coast of Central America.
(BuU.U.S.F.C, October 13, 1882, ii, p. 112.)
See aUo Jobdan and Gilbert.
Gill, Theodobe N. Chimmodus niger and N^otacanthus rissoanus,
(Nature. — )
A critical review of Giinther's Study of Fishes.
(Proc. Biol. Soc, 1882, Wash., i, p. 29. Title only.)
On the affinities of the " great swallower,'' Chiasmodus niger.
(Proc. BioL Soo. Wash., 1882, i, p. 35.
188 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM.
GuRNEY, J. H. Kotes on a ^^ Catalogue of the Accipitres in the British
Museum,^ by E. Bowdler Sharpe (1874).
(The Ibis [London], iv, vii, April, 1882, pp. 290-321; October, 1882,
pp. 579-698.)
Bi this series of valuable papers on the FaloonidiB, occasional mention is
lAade of specimens belonging to the National Moseom collection, and loaned
to the author for examination.
Hay, O. p. On a collection of fishes from the Lower Mississippi Yalley.
(BuU. U. S. F. C, 1882, pp. 57-75.)
It is worthy of remark that an example in lot No. 2 of Professor Hay's invoice
of fishes, upon which the foregoing paper was based, and identified by him as
Lepido8teu9 oaaeua, is really JAtholepis spatula; another one having the same
invoice number and sent here as Lepidosteua oaseus is young X. platyatomus; a
fish numbered 36 and said to be X. oaseua is really X. pldtyatomus. Professor
Hay, therefore, should have recorded Lepidoateua oaaeua from Jackson, Miss.,
on the basis of his own collection.
HoRNADAY, William T. On the nses of clay as a filling materiaL
(Second Ann. Bept. Soc. Amer. Taxidermists. March 25, 1881, to March
24, 1882, pp. 31-34.)
Ingebsoll, Ebnest. On the mortality of marine animals in the Golf
of Mexico.
(Proc. BioL Soc. Wash., 1882, i, p. 30. Title only.)
Japanese Legation. Catalogue of a collection of Japanese cotton
fiber, presented to the United States National Moseum by the Gov-
ernment of Japan, together with the amoant of the annual crop of
Japan and the price of cotton.
(Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1882, iv, pp. 44^-153.)
JoBDAN, David S. Boll troat and pompano.
(Forest and Stream, Apr. 20, 1882, xviu, p. 230.)
Description of a new species of Blenny {Isesthes gilberti) from
Santa Barbara, GaL
(Proc. Nat. Mus., v, pp. 349-351.)
The gasper-gou.
(Forest and Stream, No. 10, xix, p. 192.)
The blue-back trout.
(Forest and Stream, No. 20, xix, p. 389.)
Contains list of all North American Salnumida.
JoBDAN, David S., and Ohables H. Gilbebt. List of fishes collected
by Lieut. Henry E. Nichols, U. S. N., in the Gulf of California, and
on the west coast of Lower California, with descriptions of four new
species.
(Proc. Nat. Mus., 1881, iv, pp. 273-279.)
Descriptions of thirty-three new species of fishes from Mazatlan,
Mexico.
(Proc. Nat. Mus., 1881, iv, pp. 338-365.)
REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 189
JoBDAN, David S., and Charles H. Gilbert. Description of a nevir
species of Pomadasys from Mazatlan, with a key to the species
known to inhabit the Pacific coasts of tropical America.
(Proc. Nat. Mus., 1881, iv, pp. 383-388.)
• Description of five new species of fishes from Mazatlan, Mexico.
(Proc. Nat. Mus., 1881, nr, pp. 458-463.)
— r- Descriptions of^nineteen new species of fishes from the Bay of
Panama.
(Bull. U. S. F. C, 1882, 1, pp. 306-335.)
Description of fonr new species of sharks fix)m Mazatlan,
Mexico.
(Proc. Nat. Mus., 1882, v, pp. 102-110.)
— Description of a new shark ( Carcharias lamiella) from San Diego,
CaL
(Proc. Nat. Mus., 1882, v, pp. 110,111.)
Description of a new Oyprinodont (Zygonectes inurtia) from
Southern Illinois.
(Proc. Nat. Mus., J882, v, pp. 143, 144.)
Description of a new species of Uranidea {Uranidea polUcaris)
from Lake Michigan.
(Proc. Nat. Mus., 1882, ^5, pp. 222,223.)
Description of a new species of Xenichthys (Xenichthys xenu-
ru8) from the west coast of Central America.
(Proc. Nat. Mus., 1881, iv, p. 454.)
Notes on fishes observed about Pensacola, Fla., and Galveston,
Tex., with description of new species.
(Proc. Nat. Mus., 1882, v, pp. 241-307.)
Description of a new species of Conodon {Conodon serrifer) from
Boca Soledad, Lower California.
(Proc. Nat. Mus., 1882, v, pp. 351,352.)
Catalogue of the fishes collected by Mr. John Xantus at Cape
San Lucas, which are now in the United States National Museum,
with descriptions of eight new species.
(Proc. Nat. Mus., 1882, v, pp. 353-371.)
List of fishes collected by John Xantus at Colima, Mexico.
(Proc. Nat. Mus., 1832, v, pp. 371,372.)
List of fishes collected at Panama by Capt. John M. Dow, now
in the United States I^ational Museum.
(Proc. Nat. Mus., 1882, v, pp. 373-378.)
List of a collection of fishes made by Mr. L. Belding near Cape
San Lucas, Lower California.
(Proc. Nat. Mus., 1882, v, pp. 378-381.)
190 BEPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
Jordan, David S., and Charles H. Gilbert. list of fishes collected
at Panama by Eev. Mr. Eowell, now preserved in the United States
National Museum.
(Proo. Nat. Mus., 1882, v, pp, 381,382.)
Descriptions of two new species of fishes (Sebastichthys umhrosus
and Citharichthys Btigmasus) collected at Santa Barbara, Gal., by
Andrea Larco.
(Proc. Nat. Mus., 1882, v, pp. 410-412.)
A review of the siluroid fishes found on the Pacific coast of
tropical America, with descriptions of three new species.
(Bull. U. 8. F. C, 1882, ii, pp. 34^64.)
— Description of a new species of Gk)by ( Odbiosoma ios) from Van-
couver's Island.
(Proc. Nat. Mas., 1882, v, pp. 437,438.)
List of fishes collected at Mazatlan, Mexico, by Oharles H.
Gilbert.
(BuU. U. S. F. C, 1882, n, pp. 105-108.)
List of fishes collected at Panama by Charles H. Gilbert.
(BuU. U. S. F. C, 1882, n. pp. 10&-111.)
Lawrence, Geo. F. Description of a new species of swift of the
genus Chcetura^ with notes on two other little-known birds.
(Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sciences, No. 8, March, 1882, n, pp. 245,246.)
ChcBtura gaumeri; based in part on National Mosenm specimens.
Descriptions of two new species of birds from Yucatan of the
families ColumbidcB and FormicariidcB.
(Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., No. 9, 1882, ii, pp. — t, from nnpaged oversbeets.)
Leptoptila fulviventris and Formioarius pallidus, only rescinded after compari-
son with National Museum specimens.
Lucas, Frederic A. A critique on museum specimens. 8®, pp. 4.
Read at tbe general meeting of the Society of American Taxidermists, Bos-
ton, Mass., Dec. 14, 1881 ; also in second Ann. Kept. Soc. Amer. Taxidermists,
March 25, 1881, to March 24, 1882, pp. 34-37.
Bibliography of taxidermy.
(Second Ann. Rept. Soc. Amer. Taxidermists, March 25, 1881, to March 24,
1882, pp. 47-49.)
McDonald, Mahshaxl. Experiments in the transportation of the
German carp m a limited supply of water.
(Bull. U. S. F. C, 1882, i, pp. 215-218.)
— — On retarding shad eggs.
(Forest and Stream, Apr. 20, 1882, No. 12, XVIII,
Amer. Fish Cult. Assoc, 1882, pp. 11-13.)
BEPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 191
McDonald, Marshall. On the laws of the relation of periodicity in
development to temperature,
(Proc. Biol. Soc, Wash., 1882, i, p. 28. Title only.)
Becent experiments in fish-culture.
(Proo. Biol. Soc., Wash., 1882, i, pp. 32, 33 ,* also in Trans. Amer. Fish Cult.
Assoc, 1882.)
Observations upon young shad in confinement.
(Proc. Biol. Soc, Wash., 1882, i, p. 34. Oral communication.)
Mason, John J. Minute structure of the central nervous system of
certain reptiles and batrachians of America. Illustrated by per-
manent photo-micrographs, by John J. Mason, M. D. Series A.
Author's edition. One hundred. Newport, 1879-1882 . 4°, 24 pp.,
cxin plates.
Matheb, Fred. The dead fish.
(Forest and Stream, Apr. 13, 1882, No. 11, xviii, p. 212.)
Refers to tile-fish, Lopliolatilua chamcBleontioepa,
The tile- fish.
(Forest and Stream, Apr. 27, 1882, No. 13, xviii, p. 250.)
An illustration of the species famished by Prof. S. F. Baird is here given.
(Editor.) Other dead fish.
(Forest and Stream, May 4, 1882, No. 14, xvin, p. 270.)
Refers to Peristedium miniatum.
(Editor.) The gasper-gou.
(Forest and Stream, Aug. 17, 1882, No. 3, xix, p. 45.)
Refers to Haploidonotus grunniena,
(Editor.) Land-locked salmon in New York.
(Forest and Stream, Dec. 21, 1882, No. 21, xix, p. 411.)
Refers to the salmon received from Mr. Thompson through Mr. Blackford.
(Editor.) The dead fish.
(Forest and Stream, Mar. 30, 1882, No. 9, xviii, p. 170.)
Refers to the tile-fish mortality, but with some confusion as to the fish in
question. This error is righted in the same paper. May 4, 1882.
(Editor.) New fishes in Chesapeake Bay.
(Forest and Stream, Mar. 30, 1882, No. 9, XYin, p. 172.
Mentions the capture of Squalus acanthiod and Fhyois regt^ by the '' Fish
Hawk."
I^UTTiNa, 0. 0. On a collection of birds £h)m the hacienda "La
Palma,'' Gulf of Nicoya, Costa Eica. [With critical notes by R.
Eidgway.]
(Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1882, v, pp. 382-409.)
The specimens which form the basis of this paper are mainly in the National
Museum collection. The paper was prepared by Messrs. Nutting and Ridg-
way, conjointly, the former furnishing the field-notes, and the latter being
responsible for the nomencllbture and all critical remarks. The new species
Are Myiarohue nutiingi Ridgw., and Icterus peotoiralie espinachi Nutting.
192 REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
Phillips, Barnet. The tile-fish is not found.
(Foredt and Stream, Oct. 5, 1882, No. 10, xix, p. 190.)
Refers to finding Scorjpcena dactyloptera abundantly.
BoBERTSON, B. E. — The gasper-gou is edible.
(Forest and Stream, Sept. 14, 1882, No. 7, xix, p. 132.)
Refers to Haplaidonotua grunniens sent to the U. S. National Mnsenm.
Byder, John A. The protozoa and protophytes considered as the
primary or indirect source of the food-fishes.
(BuU. U. S. Fish Comm., 1882, l, pp. 236-251.)
The micropyle of the egg of the white perch.
(BuU. U. 8. F. C, 1882, i, p. 282.)
Development of the silver gar {Belane longirostris)^ with obser-
vations on the genesis of the blood in embryo fishes, and a com-
parison offish ova with those of other vertebrates.
(BuU. U. S. F. C, 1882, i, pp. 283-301.)
On the nuclear cleavage-figures developed during the segmen-
tation of the germinal disk of the egg of the salmon.
(Bnll. U. S. F. C, 1882, i, pp. 335-339.)
— Additional observations on the retardation of the development
of the ova of the shad.
(BuU. U. S. F. C, 1882, i, pp. 422-424.)
On the eggs and teeth of young shad.
(Proc. Biol. Soc., Wash., 1882, i, p. 33. Verbal commnnication.)
Smith, Bosa. — Description of a new species of Uranidea ( Uranidea
rhothea) from Spokane Biver, Washington Territory.
(Proc. Nat.Mns., 1882, V, pp. 347,348.)
See also Smith and Swain.
Smith, Bosa, and Joseph Swain. Kotes on a collection of fishes from
Johnston's Island, including descriptions of five new species.
(Proc. Nat. Mas., 1882, v, pp. 119-143.)
Smith, Sanderson, and Biohabd Bathbxjn. — List of the dredging
stations of the U. S. Fish Commission, from 1871 to 1879, inclusive,
with temperature and other observations. Arranged for publica-
tion by Sanderson Smith and Bichard Bathbun.
ft
(Report of the Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries for 1879, pp. 559-601.)
Smith, Sidney I. Beports on the results of dredging under the super-
vision of Alexander Agassiz, on the east coast of the United States,
during the summer of 1880, by the U. S. Coast Survey steamer
Blake, Commander J. B. Bartlett, U. S. K, commanding. XVII.
Beport on the Crustacea. Part I. Decapoda, by Sidney I. Smith.
(Bulletin of the Mosenm of Comparative Zoology of Harvard CoUege, x,
No. 1, June, 1882, p. 108, 16 plates.)
Forty-seven species are described, of which 20 are new. Five new genera
and one new subfamily are also defined.
REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 193
STEJNEaBR, Leonhard. Description of two new races of Myadeste^
ohscuruSj Lafr. '
(Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1881, iv, pp. 371-374.)
Types of the new races (M. ohscurua insulariSf from the Tree Marias Islands,
and M, ohscurus occidentalism Western Mexico), in National Museum collection.
Synopsis of the West Indian Myadestes.
(Proc.U. S. Nat. Mus., 1882, v,pp. 15-27.)
A valuable review, based almost wholly upon National Museum material.
Outlines of a monograph of the Oygninse.
(Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1882, v, pp. 174-233.)
A most important paper relating to the classification of the swans, and em*
bracing critical notes upon all the known species, based in considerable part
upon National Museum specimens.
Street, Thomas H. A study of the Phronimidse of the North Padfio
Survey Expedition.
(Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., June, 1882, v, pp. 3-9.)
Swan, James G. Shad in Puget Sound.
(BuU. U. S. F. C, 1882, n, p. 152.)
Swain, Joseph. A review of the Syngnathince of the United States^
with a description of one new species.
(Proc. Nat. Mus., 1882, v, pp. 307-315.)
— ^ — A review of the species of Stolephorus found on the Atlantic
coast of the United States.
(Bull. U. S. F. C, 1882, ii, pp. 55-57.)
See also Smith and Swain.
Tanner, Lieut. Z. L., U. S. K. Eeport of an exploring trip of the
steamer Fish Hawk in Chesapeake Bay in the early spring of 1882.
(BuU. U. S. F. C, Nov. 4, 1882, ii, pp. 133-135.)
The unpublished results of this trip are of great interest. Numerous
species of fishes whose presence in the bay at that time of year was quite
unexpected, were taken in abundance. Among them were the following:
Baia ocellata, Squalus acanthias, Brevoortia tyrannuSj Clupea vemaliSj Clupea
cestivaliSf Stolephorus sp,j Fhycis regniSy Phyds chussff Pogonias chromis yiY.f
Gohiesox sp., and Gohiosoma alepidotum,
'^NEE, LuciEN M. On Lagopus mutus, Leach, and its allies.
(Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1882, v, pp. 225-233.)
Based entirely upon National Museum material.
Vebbill, a. E. Kotice of the remarkable marine fauna occupying
the outer banks off the southern coast of New England. No. 3.
(Brief Contributions to Zoology, from the Museum of Yale College.)
(Amer. Jour. Science, February, 1882, xxiii, pp. 135-142.)
A general account of the deep-sea investigations of the U. S. Fish Commis-
sion for September, 1881, with a list of the dredging stations and of the
more interesting Echinoderms, with notes. The following new species are
described : Archaster hairdii, Ophioglypha aurantiacaj and Amphiura macilenta*
H. Mis. 26 13
194 EEPOET ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
^EBBILL, A. E. The same continued. Fo. 4.
(Brief Contribations, etc. Ibid., March, 1882, xxm, pp. 21&-225.)
A complete list of the Echinoderms found in the same region ; 48 species.
New genera and species are described as follows : One genus and species of
Holothurian, one species of the Asterias, one species of Ophinran, and six
species of Actinians.
• The same continued. Ko. 5.
(Brief Contributions, etc Ibid., April, 1882, xxin, pp. 309-316.)
Continuation of the list of Anthozoa, with notes on f he more interesting
Sffecies.
The same continued. Fo. 6.
(Brief Contributions, etc. Ibid., May, 1882, xxni, pp. 406-406.)
''Bemarkable modes of growth and repair in PturamiUUa lymanV* ''Res-
toration of the disk in Ophiurans."
• The same continued. Fo. 7.
(Brief Contributions, etc. Ibid,, Nov., 1882, xxrv, pp. .%0-371.)
A general account of the investigations of U. S. Fish Commission, fbr the
summer of 1882, with a partial list of the dredging stations, and a discossioxi
of the principal discoveries. '' Evidence of great destruction of life last
winter." ''Additions to the fauna of Vineyard Sound; surface dredgings."
• The same continued. Ko. 8.
(Brief Contributions, etc. Ibid., December, 1882, XXIV, pp. 447-^i52.)
^' Nature and Origin of the Sediments."
REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 195
APPENDIX O.—AOCBSSIONS TO THE MUSEUM IN 1882.
Department of Antiquities.
Charles Eau, Curator.
The principal accessions of this department daring the part year are
as follows:
Pfof, William Boyd DawJcinSj Owens Gollege, Manchester ^England. Col-
lection of rade stone implements and bones of extinct animals from
the Oreswell caves, N. E. Derbyshire, and from Windy Ejioll, Castle-
ton, Derbyshire, England.
"A. if. Douglas^ New York, y. T. Three llint drills of peculiar shape
from Ohariton and Saline Counties, Missouri. Oasts.
Cflpf. G. M. Wheelerj U. 8. Oeographical Survey. Collection of leaf-
Bhaped implements, arrow-heads, perforators, stone axes and mauls
with double grooves, and specimens of pottery from different locali-
ties in New Mexico. This collection had been loaned to Mr. F. W.
Putnam, of the Peabody Museum, Cambridge, Mass., and some of the
specimens are figured in Vol. VII of the U. S. Geographical Surveys
west of the 100th meridian.
^^ Simslcy, Philadelphia^ Pa. Nine amber beads from Bronze-age
tumuli on the Baltic coast north of Konigsberg, Prussia.
^* ^. M. Endlichy Reading j Pa. One specimen of unhusked charred
^ni, from ruins on the San Juan Eiver, New Mexico.
^*^*Brighamj now in South America, Collection of ancient pottery,
painted and ornamented, from the island of Marajo, Brazil. Worthy
^^ ^special mention are two very large burial vases.
♦*^wiam Taylor, A llapaha, Berrien County, Georgia. Human bones from
^<>und8 in Georgia. Among them two tibiae exhibiting platycnemism
^ a high degree.
*'®*e 0. Zeledon, Costa Rica, C. A. A valuable collection of stone im-
plements and carvings, clay vessels, and grotesque images from Costa
fiica.
^' "t. Stratton, Knoxville, Tenn. Large collection of stone imple-
ments, &c., from the neighborhood of Knoxville, and collection from
^ JUonnd on French Broad Eiver, 15 miles above Knoxville, consist-
^^ of pin-shaped objects of shell, shell beads, shell gorgets with
'^^^n fEK^es carved on them, and others ornamented with lines and
^^^ small clay vessel, one human skull and thigh-bone.
196 REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM,
M, Tandy ^ Dallas City, Hancock County, Illinois. Large collection of ilint
implements, polished celts (one of hematit^), hematite chisel, grooved
axes (some of pecaliar shape, diftering from any in the maseum ex-
hibit), pestle, hammer-stones, hematite sinker, polished spear-head,
catlinite bead, paint-stones, &c., from Hancock Connty, Illinois. . Two
large mortars from a monnd in Dallas City.
M. H. Thomson^ Pecan Point, Mississippi County, Arkansas. Collection of
stone and bone implements and clay vessels from Indian graves near
Pecan Point.
Rev, T. D. Weems, - Griggsville, Pike County, Illinois. Collection from
monnds in Pike County, consisting of flint implements, hammer-stones^
grooved axes, &c.
J. P. Maxilean, Hamilton, Butler County, Ohio. Collection from the prin-
cipal shell-heap on Blennerhassett's Island, Ohio Eiver, namely, shells
of which the heap is composed, rude implements, arrow-heads, celts,
shell-sinkers, bone tools, and human skull, jaws, teeth, &c.
Dr. J. F. Bransford, U. S. Navy. A valuable collection from Costa Eica,
C. A., consisting of clay vessels, plain or ornamented, tripod vessels,
small double vessel with handle, fragments of clay vessels with gro-
tesque figures and faces in relief, grotesque clay figures, clay whistles,
and fragments of pottery with different styles of painted ornamenta-
tion, small stone celts, and ornaments (beads, &c.) of jadeite and
other kinds of stone ; stone tube from Tonala, Mexico 5 large clay
vase, painted and ornamented, small clay vessel (bottle-shaped), frag-
ments of potter^', one with human head, others made in imitation of
flowers, &c., obtained from a mound near San Jos^, Guatemala.
H. 8. Btcsby, Silver City, New Mexico. Collection of rude stone tools
from an aboriginal mine near Clifton, Ariz.
J. J. McLean, U. 8. Signal Service, Sitka, Alaska. Collection of ethno-
logical specimens fromBaranoff, an island in S.E. Alaska, consisting or
stone implements, charms with family totems carved on one side or
both, horn spoons, wooden spoons, dishes, trays, &c., halibut hook&
and club, wooden floats in the shape of ducks, knives with carved han-
dles, carved wooden pipes and images, dance rattles, dancing mask,,
wooden helmets and head dresses, drum used at festivals, bag of gam-
bling sticks, bark rope dancing belts, packing straps, hunting bag^
food sack made of bear intestines, leather suits of armor, dancing
shirts painted and ornamented, model of fish-trap, dolls with heads oF
carved bone, cakes of pressed blackberries, and spruce bark.
M. Tandy, Dallas City, Hancock County, Illinois. Collection from ^
mound and stone grave in Henderson County, near Dallas City, con-
sisting of arrow and spear heads, perforators of stone and bone, stone
sinkers, paint stones, marine shells, shell beads and gorgets, pierced
teeth of animals, and 1 pearl bead, 1 human skull with flint perforator
driven, not shot, through the left temple.
REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 197
L 8, BlisSj Dallas City^ Hancock County^ Illinois, One stone pipe from
monnd above mentioned.
Henry Gillbreth, Dallas City, Hancock County, Illinois. Collection from
the same mound, consisting of rude implements, arrow and spear.
heads, celts, and fragment of large jasper pebble. •
Louis Bierman, Dallas City, Hancock County, Illinois, Collection (sur-
face finds) from the vicinity of the mound in Henderson County, con-
sisting of leaf-shaped implements, arrow and spear heads, grooved
axes, &c.
y^illiam Green, Dallas City, Hancock County, Illinois, Collection (sur-
face finds) from the vicinity of the mound in Henderson County, com-
posed of rude flint implements, arrowheads, and one broken spear-
head, chipped on one of the sides to serve as a concave scraper.
Wm. Rockel and M, Tandy, Dallas City, Hancock County, Illinois. Col-
lection from mounds on the farm of Conrad Rockel, Henderson
County, Illinois, consisting of rude flint implements, scrapers, spear-
head-shaped implements, arrow-heads, flakes, celts, grooved axe,
rude maul, rubbing-stone, paint-stone, and one clay vessel of peculiar
form and ornamentation. The specimens presented by Messrs. Bliss,
Gillbreth, Bierman, Green, and Rockel, were procured through the in-
fluence of Mr. Tandy, and, with his own donation, are a valuable addi-
tion to the Museum.
^ohn B. Wiggins, Waverly, Tioga County, New York, Collection from
Chula, Amelia County, Virginia; namely, flakes, arrow-heads,
gloved axes, and large quartz crystals showing use as tools, and pot-
stone vessels. The quartz crystals were used by the Indians in mak-
^g potstone vessels.
^'^^f* TF. A, Kite, Milligan College, Johnson City, Washington County^
Tennessee. Collection jfrom burial-places and camping-grounds in
pi^ene and Hawkins Counties, Tennessee, composed of leaf-shaped
Jittplenients, scrapers, perforators, arrow and spear heads, celts,
grooved axes, pestles, stone gaming disks, and fragments of human
bones.
-^^ r« Oamage, Damariscotta, Lincoln County, Maine. Collection from
oyster and clam shell heaps on Damariscotta River; namely, flint and
bone implements, fragments of pottery, &c.
^'L,Serrick, Florence, Lauderdale County, Alabama. Large collection
from mounds near Chickasaw, Colbert County, Alabama, consisting
of flakes, rude implements, chipped celts, cutting tools, hammer-
stones, arrow and spear-heads, and fragments of pottery. Collection
from shell-heaps near Waterloo and from Cheathem's Ferry, Lauder-
dale County, Alabama, consisting of shells of which the heaps are
composed of flint flakes, rude implements, arrow and spear heads,
one clay vessel, fragments of pottery, and of human skull and bones.
198 BEPOBT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
Thomds Merran^ Antioquia^ United States of Colamhiaf South America.
Small collection from Indian graves at Gundinamarca and Antioqnia,
United States of Colombia, South America, consisting of clay vessels,
clay spindle-whorls, cartouche, &c.
M. G. Keithy Costa Bica, Central America. Collection of antiquities
found on the line of the Port Limon Eailroad, Costa Eica, composed
of clay vessels, plain or ornamented in relief, stone pestles, rubbing-
stones, plain or with carved handles, metates, plain or ornamented,
fragments of very large metates, and stone-carvings, human and ani-
mal. This is a valuable collection, especially as regards the stone
implements and carvings.
Department of Mammals.
Fbedebiok W. Tbue, Curator.
Prof J. A. Allen, Cambridge, Mass. Fragments of a human skull, from
Corsicana, Tex.
Mr. Sylvanus Bailey. A human skull from Point Providence, East Si^
beria.
Dr. M. Baker, U. S. Coast Survey, Washington. A box of human skulls
and dog skulls from Chernoofsky, Alaska, and Plover Bay, Siberia.
Messrs. Bamum, Bailey, and Hutchinson, Bridgeport, Conn. A puma ( Jb-
lis concolor); four baboons (Cynocephalus sps.); an ant-eater {Myrme-
copha^ajubata) ; an African gnu (Cataplepas gnu). All of these spec-
imens were received in the flesh.
Capt. L. A. Beardslee, U. S. N. A piece of whalebone from Crisp Sound,
Alaska.
Mr. L. Belding, Stockton, Cal. A collection of rodents and deer antlers
and heads from Lower California.
Capt. Charles Bendire. Four foetal rodents from Fort Walla Walla.
Mr. C, K, Brace. A bat from Kassau, Bahamas.
British Museum^ London, England. A collection of bats and rodents in
alcohol from India and Asia Minor. An ornithorhynchus in alcohol
from Australia.
Mr. E. L. Brown, Durand, Wis. A mole skin {Scalops argentatus).
Lieut. L. M. Cook, U, S. A. A skin and skeleton of Eocky Mountain
sheep, from Fort Missoula, Montana.
Mr. Jonathan Cook, Frovincetoicn, Mass. An ear-bone of a whale.
Dr. Jos. S. Corson, U. S. A. Three living round-tailed spermophiles
(Spermophilus tereticaudus) from Fort Yuma, California.
Dr. F. C. Dale, tf. S. N., U. 8, Steamer Palos, Yokohama, Japan. One
box of mammal skins from China. ^^
Mr. John Darr^ Washington, D. C. A living bat (Atalapha novebora-
censis) from the District of Columbia.
Mr. Waldo Dennis, Oshkosh, Wis. A horse's foot with supernumerary
toe.
BEPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 19^
Ur. F. L. Donnelly^ Havre de Oraee^ Md. A total calf in alcohol.
Ca-pt J. M. Dowj New York City. A living deer and three monkeys
((Edipvs titi and Kycitipthecus rufipes) from Central America. Thes^
specimens are on exhibition in the rotunda of the Maseam.
Prof. Alfred IhigdSj of the Museum^ ChianajiiatOj Mexieo, A squirrel anA
two bats from Guanajuato; a tibia of horse {Uquus sp.).
Mr. Vinal If. Edwards^ Wood^s Holl, Mass. A skull of deer from Kau-
shon Island, Massachusetts ; two vertebrsB.
Ml Oustav Eisen^ Fresno^ Oal, A collection of rodents, bats, and wea-
sels in alcohol, including nine specimens of the least pocket mouse
[Griaetodipus parvus) 5 from California.
Mr, Wm. J. Fisher^ KodiaJcj Alaska. Two rodent skins and a foetal sea^
otter; from Kodiak, Alaska.
Mr, Adam Forepaugh. The African elephant " Mungo,'^ which died ia
his menagerie while in Washington.
Dr. Bernard Oilpiny Nova Scotia. A rodent from Fova Scotia.
Mr, 6. Brown Ooode^ U. 8. National Mtiseum, Washington. One horn of
pronghom antelope (Antilocapra americana).
Dr. W, 0. OorgaSy U. S, A., Fort Brown^ Tex. Two anatomical speci-
mens of mammals.
Mr, M. Chreen^ U. 8. Fish Hatching Station^ McCloud River ^ California
[thrmgh Mr. Livingston Stone). The skin of a cinnamon bear ( TJrsu^
cmamonetis) ; from the XJ. S. Trout Ponds, McCloud Eiver, California.
Mr, 0, Qoward. A human skull, from the Samoan Islands.
Jfr. A, H. Hamilton^ Cape May Pointj N. J. Bones of a young sperm
whale (Physeter macrocephalus) stranded at Cape May.
JKr. fl, c. Harmanj Stafford Cliffs j Md. A vertebra of a fossil whale.
Mr, C. J. Hering. A bat, from British Guiana.
Dr. Edward S. Jones, Washington^ D. 0. A living marmoset {Jacchu9
nl^aris).
Mems, Jones and Williams. Two skulls of the pronghorn antelope
(Antilocapra americana) ; two skulls of the beaver {Castor canadensisy
(t)from Warm Springs, Wyo.
^r. Oeorge 0. KnowleSj Provincetown^ Mass. An ear-bone of a fin-back
whale.
Qff^iers of the steamer Lookout, A dolphin [Delphinus sp.) in the fleshy
from Point Lookout, Maryland. (Cast.)
^r. JB, F, Lorquin^ San Francisco j Cal. A bridled weasel (Putorius
fremtti>s)y from California.
Mr, McDavid {through Mr. S. T, Walker), Boston, Mass. One horn of
domestic goat, from Escambia Bottom, Florida. Found 6 or 8 feet
below the surface of the soil.
^^' WiUiam Ma^ileoAj, Sydney^ Australia. The skeleton of a male dugon^
(Ealicore dugong); from the museum of the Linnsean Society of New
South Wales.
200 BEPOBT OK NATIONAL MUSEUM.
Dr. J. C. Merrill J U. 8, A.j Fort BrowUy Tex. Three specimens of Texan
rodents; one Texan bat.
Mr. J. S. MoultOTij Saint PauVsj Alaska. The head of an Alaskan walrus ;
two skins of seals ) from Alaska.
Mr. Clark Mills, Washington, D. C. A metallic cast of a x>ortion of a
whale's throat.
Mr. C. L, McKay, JJ. 8. 8ignal Service. A collection of Alaskan
mammals.
Mr. E. W. Nelson. One pair of deer antlers in velvet ; from Alaska.
Mr. P. W. Norris, Yellowstone Park. Bones of bison, deer, and grizzly
bear ; from Yellowstone National Park. '
Mr. Willard T, Nye, Neio Bedford, Mass. One skull of porpoise; from
near Wood's Holl, Mass.
Mr. Frederick A. Ober, Beverly, Mass. A young monkey in alcohol; the
skin of a monkey; both from St. Kitt's Island, West Indies.
Miss Tillie Piper, Washington, D. C. A h2Lt(Atalapha rMveboracensis)^
in alcohol.
Mr. A. Pitts, Sherhorn, Mass. The skull of a woodchuck {Arctomys
mon-ax) ; from Sherborn.
Mr. Edgar Quick, Brookville, Ind. Five specimens of the field mouse
(8y7iaptomyscooperi); from Brookville, Ind.
Mr. Robert Bidgway, U. 8. National Museum, Washington. The skin of
a mink (Putorius vison) ; one skin of a mole ; both from Wheatland,
Ind.
Mr. Theodore Roosevelt, New York City. A collection of eighty-five
skins and skulls of weasels, rodents, and bats, mostly from New York.
Includes a number of Egyptian bats.
Mr. William J. Rhees, Washington, D. C. Two bats in the flesh ; from
Washington.
Mr. Charles Rub^, Fort Fred. Steele, Wyoming. The skin of a puma
{Felis concolor), and a fragment of a human skull ; from Wyoming.
M. H. Schwank, U. 8. N. [through Mr. T. M. Ramsay). The skin of a
fox ; from Hakluyt Headland, Spitzbergen.
Mr. George B. Sennett, Texas. Three opossums {Didelphys virginianus);
from Lonita Ranch, Texas.
Dr. R. W. Shufeldt, U. 8. A. Thee head of a pronghorn antelope {An-
tllocapra americana), from Sweet Water Valley, Wyoming ; the skin
of a squirrel {Sciurus carolinensis), from Ithaca, N. Y.
Dr. Leonard Stejneger, Smithsonian Institution, Washington. A collec-
tion of skulls and skeletons of the Arctic sea-cow (Rhytina gigas) ;
two skulls of ziphioid whales ; from Bering Island, Kamtchatka.
Among the Ehytina remains are included six almost perfect skulls
and fragments of six others ; also four partially complete series of
vertebrsB, a large number of ribs and arm bones, and two scapulae.
Mr. Livingston Stone, Charleston, N. H. The skull and a liumerus of the
grizzly bear ( Ursus horribilis) ; from California.
REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
201
Mr. James 6. Swan. Two jaws of the killer whale^ (Orca atra)] from
Cape Flattery, Wash.
Mr. J. Tate {throvgh Br. T. JS. Wilcox, U. 8. A.). A pair of antlers of
mule deer; from Boise Barracks, Idaho.
Prof. George Thurber, Xew Yorlc City. A cinnamon bear ( JJrsus dn-
namoneu8)j in the flesh; from Ward County, Pennsylvania.
Mr. Aurelius Todd, Elkhead, Oreg. Eleven rodent skins ; one skin of
JJrotrichus Oibhai ; the skin of a shrew; the skeleton of a spermophile,
U, 8. Fish Commission, Washington. The skeleton of porpoise; from
Wood's Holl, Mass,
U. 8. National Miiseum, Washington. A large common rat, in the flesh*
Mr. 8. T. Walker, Boston, Mass. A raccoon {Procyon Hernandezii)^
from Tampa Bay, Florida.
Mr. John Wallace, New York City. The skeleton of a babboon (Oywo-
cephalus porcarius).
Mr. William W. Ware, (through Mr. Robert), Washington, Fa. One head
of domestic sheep; from Westmoreland County, Pennsylvania.
Dr. T. E. Wilcox^ U. 8. A. Two rodents in alcohol ; one gopher {Tho-
momys talpoides) iif alcohol ; one pronghom head and antlers; two pairs
of antlers; one fossil tibia; all from Boise Barracks, Idaho.
Mr. John B. Wiggins, Waverly, N. Y. A fox ( Vulpes fulvus), alive j
from Waverly, K. Y.
Mr. A. F, Wooster, Norfolk, Conn. A bat in alcohol.
Department of Birds.
BoBEBT EiDawAY, Ourator.
ACCESSIONS IK 1882.
How obtained.
J- By gift
*• By exchange or purchase
^ From collectors employed by the
Smithsonian Institution.
«• From other departments of the
Goveniment.*
*• By deposit
*• Miscelianeons t
Total accessions daring 1882..
u o
as
CD
JZJCS
69
30
39
13
1
152
Skins.
a
*s
QQ
1,337
434
1,193
745
1
51
3,761
00
o
QQ
657
331
683
286
1
46
2,004
Nests and eggs.
O OO
|g
20
5
8
36
09
QQ
150
63
37
48
300
85
63
21
18
189t
* Chiefly through the U. S. Signal Service.
t Mostly specimens which, having lost their original labels, were re-entered, or in
'^ftrd to which there are no data.
I The actual number of species is of course much less, identical species being often
'^tesented in various collections. In some cases, however, especially among the
202 SEPOBT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
The accessions of greatest interest are from the following sources:
(SKINS.)
Mr. L. Belding^ of Stockton^ Gal. Three hundred and eighty-four speci-
mens, two hundred and sixteen species, chiefly from Lower California.
Avery valuable collection, embracing two new species, two others new
to the Korth American fauna, and a fine series of the several species
peculiar to the Gape Saint Lucas fauna. (0.*)
Capt. Chas. Bendire, U. 8. A. Seventy-nine specimens, thirty-five spe-
cies, of very desirable Northwestern birds from Fort Walla Walla,
Wash., including several examples of the rare Kennicott^s owl {Scops
asio Kennicotti) and a very fine series of the wax- wing {Ampelis gar*
rulus). (G.) ♦
Count von Berlepschy MUnden, Germany. One hundred and thirty-one
specimens, one hundred and two species, of Neotropical birds, pre-
viously not represented in the collection. (Ex.)
Mr. Wm. Brewster J Gamhridge^ Mass. Nineteen specimens, thirteen
species, of birds from various localities, the same being principally
special plumages wanted to complete the collection of North Ameri-
can birds. (Ex.)
Prof. A. Dugds, National Museum of Mexico. Fourteen specimens (same
number of species) of Mexican birds, some of them rare in collec-
tions. (G.)
Mr. William J. Fisher^ V. 8. Tidal Observer. Fifty-two specimens, thirty,
four species, from Kodiak Island, Alaska. An interesting collection,
containing some very rare species and one new to science ((Esfrelata
fisheri). (Ex.)
Mr. G. Goward, V. 8. Gonsul to Samoa. Twenty-three specimens of
birds from the Fiji Islands, most of the species new to the collection
(G.)
Mr. P. L. Jouy^ of Washington, D. G. Three hundred and sixty-nine
specimens, one hundred and fourteen species, from China and Japan.
A majority of the species new to the National Museum collection.
(C.)
Mr. Geo. N. Lawrence, New Yorh City. Thirteen specimens (as many
species), of tropical American birds, the same being desiderata to the
collection. (Ex.)
skins of Old World birds, there are a few species not yet determined, and which have
not been included in the above enumeration.
The total number of accessions during the year to the collection of the Department
of Birds is 188.
''The source of these accessions is designated by the initial "C" for those received
from collectors of the Museum, or those making explorations under its anspices; " G *'
for those presented as a gift; ^^Ex." for those obtained in exchange^ &c.
BEPOET ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 203
?rof. William Macleayj Linncean Society^ Sydney^ New South Wales.
Forty-three specim^s, thirty-two species, of birds chiefly from West
Australia, and, with one or two exceptions, all new to the collec-
tion. (Ex.)
Mr, Charles L. McKay ^ U, 8, Signal Service. One hundred and twenty-
eight specimens, seventy-four species, from Bristol Bay and Kushagak
Elver, Alaska. (Signal Office.)
Sergeants John Murdoch and Middleton Smith, U. S. Signal Service. Two
hoBdred and forty specimens and thirty-five species, from Point Bar-
row, Alaska. A fine collection, including interesting series of well-
prepared specimens. (Signal Office.)
Iff. Raymond L. Newcomb, Naturalist attached to the Jeannette expedi-
tion. Seven specimens, five species, from the Arctic Ocean north of
Siberia, including three specimens of the excessively rare Boss's
Gull {Bhodostethia rosea). (^NTavy Department.)
Norwich Museum^ Nortoich, England {through Mr. J. H. Ourney). Twenty-
four specimens, sixteen species, of raptorial birds, chiefly new to the
collection. (Ex.)
^T. C, 0. Nutting, of Carlinville, HI. Three hundred and twenty speci-
mens, one hundred and ninety species, from Gosta Eica. This collec-
tion forms the basis of two special papers in the "Proceedings" of
the National Museum (Vol. 5, pp. 382-409 ; the other not yet printed).
(0.)
Mr. Theodore Roosevelt, New Torh City. Five hundred and ninety-six
specimens, one hundred and ninety-five species of birds, mostly North
American (a few from Egypt). (G.)
Shanghai Museum^ Shanghai, China (through Mr. P. L. Jouy). Seventy-
seven specimens, sixty-five species, mostly new to the collection. (Ex.)
ifr. Qeorge Shoemaker, Assistant in Department of Birds, U. S. National
Jfwcttm. Eighty-three specimens, fifty-four species, of birds from the
District of Columbia and Alexandria County, Virginia. The speci-
mens all very finely prepared. (G.)
•^' fi. W. Shufeldt, U. S. A. Two hundred and ninety-six specimens,
one hundred and eighty-six species, chiefly from Connecticut and
Wyoming Territory. This collection is exceptionally fine as regards
preparation of the skins, a considerable number of which have been
inounted for the exhibition series of the Museum. (G.)
J^'Leonhard St^neger, U. S. Signal Service. One hundred and ninety-
eight specimens, ninety species, from the Commander Islands and Pe-
tropolovski, Kamtchatka. An important collection, containing sev-
eral new species. (Signal Office.)
(NESTS AND EGGS.)
^y* L. Bdding, Stockton, Cal. Twenty-four specimens (i. e., entries),
twelve species, from Lower California. (C.)
204 REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
Mr. George A. Boardmauj Calais, Me. Eggs of the Florida coarlin, or
\\m\}\s.m {Ararnus picitu8)yf£0in Florida. (G.)
British Museum, London, England. Forty-five species, from Pegu (all
new to the collection). (Ex.)
Mr. E. Biekinson, Springfield, Mass. One set of eggs of Totanus melano-
leucus, from Manitoba. (New to the collection.) (G.)
Governor Fencker, Godhavn, Greenland. Eighty-seven specimens (en-
tries), twenty-four species, from Greenland.
Mr. Wm. J. Fisher, TJ. 8. Tidal Observer. Fifteen specimens, fifteen
species, from Kodiak Island, Alaska, and vicinity. The most inter-
esting specimens are eggs of the bald eagle {Haliaetus leucoeephalus)
and black oystercatcher (Hcematopusniger).
Mr. R. G. Hazard, 2d, Peace Bale, B. I. Eggs of Spheniscus demersus,
, Eudypes ehrysocome and Biomedea culminata, from Falkland Islands*
Mr. George N. Lawrence, New Yorh City. One egg of the Honduras
turkey {Meleagris ocellata), from Yucatan. (New to the collection.)
(Ex.)
Br. J. C. Merrill, TJ. 8. A. One set of eggs of the pink-sided snow-
bird (Junco annectens), from Big Horn Mountains, Montana Territory.
(New to the collection.) (Ex.)
Sergeants John Murdoch and Middletoa Smith, J7. 8. Signal Service^
Forty-six specimens {i. e., entries), sixteen species, from Point Bar-
row, Alaska. Two of the species new to the collection, if not to
science, viz, Actodromas ma^culata and Pelidna alpina americana.
Bepartment of Reptiles.
Henry C. Yarrow, Honorary Curator.
Two hundred and thirty entries have been made in the herpeto-
logical record book, which would probably represent not less than
nine hundred and twenty specimens.
Thirty -one specimens of fourteen species of reptiles, many of them
very rare, were received in exchange from the British Museum, through
Dr. Gunther.
Valuable collections have been received from Mr. James Bell, of
Gainesville, Fla., and Mr. L. Belding, of California, employed as col-
lectors by the National Museum, and from Mr. Robert Eidgway, Mr.
Lucien M. Turner, Mr. Gustav Eisen, and others.
The accessions of greatest interest are the valuable collection of Mr.
â–
L. Belding, m^de in Lower California, which contained a beautiful speci-
men of Crotalus tnitchelli, the only one at present in the Museum;
Crotalus enyo, Bufo beldingi (sp. nov.), Crotaphytus copei (sp. nov.), Uta
elegans (sp. nov.), and Sceloporus rufidorsum (sp. nov.). In the collec-
tion made by Mr. Robert Eidgway, at Wheatland, Ind., was found a
new subspecies of Ophibolus, which has been called Ophiholus getulus
niger. In Mr. Gustav Eisen's collection, made near Fresno, Cal., two new
subspecies of Ophibolus have been discovered, which are named Ophi-
BEPOET ON NATIONAL MUSEUM; 205
holusgetulus eiseni and Ophibolus getulus multicinctu8. Prof. E. D. Gope
has presented to the Museum a new and valuable species of Eumeees
from Texas, and Mr. Roosevelt, of Kew York, has presented quite a large
collection of our domestic reptiles, made by himself. Prof. A. Dug^s^
of Mexico, has continued his contributions, which are always valuable^
and we have also been favored similarly by Professor Suraichrast.
Department of Fishes.
Tarleton H. Bean, Curator.
The total number of accessions during the year was 95, and 78 of
these were made by individuals.
SOURCE OF ACCESSIONS.
By gilt 55
Exchange or purchase T
Smithsonian collectors * 9
Other Government departments - 24
Deposit 1
The TJ. S. Fish Commission is considered as one of the '^ other depart-
ments of the Government." The single collection received on deposit
is from Dr. Shufeldt, at New Orleans, who proposes to monograph the
fiamia of Lower Louisiana.
For the sake of convenience the list of accessions is arranged alpha-
betically, and the number of the accession is given. A summary of
accessions of greatest interest follows the alphabetical list.
Akm, 00000. Tennessee. One carp (Cyprinus carpio)j four weeks
old, raised in Tennessee.
AUicmcej U. 8. Steamer. 00000. Arctic seas. One tank of fishes in
alcohol.
Atkins, G. O. 12040. Bucksport, Me. Three fresh Kennebec Salmo
ialar,
^ird, W. C. 11366. Chattanooga, Tenn. One head of Amia calva*
BaUwin, A. 8. 11124. Jacksonville, Fla. One Erimyzon Ooodei.
-Bean, T. H. 11230. Potomac Eiver. One fresh Tinea vulgaris from
Broad Creek.
11546. Havre de Grace, Md. One tank of fishes in alcohoL
11619. Potomac Eiver. One fresh Tinea vulgaris.
Beir, ^on. 11044. Austria. Twenty specimens of Umbra Icrameri.
Slaekfordy E. G. 11127. New York. One fresh Mieropterus salmoides
(lOJ pounds).
11189. New York. Four fresh Pomoxys sparaides.
11196. Florida. One fresh Lutjanus Blackfordii.
11296. New York. One box of salmon and trout from various
localities.
11356. New York. Two fresh Peristedium miniatum.
00000. New York. One living Ophidium marginatum.
11870. New York. One fresh Hippoglossoides platessddea.
206 BEPOBT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
Bradfieldy H. L. 11917. Dougherty, Tex. One fossil tooth of Oaleth
cerdo falcatus.
Chester^ H. C. 12056. Foank, Conn. Four jars of fishes in aloohoL
ClarlCy Frank N. 11701. Northville, Mich. Two Oatoatamus oammer-
807iii in alcohol.
Clarlc, J. W. B. 11669. Deil's Island, Chesapeake Bay. Two Chaa-
modes Boscianus and two Oobiosoma alepidotum,
Collins, Copt. 2>. U. 12076. Gloucester, Mass. One smoked Sooniber
BeKayi.
Gumming , W.M. 11 643. Wilmington, N. 0. Three Oambusiapatruelis.
Babney, Wm. 00000. Lodi, Miss. An EtheosUmiatid (dried) in letter.
Bavis, W. B.J & Son. 11488. Wilmington, K 0. One firesh Megalops
atlantieus,
Bugdsj Pro/. A. 11113. Guanajuato, Mexico. One Oentropomus and
one Mugil from Tepic.
EdwardSj V. N. 11036. Wood's HoU, Mass. One Zophopsetta nMCU-
lata t juv.
11101. Wood's HoU, Ma«s. Two skeletons of PhyciSy one of
Tautoga onitis.
FerheVy Br. 11764. Canada. One young SaJmo salar,
Fisher y William J. 00000. Kodiak, Alaska. One keg and five bottles
of fishes in alcohol.
Fish Hawkj U. 8. F. C. steamer. 11206. Chesax>eake Bay. Two boxes
alcoholic and one keg of fresh fishes.
Oering, Frederick. 12080. Gloucester, Mass. One Menticirrus nebvr
losus.
OilmeTj 0. K. 11131. Eichmond, Ya. FouRfresh Borosoma cepedianum.
Oorgas, W. C. 11915. Fort Brown, Tex. One can of alcoholic si)eci-
mens.
Mailer, 0. M. 12048. Puget Sound. One Clupea sapidissima in
alcohol.
B[ay, 0. P. 11738. Tennessee and Mississippi. One tank firesh- water
fishes in alcohol.
Henshall, Br. J. A. 11429. Florida. One tank of fishes in alcohol.
Herrera, Alfonso. 11279. City of Mexico. Three Heros sp. and three
Ohirostoma Humholdtianum.
Hodge, E. B. 00000. Plymouth, K H. One Salvelinus fontinalis in
bad condition.
Horan, Henry. 12004. One salted Selene argentea.
Howell, B. Y. 11477. Sandusky, Ohio. Si|: vials embryonic Stizo-
stedium vitreum.
Hubhs, A. 12155. Mounds, Mo. Five Enneacanthus sp. in alcohol.
Hudson, George A. 11150. Cedar Keys, Fla. Seven fresh Clupea
sapidissima.
Jamaica Institute. 11760. Kingston, Jamaica. One hundred and
eighty-three specimens of marine fishes.
BEPORT OP NATIONAL MUSEUM. 207
Jimesj D\ . Wm. JT., JJ. 8. IT. 12163. Ala«ka. One keg fishes, &c., in
alcohol.
Jardanj D. 8.y and OiWertj Charles jET. 11500. Mazatlan, Panama^
Lower California, Texas, Florida, and Italy. Six tanks of fishes in
alcohol.
J(my^ P. L. 11262. China. Two tanks of fishes in alcohol (many
ppecies).
11804. Japan. One tank fishes in alcohol.
Larco^ Aiidrea. 11461. Santa Barbara, Cal. One box of fishes in
alcohol (many species).
Uniman Society^ New South Wales. 00000. Few Guinea. Two hun-
dred and seven specimens of fishes in alcohol.
IMtkenj Dr. Chr. 11181. Iceland. One Trachypterus arcticfus in alcohoL
Manitoba Historical and Oeological Society. 11897. Winnipeg. One
tank of fishes in alcohol.
Ifcidam^, William. 12052. Illinois Eiver. One box of fishes in alco-
hol.
McDonald^ Ohl. M. 11047. Cherrystone, Va. Two bottles of fishes in
alcohol.
11209. Potomac Eiver. Three Clupea sapidissinuu
11211. Washington, D. C. Two Cyprinus carpio shipped to
Texas and back alive.
â– 11615. Fredericksburg, Ya. Four species of fresh-water fishes*
Merrim, Dr. C. Hart. 11462. Woodhull Lake, I^ew York. One Salmo
9akr var. sebago.
MitcheUj Oapt. J. C. 11495. Charleston, S. 0. Two tanks of fishes in
alcohol.
^oore^ G. H. H. 11618. Colorado Eiver, Texas. One fresh Haploido-
^vs grunniens.
^Wy, E. B. 11031. Odessa, Del. Skin of Anguilla rostrata.
%, Willardjr. 12000. l^ew Bedford, Mass. One bottle Anguilla
rostrata in alcohol.
P<ickard,A. S.^andKingsley. 11208. Wood's Holl, Mass. Eeproductive
organs of supposed male eel.
Polk, W. L. 11324. Vicksburg, Miss. One Carpiodes (?) from Missis-
sippi River.
^cliff^ Captain. 00000. Fifteen miles southeast of Cape May. One
salted Peristedium miniatum.
^thbun^ Richard. 11984. Brazil. Five photographs of fishes.
^^, George H., U. S. N. 11409. Potomac River. One Micropterus
idlmoides and one M. dolomieu.
Shufeldt, Dr. R. W., U. S. A. 12122. I^ew Orleans, La. One box of
fishes, &c., in alcohol.
Stearnsj Silas. 11015. Pensacola, Fla. One fresh Batrachus tau subsp.
pardtLS.
11123. Pensacola, Fla. One fresh Caulolatilus microps.
208 REPOBT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
Stearns J Silas. 11149. Pensacola, Fla. Three fresh Caulolatiltis mierops^
11235. Pensacola, Fla. Spawn of Trisotropis stomias with
entozoa.
11496. Pensacola, Fla. Three tanks of fishes in alcohoL
Stearns^ W. A. 11859. Labrador. Two tanks and one barrel of fishes.
Swatiy James G, 11231. Port Townsend, Wash. One winter salmon^
Oncorhynchus chonicha,
TJiompsoUy H. H. 12138. Woodhull Lake, Kew York. Two fresh Cor-
egonus artedi.
12223. Woodhull Lake outlet. One fresh Salmo solar var.
sebago.
TruCj Frederick W. 11817. Essex County, New York. One tank fishes
in alcohol.
U. 8. Fish Commission, 11210. Germany. Two Cyprintis carpio ; died
in transit.
11640. Northville, Mich. Two fresh Salvelinus fontinalis and
one Salmo iridetts.
11715. Quantico, Va., and Battery, Md. Eggs tod embryos
of Glupea vernalis, Petromyzon marinttSj hybrid between Clupea sapi-
dissima and Ferca americana,
11770. Washington, D. 0. One Carassius auratus (Japanese)
in alcohol.
11772. Wood's HoU, Mass. Many species of marine fishes.
11818. Wood's Holl, Mass. One tank and one box of fishes in
alcohol.
11682. Wood's Holl, Mass. One tank and one box of fishes
in alcohol.
11888. Wood's Holl, Mass. One half barrel fresh Scorpcena^
MerlttcitiSj Fliycis^ &c.
11891. Wood's Holl, Mass. One fresh Baia lasvis.
11918. Wood's Holl, Mass. One box of fishes in alcohol.
12027. Havre de Grace, Md. One fresh Clupea sapidissima.
U. 8, Signal Service. Point Barrow, Alaska. jFour species of fishes in
alcohol.
Weaver^ Oeorge B. & Co. 12035. Seneca Lake, Kew York. One Amia
calva and one Lota maculosa, fresh.
Whitman^ J. L. 11724. Valley Falls, Kans. Four Stizostedium vit-,
reum in alcohol.
Wilcox, W. A. 11024. Boston, Mass. Three fresh Brosmius brosme.
Wild, Oeorge H. 11685. Eed Bank, N. J. Four Boccus lineatus in
alcohol.
Wood, Ensign M. L., U. S. N'. 11568. Key West, Fla. One can of
fishes in alcohol.
Wood, Lieut. W. N. 11372. Potomac Eiver. One fresh shad.
Woodbury, J. 0. 11790. San Francisco, OaL Two Bocctts lineatus;
died in transit.
BEPOET ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 209
Wyiming Historical and Geological Society. 11431. Wilkes-Barre, Pa.
One deformed Lepomis gibbosus.
General summary of accessions of greatest interest — Most of the col-
lections here noticed were made by persons employed by the U. S. Fish
Commission or by the Smithsonian Institution and the U. S. National
Mttseum. Some very important accessions, however, have come from
parties who have received nothing more than the tanks and alcohol for
preserving fishes. Several very valuable additions were made by mu-
seums desiring collections in exchange. Other departments of the Gov-
ernment have contributed comparatively little this year; the U. S.
Signal Service party near Point Barrow, Alaska, forwarded a collection,
which is small in the number of species, but rich in individuals.
Bean, Tarleton H. 11230. March 20. P.
A fresh tench, Tinea vulgaris^ which escaped from the United States ponds,
Washington, and was captured in Broad Creek, a tributary of the PotomaO|
hy Mr. Eonm.
11C19. June 24. P.
A tench. Tinea vulgaris^ which was brought here alive from the Potomac
River and kept for some time in the Armory. It is worthy of note that the
pharyngeal teeth of tench bred here have no trace of hook, but are worn off
80 as to have a broad grinding surface, in which respect they di^er from
examples of like size reared in Europe.
Beldkg^L. 11543. June 12. G.
Among the fishes received from Lower California, where they were obtained
by Mr. Belding, are e^ome species which are new to the localities. Professors
Jordan and Gilbert have identified one of the eels from near Cape San Lucas
as Leptocephalus covger, "No other specimen of this genus has been brought
from the Pacific coast of tropical America." Agonostoma naautum GUother,
was taken in tLe river at San Jos^, where it is known as trucha or trout. The
name ** trout" for a mugiloid fish is earnestly recommended to the attention
of critics of the synonymy of Latin names of fishes.
Bladford, K O. 11127. February 14. G.
One big-mouth bass, Micropterus salmoides^ weighing 10^ pounds., The fish
was cast and then preserved in alcohol.
11296. April C. G.
In a large lot of salmonoids received from Mr. Blackford on this date was
an alleged hybrid between Salvelinua fontinalis and Oncorhjfnchus chouichOj and
there was also a California salmon, O. chouichaf which was raised in Minne-
sota.
11356.^ April 24. G.
Two fresh Periatedium miniatumj which were picked up dead at sea at the
time of the tilefish mortality.
00000. May IC. G.
A living example of the rare Ophidium marginatum, which was caught at
Bay View, Long Island. . . ^
CoUinSy Capt D. K 1207C. November 17. G.
An individual of the formerly rare and little-known mackerel* Scomber
DeKayi, aent from Gloucester by request of Capt. J. W. CoUins,
H. Mis. 26-^ 14
210 REPORT ON NATIONAL HUSEUIL
Davidj W. Kj dk San. 11488. May 28. G.
A large and fine tarpnm, Megalop$ atlanHem$,
Fisher, William J. 00000. December 23. G.
Hr. Fisher sent from ^odiak a ten-gallon keg of fishes exceedingly
well preserved, besides a few bottles. In this lot are many valnable speci-
mens, among them four fresh- water species not before receired from the island ;
these are, JSsox lucius Lota maculoaaf Caioatamu8 langiroatrU, and Coreganus
fuadrilateraliSf all of which occur in the Tnkon region, bnt were not expected
on this island in the Gulf of Alaska. The first three at least are very old
species, widely distributed, and preserving their identity with wonderful
tenacity, no matter what change of environment may overtake them. They
probably existed on the island before its separation as an island, and they
}iave retained, apparently nndistnrbed, all the salient characters by which*
their relatives of the mainland are distinguished in the broad area over which
they are found.
Oering, Frederick. 12080. November 17. G.
One example of the kingfish, Mentidrrus netmloaus, which is extremely rare
north of Cape Cod ; this was taken in a herring-net in Gloucester Harbor,
October 20, 1882.
Oilhert, Charles H. 11500. June 1. C.
* Four tanks of Mazatlan and Panama fishes formed the larger part of this
accession. Of the Panama species, 148 were taken ; 19 of these are described
as new in Volume I, Bulletin U. S. Fish Commission. From Mazatlan, Mex-
ico, Mr. Gilbert sent 172 species ; 33 of these are established as new in Pro-
ceedings National Museum, Volume IV.
Haller^ G. M. 12048. November 16. G.
A shad, Clupea aapidissimaf taken in a tributary of Puget Sound. The
shad introduced by the U. S. Fish Commission into the Sacramento have
multiplied and are spreading rapidly northward on the coast of California
and beyond.
jffay, Prof. 0. P. 11738. August 3. 0.
A tank of fresh-water fishes collected by him in Mississippi, Tennessee, and
other Southern States ; 64 species were taken ; they are recorded in Volume II,
Bulletin U. S. Fish Commission, by Professor Hay. Of the 64 the following
are established as new to science : Ammocrifpta vivax, loa vigiliSy Pceciliohthya
huilerianuSf Menidia audens; Tirodon, new genus, represented 'by Tirodan am-
nigenus.
Professor Hay's collection contained Lepidoateua pJatystomvSy although this
does not appear in his list ; he has it under the name X. oaaeua.
Professors Jordan and Gilbert consider PoBcilichthya butlerianus identical with
P. Barratti (Holbr.).
Senshall, Br. J. A. 11429. May 13. G.
One tank of fishes collected by him in Florida. Among them are some
species not before in the Museum, as, for example, Priatipoma melanoptentm
and a species of Zyganectea recently described as new under the name Z,
eraticula,
MuhhSj A. 12155. December 4. G.
Five specimens in alcohol of a species of Enneacanthua, which seems to be
undescribed. These were caught at Mounds, Vernon County, MiMOuri, and
â– ent on to ascertain whether or not they are carp.
BEPOST ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 211
Hudsony Oeorge A. 11160. February 21. G.
Seven small shad received by him at Savannah, Ga., from Cedar Keys, Fla.,
the first of the species he has known from that locality. These shad, in
measurements, proportions, colors, &c., resemble individuals that the Mu-
seum has from Alabama.
JatiMica Institute Public Museum. 11760. August 12. G.
This large and very valuable collection of Jamaican species is the second
of a series of shipments to the Museum in duplicate, one of each species to
be kept here and the other returned, named, to the museum at Kingston. The
first can was received in December, 1881. The second can contained 183
specimens, all of them in excellent condition and representing many species
which will prove additions to our collection. The species are, at present,
only partly determined.
Jordauy Prof. D. 8. 11500. June 1. 0.
Professor Jordan's collections, made at Galveston, New Orleans, and Pensa-
cola, filled two large tanks and contained many new species, which are de-
scribed in Proceedings National Museum, Volume Y. Some of the species
obtained are the following :
Fundulua xenicus Jor. & Gilb. (types).
. Paralichthys alhigutta Jor. & Gilb. (type).
Chasmodes saburrce Jor. & Gilb. (types).
Paralichthys aqitamilentus Jor. & Gilb. (types).
laeathea soruiatar Jor. & Gilb. (types).
Hippocampus zoster a Jor. &, Gilb. (, types).
Fundulus ooellaria Jor. & Gilb. (types).
Isesthes ionthas Jor. & Gilb. (types).
Gohiua holeoaoma Jor. &. Gilb. (types).
Gohiesox virgatultis Jor. & Gilb. (types).
Opisthognathua lonchurua Jor. & GUb. (type).
Chromia enchryaurua Jor. & Gilb. (type).
It is proper to state that Professor Jordan was greatly assisted in making
tMs collection by Mr. Silas Steams, whose vessels brought in most of the new
species described from Pensacola.
^(^iP.L. 11804. August 28. 0.
A tank of Japanese fishes, which have not yet been examined.
«^M(y, P. i., and F. C. Dale. 11262. March 30. 0.
A collection of Chinese fishes in two tanks. Many species are represented,
but no examination of them has been made. These fishes were secured while
the collectors were on the U. S. steamer Palos.
^rto^ Andrea. 11461. May. 20. G. & P.
A large lot of alcoholic fishes sent from Santa Barbara by Mr. Larco con-
tained the following among other good things: lAocotiua hirundo, Citharichthya
(tyi)e), Sebaatichthya umhroaua (type), and laeathea Crilherti (types).
^'»n<can Society, Sydney, Australia, 00000. May 7. B.
Two hundred and seven specimens of fishes collected in New Guinea, many
of which are new to the collection. A list of some of the interesting ones is
given in my report for May, 1882.
•Wejbi, Dr. Chr. 11181. March 7. B. ,
One alcoholic example, from Iceland, of jyaehyptm'ua mrctieua, the first 4me
obtained by the Museum.
212 BEPOBT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM
McAdams, William. 12052. December 11. G.
A large nnmber of fresh- water species from the moath of lUindiB River.
MeDonaldj Col. Marshall. 11211. March 14. D.
Two leather carp, Cyprinus carpio, that were sent to Texas and' returned
alive in a gallon pail, a convincing proof of the feasibility and desirabilltj
of shipping carp in a limited supply of water.
11015. June 22. G.
Four species of fresh- water fishes, Moccus HneatuSj CatostomuB commersonii,
Amiurus caius, and Lepomis auHtuB, caught after ascending over the McDon-
ald fish way, at Fredericksburg, Va.,
Manitoba Historical and Scientific Society. 11897. October 2. E.
The Museum received from this society, located at Winnipeg, one tank of
alcoholic fishes through Mr. H. A. Strong. The tank was received October 2,
1882. The species are all similar to those of the adjacent United States
region, but none the less interesting, since we have few fishes now from the
locality whence these came.
Mitchellj Capt. J. C. 11495. May 31. G.
In this collection was a fine specimen of Lagocephalua Icevigatna and one of
Alutera acriptaj which has been rarely observed on the coast of the United
States. Fundulus majalis is represented in the lot.
Nycj Willard, jr. 12000. I^ovember 9. G.
Three eels taken from the water-supply pipes at New Bedford, Mass.
Badcliff^ Captain. 00100. June 12. G.
A salted specimen of Peristedium miniatum from 15 miles southeast of Capo
May, found at the time of the great tilefish mortality.
Shvfeldtj Dr. B, 17., U. 8. A. 12122. December 19. Dep.
In a box of alcoholic fidhes collected at New Orleans, La., which were re-
ceived here November 28, 1882, were several interesting species : A Zygonecies^
apparently cfcry«o<w« Gthr., Prionotus acituluaJov, & Gilb., and Elassoma zona-
turn, the last singular fish being represented by more individuals than the
Museum possessed before from all other sources.
StearnSy Silas. 1149C. June 1. G.
This is a large collection made at Peusacola, Fla., by Mr. Stearns, and in-
cludes many valuable species, a good portion of which were described as
new in Volume V, Proceedings National Museum. A partial list follows:
Gohiua holeosoma Jor. & Gilb.
Ophidium GrcelUi Poey.
Exoccetua Hillianua Gosse.
Chromia enchryaurva Jor. & Gilb.
Stenoiomua caprinua Bean.
Mullua harbatua var. auratua Jor. &, Gilb.
logloasua caUiurua Bean (n. g. and n. s. ).
Apogon maculatua (Poey) Jor. & Gilb,
Blenniua atearnaii Jor. & Gilb.
With two exceptions the above are all new species, and onerex)re8ent8 a curi-
ous aberrant form of Gobiidce related to Oxymetopon Bleeker, from which, how-
ever, it dififers in several imx)ortant characters.
11500. Jaiiel. G.
See remarks under Jordan, Prof., D. S., Ace. 11500. Without the asslBtonoe
of Mr. Steams the collection would have been much less valuable.
BEPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 213
SteamSjW.A. 11859. September 16. G.
SeveDteen species of fishes collected by him in Labrador daring the snm-
mer of 1882. Among them are some species of especial interest to as :
Scomber acombruSf rare from so far north ;
CottuB scorpioidea, far south of its recorded limit;
Gadua ogac;
Eippogloaaoidea plateaaoidea ; and a small
Somnioaua breripinne.
Tautogolabrua adaperaua was fonnd abundant.
Tkmp8on,E.H. 12223. December 27. G.
A fresh laud-locked salmon, Salmo aalar variety aebago, taken from an oat-
let of Woodhall Lake, New York. This form of salmon was introdnced into
the lake through the aid of the U. S. Fish Commission, and has greatly mul-
tiplied there.
F. 8. Fish Commission. 11206. March 15. D.
The cruise of the "Fish Hawk" in Chesapeake Bay, early in March, re-
sulted in the discovery of some well-known species of fishes at an unexpected
time. The common spined dogfish, Squalua (icanthiaa, was plentiful, attracted
there, no doubt, by the presence of large schools of small menhadeo, Brevoor^
fia tyrannua. Baia ocellata was also obtained. The young of several impor-
tant economic fishes were taken in great abundance ; among these were Clupea
vernaliat Clupea CPativaliaf Pogoniaa chromiaf Phycia ohuaa (f ), Phycia regiuay and
Acipenaer oxyrhynchua, Siolephorua sp., Gobioaomay GobieaoXy and many other
species were found.
11715. July 20. D.
Among other embryonic fishes received in this iuvoice from Battery Sta-
tion, Maryland, were some hybrids between Clupea aapidiaaima and Boccua
lineatus. Mr. Ryder has carefully examined these creatures and declares
that they do partake of the characters of both parents. Development of eggs
of one species after fertilization by nilt of a fish belonging to a widely dif-
ferent family has heretofore been considered wholly improbable.
11772. August 19. D.
In a large number of species of marine fishes sent from Wood's Holl, and re-
ceived on above date, was Leptoclinua aculeatuBy which has not previously
been recorded from south of Cape Cod.
11818. September 4. D.
One tank and one box of fishes in alcohol from Wood's HoU, Mass.
11862. September 16. D.
A tank and a box of fishes from the summer station at Wood's Roll. One
of the most interesting of the species is a Brotulidy first obtained by Prof. Alex-
ander Agassiz, and now rediscovered by the Commission. For this genus Mr.
Goode and I have proposed the name Dicrolene^ on account of the peculiar
stracture of the pectoral ; the single species obtained is to be called Dicrolene
introniger. Another singular genus of Stei'noptychidce widely different from all
the known forms of that family is also with this collection. Argyropelecus
hemigymnua was taken at station 1112.
11888. September 28. D.
In a half-barrel of fresh fishes, with Squalua acanthiaay Merluciua bilinearia,
and Phyciatenuiay were several large and brilliantly colored ScorpoBtia dacty'
lopiera, found plentifully by Capt. J. W. Collins while trawling on the " tilefish
ground." It is thought that this last species may be caught in such aban-
dance as to make it an important addition to the supply of food-fishes.
214 EEPOET ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
J7. 8. Fish Commission. 11918. October 9. D.
In a box of fLshes receiyed from Wood's HoU, Mass., October 9, 1882, w«c«
CcryphcBnoidea rupesirisy Hippocampus hudsaniua, and a new MalthM genus
related, to Halieutichthyat but with the dorsal base partly on the body, a verj
short tail, pectorals not ezserted, and some other striking pecnliarities.
12027. November?. D.
A fresh female shad, Clupea aapidisdimay which had been detained in a pool at
Battery Station, near Havre de Grace, Md., was received, November 7, 1882;
in a spent condition.
U. 8. Signal Service. 00000. December 22. D.
From the party at Ooglaamie near Point Barrow, Alaska, were obtained a
large number of capelin (Mallotvs villoaus), as well as of the polar cod (Bor&h
gaduu aaida) ; there were also two species of CoUuSy one of whic^ is either
adnlt C. verruooaua or new, and the other is apparently undescribed.
Department of Molluslcs.
William H. Dall, Honorary Curator.
The accessions to the Museum comprise some twenty-seven separate
lotSy as received, in one hundred and thirteen boxes, barrels, and pack-
ages.
The largest in bulk and most important in its bearing on the science
of any collections received during the year. is the typical collection of
land and fresh- water shells, sent in fifty-three boxes, by Dr. Isaac Lea,
of Philadelphia. When this shall be available, with the series of Dr.
Lewis, and that of Mr. W. G. Binney, the Museum need shrink from no
comparison with the collections in these groups of all the world beside.
The next and for the Pacific coast the equally typical and important
collection of Dr. E. E. C. Stearns, of California, has been received on
deposit, under an arrangement by which it is intended to become the
permanent ornament of the Museum. Comprising thirty cases in bulk,
and probably over 10,000 species in number, its especial richness in all
that relates to the Pacific coast of the United States, in addition to the
Carpenter and Dall collections already in the Museum, will put compe-
tition in that field out of the question.
A very interesting and valuable collection of shells from La Paii,
filling three boxes, with fresh and well-preserved specimens of marine
shells, has been received from Consul L. Belding.
The Senckenburgian Museum of Frankfort-am-Main has conMbuted
a small but valuable collection of 45 species of recently-described pul-
monates, through Dr. W. Kobelt, their curator,
A collection of ceplalopods long since lent to Prof. Japetus Steen-
strup, of Copenhagen, for study, has been returned during the year.
Commander J. E. Bartlett, U. S. N., has presented some interesting
cephalopods from the Gulf Stream, which were attracted to the vessel
by the electric light used in the deep-seasounding work.
Other less remarkable but still interesting and valuable donations will
be found enumerated in the card catalogue submitted herewith.
BEPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 215
Department of Insects,
O. V. Riley, Honorary Curator.
Aeceesion No.
10807. Alaus myops^ sent by John Dennett, Mobile, Ala
10854. LimnopMlus sp., sent by J. Sharp Nixon, Obambersburg, Pa.
11110. Three boxes with Coleoptera ; one bottle with miscellaneous in-
sects in alcohol ; sent by C. J. Hering from Surinam.
11113. Six boxes with Mexican Coleoptera, with list of names, from Prof.
Eugenio Dug^s, Guanajuato, Mexico.
11098. Various hymenopterous insects, from W. A. Williamson, Toronto,
Canada.
11229. Eggs of lacewing fly, from Joseph Schanno, Yakima, Wash.
11267. Specimens never received, but were doubtless a species of black-
fly, from M. H. Thomson, Pecan Point, Ark.
11325. Bynastes tityus^ sent by Geo. H. McKinney, Stanford, Ky.
11439. Smerinthus modestus^ from L. Belding, Stockton, Cal.
11577. Lucanus elaphus, sent by J. H. Turner, Jonesville, Tex.
11600. Papilio turn^is and Danais archippiis, from T. S. Wilcox, Boise
Barracks, Idaho.
11661. Scorpio allenii, from T. S. Wilcox, Boise Barracks, Idaho.
11687. Oaleodes sp., from E. C. Bradstreet, Greeley, Colo.
11786. Dyndstes tiiyus^ from Messrs. Hall M. Caldwell and Andrew D.
Cowles, Statesville, N. C.
11798. Chrysalis of a noctuid moth, from J. S. F. Batchen, Chicago, 111.
11841. Gallidryas subule, from Thos. S. Doran, Montgomery, Ala.
^1843. Rhyssa lunator^ from F. O. Miner & Co., New Orleans, La.
11848. Papilio rutiltis, from C. A. Williams, Fort Lapwai, Idaho.
11850. Larva of Uacles imperialesj from W. W. Karr, Washington, D. O.
11871. Larva of Oiketicus sp., Irom J. C. Wells, Grenada, W. T.
11877. atheroma regalis, from J. F. Lewis, Quinnimont, W. V-a.
11916. Eighteen boxes with pinned Lepidoptera. Source not indicated.
11931. Lucilia macellaria^ from Dr. Fred. Hambert, Alton, 111.
11960. Pupa of Papilio troilus, from the U. S. Signal Of&cer^ Fort Myer,
Virginia.
^960 [bis]. Belostoma grande, from C. T. Davis, Nevada, Mo.
11988. Larva of Empretia stimuleay from James W. Eogan, Eogersville,
Tenn.
12063. Qasterocantha cancer. Source not indicated.
Without accession number, a very interesting collection, by Mr. L. M.
Turner, from the Aleutian Islands, and a series of miscellaneous speci-
mens lately collected during the winter at New Orleans, La., by Dr. R.
W. Shufeldt.
Most of the specimens above enumerated were received in such poor
^ndition as to be unUt for preservation. It will also be noticed that
fiioet of them are quite common species. The chief contribution is that
216 REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
by Prof. Eugenio Da^^s, of Guanajaato, Mexico, consisting of a nambcjr
of named Mexican Ooleoptera, upon which I have made to Professor
Dag^s sach report as was possible without examination of foreign col-
lections. In this connection I would remark that there is in this country
no public collection of any extent of foreign insects. Hence the need oi
such is very greatly felt, since every specialist is now under the neces-
sity of traveling to Europe to study material inaccessible so far in this
country.
A considerable collection, in fair condition, of undetermined exotic
Lepidoptera has also been received, but without any indication of its
source.
The chief, and in fact the only, collection of insects made within the
limits of the United States is that already mentioned, by Mr. L. M. Tur-
ner, from the Aleutian Islands, Alaska. This collection is very inter-
esting, and I have already submitted a full report upon it.
Under this head I would also mention the fact that Congress has pur-
chased the copper plates and manuscript notes of Mr. Townend Glover,
and these have been deposited in the Museum, and make a valuable relic
of Mr. Glover's industry that can be at any future time used and referred
to. The one full set of colored impressions from these plates, which used
to hang in the Entomological rooms of the Department of Agriculture, is,
however, not to be found among the material turned over to the Museum.
This is to be regretted, as this set was of more value than the other plates
and notes, and could have been made good use of if placed on exhibition
as forming part of an exhibition collection.
Department of Marine Invertebrates.
EiCHABD Eathbun, Curator.
The principal accessions to this department for 1882, as for the two
previous years, were from the United States Fish Commission. Prior
to 1880 the extensive marine-invertebrate collections of the Fish Com-
mission, which had then been accumulating for nine years, were all
stored at the Peabody Museum of Yale College, New Haven, Conn.,
under the care of Prof. A. E. Yerrill, who, with several associates, was
preparing a series of reports upon them. Up to that time sufScient
space could not be given to these materials in the Smithsonian build-
ing, audit was only after certain of the other collections had been trans-
ferred to the National Museum building that the Fish Commission col-
lections were ordered sent on. During the past three years, however, a
large part of the bulk of these collections has been brought to Wash-
ington, and is now available for reference. Very many duplicates
have been disposed of to the best interests of the Museum. In addition
to the specimens received through Prof. Yerrill large quantities of ma-
terial have beensent direct to Washington every fall, beginning in 1880,
from the summer headquarters of the Fish Commission. During 1880,
BEPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 217
wlule the fishery -censas experts were visiting every part of the American
coast, they obtained many extensive faanal collections, among the more
interesting of which were those of Profc D. S. Jordan, from the Cali-
fornia coast; of Mr. Silas Stearns, from the Gulf of Mexico; and of
Messrs. Earll and MacDonald, from the Southern Atlantic coast. The
collections brought in by the Gloucester fishermen on behalf of the Fish
Commission, from 1878 to 1882, are also very extensive and of extreme
value.
These large receipts of valuable specimens from the United States
Fish Commission have naturally rendered the collections of this exten-
sive survey the most important feature of this department. Up to
January 1, 1883, there had been received from Professor Yerrill 1,973
packages and bottles of Fish Commission specimens, representing the
several groups, as follows :
Crustacea, 138 species.
Worms, 31 species.
MoUusca, 33 species.
Bryozoa and Tunicates, 31 species.
Echinoderms, 44 species.
Anthozoa, 24 species.
Hydroids, 12 species.
A total of 313 species, and over 200,000 specimens, not counting a
large number of the smaller species, of many of which there are several
thousand specimens each. Nearly all of the above species are repre-
Mnted by several specimens from each known locality, constituting a
part of the so-called reserve or reference collection of the Museum, the
balance being dupliiSites. The following groups are the ones most fully
illustrated in the reserve series from the Fish Commission : The Deca-
pod and Isopod Crustaceans, Pycnogouids, shore Annelids, Cephalopods,
Echini, Starfishes, Gorgonians, and Actinians. The miscellaneous col-
lections sent direct from the summer stations to Washington have not
been fully catalogued, and no definite statement can be made concem-
Jiig their extent, but they will probably add 50 more species and many
thousand specimens.
The curator, during the past three summers, as an assistant to the
Fish Commission, has devoted the most of his time to collecting and
^dying the marine Gopepoda^ both free-swimming and parasitic, which
*re very abundant upon our coast. The collection of Copepodsthus far
obtained and now in the Museum is one of the largest, if not the largest,
^ the world, and fills over 1,500 vials and bottles.
From Mr. Yinal N. Edwards, who is in the permanent employ of the
Fish Commission at Wood's Holl, Mass., the Museum has been in con-
stant receipt of marine invertebrates, collected in the neighborhood of
food's Holl, at intervals through the year, but mainly during the win-
ter, spring, and fall seasons, when this region is seldom visited by nat-
'"'alists. By collecting at these times Mr. Edwards has procured several
220 REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
Alabama, and representing two or three species. Also several varieties
of Cambarus virilis from Jlilinnesota.
Prof. D. S. Jordan, Bloomington, Ind., has furnished specimens of
sqnilla and cuttlefish from Venice, Italy; shrimps and crabs, from Ma-
zatlan, Mexico ; and shrimps, squids, and Physalia, from Galveston^
Tex.
Mr. L. Belding, Stockton, Gal., has sent a small collection of dried
specimens of corals and Echinoderms from La Paz, Gal.
Prof. R. E. G. Stearns, Berkeley, Gal., has sent five specimens of
Badicipes pleurocristattis Stearns, a new genus and species of Pen-
natula, obtained from the coast of Japan, by Mr. W. J. Fisher.
Messrs. McKesson & Bobbins, New York City, have sent four speci-
mens of cultivated sheepswool sponges (Spongia gossypina)^ from Key
West, Fla., grown from cuttings planted by the agent of Messrs. Mc-
Kesson & Bobbins. These specimens represent the first successful at-
tempt at cultivating the commercial sponges of this country (a result
which must have considerable influence upon the future supply of Flor-
ida), which are apparently much less abundant now than formerly, from
the continuous drain made upon the fishing-grounds during the past
ten or fifteen years. The specimens in question exhibit a growth of six
months, in a depth of two and one- half feet of water, and the largest
specimen has increased to fully six times the size of the cutting from
which it was grown. In addition, there is a much larger donation of
Florida sponges from the same dealers, containing 53 specimens, and
all the varieties and grades known to the trade. The exact locality and
depth of water from which each specimen was obtained have been fur-
nished, thereby greatly enhancing the value of the collection. This
collection will form the basis of the economic display of sponges in the
Museum, and Messrs. McKesson & Bobbins have promised to add to
it equally complete assortments of all the Bahama and Mediterranean
commercial grades. In order to better perfect the collection of Amer-
ican sponges and increase the size and attractiveness of the exhibit, a
purchase was made from Messrs. McKesson & Bobbins of thirty addi-
tional specimens of their finest Florida sheepswool sponges. This en-
tire collection of sponges will be sent to the London fishery exhibition
of 1883 as a part of the American exhibit.
From Prof. H. L. Smith, Geneva, N. Y., have been obtained (by pur-
chase) 1,275 microscopic slides of oceanic Foraminifera, selected from
the soundings of several of the United States naval surveying expedi-
tions, and of the British exploring steamer "Ghallenger," mounted by
Professor Smith. This collection is of much value, and has been studied
and identified only in part. Professor Smith made these preparations
with the intention of writing a monograph upon the group, but other
labors interfering he was induced to dispose of them to the National
Museum at the mere cost of the materials used in mounting them. The
REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 219
hao, in the north, and Eio de Janeiro, in the south. The greatest value
of this collection arises from the fact that it contains several undescribed
species, and represents a* portion of the zoological researches of the Geo-
logical Commission of Brazil, of which the late Prof. Ch. Fred. Hartt
was chief. Our knowledge of the coral fauna and coral reefs of Brazil
dates from the second journey of Professor Hartt to that country, in 1866,
when he collected 19 species of corals, which were described by Prof. A.
B. Verrill, in 1868. The Geological Commission of Brazil, of which the
enrator was a member, during the period of its continuance, from 1874 to
1878, brought together a very large collection of corals, amounting in all
to several thousand specimens, which were placed in the writer's hands for
study and description. Thirty-four species were readily distinguished,
but the means of properly identifying them were not at hand, and the
completion of the report was postponed until the materials for making
suitable comparisons could be obtained. The arrival of this collection
at Washington will permit the accomplishment of this object. The
writer's notes on the Brazilian collections are very full, and are accom-
panied by many photographs.
Dr. Charles Liitken, Copenhagen, Denmark, has sent a fine collection
of European marine annelids, containing 85 species, mostly from Den-
mark, carefully determined and in good condition. This collection is
of special value as a means of making comparisons with Korth Amer-
ican species, the annelid fauna of both sides of the Atlantic being very
similar, and including many identical species.
Dr. Gustav Eisen, Fresno, Cal., has forwarded a large collection of
identified earth-worms, from ]^orthern Europe and California.
Mr. Winifred Stearns, of Amherst, Mass., has sent a collection of
marine crustaceans, radiates, and worms, from Labrador, made for the
National Museum. This collection has been referred to Prof. A. B.
Verrill for examination; it contains quite a variety of forms.
The museum of Wesleyan University, Middletown, Conn., has sent a
collection of dry and alcoholic marine-invertebrates from Bermuda, col-
lected by Dr. F. V. Hamlin.
I^r. George W. Hawes, U. S. ]^ational Museum, has sent a small col-
lection of marine invertebrates, in alcohol, from Bermuda.
Mr. B. G. Blackford, Fulton market, New York City, has sent twenty-
five specimens of edible cray-fish {Cambarus virilis Idogen) from Mil-
waukee, Wis. These specimens were selected from market supplies in
^ton market, received from Milwaukee, which city, with Montreal,
Canada, furnishes all the cray-fish consumed in I^ew York City during
the summer and fall. Also an 18-pound lobster from the coast of Maine.
5^18 specimen is now being mounted dry, for the exhibition cases, and
^U also be sent to the London fishery exposition.
From Mr. C. L. Herrick, Minneapolis, Minn., has been purchased a
•niall but interesting collection of cray-fish, from numerous localities in
220 REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
Alabama, and representing two or three species. Also several varieties
of Cambaru8 virilis from Jlilinnesota.
Prof. D. S. Jordan, Bloomington, Ind., has furnished specimens of
sqnilla and cuttlefish from Venice, Italy; shrimps and crabs, from Ma-
zatlan, Mexico ; and shrimps, squids, and Physalia, from Galveston^
Tex.
Mr. L. Belding, Stockton, Oal., has sent a small collection of dried
specimens of corals and Echinoderms from La Paz, Oal.
Prof. R. E. C. Stearns, Berkeley, Cal., has sent five specimens of
Badicipes pleurocristattis Stearns, a new genus and species of Pen-
natula, obtained from the coast of Japan, by Mr. W. J. Fisher.
Messrs. McKesson & Bobbins, New York City, have sent four speci-
mens of cultivated sheepswool sponges (Spongia gossypina)^ fvom Key
West, Fla., grown from cuttings planted by the agent of Messrs. Mc-
Kesson & Bobbins. These specimens represent the first successful at-
tempt at cultivating the commercial sponges of this country (a result
which must have considerable influence upon the future supply of Flor-
ida), which are apparently much less abundant now than formerly, from
the continuous drain made upon the fishing-grounds during the past
ten or fifteen years. The specimens in question exhibit a growth of six
months, in a depth of two and one- half feet of water, and the largest
specimen has increased to fully six times the size of the cutting from
which it was grown. In addition, there is a much larger donation of
Florida sponges from the same dealers, containing 53 specimens, and
all the varieties and grades known to the trade. The exact locality and
depth of water from which each specimen was obtained have been fur-
nished, thereby greatly enhancing the value of the collection. This
collection will form the basis of the economic display of sponges in the
Museum, and Messrs. McKesson & Bobbins have promised to add to
it equally complete assortments of all the Bahama and Mediterranean
commercial grades. In order to better perfect the collection of Amer-
ican sponges and increase the size and attractiveness of the exhibit, a
purchase was made from Messrs. McKesson & Bobbins of thirty addi-
tional specimens of their finest Florida sheepswool sponges. This en-
tire collection of sponges will be sent to the London fishery exhibition
of 1883 as a part of the American exhibit.
From Prof. H. L. Smith, Geneva, ]S^. Y., have been obtained (by pur-
chase) 1,275 microscopic slides of oceanic Foraminifera, selected from
the soundings of several of the United States naval surveying expedi-
tions, and of the British exploring steamer "Challenger," mounted by
Professor Smith. This collection is of much value, and has been studied
and identified only in part. Professor Smith made these preparations
with the intention of writing a monograph upon the group, but other
labors interfering he was induced to dispose of them to the ]^ational
Museum at the mere cost of the materials used in mounting them. The
REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 221
fatare working ap of so complete a series of the Foraminifera, from so
maDy parts of the globe, would reflect much credit upon the Museum.
Daring this year Mr. William H. Dall has turned over to this depart-
ment ffis very extensive and unique collection of Alaskan invertebrates,
excepting the mollusks, all of which he had previously retained in his
own possession for safe keeping. Beyond the hydroids, which were
studied and desciibed by Prof. S. F. Clark, and the annelids, now in the
possession of Pi of. H. E. Webster, nothing has yet been done toward
working up this interesting mass of material.
Fossil Invertebrates.
Charles A. White, Curator.
The accessions to this department have been by gift from private
persons, and by transfer from other departments of the Government.
The personal donations are as follows :
if* W, Archer. One package fossils from Indiana.
Prof, Samuel Aughey. One package of Cretaceous and Laramie fossils
from Western Nebraska.
Dr, Robert Battersly. One package Tertiary fossils from Ireland.
Prof. Q, C. Broadliead. One package of Permian fossils from Kansas.
Prof Samuel Calvin. One box Paleozoic fossils.
Mis Clarke jr. One package fossils from Haxiaco, Mexico,
i. Qattinger. An artificial cast of Gomdaria gattingeri Safford.
T/ieo. Heihcher. One box Cretaceous fossils from Eagle Point, Tex.
</. L Parr. One mass fossiliferous Cretaceous limestone from Texas,
-ff. D. Pride. One box of fossils from the Utica slate formation, New
York.
C. P. Rauchfuss^jr. One box of fossils from Illinois.
-Ber. J. Havens Richards. One box Tertiary fossils from Maryland.
•P. A. Sampson. One package Cretaceous fossils from Texas.
Pfof S. H. Trowbridge. One box fossils.
Prof Henry A. Ward. One package of fossil crabs from an island in
the Gulf of Touquin.
W^' & Yeat'es. One ])ackage fossils from Cooperstown, K. Y.
Besides these a few small packages of specimens have been sent in
^y different persons, but they are not of sufficient value to be awarded
* place in the Museum.
The following accessions h^vebeen received from other departments
<rf the United States Government :
Ninety-eight trays of fossils from the United States Geological
8arvey.
I Poor boxes of fossils from Colorado 5 from the Agricultural Depart-
*^nt, being collections made by the Commission for locating experi-
â– ^tal artesian wells.
Of the accessions by gift, those from Professor Calvin and Dr. Bat^
222 BEPOBT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
tersly, respecti\'elyy are most important. All the others are acceptable,
and 8ome of them are of considerale importance.
Those which have been received from the United States Geological
Survey are of especial interest, as they have served as the basiif of cer-
tain official reports.
Those which were received from the Artesian Wells Commission con-
tain large additions to the mollnscan fauna of the Laramie group, and
among them are the types of several new species.
Department of Minerals,
William S. Tbates, Acting Curator.
The department has had 368 accessions by gift, a few being valuable ;
while a large majority were specimens sent in to the department for
examination and report, and proved worthless.
Some very good specimens have been obtained by exchange, notably
a fine lot of cancrinite and its associated minerals from Litchfield, Me.
Two specimens have been purchased during the year; one a very rare
and handsome twin-crystal of calcite, the other an immense beryl.
The following are some facts with regard to the most interesting speci-
mens received during the year 1882 :
Col. P. W. Korris has contributed a handsome specimen of Egyptian
jasper from the Ruby Valley, in Montana.
The twin-crystal of calcite, obtained by purchase, is associated with
native copper, to which the crystal is fastened ; it is from the Lake
Superior copper region; and since the year 1861 it has been in the
possession of a gentleman in Washington, from whom it was purchased.
The large crystal of beryl, also obtained by purchase, is from the
noted locality, Grafton, N. H. ' It is 2 feet 10 inches long, and 1 foot
llj inches in diameter, and it weighs 1,022 pounds. It is a twin-
crystal, and its faces are remarkably fine, the angles all being perfect.
From Eev. C. A. Harvey, of Washington, have been obtained by
exchange nine handsome crystals of apatite from Eenfrew, Canada
These crystals are a valuable addition to our collection of apatite.
Probably one of the most interesting accessions during the year was
a lot of specimens from the meteoric fall of May 10, 1879, in Emmet
County, Iowa. These were the gift of Mr. Charles P. Birge, of Keokuk,
Iowa. One of the specimens shows very distinctly the new magnesium
iron silicate, Peckhamite, discovered by Dr. J. Lawrence Smith. The
specimen in our possession is the identical one used by Dr. Smith in
determining the new mineral.
Dr. F. M. Endlich, the predecessor of the late Dr. Hawes in the man-
agement of this department, has contributed quite a number of European,
minerals to the collection, some of them being very rare specimens.
A specimen of malachite and azurite, one of crystallized cuprite, and
one of native copper were secured for the department from Mr. F. H.
REPORT OK KATIOKAL MUSEUM. 223
Smith, of Washington, by Dr. F. W. Taylor, the chemist of the Mosenm.
The spdcimens, which are qoite handsome, are from the Longfellow
mine in Arizona.
Department of Metallurgy.
Fbedebiok p. Dewey, Curator.
In 1882 there were 56 accessions by gift to the department, bat none
by exchange or purchase. Upon a trip to Colorado, where I was sent
by the Smithsonian Institution, I collected 42 specimens of the ores and
metallurgical products of that State, which are very interesting and
valuable. I have also collected a suite of characteristic specimens of
iron ores from Virginia. The only other department of the Government
that has contributed to this department is the General Land Of&ce,
which has sent 297 specimens by the surveyor-general of Montana, and
161 specimens by the surveyor-general of Arizona. There have been
no specimens left upon deposit.
The accessions worthy of special mention in the order of their receipt
are two large pieces of ferruginous cerargerite (chloride of silver) from
the Lake Yalley, Dona Afia County, Kew Mexico, presented by Prof.
B. Silliman, representing ores from a region which is attracting a great
deal of attention on account of the peculiarities of its formation and the
richness of its ores, besides which the specimens contain a considerable
amount of silver. A suite of 12 specimens of cinnabar (sulphide of mer-
cury) and sulphur, with their associates, from Sulphur Bank, California,
presented by Prof. Jos. Leconte, are especially interesting, as represent-
ing some of the phenomena connected with the deposition of a metal-
liferous vein which is forming at the present time, an occurrence which
is not going on at any other locality with sufficient rapidity to have been
observed as yet. A collection of ores and metallurgical products rep-
resenting the resources of the Territory of Dakota, presented by the com-
loission seeking the admission of Dakota into the Union as a State, one
Bpecifflen of gold ore being especially interesting, and valued at $100.
Among the specimens collected by myself in Colorado should be espe-
cially mentioned a solid lump of cerargerite (chloride of silver), from the
Sobert B. Lee mine, Leadville, Colo., containing $100 worth of silver j
^ two specimens of embolite (chloro-bromide of silver), in chert, from
the same mine, all presented by the superintendent of the mine. Captain
Jackson 5 and finally a suite of specimens representing the course of the
Ziervogel process for the extraction of silver from cupreous ores as
practiced in Colorado.
Department of Bocks and Building Stones.
GEOBaE P. Merrill, Acting Curator.
Accessions. — ^The number of specimens of rocks presented to the de-
partment during the year is 117 ; the number obtained by purchase, 40;
224 REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
the latter inclading a valnable collection of Italian marbles, collected
by Hon. Willinm T. Rice, United States consul at Leghorn, Italy.
Ko ad(litions to tbe collection have been made by persons in the em-
ploy of tiie Smithsonian Institution, but 454 specimens have been re-
ceived from other departments of the Government, chiefly from special
agents in the employ of the Tenth Census.
The accessions of greatest interest during the year have been the
collection of building stone collected under the auspices of the Tenth
Census, and the marbles from Italy already mentioned. Besides these
are six samples of granite from the works of McDonald, Field & Co.,
Aberdeen, Scotland, a polished slab 35 by 35 by 2J inches of gray
granite from Henry Barker & Son, Quincy, Ma^s. ; ten blocks, each 1
foot square and 2 inches tbick, representing the different styles of cut-
ting and i)olishing, from the Vermont Marble Company, Sutherland
Falls, Yt. ; and similar blocks of sandstone aijd granite from the Mc-
Dermot and Berea Stone Company, Cleveland, Ohio, and H. Barker &
Sons, Quincy, Mass , respectively.
Department of Library.
Frederick W. True, Librarian.
Accessions in 1882.^The establishment of the library being a com-
paratively recent event, the scientific world is as yet scarcely aware of
its existence. Its nucleus consists of the books presented by the Di-
rector of the Museum from his private collection. By far the greater
portion of the remaiuder are deposited by the Smithsonian Institution.
For the rest, the library is indebted to our National and State Govern-
ments and to a number of scientific men and iustitutions in various
parts of the world.
The distribution of the Museum publications has not directly aided
in building up the library to any considerable degree. It has, however,
undoubtedly tended to increase the mass of literary matter received by
the Smithsonian Institution, which is practically the desired result.
Less than twenty volumes have been purchased with Museum funds
during the year; our resources in this direction being insignificant.
Messrs. B. Westermann & Co., prominent importers in Kew York, have
kindly sent to the library from time to time copies of newly imported
books for inspection, with a view to purchase. About seventeen vol-
umes have been bought by the Institution for the Museum during the
year.
The various bureaus of the National Government, particularly thosd
engaged in scientific research, have shown much liberality. I should
especially notice the Geological Survey, which has supplied copies of
all its publications as fast as issued.
Mr. G. Brown Goode has permitted to be made a catalogue of his
private collection of ichthyological and other works to be kept in the
REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 225
library. By this liberal arrangement the officers of the Mi^enm are
able to consult a considerable number of books not in its library.
One of the most important accessions is the Meek library, consisting
of the books collected by the late Professor Meek and purchased from
his estate by the Smithsonian Institution. It includes many interleaved
copies of important conchological works, filled with manuscript notes
and drawings. The Linnsean Society of London has generously given
a complete set of its valuable Transactions and Proceedings, and in
like manner the Linnsean Society and the Entomological Society of New
South Wales. The French Academy has given a partial series of the
Oomptes Bendus. The Imperial Academy of Sciences and the Geo-
logical Institute of Vienna have also sent partial sets of their publica-
tions. The French Government has presented a copy of the " lEtudes'^
of the Mission Sdentifique au Mexique. We are indebted to the Bureau
of Statistics and Industry of Kew Jersey for a set of its reports. It is
impossible to refer to the contributions of individuals in this place.
Department of Plants,
The Museum has acquired, through the mediation of Prof. Asa Gray,
as a gift from the Eoyal Gardens and Herbarium at Kew, England, the
extensive herbarium of Mr. Joad. Concerning this collection Professor
Qray reports that " it is very large, apparently representing almost all
European, temperature Asiatic, and Korth African plants, in copious
specimens from the best botanists and best collections, which have
been distributed in sets — in perfect order — having been wonderfully
cared for.»
This collection has been thoroughly mounted and relabelled nnder
the supervision of Professor Gray and Mr. Sereno Watson, at the
Botanic Gardens, Cambridge, and will soon be available for study in
Washington.
The herbarium of the Kational Museum, which was in early days
deposited in Kew York under the care of Dr. John Torrey, was in 1868
brought to Washington and placed in the custody of the Department
of Agriculture, where it has been well cared for by Dr. George Ya-
8oy, the botanist of that institution. This herbarium is, as is well
^own, particularly rich in the plants of Korth America, including the
collections of all the Government exploring expeditions, as well as ex-
pensive material gathered by exchange and special exploration nnder
the direction of Dr. Yasey.
Section of Materia Medica.
Dr. James M. Flint, honorary curator of the section of materia medica,
reports as follows upon the material under his charge:
'^1. The materia medica section of the Museum has been enriched dur-
ing the year 1882 by the accession of 1,590 specimens of medicines, most
erf them drugs in their crude state, as received by the manufacturing
H. Mis. 26 15
226 REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
chemist and wholesale dealer. Of these 1,188 were the gift of large
commercial firms engaged in this branch of basiness, notably Messrs.
W. H. Schieffelin & Co., of New York, l*arks Davis & Co., of Detroit
Mich., and Wallace Brothers of Statesville, N. C. Foar hundred and
two specimens, consisting of drugs from various Central and South
American countries, which formed a part of the exhibits of those coun-
tries at the United States Centennial Exhibition in the year 1876, have
been transferred by the Agricultural Department of the Government to
this section of the Museum. Some of these it is impossible at present
to identify, since in some cases the name has become effaced from the
label ; in others they bear only the vernacular name without reference
to botanical source. There are, however, many among them of much
interest, which it would have required considerable time and effort to
have obtained otherwise.
"With the exceptions just mentioned the accessions have consisted
principally of standard articles of the materia medica, including most
of the new remedies to which the attention of the medical profession is
at present directed.
"Deserving of special mention is a fine collection of cinchona barks,
presented through Messrs. Schieffelin & Co., by the firm of Howard &
Sons, of London, which comprises 35 specimens of carefully identified
barks from the cinchona plantations of India, Ceylon, and Java, where
the cultivation of the various species of cinchona tree has become an im-
portant industry ; important not only to those engaged in it, but to'man-
kind in general, as giving the assurance of a regular and unfailing supply
of this most valuable of all known remedies. This collection of East
Indian barks is supplemented by specimens of the usual commercial
harks from South America j by cultivated barks from Mexico, presented
by Senor Hugo Finck; and by barks and herbarium specimens of the
flowering branches of the officinal species of cinchona, from the Boyal
Gardens at Calcutta. Objects of interest in this section, also, are varie-
ties of Turkey opium, in the original packages, and a number of rare
drugs of the Indian pharmacopoeia, obtained by Messrs. Schieffelin &
Co., from the museum of the Pharmaceutical Society of London.
<^ Special effort has been made to obtain illustrated works on medical
botany, in order that as complete a series as possible of drawings of the
plants furnishing the drugs of commerce might be shown. These books
have been obtained by purchase, and are already sufficient to supply
good colored plates of the most important medicinal plants of this and
other countries. Photography has also been employed in botanical
illustration, and samples of its work have been received which prove
the applicability of the method as a cheap substitute for hand-drawing.
" 2. An alphabetical catalogue of the whole collection has been pre-
pared, with class references, by means of which the specimens already
on exhibition may be found, and the proper portion of those in reserve
indicated.
REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 227
^^The classification adopted is as follows:
^^ Primary divisions, — 1. Animal prodacts; 2. Vegetable products; 3.
Products of fermentation and distillation ; 4. Inorganic pnnlacts. The
ftrstdmBion follows the usual order of animal classification from highest
to lowest. The second division is arranged in the sequence given in
Bentham and Hooker^s "Genera Plantarum.'^ The fourth division fol-
lows the classification of Boscoe and Schorlemmer in their "Treatise
on Chemistry.
"A separate exhibit has been made of a large collection of Chinese
medicines, which came into the possession of the Museum after the Cen-
tennial Exhibition at Philadelphia in 1876; 630 of these articles were
found to be in suflftciently good condition for exhibition, and have been
iuclof^ in the standard jars of the Museum and arranged in the cases
in the order given above, except that in the second division the classifi-
cation has been founded on the part of the plant furnishing the drug,
as roots, barks, flowers, seeds, &c. This was necessiiry on account of
the impossibility of determining the botanical sources of many of these
drugs. In the light of the valuable researches of Dr. Porter Smith,
medical missionary in China, as published in his work on the Chinese
materia medica, this collection will be found to possess very great
interest.
"The regular series commences with an illustrative exhibit of the
forms in which medicines appear in commerce and are prepared for ad-
ministration by the pharmacist. This terminological collection consists
of characteristic sample illustrating the definitions of roots, rhizomes,
tubers, and all other forms of crude vegetable drugs; the metals, metal-
lic salts, mineral and vegetable acids, and other chemical products ; and
the pharmaceutical preparations, both solid and liquid, such as pills,
plasters, tinctures, sirups, and the rest.
**Following this are the articles of the materia medica, arranged ac-
wrding to the classification previously given.
"About 500 labels have been prepared, most of which are now in the
liands of the printer. The labels are of two kinds: 1st. Generic cards,
that may be of any required size, and are intended to give a concise state-
ment of the varieties, sources, modes of collection and preparation, com-
mercial value, and other facts of interest concerning each of the impor-
tant crude drugs; 2d. Individual or specific labels, limited to a few
lines, giving name, source, theurapeutical uses and doses. The prepara-
tion of these labels is believed to be the most important work in hand
to this section, since the information thereon presented must supply to
the general visitor whatever of interest can attach to the monotonous
rows of bottles which comprise the collection.
'^3. Early in the organization of this section, arrangements were made
to obtain the latest editions of the pharmacopoeias of all nations where
SQch publications could be found. These pharmacopoBias have an offi-
<!ial(Aaracter, and contain lists of those substances of the materia medica
228 BEPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
whose value as medicinal agents have been established by a large expe-
rience, and also those preparations and combinations which, from the
freqaency or convenience of their use, demand that aathoritative titles
be given them, and such methods of preparation be established as will
insure uniformity of strength and composition in all cases.
^< Collectively, then, they include the principal substances used as
medicines in civilized countries at the present day. ' Much of the infor-
mation regarding these pharmacopoeias was received in answer to letters
sent out, through the courtesy of the State and Navy Departments, to
the United States mijiisters and consuls-general resident abroad, and to
medical ofiBicers of the Navy serving on foreign stations. All but one
of the pharmacopoeias of any considerable importance, so far as can be
ascertained, are now in the library of the Museum. Much time and labor
have been expended during the past year, and considerable progress
made, in the preparation of a universal pharmacopoeia, which shall con-
tain a list of all the drugs of all the pharmacbpoeias, with their full offi-
cial synonymy, and tables showing the constituents and comparative
strength of all the preparations. This work being considered as subor-
dinate to that relating to the arrangement and labeling of the collection,
progress in it has been slow.
^'4. The collection, in its present state, consists of 3,163 specimens,
of which 2,530 are permanently inclosed in standard jars and bottles of
the Museum, and 2,150 are arranged in the cases and open to public
inspection. Comparatively few duplicates are on hand, consisting
chiefly of the small surplus that sometimes remained after fllling the
exhibition jars. Kearly all the specimens are in excellent condition and
are secure from all ordinary causes of deterioration, except such as may
come from exposure to light.
*^5. For the further development of the materia medica section, ar-
rangements have been completed whereby an herbarium of medicinal
plants will soon be obtained. It is proposed to exhibit the more important
of these plants, in association with the colored drawings before mentioned,
the former to present form and dimensions, the latter color, and details
of botanical structure. It is a part of the general plan also to show
enlarged drawings representing the minute structure of drugs, wherever
structural peculiarities may exist that would aid in the identification of
the drug. Promise has been given of a valuable contribution to the
collection, to consist of the cinchona alkaloids and other constituents,
in their various stages of preparation and combination. It is hoped that
some generous and public-spirited manufacturing chemist will undertake
the preparation of the corresponding series of the opium products. Min-
eral waters will also And a suitable place in this section, being popular
and often efficient remedies in very general use. The plan proposed is
to show each in the quantity of 10 liters, and with it its saline constituents
in the exact weight which analysis has shown to be present in that
volume of the water, thus representing to the eye the quantity of salines
REPORT OK NATIONAL MUSEUM. 229
ingested with a given quantity of water, and furnishing a quantitative
table, without the use of figures, for comparison. Bottles of the required
dimensions are in process of manufacture, and the necessary materials
arc at hand, so that very soon some of the best-known waters may be
exhibited in this way.
" Among the desirable acquisitions in the future, though perhaps
the most difficult to obtain, are the so-called ^active principles' upon
which the therapeutical properties of vegetable drugs chiefly depend.
Many of these are known only by name, except to the few chemists who
have isolated them, often at the expense of much labor and material.
Doubtless they may be added from time to time, when the Museum
shall become known as a suitable repository for such treasure.
*' The historj'^ of medicine ought also to receive attention in this sec-
tion, and specimens should be sought of the remedies peculiar to the
practice of former times ; these to be presented with an account of their
supposed virtues and modes of use.
" The medical practice of semi-civilized and savage races of men may
likewise be illustrated by a collection of the things used by them, in
whatever manner, in the treatment of disease. The fine display of Chi-
nese medicines, already referred to, is an important contribution in this
direction. Medical superstitions form another branch of the subject, of
great interest, and illustrative objects may be found, not only among
the unlearned and uncivilized, but also in the most highly civilized com-
munities, and in use by the most intelligent individuals. To bring to-
gether objects of the several classes just mentioned, and to collect the
information necessary to make them of value, will require much time,
and can only be accomplished by awakening the attention and interest
of many people, in widely separated districts, who may pick up articles
here and there and note isolated facts. In the classification arlopted by
the Museum, medicine, surgery, pharmacology, and hygiene are classed
together. Into the section under consideration, therefore, will naturally
fell everything that relates to the treatment and prevention of disease.
^6 instruments used in medical examinations, such as the stetho-
scope, sphygmograph, and clinical thermometer 5 surgical instruments^
including dental instruments of all kinds, ancient and modern ; the
appliances used in the treatment of fractures, dislocations, and deformi-
ties—all should be presented in this section, and a collection of such
instruments and appliances must prove extremely useful as a record of
the progress that has been made in the art of medicine and surgery,
and suggestive of improvements that may be hoped for in the future.
To obtain these objects will involve considerable expense on the part of
the Museum, or corresponding generosity on the part of manufacturers
and dealers, but they must certainly be classed under the head of de-
iiderata.
**The formation of a Museum of Hygiene, to be established in this city,
having been undertaken by the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery of the
230 REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
Kavy, it seems unnecessary to make any suggestions for the develop-
ment in this direction of the Materia Medica section of the National
Museum.''
Section of Building Stones and Eocks.
Mr, George P. Merrill, acting curator of the department of buildiug
stones, reports as follows :
^^The work of cataloguing has been carried on as rapidly as possible
in connection with the other work of the Museum, the specimens being
entered upon the Museum registers as soon as possible after their re-
ception; 611 numbers have thus been added to the register during the
year, and a card catalogue prepared of about the same number.
" The work upon the reserve series has been almost wholly for the pur-
pose of classifying, arranging, and preparing for exhibition. Several
thousand specimens, which have heretofore been packed away in boxes
for lack of proper space, have within a short time been unpacked, aud
will be classified and arranged as rapidly as possible. This work is now
in progress, and will yet require some time for completion. In connec-
tion with this work some 1,500 thin sections, principally of building-
stones, have been prepared for microscopic study. With the death of
the curator of the department. Dr. George W. Hawes, this entire branch
of the work has fallen upon me, and has been performed to the best of
my ability. The work upon the exhibition series has been of the same
nature as that upon the reserve, so far as methods of classifying are
concerned. Various styles of cases for the exhibition of specimens have
been designed and are now in process of preparation ; a form of label
has also been decided upon, and several hundred prepared, though as
yet unprinted. No duplicate specimens have been distributed during
the year.
^< The state of the collection has been such as to offer but few induce-
ments for work to persons not connected officially with the Musuem.
As already noted, the building-stone collection of the tenth census is
placed in the Museum, and every possible facility has been furnished
their special agent for properly working up the material. My own labors
have been very largely directed to furnishing what aid £ was able in
the way of preparing thin sections and submitting them to microscopic
examination.
^^ Owing the delay of work, caused by the sickness and death of the
curator of the department, and the limited time I have had it in charge,
but little has been published during the year; a single article, < On a
Phosphate Sandstone from Hawthorne, Florida,* from the pen of the
late Dr. George W. Hawes, comprising all that has appeared.
<^The number of specimens at present in the collection cannot, owing
to the limited time it has been under my control and its consequent un-
assorted condition, be told with exactness; the following figures are,
however, very nearly correct.
REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 231
"The total number constituting the reserve series is 9,075 ; of these
but 7,288 are as yet entered upon the Museum registers, and for lack
of cases only about 100 are placed permanently upon exhibition. For
reasons already stated the number of duplicates can only be estimated ;
it will, however, probably not vary far from 1,600, making a total for
the whole collection of 10,675 specimens, of which only some 1,100 are
as yet entered upon card catalogues.
"Of the 7,288 specimens at present registered, 3,478 belong properly
to the collection of building and ornamental stones, and are mostly of
sufScient size to be dressed into cubes of four inches and upwards in
diameter, 1,322 having already been thus dressed, and only await proper
cases to be placed permanently upon exhibition. The remaining 3,810
specimens are mostly hand specimens collected by the United States
Geological and various State surveys throughout the country.
"The collection comprises at present 2,500 thin sections of rocks pre-
pared for microscopic study.
"The following is a list of the apparatus belonging to the depart-
ment:
^^1* One machine for grinding thin sections of rocks.
^^2. One diamond saw for slicing rocks.
"3. One Bonwill's dental engine for sawing, boring, drilling, or cut-
ting away the matrix ft^m around ft)ssils.
"4. One set of blow-pipe apparatus.
"5. One Crouch binocular microscope.
^^6. One Fuess's lithological microscope.
"It is eminently desirable that the various specimens constituting
the building- stone collection be properly dressed and placed upon ex-
hibition as soon as possible. The collection will then contain upwards
of 2,000 specimens of building and ornamental stones, representing all
tlw quarries of importance at present worked in the United States, as
^6ll as many foreign ones, and will constitute an invaluable reference
series.
APPENDIX D.— LIST OP CONTRIBUTORS TO THE MUSEUM
IN 1882.
'^^y Bon, Tlwmas Y. Alcoholic specimen of viviparous fish {Oamhvsia
t^Tuelk) ; from near Vicksburg, Miss.
-A^, Oharlea. Specimen of bird-skin (Zamelodia ludovieiana) ; from
Strict of Columbia.
-^^ms, Dr. M. M, Specimen of fungus found growing at root of rad-
^b; from Indiana.
^^citnsj Mai/hew, Specimen of boat-chock ; ft^m Massachusetts,
-^^owfajj Prof. Alex. Collection of sponges and crinoids ; mainly from
tbe Blake Expedition.
232 REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
AinsleCy Hon. George, Vial containing lock of hair cat from the head
of Sir Walter Scott during his last illness.
Allan, Robert Four coopers' drafts of whaling vessels' holds for casks;
from Massachusetts.
Allardj P. A. Two specimens pyrite and hornblende; from Kansas.
Allen, F. S, One butter knife made on shipboard, one pair of bone
scrapers, one cleaning knife, two gudgeons, one egger's bomb lance;
from New Bedford, Mass. Model of life-raft and windlass, one sword-
fish iron ; from Connecticut.
Allen, J. A, Three fragments of a sui)erior maxillary, and frontal bones;
from mound in Texas.
Allen, William G. Four specimens of fossils; from Wisconsin.
Ailing, Gharles E. Two microscopic slides of worms; from the canal-
feeder at Rochester, N. Y.
Ames, G. A. Two samples building stones made by the McKnight
process.
Anderson, J. W. One twin watermelon; from Texas.
Anderson, John G. Specimen of asbestos ; from Idaho.
Anderson, William. Six eggs of black snake (Bascanium constrictory,
from Maryland.
Archer, J. W. Twelve specimens of Indian implements and two speci-
mens of fossils (iStigmaria ficoides Brongt.); from Indiana.
Archer, Thomas C, Edinburgh, Scotland. Model of Meuszynski appa-
ratus for transporting live fish.
Ashmead, T. Graham. Skins of snow-bunting and red-winged black-
bird; from New York.
Ashen, L, M. G. Specimen of insect ; from Mississippi.
Aughey, Prof. Samuel, Four specimens of Cretaceous and Laramie fos-
sils ; from Nebraska.
Babbs, Arthur Y. Small box of Indian relics, fossils, and shells; fit)m
Illinois.
Baker, George 0., & Go. Si)ecimens of cotton-seed and products ; from
Alabama.
Baker, N. G. Specimen of mound pottery; from Tennessee.
Baird, Prof. Spencer F. Specimen of old piano, bought in 1805.
Baird, Mrs. Prof S. F. One white, hand- woven spread, about 100 years
old.
Baird, W. G. Specimen of head of fish [Amia calva) ; from Chattanooga,
Tenn.
Baldwin, A. S. Alcoholic specimen of fish (Erimyzon goodei); from
Florida.
Baldwin, G. G. Two specimens of bird-skins: Java sparrow, Napoleon
finch.
Baldwin, Isaac P. Specimens of ^ainerals and sand; from Virginia.
Ball, James N. (deceased), through his daughter, Mrs. Laurie WiUcins, city.
Collection of minerals, rocks, fossils, Indian relics, etc.
REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 233
^^^, OoloneL Leaves and fruit of plant from U. S. of Colombia,
said to be a remedy for dropsy.
^^^un, Bailey <fe Hutchinson. Specimens in flesh of ant-eater {Myr-
^^cophaga jubata)'y gnu (Cataplepas gnu)'j baboon (Gynocephalus hah-
^Mj puma; leopard; ape; black and gray ostrich ; hornbill (i5wccro«
^omis); 3GOck2LtooH{Gacattiagalerita)', toucan {Rhamphastoscuvieri)'^
flamingo {Phcenicopterus), species, died in captivity at Bridgeport,
Conn.
Bamuii^^ P, T. Specimen of fabulous bird, and stuffed skin of snake
with three heads, made in Japan.
Barnurn, Richardson & Go. Collective exhibit of ores, iron, car-wheels,
etc.
Bartlcittj George. Specimen of bird-skin (Ardea herodias) ; from District
^f Gclumbia.
BartlGtty L H., and Sons. Specimens of lance-bag and iron crotch for
wha^ie-boat.
BartOThj B. R., Tool Gompany. Collective exhibit of edged tools; from
Roeliester, K. Y.
Barto^^^ James. Specimens of whale-boat fittings; from Massachusetts.
Batckc^^ John 8. F. Collections of minerals, fossils, building stones,
Indi^Q relics, with specimens from the great fire at Chicago, 111.,
October 8, 1871.
Baten^^fi^ T. P. Specimens Indian relics, four perforators, five spear-'
hea^y^ one catlinite pipe, one steatite pipe; from Tennessee.
Bathe^^lyy^ Robert. Through Barbara Bathersby, one slide of diatoms;
froixi Toome Bridge. Also small tertiary shells ; from Antodes, Ivq-
lan<i.
Bay ^t^iQ Iron Gompany, Boston^ Mass. Three specimens flanges, iron,
etc^
Bean^ J)r. Tarleton H. Specimens of fresh fish, tench (Tinea vulgaris).
-^â– ^o tank of alcoholic fishes from Susquehanna Eiver at Havre de
^^^ce, Md. : Glupea sapidissima, Glupea cestivaliSy Garpiodes^ Gatostomus
(tw'o species), Lepomis gibbosus, Anguilla rostrata, Amiurus catus^ Belone
^'^Oirostris^ Perca americana^ Roccus americanus^ JSsox reticulatus,
^^^<yus saxatiUs^ Semotilus bullaris.
Bcctrce, Gideon. Two specimens of rocks; from Maine.
Bearti^l^^ \Yiison. Box of oysters-shells ; from Long Island, N. Y.
Bear^^l^ Scythe Gompany, West Winfieldj Gonn. An exhibit of edged
^^Is, scythes, axes, etc.
Beeber, M.j & Go. Twenty nine specimens showing method of the manu-
facture of gloves, from the skin to the finished article.
Beeile^ James. Specimen of boat-knee, steam-bent, model of fishing
l^at, frost fish spear, live-car, bluefish squid, model of whale-boat.
Beetle^ Rudolphus. Dried specimen of frog found in molasses; from
Massachusetts.
234 RKPORT ON NATIONAL BfUSEUM.
Behr, Herr von V. One bottle alcoholic fishes ( Umbra hrameri) ; tvom
Germany.
Belding^ L. A large Dumber of Bpecimens of the skins, nests, and eggs
of birds, living and alcoholic specimens of snakes, toads etc., corals,
shells, Indian relics, alcoholic fishes, insects, mammal skins, etc.;
from southern portion of Lower California.
Belfieldj Dr. R. A. Old English penny, dated 1619, found on "Strat-
ford," Westmoreland County, Virginia (General Washington's birth-
place).
Bell, James, United States Land Office. A large collection of living
and alcoholic snakes, birds' skins, nests, eggs, and skeletons, Indian
relics, plants, and pair slippers made from skins of snakes (GrotaXus
adamantetiSj Ophibolus getulus).
Bendire, Capt. Charles, U. 8. A. Forty-six specimens and (twenty-two
species) birds' skins ; from Washington Territory. One box birds'
skins. (Deposited.)
Benedict, James E. One rake-dredge for collecting in shallow water.
Benedict iSb Burnham Manufacturing Company, Waterbury, Conn. Col-
lective exhibit of brass, crude and manufactured.
Benton, Son. J. Casts of stone ax and hammer ; from Harrison Ooonty,
Indiana.
Berry, F. J. Specimen of tuclcaho; from Tennessee.
Bessels, Dr. Emil. Specimens of dog and cockato in flesh; from Wash-
ington, D. C.
Bibbins, F. L. Specimen of aluminous hematite.
Bierman, Louis. One box of Indian relics ; from Illinois.
Birge, Charles P. Specimen from large meteorite which fell in Emmet
County, Iowa, in 1879.
Bishop, James N. Specimens of shells; from Connecticut. Also bottle
containing five parasites taken from a common hog.
Blackford, E. Q. Large collection of native and foreign oysters, lobster
weighing 18 pounds, specimens of living and fresh fishes; from Atlan-
tic coast from Maine to Florida. Sahnonidce; from west coast and
Territories. Living tortoise (Chelonoides tabulata); from Venezuela.
Living Cray -fishes ; from Wisconsin.
Bliss, L. F. Stone pipe ; from Illinois.
Bloss, Joseph B. Two sections of sperm-whale jaws scrimshawed on
shipboard by sailors.
Boardman, George A. Three boxes of birds' skins ; from Maine.
Bogart, James P. One box of shell oysters ; from Connecticut
BooJcer, T. H. {through John B. Wiggins). One specimen of bird in flesh j
from Virginia.
Bourne, Jonathan. Specimens of whale-boat fittings ; from Massachu-
setts.
Boughton, Mrs. 8. E. {deceased), through J. P. I^ewland, Specimen of
agate ; from near Manitou Island, Lake Michigan.
REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 235
Baurhnd, Dr. A. M, One box of Unios 5 from Arkansas.
Bawronj Willam M. Specimen , of manganese oxide dendrite; from
Virginia.
Brackettj Col. A. 0., U. 8. A. Specimen of humming-bird's nest; from
Jefferson Barracks.
Bradfield, R. L. Specimen of fossil shark's tooth {Galeocerdo falcatus) ^
from Texas.
Bradford^ S. Twenty vials, with specimens of ore separated by ma-
chinery.
BradfutCj Charles 8. Specimen of gypsum 5 from Nevada.
Bradlee & Co. Empire Chain Worlca^ Philadelphia, Pa. Specimens of
iron cables for hoisting and lowering anchors, with specimen of anchor.
Bradley, Col. L. P., U. 8. A. Section of fossil tree ; from near Fort Win«
gate, N. Mex.
Bradstreetj E. C. Specimen of spider (Oaleodes) ; from Colorado.
Brady ^ ;E, J. Fourteen skins of Australian birds. (Purchased.)
Brandin, Oibbs & Co. " The imperial plow."
Bransfardy Dr. J. jP., U. 8. N. Eight boxes of pottery, clay vessels-
(large and small), stone images, polished celts, etc. ; from depart-
Blent Liberia, canton of Nicoya, Costa Bica. Also specimen of Hon-
duras turkey (Melegaris ocellata) ; from Guatemala.
Brewster J William. Seventeen specimens of birds' skins ; from Arizona..
Three specimens Virginia Warbler {Selmintlwphaga virginice).
Briandj Oapt. A., steamer " 8t. Oermain.^ Two living albino siredons^
bred from a pair of black axolotls ; from France.
^^oodheady O. C. Package of fossils; from Kansas.
Broddnax, Benjamin H. One box of Indian relics ; from Louisiana. One
alcoholic specimen (Necturus lateralis).
Browuj E. fi. Box of birds' nests and eggs, skin of owl (Asio wilsoni-
(ii^U8)j skin of mole {Scalops argentattis)', from Wisconsin.
-Bfotnj, John E. Specimen of arrow-head; from Maryland.
Btihcn^ James Temple. Two specimens of coral, thirty-nine specimens of
ethnology; from Hudson's Bay. Flukes of porpoise, seven lobster
pegs; from Massachusetts.
•Bfotrn, 8. 0. Specimen of mineral; from Tennessee.
^(>umhwy W. P. Two boxes of minerals; from Tennessee.
^^h-Swan Electric Company. One No. 6 electric machine, two lamps^
one parabolic reflector and case complete, one No. 6 lamp. (Loan.)
•^^tt, A. E. Specimen of vertebra of whale; from North Carolina.
•Bttfiion, T. J. Specimen of mineral; from Arkansas.
'^*'<fe»i, JSr., cfc Co. Collective exhibit of horse and mule shoes, with
specimens and models of hoofs.
^f^geTj Peter. Specimen of mat made of fibers; from Japan.
^rhrtj W.y Brunn. Forty specimens of the woods of Europe used in
nianafactures.
^«fke, Clarence. Skin of Soldier bird ; from Australia.
236 BEPORT ON NATIONAL MU8EUM.
Burlchartj S, Z. Three specimeDS of ores; from Wood River, Idaho.
Burnhanij David. Three boat models ; from Massachusetts.
Burnham^A.M. Two boxes fishing apparatus; from Massachusetts.
(Purchased.)
Burr, Fearing. Cast of stone pestle ; from Massachusetts.
Burr, Col. R. T., U. S. A. Living specimen of Gila monster {Hehderma
. suspectum) ; from Arizona.
Butler J A. W. Ten specimens of birds' skins; firom the Valley of Mexico.
Six skins of worm-eating warblers (Helmitherus vermivorus) ; from In
diana.
Butler, Gyrus W. Two alcoholic specimens of water moccasin {Ancis-
trodon pisdvorus); from Illinois.
Butler, Hon. M. C. Specimen of phosphate rock ; from South Carolina.
Also silver ore ; from "New Mexico.
Buttrick, J. T. One box of ship's bread ; from Massachusetts.
Byron, Oliver J). Nickel-plated railroad spike from the track used to
transport the car with the late President James A. Garfield, to and
from cottage where he died.
Calcutta Royal Botanic Gardens. Specimens of Ginchona products, barks
(three varieties), herbarium specimens, and alkaloids; from India.
Caldwell & Gowles. Specimen of beetles (Dynastes tityus) ; from North
Carolina.
Calver, Mrs. Alice E. Suit of buckskin clothes, trimmed with beads,
worn by "Little Raven,'' chief of the Arapahoes.
Cama<iho, Simon, Skin of boa-constrictor ; from Venezuela.
Cambria Iron Worlcs, Johnstown, Pa. An exhaustive exhibit of iron
and steel manufactured at their works.
Camden, Hon. J. M. Specimen of bituminous shale; from West Vir-
ginia.
Capehart, W. JB. Specimens of fossil shark's tooth; from North Caro-
lina.
Capner, Thomas. Four eggs of Brahmin hen, laid in two days, April 9
and 10, 1882.
Carson, T. Burr. Nine stone implements ; from Tennessee.
Carter, Hon. George W. Specimen of rock used for paving streets of
Caracas, Venezuela ; also seed and hull of mahogany tree ; fromPlaza
Bolivia, Caracas.
Carter, Samuel R. Four stone relics and thirty-six specimens of miner-
als; from Maine.
Cotes <fe Nials. Specimens of minerals; from Tennessee.
Cavileer, G. Red River cart of old pattern, harness, and photograph
of post-of&ce and house at Pembina, Dak.
Centennial Commission (Philadelphia, Pa., 1876). Nine specimens of
building stones, also eleven boxes Centennial records and pictures.
Chadwick, Mr. Specimen of Greener harpoon; from Edgartown, Mass*
Chalfant, E. 0. Specimen of mineral; from Indiana.
REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 237
Chappely Frank W. One living specimen of alligator {Alligator mi sis-
Hppiensis)} from Florida.
Oha9e, James H. Specimens of chalcedony; from Magdalena, Mexico.
Chase, George. Specimens of oil-stones; from Wachita, Ark. Torkey^
etc., with samples of oil used in sharpening tools.
Oheshirey W. W. Eude flint implement; from Indiana.
Chester y Capt S. 0. Four jars alcoholic fishes; from Noank, Conn.
Childi%y T. A. Six specimens native gold in quartz; from Eagle Shafts
Virginia.
Churchy Joseph^ & Co. One bottle sea- water; from Point Judith, R. I.
Olarl, Ellis. Ten specimens fossils ; from Mexico.
Okrky Han. J. B. Specimens of minerals ; from Texas and New Mex-
ico.
Chrij J. W. B. Four specimens of alcoholic fishes {Chasmodes bos-
cianusy Oohiosoma boscii) ; from Massachusetts.
Clarhy Frank N. One bottle alcohol fishes; from Lake Michigan.
Ckrlcy A, Howard. Specimens of boat-fittings from Massachusetts.
Ckrkj E. B, Specimen of arrow-head ; from Indiana.
CkrTcj Martin. One box of Indian relics; from Ohio.
Cky^ Henry. One specimen of clapper or "I^antucket bell'^; from
Massachusetts.
Okavelandj W. P. Two microscopic slides, with sections of coral; from
the Cincinnati group, Ohio.
OlemenUj Hon. J. C. Specimen of limestone ; from Georgia.
Obcehndy William B. One specimen birds' eggs {Ampelis garrulus);
from Michigan.
Coffin, 0. E. Three specimens minerals ; from Maryland.
Coffin, j^ W, Specimens of Indian relics, cane made from whalebone
on shipboard, and fossils ; from Massachusetts.
^•0^ Hon. Biohard. Specimen of limonite ; from Texas.
Cole, iMther. Eight specimens of harpoons and lances ; from Massa-
^^hasetts.
Collins, 2), E. Specimen of mackerel {Scomber DeJcayi) ; from oflf Thatch-
er's Island.
Collins, Jog, w. Collection of fishing apparatus ; from Massachusetts.
Collins^ p^ j5^ Oil paintings of vessels and fishing scenes.
^^^^ins,W.H. Specimens of wild-pigeon eggs; from Michigan.
^^^ado. State of. Large collection of gold, silver, and lead ores, and
l^nflding stones (eighteen tons) ; from Centennial Exhibition, Philadel-
phia, Pa., 1876.
ConUin, William O. Specimen of iron pyrites ; from Michigan.
Cmnell, D. Specimens of Baker harpoon-gun and blackfish-blubber
hook. (Purchased.)
^^jH. S. One harpoon, four slabs of finback bone. (Purchased.)
Cook, Jonathan. Specimen of ear-bone of whale.
238 REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
Coolc^ Lieut L. M.y U. 8. A. Skin and skeleton of Bocky Mountain goat;
from Montana.
iJookj N, N. Pair of duck trousers worn by Mr, Cook when bitten by
a shark.
Cooky Stephen. Specimens of boat*flttings ; from Massacjiusetts.
Coolbaughj Benjamin. Iron bear- trap and anchor, two anchor stones;
from Susquehanna Eiver. Box of stone relics, from Bradford Oounty,
Pennsylvania (through John B. Wiggins.)
Cooperative Dress Association. JBsthetic dresses of the x>eriod 1880-
1882.
Cope J Prof. E. D. Alcoholic Bji^iAmevL oi Eumeces semilin,eatus ^ from
Texas.
Coplay Cement Company. Cement, crude and prepared, with illustra-
tions showing its uses.
Coppely E. G. Specimen of steatite pipe ; from mound in Florida.
Corbin^ P. (ft F. Large collective exhibit of builder's hardware, artis-
tic and ornamental designs in bronze.
Corey, L. 0. One bottle sample copying ink.
Cornell, J. & J. B. Collective exhibit of over forty objects, embracing
articles of ornamental and practical iron work employed in the build-
ing industry.
Corson, Dr. Jos. R., TJ. 8. A. Three living spermophiles {Spermophilua
tereticaudus) ; from !Port Yuma, Cal.
Coues, Dr. Elliott, U. 8. A. Five* bills of Melanetta velvetina; from Mas-
sachusetts.
Craig, Dr. Thomas C, U. 8. N. Alcoholic invertebrates and birds^ skins
{PhcebetriafuUginosus, Chionisalba, Priocellu tenuirostris) ; from South
Atlantic.
Crow Island Club {through Isaac Hinckley). Eight specimens of swans
in flesh, also specimen of goose {Bemicla hutchinsi) ; from Currituck
Sound, !North Carolina.
Cumming, W. M. Three alcoholic specimens of fishes (Gambusia
patruelis), also box of living plants, Venus fly-trap, Venus pitcher,
trumpet plants; from North Carolina.
Cunningham, Capt. A. F. Alcoholic specimen of snake.
Cunningham, J. H. One small box of minerals ; from Arkansas.
Cunningham, Patrick. Wooden model of the first breech-loading dart-
ing-gun; series of exploded lances cut from whales.
Schooner '^ Imcille Curtis.^^ Alcoholic specimen of deadly x>oisonous
snake ^' Oro-co-co" ; from Demerara Eiver, West Indies.
Dakota Delegation, Centennial Exhibition, Philadelphia, Pa., 1876. Large
collection of minerals and ores ; from Dakota.
Dale, F. C, TJ. 8. Steamer " PalosJ^ One tank alcoholic fishes, inverte-
brates, and box of birds' skins ; from China.
Darr, John. Living specimen of bat {Altalaplia noveboracensis) ; from
Agricultural Grounds, Washington, D. C.
REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 239
Dartmouth College. Large crystal of beryl (weight 1,000 ponnds), piece
of red porphyry, and samples of marble.
'Jkivisanj J. L. Specimen of bird's egg ; from New York.
Davis J & T. Specimen of insect; from Missoori.
DaviSj Han, R. O. Specimens of minerals, ores, and coke ; from West
Virginia.
Davisf J. N. Specimen of malformed corn-cob (of the shape of the haman
foot with five toes) 5 from Maryland.
DaviSj W. U,j (ft i^n. Fresh specimen of tarpnm {Megalops atlanticus)
from Wilmington, K C.
Datcsorij H. M. Specimen of sulphide of lead; from West Virginia.
Day^ Richard H. Specimen of coral {Primnoa reseda) 5 from Maine.
De Idiseleuc Docteur. Small box of insects ; from Europe.
De Long^ J. W. Specimen of mineral; from Ohio.
Dennison Manufacturing Company, Collection of indestructible "game-
counters."
DenniSy Waldo, Two bones of fore leg of a horse, with supernumerary
toe; from Wisconsin.
Denty J. P. . Specimen of quartz crystal ; from Texas.
Department of Agriculture^ Raleigh, N, C, {through 8, O, Worth), Two
sections of trees, with tools and products of the pitch and turpentine
industry of North Carolina.
Derby J Prof, 0, A, Seeds of Victoria regia ; from Brazil.
Devoe, F. W., cfc Co, One can of luminous paint.
Dewey, Fred, P, Specimens of iron and silver ores; from Virginia and
Colorado.
Diamond State Iron Company, Wilmington, Del, Collective exhibit of
II iron and steel, railroad rails, etc.
1 1 Dv3dn%on, E, Three specimens of birds' eggs {Totanus melanoleuous)',
' from Manitoba.
^^jJo8, T, Specimen of cotton-plant and two bags of cotton-seed;
[| from South Carolina.
^j Dr, D. W, Specimens of minerals ; from West Virginia.
^^ge, Col. Richard L, U,'8, A, Piece of flexible sandstone; from
^orth Carolina.
Doierty, E. P. Scales of alligator-gar ; from Louisiana.
^^^^U%on, Thomas, Box of rocks and sheet-copper.
^nelly, Franlc L, Alcoholic specimen of embryo calf (Bos taurus,
j^v.); from Maryland,
-^^^^^j T, 8. Bottle of alcoholic fishes and three butterflies; from
Alabama.
^Chester Union Freestone Company, Collection of building stones and
stone model of '* Independence bell.'^
^^glass, E, A, Three arrow-heads; from Missouri.
^^las, James, jr. Four stone- mining hammers; from ancient mine
in Chili. Also package of Indian relics ; from Peru.
240 REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
Douglas^ John, Living specimen of siren (Riren laceriina)j iif very large
size 'y from Potomac Flats, Washington, D. C.
Dowy Capt John M. One living Mexican deer {Cervus meQDicanus)'^ two
living white- tufted marmosets {(Edipus 01%)] one owl-monkey {Nycti-
pithectts rufipes) ; i^m Panama.
DralcCy Mrs, M, E. Specimen of stone relic j fi^m Mississippi.
DreWj Benjamin F. Armor worn by natives of Marshall and Caroline
group of islands. South Pacific.
DriggSj James 2>. Three harpoons.
Drum Edge- Tool Company y West Watervillej Conn. Collection of edged
tools, scythes, axes, etc.
DugiSj Prof, Alfred. Collection of mammals, birds, reptiles, fishes, and
fossils^ from Mexico.
Dulyy A, A. Two eggs of " Seabright bantam.''
Dunn^ Hon, Foindexter, Two specimens of minerals.
DyeTy W, Thistleton. Box of botanical specimens and photographs of
calabash carvings ; from Boyal Gardens, Kew, England.
Early R, Edward, Drum-fish, bass, blackfish, and whiting gear, used
by Saint Augustine, Fla., fishermen; sounder to sake sounds from
the throat of sea-tro ut.
EarSy Captain, Barnacle taken from the belly of a humpback whale.
EastahrooJc^ Mrs. C, D. Specimen of talc; from Florida.
Eastman, Frof. J. R. Fragment of meteorite which fell in Iowa County,
Iowa, on the night of February 12, 1875.
Eatony M. L, Specimens of frogs and eggs ; from Iowa.
Eckloffy T, W, Two specimens building stones ; from California.
Edwards^ Vinal N, Nine boxes of specimens of alcoholic fishes (Loplh-
opsetta maculata, FhyciSy Tautoga oniti^), etc., invertebrates (ChcBtopte-
rus pergamentacev^y Loligo pealiiy Lihinia dubia)y miscellaneous crabs,
star-fishes, etc., skull of deer and miscellaneous bones, ^gg of black
duck, birds' skins and skeletons (Mergus serrator, Clangula albeokiy
Colymhus septentrionalis), etc.; from Massachusetts.
Egherty Augustus R. Drawing of Salmonoid fish; from Idaho.
Eggersy 8,y sr. Eetchen gun and harpoon. Pierce & Eggers whaling gun*
(Purchased.) One frost-fish spear.
Eiseriy Oustav. One box of mammal skins and alcoholic collection of
worms ; from California.
Elliotty Lieutenanty U. 8. Marine Corps, One tank alcoholic specimens j
from Greenland.
Emmersony W, Otto. Six specimens of birds' skins ; from California.
Endlichy Dr. F, M. Collection of sixty-eight specimens of minerals,
specimens of charred unshucked corn, taken seven feet below surface
in old ruins on San Juan Eiver, Kew Mexico.
EvanSy R, D. Specimen of rock ; from Virginia.
Fainy George A. (through Dr. E, Palmer), Two stone axes and one large
pipe ; from Tennessee.
REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 241
Fair^ H. D. M, Specimen of perforated stone found nt.ar Arlington,
two miles north of Kewark, N. J.
Fairbanks & Co. One large platform scale.
Farley^ Son. J. T, Specimen of ores; from California.
Farrier^ L W. One barrel of mineral water ; from Texas.
Fearon, E. W. Specimens of minerals ; from Ohio.
FencJcevy (?. Specimens of birds' eggs and ethnologica; from Green-
laud.
Fischer^ Moritz. Specimens of stone relics ; from Ohio.
Fish, E. J. Specimens of minerals ; from Georgia and Tennessee.
Fisher, William J. Specimens of alcoholic fishes, birds' skins, Indian
relics, etc. 5 from Alaska.
Fish, E. C. Specimen of living land puppy {Amblystoma punctatum),
and also specimens of bull snakes (Pityophis sayi iellona); from
Illinois.
Fitchett, W, H. Specimens of minerals 5 from Texas.
Fitzpatrick, 8. Specimens of fossil ferns 5 from New Brunswick.
Flanagin, H. W. Specimens of alcoholic reptiles ] from New Jersey.
Fletcher, Dr. Robert. Specimens of Orchilla ; from San Diego, Cal.
Foote, J. Howard. Large collection of musical instruments.
For epaugh, Adam. Elephant in flesh, "Mungo;" died in menagerie
while on exhibition in Washington on April 6 and 8, 1882.
Fox, W, H. Specimens of alcoholic lizards, centipedes, etc., also one
skin (Penccea itlinoensis) ; from Lookout Mountain, Tennessee.
French, Penrhyn & Co. Specimen of black marble ; from Glen's Falls
New York.
Frost, 8. A. Specimen of Indian flute ; from the Indian Territory.
Fuller, A. N. Three eggs of coot {Fulica americana).
Oallaher, Miss L. Bernie. Package of Japanse pamphlets.
Galvin, C. T>. Specimens of clay and mica ; from New York.
Oama^e, A. T. Specimens of bone and stone implements, also fragments
of pottery; from Maine.
Gamble, Jos. B. {through Hon. William Heilman). Specimens of oresj
from Missouri.
Oandy, John W. Specimens of oysters in shells ; from Cape May, N. J.
Gannett, Mrs. E. A. One whale-ship's log-book.
Gamier, Dr. J. A. Specimen of living Massasauga rattlesnake (Oaudi-
sona tergemina) ; from Ontario, Canada.
Gass, Master Willie. Specimen of snake (Ophibolus getultis)] from Mary-
land.
Gatchet, A. 8. Specimens of arrow and spear heads; from Kentucky.
Also teeth and scales of garfish; from Louisiana.
Gattinger, A. Oast of Conularia gattingeri; from Tennessee.
Gere, J. D. Specimens of Indian relics; from Wisconsin.
Gering, Frederick. Specimen of fish {Menticirrus nebulosus), caught in a
herring-net in Gloucester Harbor.
H. Mis. 26 16
242 REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
CHbbonSj William O, (through Thomas Donaldson). Model in gold, silver,
and steel of the steamship " William G. Gibbons,'' bnilt by Pnsey &
Jones Company, of Wilmington, Del.
Oibhs, Oeorge J. Specimen of cave deposit ; firom cave at Breezy Point,
on Gaicos Island.
Oilberty Charles R, Alcohoilc specimens of reptiles, turtles, etc.; from
Mazatlan, Mexico.
Qallbrethj Senry, Specimens of Indian relics ; from Illinois.
Oillehany Alonzo {through Dr. Timothy E, Wilcox). Seven small speci-
mens of arrow-heads ) from month of Willamette Biver, Oregon.
Qillis^ T. If, Specimens of mineral and rocks; from Mississippi.
Oilmer^ 0. K. Four specimens of fresh-herring {Dorosoma cepedianum)]
from James Biver, at Bichmond, Ya.
Glasgow Iron Company (through J. W. Hoffman & Co., agents). Speci-
mens of iron used in shipbuilding.
Oodding^ Dr. W. W. Alcoholic specimens of snakes (Heterodon platy-
rhinus^ Ophiholus getuluSy and Eutcenia sirtalis) ; from District of
Columbia.
OoodCj Mrs. S. F. J. Specimen of sable muff (American), period ISdO-
1840; also muff of the later period..
Oorga^y W. C. Alcoholic specimens; from Texas.
Oouldy J. Loomis. Specimen of horn spoon, carved; from Alaska.
Oowardj G. Specimens of skull, shells, sea-beans, candle-nut, tobacco,
stone implements, gum, nuts used as a perfume when powdered, and
skins (Didunculus strigirostris) ; from Samoan Islands.
Gray^ William. Specimen of arrow-point ; from Dakota.
Gray, Frof. Asa. Seeds of Nymphcea scutifolia^ latus^ and dentata, from
Eussia.
Greely, Lieut A. TT., Z7. 8. A. One box of birds' skins; from Greenland.
Greene^ Dr. G. A. Specimens of snails ; from Pennsylvania.
Green, General 0. D. Skeleton of trumpeter swan (Olor buccinator).
Green, William, Specimens of Indian relics ; from Illinois.
Greenwood Fottery Company. Cask containing samples of pottery; from
their works at Trenton, N. J.
Greer, S. W. Specimens of fossils and minerals ; from Kentucky.
Griffith^ J. W. Two specimens of ship timber (steam-bent).
Grigsby, C. 8. Collection of Indian relics ; from Tennessee.
Groves^ H. <& J. Package of botanical specimens; from England.
GUnther, Dr. A. Specimens of birds' eggs, alcoholic mammals, and
batrachians; from England.
Gumey, J. H. Specimens of birds' skins; from Europe (principally Bap-
tores).
GuteJcunst, F. Collection of seventy-six cabinet photographs of promi-
nent men of America.
Ealler, W.J. (through E. P. Upham). Specimens of Indian relics; from
Huntington, W. Va.
REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 243
EaUer, Mr. Specimen of shad ( Clupea sapidissima) ; from Paget Sound.
EammOndy JT., c& Co. Series of light and heavy hammers^ from Hart-
ford, Conn.
Hammondj Rev.M. Specimen of lignite; from Maryland.
Eamptouj Eon. Wade. Specimens of minerals; from South Carolina.
Eamptonj Cutter & Sons. Exhibit of kaolin ; from Kew York.
Eaney, William M. Specimen of rock and fossils ; from Maryland.
Eardy, E. D. Specimen of cotton plant in bloom ; from Georgia.
Earford^ W. O. W. Two living specimens of land tortoises {Xerobates
Agasaizii) ; from California.
Earmorij Eenry C. Section of the vertebra of a whale; from Stafford
Clifts, Md.
Earner J Eoustown B. Specimens of arrow-heads; from Georgia.
Earp&r, Smith. An exhibit of rakes and hoes.
Earnngtony C. B {through Thomas Donaldson). Model of yacht; from
Maine.
JHarrw, D. TF. Specimens of stone relics, fossils, concretions, etc. ;
from Louisiana.
flarrw, John S. Collection of minerals and ores ; from Montana.
Earm^ William C. One alcoholic specimen of trout {Salvelinusjontinalia
jav.).
flarmow dk Kellogg^ Troy, JT. Y. Exhibit of malleable iron ; full series
of products, embracing wrenches.
Eartj A. Wellington. Specimens of Indian sash, belt, pouch, and two
knife-cases worked in porcupine quills ; from Canada.
Earoey^ F. L. Specimens of living reptiles, and one living snake
(Seterodon) ; from Arkansas.
•HiwfeK, Eenry. Three specimens of bricks used in the walls of the
Diound-builders at Aztalan, Jefferson County, and one stone imple-
ment; from Wisconsin.
Emell^ Williamj New York. Collection of fancy metal nails.
Eawes^ Dr. A. M. Two saddles (one Indian and one Mexican) ; from the
battle-ground where General Custer fell.
Eawesj Dr. Oeorge W. {deceased). Alcoholic specimens of marine inver-
tebrates ; from Bermuda.
EawUns, Capt. E. S., U. S. A. Specimen of spear-head ; from Fort
Tbomburgh, Utah.
Eawley^ E. E. Two living sepcimens of axolotls, and seven stone
ittiplements ; from France.
Eawley^ Wheeler. Specimens of oysters in shell ; from Connecticut.
^% 0. P. Specimens of alcoholic fishes ; from Indiana.
^(^ydenij 0. S. Specimens of minerals, snail-shells, etc. ; from Maine.
Bayden, Walter. Specimensofbirds'skins, eggs, and Coleoptera; from
Moose Factory, Hudson Bay Territory.
Bayesy W. I. Specimens of living salamanders ; from North Carolina.
244 REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
Haywood^ William P. Specimen of model oyster-rake; from ]
Jersey.
Hazard jr,, Roland Oibaon. Six specimens of birds^ ^ggs, three a
tross, and three penguin ) from Falkland Islands.
Hazard Powder Company. An exhibit of powder; from Hazards
Conn.
Heihcher^ Theo. {through C. G. Cussick). Collection of minerals
rocks ; from Texas.
Hemphill^ Henry. Specimens of land and fresh- water shells; 1
Minnesota.
Henshall, J. A. Specimen of alcoholic fishes ; from Florida.
Hercules Wind-Engine Company. Model of wind-engine, for raising wt
Hering^ C. J. Collection of alcoholic specimens of reptiles, shells,
insects; pottery, blue macaw; hammock made from fibers of the
plam ; and one living Iguana tuberculata; three boxes of Coleopt
dried ; from Surinam. *
Herndon, Thomas. H. Specimen of rattlesnake {Crotalus adamante
from Leesburg, Fla.
Herrany Thomas. Eight specimens of pottery and stone relics from
dian graves in United States of Colombia,. South America.
Herreray Alfonso. Collection of alcoholic fishes and reptiles ; from IV
ico.
Herricky C. Specimens of Indian relics and cray-fish; from near I
ence, Ala.
Hersey, J. Clarence. Three specimens of shrews ; from Colorado.
Hessely Dr. Rudolph. Fresh specimen of lizard {Lacerta viridis) ; f
Germany.
Heyman^ 8. Box of rocks; from Tennessee.
Historical and Scientific Sodety, Winnipeg. Tank of alcoholic fisl
from Manitoba.
Hobarty Aaron K. Model of herring smoking and packing house ; f
Maine. (Purchased.)
Hodge, E. B. Specimen of brook trout {Salvelinus fontinalis) ; from ]
Hampshire.
Holabird, 8. B. Pieces of iron taken from the stem bearings of IJ. t
" Ordnance.''
Holcomb^ C. W. Package of ferruginous clay.
Holty Hiram^ & Go. Series of tools, corn-cutters, etc.
Hooper^ G. W. Specimens of clay and sandstone ; from Alabama.
Horanj Henry. Salted specimen of fish {Selene argentea).
HouclCj Hon. L. G. Specimen of galena ; from Tennessee.
HowCy Rev. S, S. Specimens of Indian relics; from Iowa.
Howell, D. Y. Six bottles of embryonic fishes {Stizostedium vitreui
from Lake Erie.
Hubbardj George A, Transverse section of cherry tree IJ by 10 inch
showing rate of growth.
REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 245
EubhSy A. Can of alcoholic fish (Enneacanthtis sp.) ; from Missouri.
Hudson^ George. A. Eight specimens of shad {Glupea sapidissima) j from
Cedar Keys, Fla.
Hudsouy William H. Twelve botanical specimens and two specimens of
lizard (Crotaphytus collaris) ; from 7exas.
Eudson^ William H. Specimen of gypsum (sulphate of lime) ; from
Colorado.
EugheSy F. M. Box of Indian and mound relics j from Ohio.
Eumberty Dr. Fred. Small box of insects ) from Illinois.
Eungerford^ Br. One box of shells; from China.
Eunter, B. W. Specimen of iron carbonate ; from Maryland. Also lock
from door of the State-house at Eichmond, Va. (Used from 186t-'65.)
Eunter^ Thomas O. Specimen of mineral ; from California.
Emey^ Wells & Co. A large exhibit of manufactured steel, bar and
shape.
Eutchins^ J. H, Section of vine showing asserted hybrid growth of
the grapevine with the pecan tree ; from Texas.
%w«, 0. W. One box of shells ; from South Carolina,
^'iwan, Samuel W. (treasurer International Cotton Exposition, Two large
hoxes of foreign cottons exhibited at the Atlanta Exposition, 1881.
-"â– ^w Clad Paint Company^ Cleveland^ Ohio. An exhibit of crude, lump,
^^d manufactured paint.
^nirig^ Thomas J. Four specimens of lobsters (Romarus americanus)
^^a. very young stage; from Massachusetts.
^'^'^hoe Paper Company. An exhibit of paper and its manufacture.
^^^on^ Charles A. Building model, scale i inch to the foot, of men-
*iaden carryaway boat ; from Long Island, !N". Y.
^^Kso^^ Capt. John J). Specimen of chloride of silver ore, weight ten
^^^nds, value $100. One specimen of jasper; chlorobromide of silver,
J. ^o specimens.
V^^ica Institute^ Public Museum of (through James John Bowery). Alco-
^^lic collection of fishes (one hundred and eighty-three specimens),
1 ^^^^ species; from Jamaica.
^j R. W. Collection illustrating the uses of asbestos, with various
^on, 8. M. Four fresh lobsters from the coast of Maine, said to be
, ^ years old.
^ton, Walter. Skin of duck {Bendrocygna fulva) ; from California.
^^^ Dr. Edward 8. Living specimen of striated marmoset {Jacchus
'^^haris).
^^> Dr. William H,^ U. 8. N. Three boxes of birds' skins, minerals,
^^ks, shells, etc., also one tank alcoholic fishes and invertebrates;
fi^om Alaska.
^^^, James F. Specimens of cotton seed, plant, and blooms; from
» Borgia.
^^ett, Mrs. J. E. Specimens of fossil bones and teeth ; from bed of
246 REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
Beaufort River. Also alcoholic squid {Loligo sp.) ; fjx)m off Beaufort,
. S. O.
Jordauy Prof. B. 8. Alcoholic invertebrates ; from Italy and Mexico.
Six tanks alcoholic fishes, invertebrates, and reptiles ; from Mexico
. and Texas.
Jouy, P. L. Five boxes of natural history specimens (consisting in part
of one hundred and thirteen birds' skins and one tank alcoholic
lishes) ; from Japan.
. Julien^ Dr. Alexis A, Dried skin of iguana {Iguana tuherculata)) from
Gulf of Mexico.
Kane^ 2>. Specimen of limonite^ from Kew York.
Kane^ Dr. John J., JJ. 8. A. Specimen of ore for report.
Karr, W. W. Specimen of caterpillar (^ac^sfwipmah**); from Wash-
ington, D. 0.
Keith, M. G. Large collection of clay vessels, and fragments of same;
statues, stone pestles, rubbing stones, metates, and fragments j from
Oosta Rica.
Kelleher, Daniel. Large Brand lance, hand-lance bomb Kelleher patent,
Kentworthy, G. J. Silver button ; taken from mound in Southern Florida.
Kerr, W. G. Twenty crates of building stones ; from Korth Carolina.
(Purchased.)
Kewj England, Royal Gardens. Seeds of Ginchona ledgerina.
^ Kidwelly L. F. Three specimens of minerals ; from Texas.
Kellogg, Dr. D. 8. One box of arrow-heads and fragments of pottery ;
from New York.
Kimball, W. 8., cfc Go. Collective exhibit of tobacco, fine cut, cigarettes,
etc.
King, 8amuel L. Specimens of limestone and dolomite; from Ten-
nessee.
King, J. W. Jaw, with teeth, of fresh-water drum {Haploidonotus grun-
niens).
Kite, W. A. One box of Indian relics ; from Tennessee.
Kite, Dr. J. Alban. One box alcoholic eggs of shad ( Glupea sapidissima) ;
from Quantico, Va.
Kniclcerhocker Ice Gompany, Philadelphia, Pa. Wagon and tools used in
cutting and handling ice.
Knorr, Rudolph. Specimen of young whippoorwill ; from Washington,
D. C.
KnowleSj Thomas, & Go. Sixteen specimens of whaling apparatus. (Pres-
ent.) One whaling-gun, one walrus tusk.
Knowles, George. Specimen of ear-bone of finback whale; banjo made
by negro whaleman on shipboard.
Kobbe, Maj. William A., U. 8. A. Two specimens of birds' eggs {Gardi-
nalis virginiana, Molothrus ater) ; from Alabama.
Kobelt, Dr. W. Forty-five species of new and rare land shells ; from *
Europe.
REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 247
KrideVj John. Skin of white owl.
Kumhlaunn^ Alex. Complete set of steel files j from Philadelphia.
Kummerfeld^ J. F. Specimen of arrow-head; from Iowa.
Ladd^ n. T. Fragments of Indian pottery; from Alabama.
Ijancroftj G. E. and R. S. One box of salts of nickel.
JjongdoUy 8. J. Small piece of Indian pottery ; from the lava beds, Lit-
tle Wood Eiver, Idaho.
JjarcOy A. Box of alcoholic fishes (Sebastodes umhrosuSj 8. rubricinctus,
GitharichthySj Liooottus hirundo, Annarhichthys ocellatus, Paralichthys^
lAolepis)^ etc. ; from California.
Lawrence & Co. Eighteen specimens of whaling apparatus ; from Mas-
sachusetts.
Xfawrence, Oeorge N. Two boxes of birds' skins, eggs, and mounted
specimens.
Latcson^ Gapt Charles, 8c1iooner Herman Babson. Specimen of fish-hook
cut from mouth of a halibut on coast of Greenland, summer of 1882,
similar to those used by fishermen on coast of Northern Europe.
Ztea^ Dr. Isaac. Fifty-three boxes of shells, one box of minerals, one
box marine invertebrates; from Chester County, Pennsylvania.
Ijca^ J. 8. One specimen of mineral; from New Mexico.
Le Baron, J. Francis. Three specimens of shells; from mound in
Florida.
Ijb Conle, Jos. Eleven specimens of minerals ; from California.
Lee J W. F. Twenty-three specimens of agates ; samples of natural,
colored, and white cottons: four sketches of ruins;, also one box (two
specimens) of pottery, stone carvings, and implements.
Leonard & Ellis. Collection of oils and vaseline.
LeiciSj William. Two harpoon-guns.
LetviSj F. L. One stone relic and fossil mollusk ; from West Virginia.
LewiSj James F. One box of living rattlesnakes and larva of green worm
(^Cithironia regalis) ; from West Virginia.
Lindsley, Br. J. M. Four specimens of Indian pottery ; from Missis-
sippi.
lAnncean 8ociety (through William Macleay, 8ydney, Australia). One
skeleton of dugong, forty-three birds' skins, and one keg of alcoholic
fishes (two hiindred and seven specimens) ; from Australia.
Lipsey^ W. B. Specimen of Japanese persimmon raised at Archer, Fla
Little BocJc and Fort Smith Railroad Company. Collection of rocks and
ores ; from Arkansas.
Logan, Hon. John A. Three specimens of minerals from Illinois.
Lord, H. & O. W. Kinety-five samples of white, tanned, and tarred
netting.
Lothrop, L. B. A collection of fishing-tackle used by the Gloucester
fishermen on Grand Banks.
Lougheed, 8. B. Specimens of shale; from Washington Territory.
248 REPORT ON nat;[onal museum.
t
LovCj William B. Nine specimens of gold quartz; from Culpoper
County, Virginia.
Ludworthj George B. Two alcoholic specimens of snakes ( Tropidoclonium
Jcirtlandii)', from Michigan.
Lugger J Otto. Specimen of bird's nest (Cpyselus cayennenm) ) from
Demerara, West Indies.
LiitJcenj Dr. Chr. One alcoholic specimen of Trachypterus arctictia; from
Iceland. Also collection of European annelids, comprising eighty-
five specimens in alcohol.
Luttrelly Chester. One box of stone relics; from Alabama.
Lyford,, Dr. E. E, Specimen of sea-mouse {Aphrodita aculeata) ; taken
from lobster pot at Vinalhaven, Me.
Madkey cfc Pindar. Eight specimens of whaling apparatus ; from Massa-
chusetts.
MacRas^ Donald. Specimens of siren and Necturus punctatus; from
North Carolina.
Ma^yy^ Joseph B, Seven specimens of whaling apparatus used by Nan-
tucket whalemen.
Macy^ Zaccheus. One whale-ship cooper's set. (Old.)
MandeviUej W. Specimen of sulphur oxide of manganese ; from Penn-
sylvania.
Mann, B. Pickman. Living specimen of horned frog [Phrynosoma cor-
nutnm).
Mapes, John C. Six specimens of minerals; from New York.
Marley^ To Gee. Three specimens of stone implements; from Tennessee.
Marsh, Prof. 0. C. Cast of Pterodactyle, with wing membranes at-
tached.
Martin & Go. Collective exhibit of lampblack and its manufacture.
Martin, Gapt. 8. 1. Collection of cod and haddock trawls, lobster pots,
herring-nets, etc. (Purchased.)
Mason & Hamlin, lifeio Yorlc. Cabinet organ complete, with models
showing interior workings of pianos and organs.
Mason, H. B. Specimen of gun-harpoon, and harpoon with explosive
head.
Mason, Prof Otis T. Fragments of pottery and piece of white jasper;
from Cahokia mound, Illinois.
Mather, Fred. One bottle of living worms ; from New York.
Maw & Go., England. Large and collective exhibit of ornamental tiles;
from Centennial Exhibition at Philadelphia, Pa., 1876.
Maxey, Eon. 8. B. Specimens of ores and minerals and mineral water ;
from Texas.
Maxwell, John. Specimen of building stone ; from Pennsylvania.
Maydole, D., cfe Go. Full series of light and nickel-plated hammers.
McAdams, Eon. William. One tank alcoholic fishes ; from Illinois.
McBath, Edgar. Mounted specimen of squirrel {8ciurus carolineensis).
McGrory, J. A. Package of hemp fiber ; from Florida.
REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 249
McCnJlough, John, Twenty-four specimens of whale-boat fittings.
McDermott & Co, Eight boxes of building stones ; from Ohio.
McDonald^ Field cfe Co., Aberdeen, Scotland, Six specimens of building
stones ; from Scotland.
McDonald, U, O. Three specimens of pyrite in slate ; from West Vir-
ginia.
McDonald, F, S, One specimen of limonite and two specimens of pyrite;
from Virginia.
McDonald, Col. M,, U, 8. F, C. Alcoholic specimens of shad {Clupea
sapidissima), carp (Cyprinus carpio) ; from Potomac River. Tylosurus
longirostris, Achirus lineatus Lepomis gihbosus, Carassius auratU8,Fund'
nlus diaphanus, also shells; from Cherrystone, Va. Specimens of
fishes taken from top of McDonald fishway, Fredericksburg, Va.
(B0CCU8 lineatus, Catostomus commersonii, Amiurus catus, and Lepomis
pallidus),
McDougal, A. G, Specimen of Indian pottery ; from Arkansas.
McDuffin, James B. Specimen of glass snake {Opheosaurus ventralis)*^
from Georgia.
McKay, C. L. Eighteen boxes of general natural history specimens
and ethnologica ; from Alaska.
McKesson cfe Bobbins, New York, Three boxes of commercial sponges ;
from Florida.
McKinney, George, H. Specimen of beetle; from Kentucky.
McLain^ G. M, Builder's model of fishing schooner, ^ inch to the foot;
from Massachusetts.
McLean^ John J. Four boxes of ethnologica, minerals, one bale snow-
shoes, specimens of basket- ware, etc. ; from Alaska.
McLean, J, P. One box of Indian relics ; from Ohio.
McMannen, Dr. C. T. One bird-skin [Ampelis cedrorum); from Florida.
McNeil cfc Archer. Large exhibit of iron, gas, and water pipe.
Meehan, Thomas, Two hundred and sixty bottles of seeds of plants and
flowers. (Purchased.)
MeigSj M. C. One skull of Indian, skull of antelope (Antilocapra ameri-
cana), two skulls of beaver (Castor fiber) ; from Iowa. Specimen of
building stone ; from Minnesota. Cinnabar ; from Fort McKavett,
Texas.
Meinung, Alex. C. One specimen of stone, natural formation ; from
North Carolina.
Melzer, James P. Small collection of insects taken from birds ; from
New Hampshire.
Mercer, B. W. Seven boxes of minerals, Indian relics; from Ohio^
Tennessee, and Georgia.
Merchant, C. B. Three Brand's bomb-lances.
Merchant^ George. Six boxes fishing apparatus.
Merriam, Dr. C. Hart. Box of birds' skins and fresh specimen of sal-
mon {Salmo salar var. sebago) ; from Kew York.
250 REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM
Merrilly OeorgeP. Eleven specimeDS of rocks; from Maine. Also one
'^plancbette."
Merrill^ W. A. Living specimen soft-shell turtle (Aspidonectea spini-
fer) ; from Iowa.
Metcalfy Charles. One box of quail eggs.
Mikell^ J. Jeiikins. Specimen of cotton plant and three bags of cotton
seed ; from Edisto Island, South Carolina.
Miklin^ Dr. J. B. Three specimens of Indian relics; from Tennessee.
Miles Brothers & Co. Collective exhibit of bristles, feathers, camel,
and badger hairs used in the manufacture of brushes.
Miller^ J. H. Small package of flowers ; from Texas.
Mills^ Clarh. Metallic cast of section of the throat of 60-foot whale.
Mills, Henry. Two boxes fresh-water sponges; from Kiagara River.
Minor J F. 0. Specimen of insect; from Louisiana.
Minton, Hollis & Co., Stolce-upon-Trentj England (through Sharpless &
Waits, Philadelphia, Pa.). An exhaustive collection of useful and
ornamental tiles.
Mitchell, Capt. J. C. One tank alcoholic fishes, containing twenty-seven
species ; from southern coast of United States.
Mitchell, Dr. W. Four specimens of stone relics ; from Tennessee.
Money, Hon. H. D. Specimen of pyrite; from Mississippi.
Moore, George H. H. Specimen of fresh-water drum {Haploidonotus
grunniens) ; from Colorado Eiver, Texas.
Morehead & Co Sheet of rolled iron, 15 by 7 feet, f inch thick.
Morgan Hon. J. T, Box of clay and sand ; from Missouri.
Moulton^ J. H. Head and tusks of walrus (Rosmarus) ; two skeletons of
fur seal (Callorhinus ursinus) ; from Alaska.
MilcJce, Dr. Franz. Specimen of arrow-head ; from near Sandford Lake,
Florida.
Myrick, A. M. Wooden mortar and pestle, formerly carried on whale-
ship.
Neal, Dr. James C. Two specimens of black snake {Bascanium constrtc-
tor) ; from Florida.
Needham^ G. F. Specimen of bird skin (Gyanocitta cristata), living king
snake {Ophibolus getulus); from Maryland.
Nehring, Prof. A. L. Small box of fossil mammals {Myodes torquatus^
Lagomys hyperboreus) ; from Germany.
Nelson, F. W. Specimen of deer antlers ; from Alaska.
Nelson^Wolfred. Alcoholic specimen of coral snake; from Panama.
Nery, E. B. Skin of eel {Anguilla rostrata) ; from Delaware.
New Bedford Cordage Company. Seven samples of cordage.
Neiccomb, B, L., U. 8, N. Two small packages mosses, seven specimens
birds' skins (Bhodostethia rosea, Budytes flavus, Plectrophanes nivalis,
Centrophanes lapponicus, Phalaropus fulicarius) ; from Henrietta Isl-
and, Arctic Ocean.
Newton & Co. Exhibit of fire-clay, and articles made from same.
REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 251
Nichols J J. E. Specimen of '« hell-fire rock'' (dolomite) 5 from Utah.
NicJcerson, Mrs, M, J, Scrimshawed porpoise jaw; piece of right- whale's
bonnet, with barnacles attached.
Nissley^ Jacob R, Box of Indian relics ] from Ohio.
NorriSj B. M, Ceremonial weapon; from Ohio.
NorriSj Col. P. W. Specimen of jasper; from Euby Valley, Montana.
Norton^ John W. One whale ship log-book.
Nutting C. G. Three boxes of birds' skins, and stone images and pot-
tery; from Central America. Specimen of sparrow (Passer domesti-
ctis,)
NyCj jr,j Willard. Box of Indian relics ; from Martha's Vineyard. One
battle alcoholic specimens of eels {Anguilla rostrata) ; from New Bed-
ford, Mass.
NyCj W. H. Exhibit of watch and machine oils ; from Massachusetts.
Oregon^ State of. Specimens of stone, iron, and coal; from Centennial
Exhibition, Philadelphia, Pa., 1876.
Oriental Powder Company. An exhibit showing powder and the mate-
rials used in its manufacture.
OrtoUj Prof. Edward. Specimen of limestone; from Kelly's Island,
Ohio.
OsbomCj Charles B. Bow and arrow ; from South Sea.
Osborne^ James C. Specimen of whale harpoon.
Osborn, Philip (through Mary Fielder). One box of fossils from Ohio.
"Ruler made of piece of plank, and hqrseshoe made from bolt of the
brig ^Niagara,' that caused the whole British fleet to surrender to
Commodore Perry, September 10, 1813."
OzieTy J. D. Specimens of cotton plant, and samples of " ozier silk
cotton"; from Mississippi.
Ozier J T. L. Two specimens of kaolin ; from Pennsylvania.
Packer^ Hon. B Asa {through John B. Wiggins). Specimen of unfinished
iron implement; from Pennsylvania.
PaddoclCj Thomas B. Cooper's marking iron, used in 1775.
Page J E. W., <fc Sons. Exhibit of oars, sweeps, and sculls.
Palmer^ Alex. S. Specimen of fresh fish (Selene argentea)) from Con-
necticut.
Palmer J Dr. Edward. Specimens of materia medica, ethnology, tobacco
(leaf and twist) ; from Tennessee. Plants; from Indiana. Ladle or
spoon made of hickory wood ; from Illinois.
Palmer^ J. 8. Specimens of marble ; from Virginia.
Palmer, J. W. Specimen of a very large oyster; from Maryland.
Palmer J William. Specimen of Bewick's wren (Thryomanes hcwicJci), in
flesh, from Virginia. Also fresh specimen of Carpiodes; from Poto-
mac Eiver.
Parlcj Davis^ & Co. Specimens of materia medica.
ParJchurst, A. L. Specimens of birds; from California.
Parr, J. L. Specimen of white limestone fossils; from Eio Grande
252 REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
River, Pecos County, Texas, 296 feet above the level of the present
river.
Parsons^ Oapt W, B^ {through A, Eotcard ClarJc). Specimens of old
crockery, an old stone killick, in use by fishermen for more than fifty
years, and one clam -chopper, used for chopping mackerel bait; from
Massachusetts.
Patterson^ Samuel. Specimens of stones; from Utah.
Paulij J. A. Samples of bark ; from United Spates of Colombia, South
America.
PeakeSj Thomas M. One whale-ship log-book.
Peck & Syrider. Collection of base-ball supplies, cricket, archery, and
skates ; from Kew York.
Pierce^ Milton P. Specimen of stag-beetle ; from 'New Jersey.
Pelican i6 Davis. Specimen of silver ore, 2J tons weight ; from Colo-
rado.
Pencoyd Iron Works, Six frames, eight bars; and one bundle of angle-
iron, used in building.
Pennsylvania Tack Works, Large exhibit illustrating four hundred varie-
ties of brass and copper tacks, also specimens of white metal, and
iron and steel from which they are made.
PhelpSj Albert J. Specimens of pottery, Indian and bone implements;
from Maine.
Philhrickj U. U, Specimen of magnesium iron silicate; from Florida.
Phillips^ Barnett Pack of Chinese playing cards, and Chinese dagger-
fan; from China. •
Phillips, Henry, Specimen of antimony oxide, seaarmontite ; from East
Canada.
Phillips, William, & Son. Whaling-gun, muzzle-loader, brass stock.
Pierce, Eben, Five patterns of whaling-guns. (Purchased.)
Piper, John D. Specimens of lobster-pots, and one dip-net; from Maine.
Piper, S. E. Specimen of porphyry tic granite rock ; from Maine.
Piper, Miss Tillie. Alcoholic specimen of bat; from Smithsonian build-
ing.
Polk, W.L. Alcoholic specimen of fish (young Carpiodes); from Mis-
sissippi.
Porter, E, H. Specimens of Indian relics ; from Kentucky.
Powell, George. Specimens of fossil ferns ; from Pennsylvania.
Powell, Robert H. Exhibit of coal, etc. ; from Pennsylvania.
Pratt, Capt. R. H. Indian saddle and trappings.
Price, E. B. Specimens of ores ; from Kew Mexico.
Pride, H. A. Specimens from the Utica slate found in New York.
Prince Manufacturing Company. Exh ibit of metallic and fire-proof paint.
Prindle, Edwin. Two alcoholic specimens of reptiles {Plethodon cineret^j
P. erythronotus) ; from Potomac Eiver, north of Georgetown.
Proctor, J. M. Specimen of minerals ; from Tennessee.
Pumpelly, R. Seven boxes of minerals (census collection of iron ores).
REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 253
Ramsay^ Gapt T, Jf ., U. 8. If. Skin of fox ; from Spitzbergen. Speci-
mens of birds and nine packages and ten bottles of dredgings ; from
Greenland.
Ranger, Gustave. Specimens of rock salt; from Petite Anse Island,
liouisiana. »
Rathhun, Mrs. P. Game of " Planchette."
Rathburij Richard. Photographs of fishes (Sudis gigas, Malthe, Epinephe-
luSj and Trisotropis).
Ran, Dr. Charles. Specimen of turquoise ; from turquoise mine, New
Mexico ; and modern pipe made by the Catawba Indians of Korth
Carolina.
RauchfusSj jr., G. F. Specimens of fossil shells, etc.; from Illinois.
Reedj Oeorge, paymaster, U. 8. N. (through Goh M. McDonald). Speci-
mens of black bass {Micropterus dolomicu and M. salmoides) ; from
Potomac River, near Great Falls.
Reedman, Gapt. F. M. {through E. G. Blackford). Specimen of bluefish
hooks, with piapo-wire gaugings, used by Kew York and Southern
Kew England fishermen.
Remington, E., c& 8ons, New YorJc. Perfected type- writer, with head and
case.
Rhees^ William J. Specimens of bats ; from Washington, D. O. Liv-
ing specimen of lizard {8celoporus undtUatus) ; from Mount Pleasant,
D. C.
Rhode Island Horseshoe Gompany. Exhibit of horseshoes ; from Ehode
Island.
Rice, Glinton. Specimen of concretion ; from ^&w Mexico.
Rice, William T. Large collection of marble and granite building
stones ; from Italy. (Purchased.)
Richmond, GJiarles. Specimens of common birds' eggs ; from Washing-
ton, D. C.
Ricliards, Rev. J. Havens. Specimen of fossil shells ; from Maryland.
Rich, James W. Specimens of fresh fish {Lopholatilv^ chamceleonticeps).
Ridguay, Robert. Specimens of skin and nest of Dendrceca auduhoni;
from California. Skins of birds; from Lower California. Specimen of
Parser domesticus, nest and eggs of Gardinalis virginiana, alcoholic spe-
cimens of natural history, eggs of snapping tortoise (Ghelydra serpen-
tina), skin of martin and mole {Putorius vison, 8calop8 argentatus), liv-
ing snake {Ophibolus doliatus), and salamanders {Amblystoma opacum,
Amblystoma microstomum, and Diemyctylus miniatus viridescens), and
one arrow-head ; from Indiana.
Rio de Janeiro National Museum. Three boxes corals ; from Brazil.
Riveit, Oarnac I. E. {through Dr. E. R. Meyer). Two celts, two terra-
cotta spindles and bat, and three Buddhist coins ; from India.
Roa>eh, 0, Sample of earth paint (iron ochre) ; from Ohio.
Robeson, Hon. Oeorge M. Specimen of " snowy owl.''
Roberts, John If. Specimen of Indian relics ; from Louisiana.
254 REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
BohertSj William. Specimen of barpoon-gon.
Robimon^ Ooldaborough, Samples of wood alcohol and pore spirits;
from Kentucky.
Eobinsouy O. 8. Specimen of ear-bone of sperm-whale cal£
Robinson J General James 8. Specimens of copper and stone implements;
from a mound in Ohio.
RocJcwellj Col. A. F, Specimen, in flesh, of Baltimore oriole.
RocJcelj William^ and M. Tandy. Specimens of Indian relics ; from Illi-
nois.
RogaUj James W. Specimen of insect; from Tennessee.
Roger Sy Cmeger dk Munford. Specimen of asbestos; from Virginia.
Rogers^ D. M. {through Eon, J. 0. Clements). Specimen of galena; from
Tennessee.
Rogers^ John, New YtrJc. Collection of statuary.
Roosevelt, Theodore. Collection of mammals, reptiles, and birds' skins.
Roquet, Father [through Maj. J. W. Powell). Bones from alligator-gar
{Litholepis spatula); from Louisiana.
Rosecrans, General W. 8. Specimens of rocks and ores; from Oregon and
San Jos6 mine, Oopala Sinaloa.
Rowell, James T. (through Lieut. 0. D. 8igsbee^ U. 8. N.). Specimen of lo-
cust which came on board U. S. S. *' Lightning,^ in latitude 12^ north,
longitude 46^ west.
Rowland, W. and Henry. Exhibit of steel used in the construction of
carriage and, car springs.
Rulyy, Charles. Skin and skull of puma, alcoholic specimens of rep-
tiles, and collection of minerals; from Wyoming.
Runyan, J. C. Specimen of minerals and coal ; from Washington Ter-
ritory.
Rusby, Henry H. Specimens of prehistoric mining tools; ^nd dried
plants ; from Arizona.
Russell, Mr. Ball from alkaline lagoon at the south end of Pyramid
Lake, Kevada.
Russell, Birdsale & Ward. Series of objects made of iron used in the
manufacture of carriages.
Russell, D. E. Specimens of minerals ; from Texas.
Ryder, John A. Alcoholic specimens of fishes and ^gg^{Clupea ver-
nalis, Petromyzon marinus, Clupea sapidissima, Roccus saxatiliSy and
Perca americana).
8age, Dean. Specimen of lamprey eel (Petromyzon marinuSjjxiv.), taken
from salmon weighing IJ pounds.
8ampson, F, A. Small box of fossils ; from Texas.
8anborn, Captain. Small specimen of asbestos cloth.
8andu^ky Tool Company. Collection of tools used by hand in the
wood-working industry.
8anford, Mrs. F. C. Specimen of powder-horn used in 1767.
8ankey, R. A. Specimen of pryolusite; from Colorado.
REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 255
Sawyer J John A. Specimens of whaling apparatus. (Purchased.)
SayreSj J. 2>. Two specimens of mineral; from Texas.
Schanno^ Joseph. Two leaves with larvae of insects ; from Washington
Territory.
Schieffelin^ W. JBT., cfe Co., New York. Large and collective exhibit of
American and foreign drugs.
Schenck^ Dr, J. Two living tortoises {Chrysemys marginata)] from Illi-
nois. 4
Schonhom, Henry F. Egg containing embryo of Strix nehulosay and
double duck's egg ; from Washington, D. C.
8chiiemiannj G. W. Living specimen of snake (Coluber obsolettis) and
specimen of duck {Cairina moschata)) from Virginia.
Bears, Henry H. Specimen of Aphrodita aculeata; from Massachusetts.
Seidell, G. Two specimens of building stones, from Washington Terri-
tory.
Seiple, Dr, W. O. M. Specimen of limonite or brown hematite; from
Pennsylvania.
Sennet, George. B. Three specimens of possum {Didelphys virginiana) ;
from Texas.
Shehanj Albert. One double hen's egg^ 6J by 9J inches in circumference.
Shannon^ J. B., & Co. Collective exhibit illustrating artistic reproduc-
tion and original designs of furniture, and builders' hardware manu-
factured from nickel, brass, etc.
Sharp, T, (7. Box of oysters in shell ; from Ocean View, K. J,
Shepard. E, E. Three specimens of fresh- water shells ; from White
Water Eiver, Indiana.
SJcocJcleyj W. H. Four specimens of fossil shells ; from Kevada.
Shoemaker, George. Forty-three specimens of alcoholic reptiles, eighty-
three specimens of birds' skins, seventeen bottles alcoholic insects,
two bottles of shells; from District of Columbia, Maryland, and Vir-
ginia.
Short, E. G. Piece of planking from war vessel " Oneida," sunk in the
Saint Lawrence in 1812.
Shufeldt, Dr. B. W. Collection of about eight hundred birds' skins,
eleven specimens of birds' eggs ; from Tongue Eiver. Skin of squirrel
(Sciurus caroUnensis)^ head of antelope {Antilocapra americana); from
Sweet Water Valley, Wyoming. One box alcoholic specimens of
natural history; from Louisiana.
Sibley, W. H. Specimen of silicious chalk; from Texas.
Slackj John H. Specimen of fish (Eupomotis aureus); from Kew York.
Small, Edgar A. Stuffed specimen of green heron {Butorides virescens);
from Maryland.
Small, LA. Oun-harpoon; from Massachusetts.
Smith, D. G. Bottle of water from artesian well at Pekin, 111.
Smith, Everett. Specimen of bird's skin (Buteo borealis) ; from Maine.
Smith, Edward, & Go. Collection of fine varnishes.
256 REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
Smithy F. S. Three specimens of native copper; from "Longfellow cop-
per mine,'' Arizona.
Smithy George H. Two Smitli'^ gun-harpoons, one cutting spade.
Smithy Seth. Darting-gun and harpoons, old-style lance with wooden
head, dog-fish gear, hooks, chain, and one mackerel gaff; from Massa-
chusetts.
Sneedy J. B. Specimen of galena in limestone ; from Tennessee.
Snow, A, L, Specimen of mineral; from Tennessee.
SnoiCy Loreriy & Sons. Specimens of whale-boat fittings. (Purchased.)
Sommerfieldy L. Specimen of ruby-throated humming-bird {TrochAflua
colubris).
South Side Club. Living specimen of brook trout {Salvelinus fontinalis) •
from Long Island.
Spinner y General F. F. One box of marine shells; from Florida.
Spray y 8> J. Four specimens minerals; from Colorado.
Stabler y James P. Specimen of black snake {Bascanion constrictor)]
from Maryland.
Stallmany John. One block building stone ; from Massachusetts.
Stanhorny Pier son & Go. Wooden wheels for light buggies and wagons.
Starry W. 8. Specimen of crystal of amethystine quartz ; from South
Carolina.
Stasseyy Frederick (through James Harrington). Stone image ; from Tarn-
pico, Mexico.
StearnSy Bobert F. G. Thirty-five boxes of shells, two boxes of sample
woods, alcoholic specimens of big clam (Glycimeris)) one box of Indian
relics, and specimen of Fennatula; from Pacific coast of United States.
Stearns y SiUis. Large collection of alcoholic and fresh fishes, consisting
in part of Phycis earlii, Dactylopterus-y Stenotomus caprinuSy Goryphasna
equestriSy OpisthognathuSy TylosuruSy RhinobatuSy Narcine brasilensiSy
Eemirhombusy Gobioid, AntennariuSy Batrachv^ taUy Gaulolatilus mi-
cropSy Trisotropis stomiaSy Seriolay etc., from Florida.
StearnSy Winnifred A. Two boxes alcoholic, one barrel of salted, speci-
mens of fishes and vertebrates; from coast of Labrador.
Steenstrupy Professor. Three jars GephalQpods ; from Denmark.
Steer Cy Prof. J, B. Sixty-six specimens (thirty-three species) of shells;
from Philippine Islands.
Steinway cfe Sons. One grand upright piano, constructed to show interior
workings.
St^negcTy Br. Leonard. Three skins of swans, type-specimen of Peri-
soreus canadensis nigricapilluSy from Labrador. Twenty large boxes
of birds' skins, bones of whales and sea-cows {Bhytina)', from vicin-
ity of the Commander Islands, Kamtschatka.
StephenSy Hon. Alex. H, Specimens of malachite and melachonite; from
Arizona.
Stephens, L. A. Specimens of mineral ; from Texas.
REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 257
Stevetis, Mrs. JE, L, Youug specimen of alligator (Alligator mississippi-
€nsis)'y from Florida.
Stewart cfe Co, Collective exhibit of various sizes and kinds of wire.
StilwelU -E. M, Tin pump for aerating water in cans for transporting
live fishes.
JSfione^ Livingston. . Collection of jjhotographs (50) showing United States
Fish Commission hatching station and surroundings at Baird, Shasta
County, California. Also copy letter written with the blood of a ])an-
ther.
8toney T. J. Vertebra of whale; from marl bank on the Patuxent
Biver.
Story^ William H. Eight boat models.
Stratton^ C. L. Box of stone and shell relics, with specimen of crania ;
from mound in Tennessee.
Stribling, Will. Specimen of shed skin of snake {Pityophis melanoleui us),
specimen of clay, and skull of catfish ; from Ohio.
Stuart, H. J. Five bottles of alcoholic snakes; from Guatemala.
Stuart, JDr. Joseph G. Specimens of wild flowers ; from Colorado.
Studer, Jacob H. Bound volume of Studer's Popular Ornithology, for
Museum library.
Sidlivan, Jeremiah. Package of sprouted corn used by Moqui Indians
in their ceremonies.
Swan, Mrs. E. E. Small box of minerals ; from New York.
Swan. James G. Two boxes of Indian articles and ornaments. (I^ur-
chased.) Alcoholic specimen of salmon ( Oncorhynchus chouicha) ; i'vom
Washington Territory.
Sweeney, B. 0. One alcoholic specimen of fish (Core^/owKs) ; from Minne-
sota.
SwifU Jeremiah. Flint lance head taken from a whale in Northern
Pacific.
Swift, Josiah. Collection of whaling apparatus.
Symmes, Francis M. Cast of stone pipe and loan of stone pipe, " baby's
foot," specimen of fresh water mussel ; from Indiana.
Syracuse Chilled Plow Company. Exhibit of chilled plows and compo-
nent parts.
laJ)er & Gordon. Specimens of whale boat fittings; broken whale-boat
davit; one try -pot of one hundred and eighty gallons; cracked,
Talbot, D. H. Mounted skin of swallow-tailed kite {Elanoidesforficatm) ;
from Iowa.
Tandy, M. Specimens of Indian relics; from Iowa and Illinois.
TaU, J. {through Dr. Timothy E. Wilcox). One paur of mule-deer antlers
{Cervus macrotis)', from Idaho Territory.
Taylor, B. F. Specimens of Indian relics ; from Maryland.
Taylw, Dr. F. W. Specimen, in flesh, of a golden pheasant {Chryso-
lophus pivtus).
II. MLs. 26 17
258 REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
Taylor J Martin 8. Specimens of minerals (galena in limestone); firom
Ohio.
Taylor^ Prof. William B. Specimen of small ponch made of grasses.
Taylor^ William J. Specimens of fossils ; from Florida.
league^ Samuel J. Specimens of plant bulbs ; from Florida.
Tegler^ Henry. Specimen of malformed hen's eggs; from Washington,
D. 0.
Teiling, Charles. Specimen of cow-fish (Ostracion qnadricorne) 'j from
Georgia.
Tennessee Historical Society. Specimens of stone rehcs ; from Tennessee.
(Loaned.)
Thayer J A. H. Specimens of feathers of an American eider dack
{Somateria mollissima dresseri); from Massachnsetts.
Thompson^ Franklin. Model of"Muscongus Bay lobster boat ''; from
Maine. (Purchased.)
Thompsony H. ff. Specimens of fresh fish {Coregonua artedi), and fresh
salmon (Salmo salar var. sehago)\ from New York.
Thompson^ John H. Specimen of fish-hook made of pearl shell ; from Fiji
Islands. Idol and native gourd ornament ; from an island southwest
of New Guinea.
Thomson, M. H. Specimens of pottery from graves, and bottle of buf-
falo gnats; from Arkansas.
Thurber, Prof. Oeorge. Specimen, in flesh, of cinnamon bear; from
mountains of Western Pennsylvania.
Thtirberj H. F. and F. B., cfc Co. Exhibit of canned vegetables, samples
of teas, coffees, spices, etc., and fruits.
Todd, Aurelim, Specimens of mammal skins (SpermophiltLS Beecheyii)^
with bones [Sdurus fosnor^ Tamias Townsendiiy Sciurvs Dovglassiiy Bud
Spvrmophilus Beecheyii), etc. ; from Oregon.
Tofkefj William Wallace. Specimens of stone relics, sample of gravel,
an<lpierce(l stone tablet, box of stone relics (loaned); from New York.
Topliff, Ely & C6. Specimens of wood-work used in the manufacture of
bn^^gies; from Ohio.
lowite, F. II. Pair of iron molds for casting old-fashioned pewter
sjwens.
Townscnd, Henry A. Specimens of oysters ; from Long Island.
Tripp, Stephen A. Six specimens of whale-boat fittings; from Massa-
chusetts.
True, F. W, Specimens of seed necklace, models of agricultural imple-
ments, books and fan made from the palm, specimens of basket-work,
and women's wearing apparel ; from Ceylon. Tank of alcoholic fishes;
from New York, and three Chinese representations of mammals and
reptiles made from colored straw. ^
Tuff J Richard, Specimen of china tea pot (old English) ; from Massa-
chusetts.
Turner, J, IL Speciimn of insect (Lucanus elaphus)'^ from Texas.
REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 259
TumeTj L. M. Specimens of birds' skins, natural history, and tank of
alcoholic specimens ; from Hudson Bay Territory.
Turner^ Otto A. Specimens of building stones j from Illinois.
TumeTy Boss, Model of ship *« II Sultana,'' built in Venice between the
years 1850 and 1860. The vessel was lost at the battle of Lissa.
Union Iron Company. Collective exhibit of manufactured iron.
United States Stamping Company. Two boxes of stamped tinware.
University of Alabama. One box of Indian relics. (Loaned.)
Ujphamy E. P. Eight rude stone implements 5 from District of Columbia.
Upton^ Oeorge. Collection of manufactured glue.
Vailj Master Stevie. Two living specimens of young alligators; from
Florida.
Vanderburg^ Mrs. J. H. Flint spear head; from Fort Ticonderoga, N. Y.
Yei^ Fleets Dr. M. N. Specimen of stone implement and specimen of
gypsum from which was made the famous *^ Cardiff Giant" : from Ne-
braska.
Yon Sinderenj Adrian. Section of meteorite.
Vmneantj H. H. One box of shell oysters 5 from Somers Point, K. J.
Veisey^ Dr. Oeorge. Specimens of agave paper ; from Mexico.
Yerrillj Prof. A. E. (for U. S. Fish Commission). Fourteen boxes, one
tank of alcoholic invertebrates ; from C/Oast of New England.
Yon Berlepsohj Hans. Collection of one hundred and thirteed European
birds' skins.
Yon Eppsy P. M. One box of concretions; from New York.
Yatcanized Fibre Company. Seven samples of crude and manufactured
Tolcanite.
Wdtke, E. H. Alcoholic specimen (Amblystoma opa^oum) ; from Mary-
land.
Walker, Ron. B. J. C. Specimens of minerals.
Walker, S. H. Specimen of mineral ; from Maryland.
Walker, S. T. Specimens of Indian relics and roots of the eoantie
plant ; from Florida.
Wallaeey John. Specimen of baboon, in flesh.
Ward, Prof. H. A. Specimens of fossil crabs ; from the Isle of Hainan,
Gulf of Tonquin.
Wardy Prof. L. F. Specimens of anthracite coal ; from Ehode Island.
Ware, John D. Specimens of a root ; from vicinity of Hot Springs, Ark.
Warren & Co. Three specimens of Caulolatilus miorops; from Florida.
Washingtonj Charles H. Specimen of red fox ( Vulpes fulvus) ; from Vir-
ginia.
Washington^ D. C:
Department of Agrioullmre. One box of materia medica. (See under
name of Dr. Oeorge Vasey.)
Census Office. Four hundred and seven specimens of building stoneB;
from various States and Territories. See under name of B. Pimh-
pdly.
I
260 REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
Washington^ D. 0. — Continued*
Oeological Survey, J. W. Potrelly United States Oeologist Ninety-eight
trays of fossils ; from Bocky Moantains. Specimens of building
stones ; from Wyoming. Minerals ; from Arizona and New Mexico.
General Land Office. Forty- six hand specimens of building stones.
(See under names of C. W. Holcombj John Wasson, and Special Agent
James Bell,
United States Commission cf Fish and Fisheries^ Prof. Spencer F, Bairi^
Commissioner, About 360 packages of zoological collections; from
the Atlantic, Pacific, and Gulf Coasts, made by Prof. A. E. Verrill,
Bichard Bathbun, David S. Jordan, Charles H. Gilbert, G. Brown
Goode, James E. Bene<lict, Col. Marshall McDonald, T. B. Fergu-
son, Dr. T. H. Beau, with large number of fishing and whate-boat
fittings, collected by James Temple Brown, Joseph W. Collins, Ef.
C. Chester, B. Edward Earl],and A. Howard Clark. (See also tinder
names G. Brown Goode, M. McDonald, James F. Benedict, H, C.
Chester, Jos, W. Collins, A. Howard Clark, Frank N, Clark, Frank
L, Donnelly, Giorge H, H, Moore, John A, Ryder, Livingston Stone,
James G, Swan and Prof, A. F. Verrill, Also collection of several
hundred specimens of Indian stone implements and relics made by
the United States Fish Commission; from vicinity of Menemsha
Bight, and Marthas vineyard, assisted by Willard Nye, jr., of New
Bedford, Mass.
Navy Department. (See under names of Commodore John G. Walker,
Capt, T, M, Ramsey, J, R, Eastman, R, L, Newcomb, Dr. J. F.
Bransford, Dr. Thomas G. Craig, D. William H. Jones, Paymaster
George H. Reed, Ensign M. L. Wood, Ernest Wilkinson, Lieut. C. B.
Sigshee, F. C. Dale.)
State Department. Four boxes of cotton samples ; from the Interna-
tional Cotton Exposition at Atlanta, Ga., 1881.
Treasury Department, United States Revenue Marine. (See under
names of Lieutenant Elliott and Capt. J. C. Mitchell.)
War Department^ Signal service. One kyak, one bundle and nine
boxes of ethnology. (See also under name of John J. McLean and
L. M. Turner.)
Surgeon- GeneraVs Office. (See under names of Drs. Jos. If. K. Corson
and Elliott Coues.)
United States Army, (See under names of Capt, Chas. Bendire, Col.
A. G, Brackett, Col. R. T. Burr, Cttpt. H. S. Hawkins, Acting Quar-
master S, B. Holahird, First Sergeant William H. Hudson, Major
William A. Kobbe, General M. C. Meigs^ Capt. R. H. Pratt, OoL A.
F. Rockwell, Drs. R. W.- Shufeldt, and Henry G. Yarrow^ and Timo-
thy E. Wilcox, Lieid. C. A. WiUiavis.
Wasson, John. Specimens of minerals; from Arizona.
Waikins, J. M, Two dozen " originaP Powhatan clay pipes; from Vir-
ginia.
REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM. 261
Watts, H. L. Model of reach boat; from Maine. (Purchased.)
WeakSj P. B. Specimen of tertiary lignite taken from stamp 30 feet
below surface; from Louisiana.
Weaver, George B., & Co. Specimens of fresh fish {Amia calva, Lota macu-
losa) ; from New York.
Webh, W. H. Seven models of ships; from New York.
Waster, W. W, Six papier-mach^ lay figures and one papier-mach^
head.
WeemSy Rev. T. B. Specimens of Indian implements ; from Illinois.
WeidmaUj A., cfc Co, (through Thomas Bonaldson). Two boxes of masks.
WellSj J. O. Specimen of insect ; from Grenada, West Indies.
Wesleyan University. Five 8i)ecimens of musical instruments, comet,
ophicleide, trombone, and clarionet. ^' Marimba ; '' from Venezuela.
Wharton^ Joseph. Specimen of cooking vessel made from rolled nickel
on iron ; manufactured in Germany. Samples of pure nickel rolled in
sheets and on iron; from Pennsylvania. Also an exhibit of nickel ore
and products; from New Jersey.
Wheeler, Charles Le Boy. Collection of shells; from New Jersey.
Whipple, S. C. Specimens of biotite granite and quartz porphyry ; from
Colorado.
White, Br. C. A. Box of land shells ; from Indiana. Specimens of chalk;
from Dakota. Fossil plants; from Colorado.
Whittlngton, 0. N. Specimen of ore.
Whitman, J. L. Product of artificial planting of Stizostedium vitreum
var. Salmoneum; from Kansas.
Whitall, Tatum & Co. Two barrels, six hogsheads, and nine boxes, sam-
ples of glass bottles, etc.; also apparatus used in making.
Wiggins, John B. Specimens of clay, fossils, stone pestle, slag, iron
pipe or wrench, and living specimen of fox {Vulpes fulvus)] from New
York. Soapstone cup and tomahawk; from Virginia.
Wileow, Crittenden <fe Co. Box of fishing apparatus ; from Connectieat.
Wilcox, Joseph. Specimens of stone relics and implement ; from Flor-
ida.
Wilcox, Dr. Timothy E., JJ. 8. A. Two pairs of antlers, alcoholic mam-
mals (Cervus macrotis, Alces americanus, Thomomys talpoides), and two
mice, piece of stone pestle and fossil bone^ bag of kinnikinik made
by the Cheyenne Indians, specimen of butterflies (Papilio tumus. Ban-
dus arcMppus), pair of antelope prongs {Antilocapra americana)j
specimen of Trochilus alexandri, Juv. ; from Idaho. One of skin of
AmpeUs garrulus; from Nevada.
Wilcox, W. A. Specimen of fish basket, two currycombs for cleaning
fish, used by New England fish dealers. One fresh specimen of cask
{Brosmius brosme), and three negatives of warehouses and wharfis at
Boston; from Massachusetts.
Wildy Oeorge H. Specimens of alcoholic striped bass {Boocus saaaUUs)}
from the headwaters of North Shrewsbury Eiver, New Jersey.
262 REPORT ON NATIONAL MUSEUM.
Wilder J Miss Mary. Specimen of mineral; from Tennessee.
Wilkinson, Ernest, U. 8. N. Specimens of rocks, lava, etc., and aloo
holic specimens of star-fishes, sea-urcliins, crustaceans, and moUnsks;
from Alaska and Greenland.
Wilkins, Mrs. L. J. Seventeen specimens of building stones ; from vari-
ous localities.
Willard, 8. W. Specimen of bird skin {Vireo Fhiladelphia)', from Wis-
consin.
WillettSj James C. Specimens of alcoholic fishes, {Argyrosomns, sp.) }
from Kew York.
WilUamSy C. A. Eleven specimens of whaling apparatus.
WilUams, Lieut G. A., D. 8. A. Package of butterflies.
Willia^ns, Dr. Edward H. Carved panel (dragon); from Buddhist
temple in the interior of Japan.
Williams & Page. Specimens of railroad and steamship lamps ; from
Massachusetts.
Williams, W. Specimen of Blepharis orinitus; from Connecticut.
Williamson, W. A . Box of insects, with cells ; from Toronto, Canada.
Wilson, Mrs. Eeiley (through John B. Wiggins). Specimens of fossils;
from Kew York.
Wiltheiss, C. T. Specimen of an inscribed stone ; from Ohio. (Loan.)
Wingy L. and W. B. Fifteen specimens of whale-boat fittings, and one
specimen of baleen; from Massachusetts.
Wise, Morgan B. Two specimens of gold-bearing quartz; from Vir-
ginia.
Witherow, Jos. M. {through Edward Nichols), Specimen of stone imple-
ment, boat-shaped; from Korth Carolina.
Wolff, A. Specimen of hematite; from California.
Wolle, sr., A. Mounted specimen of Mareoa penelope, shot near Balti-
more; eggs of Callipsitta<ius novcehollandice, laid in confinement;
specimen of Pionio^ vioiaoeus; fromDemerara; and birds' skins; from
South America.
Woltz, George. Clarionet without mouth-piece, and one mouth-piece for
A and B flat
Women^s Silk- Culture Association, Philadelphia. Frame and three sam-
ples of American grown and manufactured silk.
Wood, Brightman cfe Co. Two jacket-lamps, powder-horn, blubber- room
lamp, blow-horn for whale-boat, boat and cook's lanterns, and deck-
scoop, oil ; from Massachusetts.
Woode, E. and C. Collection of hair and clothes brushes ; from New
York.
Wood, Oeorge. Exhibit of corrugated and creased leather.
Wood, M. L., U. 8. y. Alcoholic specimens of fishes (Batrachus tauj
Hemirhamphus uni/asciatus, Ocyturus chrysurus, Diabasis formosus) ;
from Florida.
REPORT ON ^ATIONAL MUSEUM. 263
Woody Sir William^ Egypt One large mosaic lion, exhibited at the Cen-
tennial Exhibition at Philadelphia, Pa. 5 valued at $25,000.
Woody W. M.y n. 8. N. Specimens of fresh shad {Glupea sapidissima))
from Potomac River.
W&odhury^ J. O, Alcoholic specimens of striped bass {Roccus gaxatiUs)^
with parasites, {Livoneca); from California.
Woodward, W. Elliott, Two stone mortars, and piece of cloth showing
tracing of rock carving; from Massachusetts.
Wooster, A, F. Specimen, in flesh, of a bat ; from Connecticut.
Wooten Well Company. Four demijohns of mineral water; from Texas*
Wrighty Harrison. Specimen of sunlish [Lepomis gihhosnn) ; from Penn-
sylvania.
Wright, H. L. Alcoholic specimen of fish ; from Washington, D. C.
Wright, Reuben, Specimen of living horned-frog {Phynosoma cornu-
turn) ; from Texas.
Yancey, B. M. Package of rocks ; from Virginia.
Yarrow, Dr. H. 0^ Two stone implements : from North Carolina.
Yeates, W. S. Three specimens of fossils; from !N"ew York.
Yarhj William F, Collection of clay concretions; from beds along the
headwaters of the Connecticut Eiver.
ZeledoUy Josi 0. One box of stone images, pottery, celts, fragments of
lottery, and one box of insects ; from Costa Bica.
Zoological Society, Philadelphia, Pa. Specimen of vulturine Guinea-fowl
{Numida vulturina)] from West Africa.
Z(ymy George, c& Co. Two boxes of wood and clay pipes ; over 300 styles*.
ACTS AND RESOLUTIONS OF CONGRESS RELATIVE TO THE
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, NATIONAL MUSEUM, ETC.
IN CONTINUATION FROM PREVIOUS REPORTS,
APPEOPBIATIONS FOE FISCAL YEAB ENDINa JUNE 30, 1882.
Furniture and fixtures^ National Museum — ^To expedite the work of
constructing the exhibition cases in the new building for the National
Museum during the present fiscal year, thirty thousand dollars.
(Deficiency appropriation act, March 6, 1882. Statutes, xxii, p. 10.)
Fire-proof building for National Museum. — To pay Thomas J. Hobbs
for disbursing the appropriations for the construction of the National
Museum building, under appointment of the Secretary of the Treasury
of March 28, 1879, two hundred and fifty dolLars, in full satisfaction
therefor.
(Deficiency ai)propriation act, August 5, 1882, Statutes, xxii, p. 274.)
APPKOPRIATIONS FOB FISCAL YEAR ENDING JUNE 30,. 1883.
Preservation of collections ^ National Museum. — ^For expense of heating,
lighting, and telephonic and electrical service for the new Museum build-
ing, six thousand dollars ; for the preservation and exhibition of the col-
lections received from the surveying and exploring expeditions of the
Government, and other sources, including salaries or compensation of
all necessary employes, seventy-five thousand dollars; for expense of
transferring to Washington the collections presented to th^ United
States at the close of the Permanent International Exhibition, in Phila-
delphia, including necessjiry expenses already incurred for the purpose,
ten thousand dollars. Total, ninety-one thousand dollars.
(Sundry civil appropriation act, August 7, 1882. Statutes, xxii, pp.
332, 333.)
Armory building. — For care of the Armory building and expense of
watching, preservation, and storage of the duplicate collections of the
Government and of property of the United States Fish Commission
contained therein, including salaries or compensation of all necessary
employes, two thousand five hundred dollars, and the distribution of
duplicate specimens of the National Museum and Fish Commission may
be made to colleges, academies, and other institutions of learning, upon
£64
ACTS OF CONGRESS. 265
the payment by the recipients of the cost of preparation for transporta-
tion and the transportation thereof.
(Sundry civil appropriation act, August 7, 1882. Statutes, xxii, pp.
332, 333.)
Furmture and fixtures^ National Museum, — ^For cases, furniture, and
fixtures required for the exhibition of the collections of geology, min-
eralogy, natural history, ethnology, and the industrial arts, belonging
to the United States, and for salaries or compensation of all necessary
employes, sixty thousand dollars.
(Sundry civil appropriation act, August 7, 1882. Statutes, xxii, p.
332.)
North American ethnology^ Smithsonian Institution. — For the purpose
of continuing ethnological researches among the Forth American In-
dians, under the direction of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Insti-
tution, including salaries and compensation of all necessary employes,
thirty-five thousand dollars.
(Sundry civil appropriation act, August 7, 1882. Statutes, xxii, p.
332.)
International exchanges^ Smithsonian Institution. — For expenses of the
international exchanges between the United States and foreign coun-
tries, in accordance with the Paris convention of 1877, including salaries
and compensation of all necessary employes five thousand dollars.
(Sundry civil appropriation act, August 7, 1882. Ko. 217; Statutes,
ixii, p. 332.)
War Department, — For the transportation of reports and maps to for-
eign countries, through the Smithsonian Institution, three hundred dol-
lars.
(Sundry civil appropriation act, August 7, 1882. Statutes, xxii, p.
310.)
Naval Observatory, — For payment to Smithsonian Institution far
freight on Observatory publications to be shipped to foreign countries
during the fiscal year 1883, three hundred and thirty-six dollars and
twentj-^flve cents.
(Legislative, executive, and judicial appropriation act, August 5, 1882.
Statntes, xxii, p. 245.)
APPROPRIATIONS FOB FISCAL YEAR ENDING JUNE 30, 1884.
International exchanges, — For international exchanges, Smithsonian
Institution : For expenses of the international exchanges between the
United States and foreign countries, in accordance with the Paris con-
26G ACTS OF CONGRESS.
veution of eighteen buodred and seventy-seven, inclading salaries and
compensation of all necessary employes, seven thousand five hnndred
dollars.
(Sundry civil appropriation act, March 3, 1883. Statutes, xxli, p. 003.)
International exchanges^ Nany Department. — For payment to Smith-
sonian Institution for freight on Observatory publications sent to foreign
countries, three hundred and thirty -six dollars.
(Legislative, executive, and judicial appropriatien act, March 3, 1883.
Statutes, xxii, p. 018.)
War Department. — For the transportation of reports and maps to for-
eign countries: For the transportation of reports and maps to foreign
countries, through the Smithsonian Institution, three hundred dollars.
(Sundry civil appropriation act, March 3, 1883. Statutes, xxii, p. 656.)
Transfer of centennial collections, Treasury Department. — To complete
the transfer and preparation of the Philadelphia collections presented
to the United States at the close of the permanent international exhibi-
tion in Philadelphia, including necessary expenses already incurred, four
thousand one hundred and twelve dollars and eighty-two cents.
(Deflcienoy appropriation act, March 3, 1883. Statutes, xxii, p. 584.)
Fire-proofing Smithsonian Institution. — For completing the reconstruc-
tion, in a fireproof manner, of the interior of the eastern portion of the
Smithsonian Institution, fifty thousand dollars.
(Sundry civil appropriation act, March 3, 1883. Statutes, xxii, p. 028.)
North American Ethnology. — For North American Ethnology, Smith-
sonian Institution : For the purpose of continuing ethnological researches
among the North American Indians, under the direction of the Secretary
of the Smithsonian Institution, including salaries and compensation of
all necessary employes, forty thousand dollars, of which three thousand
dollars shall be expended for continuing and completing the compilation
and preparation of a statistical atlas of Indian affairs by 0. 0. Boyce,
under the direction of the Bureau of Ethnology, Smithsonian Institution
which shall be immediately available.
(Sundry civil appropriation act, March 3, 1883. Statutes, xxii, p. 028.)
Furniture and fixtures^ National Museum. — For furniture and fixtures
of the National Museum : For cases, furniture, and fixtures required for
the exhibition of the collections of geology, mineralogy, natural history,
ethnology, and the industrial arts belonging to the United States, and
for salaries or compensation of all necessary employes, sixty thousand
dollars.
(Sundry civil appropriation act, March 3, 1883. Statutes, xxii, p. 028.)
Heating and lighting National Museum^ etc. — For heating and lighting
ACTS OF CONGRESS. 267
the National Mtisetim : For expense of heating, lighting, and telephonic
and electrical service for the new museum building, six thousand dollars.
(Sundry civil appropriation act, March 3, 1883^ Statutes, xxii, p. 629.)
JPreservation of collections. — For the preservation of collections of the
National Museum : For the preservation and exhibition of the collec-
tions received from birveying and exploring expeditions of the Govern-
ment, and other sources, including salaries or compensations of all
necessary employes, ninety thousand dollars.
(Sundry civil appropriation act, March 3, 1883. Statutes, xxii, p. 029.)
Armory building. — For the preservation of collections of the National
Museum in the Armory building: For care of the Armory buildings and
grounds, and expense of watching, preservation, and storage of the d upli-
cate collections of the Government and of property of the United States
Pish Commission contained therein^ including salaries or compensation
of all necessary employ^s,two thousand five hundred dollars. And the
distribution of duplicate specimens of the National Museum and Fish
Commission may be made to colleges, academies, and other institutions
of learning, upon the payment by the recipients of the cost of prepara-
tion for transportation and the transportation thereof.
(Sundry civil appropriation act, March 3, 1883. Statutes, xxii, p. 629.)
INAUGURATION OJP THE HENBY STATUE.
[Ko. 16. 3 Joint resolution aeceptlng the invitation of the Regents of the Smith-
sonian Institute to attend the inauguration of the statue of Josbph Henby.
Whereas, in a communication from Spencer F. Baird, Secretary of
the (Smithsonian Institute, Congress was informed that in accordance
with an act of June first, eighteen hundred and eighty, the bronze
statue of Joseph Henry, late Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution,
had been completed ; and whereas in the same communication, Con-
gress was respectfully invited to be present on the occasion of its formal
presentation to the public upon Thursday the nineteenth of April next,
Therefore be it
Besolted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United
States of America in Congress assembled. That the said invitation be
and the same is hereby accepted by the Senate and House of Kepre-
sentatives; and that the President of the Senate select seven members
of that body ; and the Speaker of the House of Bepresentati ves fifteen
members of that body to be present and represent the Congress of the
United States, upon the occasion of the presentation and inauguration
of said statue.
(Approved February 24, 1883. Statutes, xxii, p. 639.)
268 ACTS OF CONGRESS
PRINTING CENTENNIAL EXHIBITION BBPOBT.
[No. 21.1 Joint resolatioQ to print five thousand copies of the report of the Board
on behalf ofpie United States Execntive Departments at the International Exhibition
of eighteen hundred and seventy -six.
Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United
States af America in Congress assembled, That there be printed and
bonnd, in continuation of the series of volumes heretofore published by
Gongress under joint resolution of June twentieth, eighteen hundred
and seventy-nine, containing the final report of the United States Oea-
tennial GommisRion on the International Exhibition of eighteen hun-
dred and seventy-six, and uniform therewith, five thousand copies of
the rei)ort of the Board on behalf of the United States Executive De-
partments at said Exhibition, being the report which was submitted to
Congress by the President of the United States, by special message of
February ninth, eighteen hundred and seventy-seven, and again in his
annual message of December third, eighteen hundred and seventy-
seven, of which number three thousand coiiies shall be for the House,
one thousand copies for the Senate, two hundred copies for the Smith-
sonian Institution for distribution to such foreign governments and
others as made contributions from such Exhibition to the National
Museum, three hundred copies for the late members of said Board, and
five hundred copies for distribution by the Idte president of the Gen-
tennial Commission, the printing to be done by the Public Printer,
under the supervision of the late chairman of said Board, upon whose
order may be allowed by the Public Printer to the late secretary of the
Board not exceeding three hundred dollars for services to be performed,
and incidental expenses to be incurred in connection therewith : Pro-
vided, That the photographic views of the Government exhibit accom-
panying the manuscript report shall not be printed or reproduced for
the publication herein authorized.
(Approved March 3, 1883. Statutes, xxii, pp. 640, 641.)
SOUTHERN EXPOSITION AT LOUISVILLE, KY.
Chap. 99. — An act relative to the Southern Expositioa to be held in the city of
Lonieville, State of Kentncky, in the year eighteen hundred and eighty-three.
Whereas ample means have been provided for holding, during the
present year, in the city of Louis\ille, State of Kentucky, of an exposi-
tion of the products of agriculture, manufactures, and the fiae arts ; and
Whereas the objects of such an exposition should commend them-
selves to Congress, and its success should be promoted by all reasona-
ble encouragement, provided it can be done without expense to the gen-
eral public : Therefore,
ACTS OF CONGRESS. 269
Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Eepresentatives of the United
States of America in Congress assembled^ That all articles which shall be
imported for the sole purpose of exhibition at the Southern Exposition
at Louisville, Kentucky, to be held in the year eighteen hundred and
eighty-three; shall be admitted without the payment of duty, or of cus-
toms fees or charges, under such regulations as the Secretary of the
Treasury shall prescribe : Provided^ That all such articles as shall be
sold in the United States, or withdrawn for consumption therein, at any
time after such importation, shall be subject to the duties, if any, im-
posed on like articles by the revenue laws in force at the date of impor-
tation : And provided further j That in case any articles imported under
the provision of this act shall be withdrawn for consumption, or shall
be sold without payment of duty as required by law, all penalties pre-
scriljed by the revenue laws shall be applied and enforced against
such articles, and against the persons who may be guilty of such with-
drawal or sale.
Sec. 2. That medals, with appropriate device, emblems, and insciip-
tionS) commemorative of said Southern Exposition, aud of the awards
to be made to exhibitors thereat, be prepared at s me mint of the United
States, for the board of directors thereof, subject to the provisions of
the fifty-second section of the coinage act of eighteen hundre<l and sev-
enty-three, upon the payment of a sum not less than the cost thereof;
and all the provisions, whether penal or otherwise, of said coinage act
against the counterfeiting or imitating of coins of the United States
shall apply to the medals struck and issued under this act.
Sec. 3. That with the approval of the director of the National Mu-
seum, any portion of the collections thereof may be exhibited at said
Southern Exposition, permission to remove the same from the National
Museum being hereby granted: Provided^ That said removal can be
made without loss or expense to the Government. And upon the same
conditions permission is also granted for the exhibition of articles in
charge of other Bureaus and Departments of the Government.
Sec. 4. That upon the passage cf this act the Secretary of State
shall notify the consuls, consular agents, and other representatives of
our Government in foreign countries of the time and place of holding
said Southern Exposition, together with the fact that all articles in-
tended therefor will be admitted free of duty, as provided herein.
(Legislative, executive, and judicial appropriation act, March 3, 1883.
Statutes, xxil, pp. 481, 482.)
LONDON FISHERY EXHIBITION.
fNo. 49.] Joint Bbsolution concerning an International Flbhery Exhibition to be
held at London, in May, eighteen hundred ftnd eighty- three.
Whereas the Government of the United States has received official
270 ACTS OP CONGRESS.
intimation from that of Oreat Britain that it is proposed to hold an In-
ternational Exhibition of Fiah, Fisheries, and Fish Products at (london
in May, eighteen hniidred and eighty- three, whereat the representation
of the United States is invited; and
Whereas, also, by its action as a Oovemment, and by the active en-
terprise of merchants, fishermen, and inventors and the researches of
men of science in this country, the United States has attained and holds
a prominent place in all that relates to the development of the great
fisheries industries, the extension of the great commercial relationship
with other countries based on the exportation of prepared fish products;
which now forms an important factor in the national wealth, the artifi-
cial propagation of food fishes, and the re-stocking of depleted fishing
waters, and it is expedient that the industries and interests thus con-
cerned should be adequately represented on the occasion : Therefore,
Reaolvedj by the Senate and House of Bepreeeniatives of tlie United States
of Ametica in Congress assembled^ That the invitation of the British
Government be accepted, and that, under the auspices of the Depart-
ment of State, the United States Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries
be^ and he hereby is, instructed to prepare or cause to be prepared a
complete and S3'stematic representative exhibition of the fisheries of
the United States, in which shall be shown the following: A series of
fishing grounds; a full series of the principal sea and freshwater fishes,
shell-fish, sponges, and so forth, and other useful inhabitants of the
waters of the country (either as specimens, casts, or illustrations) ; speci-
mens of models of the various kinds of gear, apparatus, boats, and so
forth, used in their capture; a fhll collection of articles showing the
commercial and economic uses of the fishes and other water animals,
which shall include, besides the samples and specimens, models and
other representations of appliances used in their preparation and pres-
ervation for food afi well as for purposes of use and ornament, such as
dried, smoked, and canned fish, and so forth ; oils, fertilizers, manufact-
ured shells, corals, sponges, and so forth ; also a full series of articles,
or models Miereof, showing the economic condition of our fishermen,
such as clothing and other personal outfit, models of dwelling houses,
and so forth; a collection of documents showing the present condition
of fishery legislation; also specimens, models, and illustrations of the
apparatus used in artificial hatching and bwseding of fish, oysters, and
so forth; models of hatcheries, ponds, flshways, transportation cars,
vessels, and so forth ; statistical maps showing the range, nbundance,
and so forth, of our fishes, and so forth; also such other facts, appara-
tus, models, specimens, and so forth, as may be needed to convey a cor-
rect idea of this branch of the nation's industries.
Seo. 2. That with the approval of the Director of the National Mu-
seum, any cognate portion of the collections thereof may be used in the
preparation of the exhibit heroin provided for, permission to remove
ACTS OF CONGRESS. 271
the same from the National Museam being hereby granted. And the
Oommissioner of Fish and Fisheries is hereby authorized to obtain, by
exchange or otherwise, such procurable objects from other exhibits in
London as may tend to perfect the permanent fishery exhibit of the
United States National Museum.
Sec. 3. That it shall be the duty of the United States Commissioner
of Fish and Fisheries to present to Congress a detailed report of the
present condition of the European fisheries, with information as to any
methods by which those of the United States can be modified or im-
provetl, as well as any suggestions he may deem ])ertinent in regard to
increasing the exi>ortation of fishery products from the United States
to foreign countries.
Sec. 4. That the United States Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries
is hereby authorized to represent the United States at the exhibition
in qnestion, either in person or by a deputy to be appointed by the
President of the United States, together with such assistants as he may
recommend as useful in carrying out the proposed participation of the
United States at the exhibition.
Sec. 5. That in order to defray the expenses of the collection, prepa-
ration and packing of the exhibit authorized, its transfer from and to
the United States, ics installation and supervision, in Liondon, and such
other incidental exi>enses as may of necessity arise, there is hereby ap-
propriated, out of any money in the Treasury of the United States not
otherwise appropriated, the sum of fifty thousand dollars, or so much
thereof as may be required, to be immediately available, and to be ex-
pended by the United States Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries, un-
der the direction and regulations of the Department of State.
(Approved July 18, 1882. Statutes, xxi', pp. 387-389.)
WITHDRAWAL OF SMITHSONIAN DEPOSIT,
CUAr. 4dl. An ttct for tlio relief of Mary K. Thomson.
Be it enacted^ (£c., That Mary E. ThomRon, mother of Passed Assist-
ant Paymaster Curtis H. Thomson, United States Navy, deceased, be,
ftod is hereby authorized to aix^ept, first, a portrait, in frame, of Her
Boyal Highness, the PrincesH of Slam; second, a silver enameled cigar
coBe; lliird, a n^atch-box iind tray of Siamese work, the same being
presented t« said Curtis H. Tliomson, in his lifetime, by the King of
Siani, and now ou deposit in the Smithsonian Institution.
(Approved August 8, 1882. Statutes, xxii, p. 738.)
272 ACTS OF CONGRESS.
DISTEIBUTION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS.
Resolntion of the House of RepreBentatives, August 8, 1882.
Besolcedj That tbe Librarian of Congress, the Secretary of the Smith-
sonian Institution^ and the Superintendent of Documents, Department
of the Interior, be and they are hereby requested to compile the laws
and regulations now in force governing tbe printing and distributiou of
public documents; to prepare a tabulated statement showing the num-
ber of documents printed by order of Forty-sixth and the lirst session
of the Forty-seventh Congress, and under general laws now iu force,
and the disposition directed to be made of the same; and to report what
reductions should be made in the number of such documents, and to
present such other information at their command relating to public
documents as will tend to promote judicious legislation and submit the
draft of a bill to provide for the printhig and distribution of documents,
and they shall report to the House at the beginning of the next session;.
GENERAL APPENDIX
TO THE
SMITHSONIAN REPORT FOR 1882.
273
H. Mis. 26 ^18
ADVERTISEMENT.
The object of the General Appendix is to furnish summaries of
scientific discovery in particular directions^ occasional reports of the
investigations made by collaborators of the Institution; memoirs of a
general character or on special topics, whether original and prepared
expressly for the purpose, or selected from foreign journals and proceed-
ings; and briefly to present (as fully as space will permit) such papers
not published in the "Smithsonian Contributions'' or in the "Miscella-
neous Collections'' as may be supposed to be of interest or value to the
numerous correspondents of the Institution.
274
RECORD OF SCIENTIFIC PROGRESS FOR 1882.
INTRODUCTION,
While it has been a prominent object of the Board of Eegents of the
Smithsonian Institution, from a very early date in its history, to enrich
the annual report required of them by law, with scientific memoirs illus-
tratfng the more remarkable and important developments in physical
and biological discovery, as well as showing the general character of
the operations of the Institution, this purpose had not been carried out
on any very systematic plan. Believing however tliat an annual report
or summary of the recent advances made in the leading departments
of scientific inquiry would supply a want very generally felt, and would
bo favorably received by all those interested in the diffusion of knowl-
edge, the Secretary had prepared for the report of 1880, by competent
collaborators, a series of abstracts showing concisely the prominent
features of recent scientific progress in astronomy, geology, physics^
chemistry, mineralogy, botany, zoology, and anthropology.
The same general programme was followed in the report for 1881, ex-
cepting the account of geologic progress, which was necessarily omitted
io consequence of the illness and lamented death of Dr. G. W. Hawes^
to whom the subject had been referred. In the record for the present
year, Dr. T. Sterry Hunt, of Montreal, Canada, has supplied very ac-
ceptably this deficiency. A sketch of geographical progress during
the years 1881 and 1882 has also been furnished for the present report
by Commander F. M. Green, U. S. I^. The account of progress in
chemistry has been undertaken by Prof. H. Carriugton Bolton, of
Trinity College, Hartford. The r^sum^ of progress in mineralogy, like-
wise unfortunately omitted in the report for 188 L (owing to the death
of Dr. Hawes, as above mentioned), has this year been supplied by Prof.
Edward S. Dana, of Yale College, Jfew Haven. The remaining con-
tributors have continued their work, as heretofore.
With every effort to secure prompt attention to all the more impor-
tant details of such a work, various unexpected delays frequently render
it impracticable to obtain all the desired reports in each department
within the time prescribed. In such cases it is designed, if possible, ta
bring up deficiencies and supply them in subsequent reports.
The value of this annual record of progress would be much enhanced by
an enlargement of its scope, and the inclusion, not only of such branches
mathematics, physiology, pathology and medicine, microscopy, &c.y
275
276 SCIENTIFIC RECORD FOR 1882.
but ul80 of the more practical topics of agricaltoral and horticalt-
ural economy, engineering, mechanics, and technology in general ; but
the Hpacc required for such larger digest seems scarcely available in
the present channel. The scientific r^sum^, which in 1880 occupied 260
pages, and in 1881 extended to 330 pages, has this year reached 400
pages. An efficient condensation of this matter does not seem easily
practicable.
It is hardly necessary to remark that in a summary of the annual pro-
gress of scientific discovery so condensed as the present, the wants of
the specialist in any branch can be but imperfectly supplied ; and very
many items and details of great value to him must be entirely omitted.
While the student in a special field of knowledge may occasionally re-
ceive hints that will be found of interest, he will naturally be led to
consult for fuller information the original journals and special periodi-
cals from which these brief notices or abstracts have been compiled.
The plan of devoting some 350 pages of the annual report to such a
compilation is not designed to preclude the introduction into the "Gen-
eral Appendix,'' as heretofore, of special monographs or discussions
that may prove interesting to the scientific student.
Spencer F. Baird.
ASTRONOMY.
By Prof. Edwaed S. Holden,
Director of the Washburn Observatory.
This record of astronomical progress during tl:e year 1882 is in con-
tiuaation of that of preceding years and is presented in the same form.
Abstracts of some of the most important papers of the year are given,
arranged under appropriate heads. To the professional astronomer
they may serve as a convenient collection of reviews and notes. But
their chief aim is to convej' to the large and increasing class of those
interested in astronomy, and having some acquaintance with it, an idea
of its annual progress. This object might be more directly attained by
writing a connected account of the year's work without referring to
separate papers. It is, however, conceived that the present plan really
serves its purpose better.
While the progress of astronomy in general, as well as that of other
sciences, is even and sustained if viewed from a distance, yet this prog-
ress is really made by steps and irregularly. It is of value to be able
to follow these steps one by one.
The writer has made free use of reviews which have appeared in
scientific periodicals, and especially of abstracts which he has himself
written.
NEBULJ3, ETC.
Nebula in Orion. — The Naval Observatory has recently published a
monograph of the Central Parts of the Kebula of Orion (quarto, 230 pp.,
42 illustrations), by Professor Holden.
Part I gives a history of the various researches on the nebula of Orion,
in chronological order, from Cysat, 1618, to the observations of the
author in 1882. With this are given 38 wood-cuts, which are engraved
from photographs of the principal published (and unpublished) draw-
ings. A very fine drawing of Lassell is here given for the first time.
Part II (pp. 108-197) gives the observations made by Professor
Holden at Washington and Madison in the years 1874-1882.
Part III is a summary of all the observations arranged for compar*
ison.
Part IV gives the conclusions to be reached with regard to possible
variations in the shape or brilliancy of its parts. These are, in brie^
that there have certainly been changes in the relative brightness of some
277
278 SCIENTIFIC RECOED FOR 1883.
of the parts, but that no evidence exists of any changes of form other
than those which might be due to changes iu relative brightness.
These changes in brightness have been examined by the author by
photometric measures by means of an instrument devised by Prof.
Charles S. Hastings.
An addendum gives a magniOcent photograph of the nebula made by
Dr. Henry Draper, his last published work. The frontispiece is Bond's
beautiful steel engraving of the nebula, which was kindly furnished by
Professor Pickering.
Spectrum of Nebula in Orion, — Dr. Huggins has succeeded in photo-
graphing tlio fipectrum of the nebula of Orion (March 7, 1882,), and "in
addition to known lines" a strong line in the ultra-violet is shown. The
same thing had also been done by Dr. Henry Draper, and from a private
letter we learn that he had made four such photographs, which show
that two knots of nebulosity in the bright mass just preceding the
trapezium have a continuous spectrum, and that there are traces of the
same in other parts of the nebula.
Dr. Huggins has obtained a line photograph of the spectrum of this
nebula, which shows a new line X 3730, in addition to the four which he
has located in the visible spectrum.
In this connection it may be worth while to correct a common, al-
though a natural, error with regard to the question of the discovery of
the discontinuous nature of the spectra of nebulae.
In August, 18G4, Dr. Huggins investigated the spectra of nebulae bo-
fore any other observer, and communicated the results to the Royal
Society on September 8, 1^64.
Secchi's observations of the spectra of nebulae are published in the
Comptes Eendus of 1865, and appear to be the record of an independent
discovery; ceitainly they are usually so considered. That they are
not independent, may be seen from the fact that the results of Dr. Hug-
gins were communicated to P. Secchi by Director Otto Y. Struve, who
was at the time on a mission to Eome. Secchi received the announce-
ment with incredulity, but as Struve insisted on its correctness Secchi
pointed on a nebula and saw the gaseous spectrum for the first time in
consequence of this announcement. This may not seem important now,
but it is a portion of the history of astronomy, and if recorded at all,
it should be stated correctlv.
FIXED STARS.
Dr. OoulWs southern zones, — The second volume of the Cordoba ob-
servations is at last printed. . (Vol. I was the Uranometria Argentina.)
It contains the places of some 400 southern stars for the large catalogue
of 30,000 southern stars, and also 128 zones, containing some 13,000
stars. This is the first installment of a very important work under-
taken by Dr. Gould in 1870-'7l5 which was to prepare a zone catalogue
of the region of the sky from (and overlapping) Argelander's southern
ASTRONOMY. 279
zones (which end at †” 31°) to (and overlapping) Gilliss' zones, yet nnre-
daced, which extend from the south pole to 25° S. P. D. and contain
some 27,000 stars.
All the observations (1871-1881) are now reduced, and they make a
grand showing.
Observations.
For the catalogue 121,000
Fundamental stars 14, 000
In the zones ^ 105,000
Total 240,000
About half of these were made by Dr. Gould himself. The total num-
ber of individual stars is about 73,000 in the zones and 30,000 in the
catalogue. The individual observations of the same star made in dif-
ferent years agree well, the average discordance being below 0*.10 in
B. A. and 2" in Declination.
One great obstacle to the rapid publication of these volumes is the
printing, which has to be done in Buenos Ayres. A meteorological vol-
ume (Vol. II) has also just been issued. Dr. Gould may be congratu-
lated on the amount of work which he has accomplished in his ten years
of exile. His uranometry, his catalogue of fundamental stars, his large
catalogue of 30-35,000 stars, and his zones make a showing of which
any observatory would be proud.
The state of our knowledge of the southern sky, so long an unknown
region, is becoming satisfactory. The years 1870-1880 have seen great
advances. At the Cape of Good Hope, the late Eoyal astronomer, Mr.
E. J. Stone, has printed three catalogues of first-rate importance.
1st. The Cape catalogue of 2,892 stars (epoch 1840) from Maclear's
observations (1834-'40).
2d. The Cape catalogue of 1,159 stars (epoch 18C0) from Maclear's
observations (1856-'61).
3d. The Cape catalogue of 12,441 stars (epoch 1880) from observations
by Mr Stone (1870-'80). Nearly all of Lacaille's 9,766 stars have been
reobserved for this last catalogue.
From Melbourne we have a line catalogue (epoch 1870) of 1,227 stars,
from observations made by Mr. White (under the direction of Mr. El-
lery, Government astronomer) since the observatory was moved from
Williamstown.
Lamont's catalogue of 5,563 stars (many in southern declination) was
published in 1874 and Yarnall's, which contains some 6,000 southern
stars, in 1878. The next ten years will see the complete publication of
Schoenfeld's Durchmusterung from — 2^ to — 23^5 its extension from
—23^ southwards by Prof. O. Stone, the publication of Gilliss' zones (from
CP to 21}^ S. P. D.) by Professor Harkness at Washington, and of Gould's
80|000 zone stars, and very possibly the publication in catalogue form
Off'ibe Washington zones (1846-'49), containing 38,000 observations.
y ¥ m
280 SCIENTIFIC RECORD FOR 1882.*
Zone observations. — In Bessel's sonthem zones (+15^ to —16®) and
northern zones (+15o to +45®) there are 76,011 observations of 629OOO
stars. The actual time spent in observing was 868 hoars, 18 minutes,
so that on the average a star was observed every 41*.7, or at the rate of
83.64 stars per hour. Two observers participated, Bessel and Arge-
lander. In Argelander's northern zones (+45® to +80°) there were
26,424 observations of 22,000 stars. The actual time required was about
320 hours, and an observation was made every 43*,6 on the average, or
at the rate of 82.56 per hour. In Argelandei^s southern zones (— 15<^ to
—310) there were 23,250 observations of 17,600 stars. The time employed
was about 281 hours. On the average an observation consumed 43».6,
or the rate was 82.75 stars per hour. In Argelander's, as in Bessel's
zones, two observers participated.
In the Washington zones (1846-'49) only one observer was employed
at each instrumeut. The rates are as follows: Meridian Circle Zones,
1846, 4,137 observations were made in 178^ 19â„¢, or at the rate of
23.20 per hour,- Meridian Circle Zones, 1847, 1848, and 1849, 7,388 ob-
servations were made in 227^ 30â„¢, or 32.52 per hour; Transit Zones,
1846-'49, 12,029 observations were made in 395^ 55â„¢, or at the rate
of 30.37 stars per hour; Mural Circle Zones, 1846-'49, 14,792 observa-
tions were made in 500^ 27â„¢, or at the rate of 29.55 stars per hour.
It thus appears that two observers working together will do one-third
more work than working separately.
At the Strasburg meeting of the German Astronomical Society (Sep-
tember, 1881) reports were made of the progress of the zone observa-
tions as usual. These are epitomized as below :
Kasan : Observatory : Zone 8OO-750. This zone is nearly finished*
Dorpat : Zone 750-70^. All the declinations are reduced to 1875.0 and
the observations of E. A. partly reduced. The zone is almost completed*
Christiania : Zone 700-65°. This zone is also nearly completed.
HelsingforS'Gotlia : Zone 650-55o. The observations are done and
are now being printed.
Cambridge (U. S.) : Zone 550-50°. The observations were completed
in January, 1870, and required 033 nights for about 20,000 observations*
The reductions will be finished in 1882.
Bonn : Zone 50°-40°. The final catalogue is complete as far as 3^.
Lund: Zone 40O-35°. The observations will be finished in 1882.
Leyden : Zone 35O-30°. The zones are printed, and the definitive-
catalogue is in preparation.
Cambridge (England) : Zone 30O-25o. Eight hundred and twenty-
eight stars are yet to be observed.
Berlin : Zone 250-20°. This zone is observed by Dr. Becker, and
80 per cent, of the observations are made.
Berlin : Zone 200-15°. This zone is observed by Dr. Auwers, and is-
nearly completed.
Leipsic : Zone 15o-5o. The zone 150-10® has been completed for som^
ASTRONOMY. 281
tilne. The zone 10^-50^ lately undertaken, will not be finished before
1885.
Albany : Zone S^-l^. Some 600 observations are yet to be made,
17,000 having been made.
Nikolaief: Zone +lo-2o. No reports were received.
We learn from a recent letter of Prof. O. Stone, director of the Mc-
Oormick Observatory, that his Durchmusterung (or zone observation of
all the stars from the first to the tenth magnitude inclusive), from — 23^
southwards, is progressing rapidly. The zones are 1° wide, and four
zones are nearly finished, so that printing may commence this year.
Schoenfeld's Durchmusterung (from — 2<^ to — 23^) is also nearly ready
for publication.
Definitive positions of the red stars, — Part lY. of the Astronomical
Observations and Researches made at Dicnsink, the Observatory of Trinity
CoHegCj Dublin, contains the mean places of 321 red stars, deduced
from observations made with the meridian circle at Dunsink by Dr.
J. L. E. Drever.
The work contains about 1,140 observations of the 321 stars, each of
which has been observed on the average three and a half times. Of
these observations, 445 were made by Dr. Copeland in 1875-'76, and
the remainder by Dr. Dreyer in 1878-'80.
The epoch of the catalogue is 1875.0, and the system is that of the
Astron. Gesell. zones, so that subsequent comparisons will be easy.
The work begins with an account of the Pistor & Martins meridian
circle. Its aperture is 6.38 inches, focus 8 feet. The power used has
been 180. This circle is similar in design to those of Ann Arbor, Al-
bany, Copenhagen, Ley den, Washington, and Leipsic. The standard
dock by Dent is mounted in the observing room. The observations
have been made by eye and ear over wires only 3*.2 apart, and Dr.
Dreyer says, what is tolerably clear, that this interval is too small.
The pointing in declination is done by means of two threads 14 inches
apart.
There is a difference in the size of the (exactly cylindric) pivots equal
to — O^^^.IO. The collimation has been determined over mercury. The
equator-point has been determined from the zero stars of the Astron,
Gesell. The latitude is not definitively determined, but is taken at 53<*
23^ 13''.0.
There is a diflference in the horizontal flexures of the instrument,
01. B. and 01. W., but the absolute flexure is small. Both circles are
finely divided, and the division errors of each are given. The eight
micrometer screws have been twice investigated. The constants of the
instrument have been investigated by all the various methods, and the
results by the various ways agree well.
Dr. Dreyer would confer a favor if he would describe in detail his
plan for getting the exact position for the counterpoise weights referred
to on page 7 of his work. It would be interesting to know how much
282 SCIENTIFIC RECORD FOR 1882.
weight is allowed to remain on the Ys in the various meridian circles of
the worid. The ^reductions are purely' differential, as has been said. The
refraction is computed by Bessel's tables, with the Greenwich modi-
fication.
The probable error of a clock correction derived from one star is
±0*.052, and of a single determination of the equator-point ±0'^55, or
from four stars zlr0".28. The resulting j), e. of a single declination is,
above-lCo, ±0".63, and from -l()oto-2Go, zt0''.73.
For comparison with this work we can refer to the Ann Arbor dec-
linations of 195 stars, made with a circle of exactly the same size as
that of Dublin, and also by the same makers, published by the Wash-
burn Observatory (1881).
This catalogue was observed by Mr. Schseberle in 1879, and the p. e.
of a single night in declination is ±0''.55; in E. A. it0*.040 sec. ^.
Schjellerup at Copenhagen (10,000 stars, p. xvi), found between 0^ and
+150 p. e, in Dec. ±0".69, and between Oo and —15^, ±0''.95.
The magnitudes of the stars have been assigned on Argelander's
scale, and a note of the color of each star is given for each observation.
The main object of the work is to bequeath good determinations of
position of a large number of red stars, which may serve hereafter to
show if the red stars as a class have any peculiarities of proper motion.
Besides this object, another has been attained, in that 321 red stars
have been observed for color and magnitude on three or four nights
each on the average.
Dr. Dreyer has now undertaken the observation of a large number ot
zero stars for Schoenfeld's Durchmmterung with this circle, which, like
the large refractor of the observatory, is not destined to be idle.
Double stars, — No. Gof " Publications of the Cincinnati Observatory"
has been issued. It contains micrometrical measures of double stars
made with the 11-inch refractor in 1879-'80, consisting partly of obser-
vations preliminary to the formation of a general catalogue of known
double stars situated between the equator and 30^ south declination,
and partly of observations of objects which Mr. Burnbam has found to
need re-observing. The cases of notable differences from previous meas-
ures are collected in the introduction. The refractor appears to have
been much improved since the object-glass was refigured by Messrs.
Alvan Clark & Sons.
The double star observations of Baron Dembowski are to be pub-
lished in the Atti delta B. Aecademia dei K. Lincei. They will fill three
to four of the (quarto) volumes, or about 1,500 pages in all, and are to
be edited by Professor Schiaparelli.
V^ariahle stars, — Prof. E. C. Pickering, of Harvard College Observa-
tory, has prepared and published in i)amphlet form a plan for securing
observations of the variable stars. It is well known to astronomers that
this obser\'atory is doing systematic work in the study of the variable
ASTRONOMY. 283
Stars, and this plan has been devised to bring this interesting branch
of astronomy to the attention of observers generally, and to secure de-
sirable and needed co-operation in it. The work is easy but very useful,
and the plan is so minutely developed as to offer a delightful field of
study to amateurs for observation with the naked eye, the common
opera-glass, or the small telescope. Correspondence is desired with any
persons who wish to undertake this work.
Mr. G. Knott, writing from Cuckfield on May 29, states that he had
caught a maximum of the apparently capricious variable star " U Oem-
inorum^ on May 27 or 28; on both nights it^ was about 9*^9. This,
compared with the previous maximum noted by the same observer on
February 28, gives a period of eighty-eight days.
Professor Schoenfeld finds that a star R. A. 16^^ 13° 36»., Decl. — 7^
21'.0 for 1855 is variable.
A star in E. A 19»» 17°» 33«., Decl. — 2lo 32'.3 for 1850, must be vari-
able to a great extent — 6.5 to 9.0 at least.
Mr. S. C. Chandler has made the very interesting discovery that the
period of the star, D. M. + 1°, No. 3408, is not 5^ days as was at first
supposed, but considerably less than one day, viz, 20^ 7â„¢ 41*. 6. The
error arose from the star having been visible for some time only in the
early evening. The minimum could therefore only be observed at in-
tervals of 5.03 days, i. e.j G periods, or sometimes 5.87 days, i. c, 7 periods.
A combination of these resulted in the period assigned. All the varia-
tions from maximum to minimum, and back to maximum, are accom-
plished in about four hours, the maximum brightness being maintained
for sixteen hours. This sta;* therefore has the shortest period known,
and is the most remarkable for the rapidity of its changes. The dura-
tion of increase and of decrease appears to be exactly equal, and the
range is about seven-tenths of a magnitude, from CO or G.l to 6.7 or 6.8.
The starD. M +8°, 4899, was observed by Dr. Krueger (1853, August
29) as 9.5 magnitude and by Dr. Schoenfeld (1854, September 20) as 9.5
magnitude, and it was not seen by Schoenfeld in a zone observed 1854,
September 16. Dr. de Ball calls attention to the fact that, on August 13,
1882, it was barely visible in the eleven-inch refractor of the Bothkamp
Observatory.
In a recent paper presented to the Saint Petersburg Academy of
Sciences, Dr. Lindemann,of Pulkova, has investigated the effect of the
red colors of stars on estimates of their magnitudes. His observations
have been made with a Zoellner's photometer, and he has compared
the results of Kosen and Wolff with his own. This is not the place to
indicate his methods, which indeed are laid down in Zoellner's well-known
work; but we may quote his general conclusion, to the Effect that in
matching an artificial star produced by the photometer, with a red star,
the accidental errors are very great compared to similar x)omparisons
with white stars, and that in general the sensibility of the eye to red
rays is three or four times less than to blue. The errors may amount to
284 SCIENTIFIC RECORD FOR 188^
at least one magDitude, and he conclndes that we should look with doubt
upon red variable stars where the variability is less than a magnitude
or so.
Parallax of the star Bradley 3077. — Dr. Gylden has lately published
the results of his micrometric comparisons of this star with neighboring
ones. His memoir gives the parallax as (y'.28 ± (y'.045. Professor Bru-
ennow found by a similar method the parallax to be C.07 db 0''.02.
In this connection a recent paper by Dr. Backlund, of Pulkova, is in-
terestingy as it gives the reduction of some observations begun by Dr.
Wagner on the same star. These observations were made by means of
differences of B. A. with the transit instrument, and they Vere discon-
tinued as the comparison stars were too faint to observe during the
whole year. From the incomplete series Dr. Baeklund has obtained the
following results:
Twenty-seven comparisons with star a give + (K'.20 ± C.OSO.
Thirty-two comparisons with star b give + 0'^21 i (K'.078. This star
has thus a small parallax.
Parallaxes of Alpha Lyrce and of 61 Cygni. — During 1800 and 1881
Professor Hall, of the Naval Observatory, observed for the parallaxes
of these two stars on 77 and 66 nights, respectively, using the 26-inch
equatorial and micrometer I, with an eyepiece magnifying 383 times*
The results have been printed in the Washington observations for 1879.
The observations are of extreme precision, the probable errors of a single
distance in the case of Alpha Lyrce being 0^^075 and in that of 61 Oygni
A temperature coefficient was found for the screw from observations
of Jd made during the series. The range of temperature was 420F. If
this coefficient be used to reduce the 900 observations of transits made
In 1875, in which the range of temperature was 47^ (Wash. Ast. Obs.
1877, App. I), the probable error of the resulting Ro is ± 0'^0020. If the
temperature coefficient is omitted, the probable error is less than this*
As far as this goes, it would indicate that the coefficient is doubtful.
At any rate, its introduction will not affect the values of the resulting
parallaxes, which are :
AlphaLyra ... 0'M80 ± O^'.OOO
01 Cygni 0''.478 ± 0<'.014
It will be interesting to compare these results with preceding ones.
For 61 Cygni we have—
Bessel .... 0''.357
Bessel & Schliiter .* . 636
Johnson, Ist . 526
Johnson, 2d .192
Struve .611
Auwers . 664
Peters 0.349
Ball .465
ASTBONOMT. 285
For Alpha LyrcB we have —
Struve (K'.261
Main. .154
BrnunoWy 1st . 131
eiCsy ecc*
Professor HalPs work is especially interesting from the uniformity of
the me&^ures and from their great precision, as well as showing the fit-
ness of the large telescope for such work.
At the Dablin Observatory, Professor Ball has nearly completed his
investigation of the parallax of Mu Cephei and of Struve 2486. The
meridian circle is to be employed in determining the positions of about
1,000 stars between— 2o and— 23o for Dr. Schoenfeld.
Pnrallaxes of southern stars. — Alpha Gentanri, Beta Centauri, Upsilon
Indi and Sirins are being observed at the Gape of Good Hope for par-
allax. Two observers, Mr. Gill and Dr. Elkin, are making independent
series on the foar stars. Dr. Elkin's observations will be completed in
September, 1882, and Mr. Gill's in March, 1883. The work is done with
Mr. Gill's heliometer. Mr. Gill expresses his admiration for the new
heliometer just made by the Eepsolds for the Yale College Observatory^
which he regards as the most perfect micrometric apparatus in the
world.
At the Cape of Good Hope much time was spent in 1881 on the de-
termination of the longitude Aden-Cape, which is now completed. The
Cape catalogue for 1850, cx)ntaining 4,715 stars^ will shortly be published.
Over 600 occultations, observed since 1834, have been reduced (by
means of Newcomb's standard stars) and will be compared with Hansen's
tables by Professor Newcomb.
Under date of May 11, Professor Stone, of Cincinnati, writes : " In ob-
serving one of our D. M. zones (— 23° Dec.) a remarkable vacuity was
found in the region between 16^ 1-7â„¢ and 16^ 25â„¢ right ascension. In
this region there is no star brighter than 9.5 mag., and only one of that
magnitude."
Stellar Spectra. — From the report of the Astronomer Boyal for 1882,
we extract the following account of his spectroscopic observations of
stars: ^< During the twelve months ending May 20, 1882, the sun's chro-
mosphere has been examined with the half-prism spectroscope on 36
days, and on every occasion prominence's were seen. On one day a de-
tailed examination of the whole spectrum of the chromosphere was made
at 24 points on the sun's limb. Several prominences have shown great
changes in the course of two or three minutes, and large displacements
or contortions of the bright lines, indicating very rapid motions of
approach or recession, have been noted. In particular, a prominence
examined on May 13, 1882, was observed to rise through a space of about
3fy in less than two minutes, being at the rate of about 110 miles a
second, whilst the C liue showed a displacement towards the red gradur
286 SCIENTIFIC RECORD FOR 1889.
ally increasing from 1.25 to 1J..4 tenth meters, corresponding to a motion
of recession increasing in two minutes from 36 to 330 miles a second.
Thirteen sun-spots have been examined on 20 daj's with reference to
the broadening of the lines in their spectra. The strong black lines or
bands in the part of the spectrum between b and F, first noticed in the
spectrum of a spot on November 27, 1880, have been generally observed
to be present in the spectra of spots during the last twelve months,
besides several fine lines in the same region of the spectrum to which
there is nothing corresponding in the solar spectrum.
For the determination of motions of stars in the line of sight, 177
measures have been made of the disi)lacement of the F line in the
spectra of 41 stars, 68 of the bi line in 19 stars, and 9 of the bi line in
6 stars. Of the 61 stars observed, 15 had not previously been ex-
amined, and the total number of stars of which the motions have been
spectroscopically determined is now 106. In the case of three of the
stars observed in the last year, a dispersive power equivalent to that
given by sixteen prisms of 60^ has been used. A comparison of the
successive determinations of the motion of Sirius indicates a progres-
sive diminution from about 22 miles a second, in 1877 and 1878, to about
7 miles a second or less this year, and as other stars do not show any-
thing similar, it appears likely that the change is due to the orbital
motion of Sirius. Further observations will, however, be required to
settle the point.'^
THE SUN.
Solar radiation. — Prof. S. P. Langley has submitted to the Chief Sig-
nal Officer an abstract of the results of the Mount Whitney Expedition
to determine the amount of heat the sun sends to the earth; in techni-
cal terms, the solar constant. Mount Whitney, in Southern Galifomia,
was selected for the observation because it combined the advantages of
great elevation, extreme dryness of atmosphere, and abrupt rise from
the plain. The party of observation consisted of Capt. O. E. Michaelis,
United States Army; two non-commissioned officers of the Signal Serv-
ice, six soldiers acting as an escort, four civilian assistants, and Professor
Langley. Systematic work did not commence until the last days of Au-
gust, 1881. Professor Langley summarizes the results obtained as fol-
low s :
"The approximate estimate of the solar constant is from 2.6 to 3.0
calories, by which is meant that the direct solar radiation before ab-
sorption by the earth's atmosphere would in falling lor one minute, nor-
mally, upon an area of a square centimeter, raise the temperature of
one gramme of water 2o.6 or 3° centigrade. This implies its ability to
melt annually a crust of ice covering the whole earth over 150 feet thick.
This amount is one-half greater than the received value of Pouillet, and
greater than the latest determinations of Messrs. Orova and VioUe."
On the summit of Mount Whitney an ordinary black-bulb thermom*
ASTRONOMY. 287
eter, in vacuo, rose 130o Fabrenbeit, while the temperature in a black-
eneil copper vessel, covered by two sheets of common window glass, rose
above the boiling point. With such a vessel watercould be boiled among
the snow-fields of Mount Whitney' by the direct solar rays.
While the influence of the atmosphere is to shut oft' from the earth's
surface a considerable portion of the sun's heat by absorbing it, the
ciipacity of the air to store heat and prevent its radiation into space
serves to make the earth habitable. Otherwise, the surface temperatui'e,
even under the tropics, would be lower than the iQwest recorded degrees
of Arctic cold. Another efffect of the selective absorption of the atmos-
phere is to change the apparent color of the sun. In a transparent at-
mosphere the now golden sun would appear blue.
Subsequently to this report. Professor Langley read a paper to the
Brit. Assoc. A. S., giving an outline of the results he has reached. It is
impossible to condense this paper, which is itself a highly condensed ac-
count of work extending over several years and covering a varied field.
Solar parallax from observation of minor planets. — Mr. David Gill,
H. M. astronomer at the Royal Observatory, Gape of Good Hope, has
arranged with a number of observatories in both hemisi»heres for corres-
ponding observations of the minor planets Victoria and Sappho about
the time of their oppositions in the present year. Victoria, in oppo-
sition on August 24, will be distant from the earth 0.89 of the earth's
mean distance from the sun ; and Sappho, which comes into opposition
in E. A. on September 24, will be within 0.85; so that we have in each
case a favorable opportunity of applying the method of determining
the sun's parallax which was advocated and also applied by Professor
Galle, the director of the observatory at Breslau. In a communication
to the Astronomische Kachriclitenj Mr. Gill states that the necessary
extra-meridian observations will be made in the southern hemisphere
at the Cape, I^atal, Melbourne, and Bio de Janeiro, and in the north-
em hemisphere at Dunsink (Dublin), Strasbourg, Berlin, Bothkamp,
Leipsic, Upsala, Moscow, Clinton, U. S., and probably at Kiel. From
the clearej skies of the southern hemisphere, he believes that a fully corre-
sponding number of observations will be secured there, notwithstanding
the smaller number of observatories, and he invites co-operation from
other establishments in the northern hemisphere on this ground. A
list of the proposed stars of comparison is given in his letter.
Maskelyn^s value of the solar parallax. — Several inquiries have been
lately made with regard to the authenticity of a value of the sun's paral-
lax, attributed in many works to Maskelyne, the former Astronomer
Boyal. These are answered as follows in Nature : •
" This value (8''.723) was deduced by Maskelyne in an application of
what he calls a new method of determining the effect of parallax on
transits of the inferior planets, and is given in an article which ap-
pears to have communicated to Vince, Plumian Professor of Astrononiy
288 SCIENTIFIC RECORD FOR 1883.
at Cambridge, who pablished it both in his large work, <A Com-
plete System of Astronomy,' and in his elementary treatise intended
for the use of students in the university. We have not been able to
consult the earlier editions of these works to ascertain whether, as is
probably the case, the article was published in Maskelyne's lifetime,
but it is found in Vol. I of the * System of Astronomy,' which ap-
peared in 1814, and is dedicated to Maskelyne, and also in the fourth
edition of the ^ Elements of Astronomy,' Cambridge, 1816. The article
is entitled 'A new method of computing the effect of parallax, in
accelerating or retarding the time of the beginning or end of a transit
of Venus or Mercury over the sun's disk, by 15 evil Maskelyne, D. D.,
F. E. S., and Astronomer Eoyal.' After explaining his method and
how an approximate value may be corrected, as a numerical example he
compares the duration of the transit of Venus in 1769 as observed at
Wardhus and Otaheite, assuming as an approximate value of the mean
honzontal parallax 8''.83 (nearly- that found by Bu Sejour), and con-
cludes : ' Hence the mean horizontal parallax of the sun=8''.83x(l -^
0.0121) = 8''.72316.' In the 'Elements of Astronomy' there is the
additional sentence : ' We assume, therefore, the mean horizontal paral-
lax of the sun = 8|' ;' but this does not appear in Vince's larger work,
nor is it quite clear whether it is an addition of Maskelyne's or his own.
" Lalande says the first edition of Vince's * Elements of Astronomy'
was published in 1790, and Vol. I of the larger work in 1797. Probably
some of our readers may be able to refer to the earlier editions."
Solar eclipses. — The British scientific expedition sent to the banks of
the Upper Nile to make observations of the total eclipse of the sun,
June 17, was every way successful. The chief members of the party
were Norman Lockyer, Arthur Schuster, Mr. Woods, assistant, Mr.
Lawrence, and Mr. Black. The special correspondent to the London
Daily News summarizes the results as follows:
" This eventful morning was the finest we have yet had, cool and with-
out a cloud. A great crowd of natives in picturesque costumes lined
the road and the hill between the camp and Sohag. The shore of the
Nile, except before the observatories, was packed with dahabiyehs
bringing the governors of the provinces and other notables to observe
the eclipse and do honor to the strangers. Thanks to Moktar Bey, in
charge of the camp, and a force of soldiery, there was no confusion.
Along a line of three hundred yards the French, English, and Italian
observers were left in undisturbed possession of tents and observatories.
Nevertheless, while the sky darkened and assumed a leaden hue, the
hills bounding the Nile bathed in purple, the great silence gave way,
and from the river and palm-shaded slope arose a shout of wonder and
fear, which reached its climax at the moment of the sun's disappearance;
nor ceased then, for in addition to the horror of an eclipse (which the
nati\'es here in Africa attribute to the act of a dragon) there appealed
ASTRONOMY. 289
in the heavens on the right of the sun an unmistakable scimetar. The
eclipse had indeed revealed the existence of a new comet. Despite the
short totality (one minute and twelve seconds) many valuable results
have been obtained. I am permitted to send a copy of the collective
telegram sent to the various Governments, showing many new facts
touching the sun's atmosphere, though matters have not become much
simpler, which means more work. The layer to which much absorption
has been ascribed seems vanishing from existence. The band K in the
spectrum of the corona fully explains the eclipse coloring.
"Among the results, the most satisfactory are photographs of the
corona, and a complete spectrum obtained by Schuster on Abney's
plates, H and K are the most intense lines. A study of the red end
t)f the spectrum of corona and protuberances was made by Tacchini.
A comet near the sun was a striking object ; it was photographed, and
was observed by the naked eye. Bright lines were observed before and
after totality at different heights by Lockyer, with intensities differing
from Fraunhofer's lines ; by Lockyer and Trepied an absolute deter-
mination was made of the place of the coronal line 1474 in KirchhofPs
scale; by Thollon and Trepied the absence of dark lines fix>m the coronal
spectrum was noted. Tacchini and Thollon, with very different disper-
sions, noted many bright lines in the violet. Thollon observed the spec-
trum of the corona, and Schuster photographed it. The hydrogen and
coronal lines were studied in the grating spectroscope of Buisieux, and
with direct- vision prism by Thollon. Eings were observed in the grating
by Lockyer, of the first, second, and third order. The continuous spec-
trum is fainter than in 1878, stronger than in 1871. An intensification
of the absorption lines was observed in group B, at the moon's edge,
by Trepied and Thollon. The whole spectrum, with blue lines on a con-
tinuous background, has been photographed. The prominences were
photographed with the prismatic pamera (showing, of course, ring spec-
trum). Three photographs were taken of the corona. Thecometclose to
the sun was photographed with the prismatic aud also with ordinary
cameras.''
Bolar eclipse of May, 1883. — ^The following is a summary of a paper pre-
pared by Mr. 0, H. Eockwell, New York, and read at the meeting of the
American Association :
" The great astronomical event for 1883 will be the solar eclipse to
occur on the 6th day of May. At the points of greatest obscuration
the totality will last nearly six minutes. Unfortunately, the line of
totality is almost exclusively a water track, running from a point about
200 miles back of the east coast of Australia, going northeasterly to 9^
south latitude, 130^ west longitude, thence toward the coast of South
America, terminating about 500 miles from the coast.
*' The only island crossed by this line is a small coral reef called Car-
oline Island; this was discovered by Captain !N"ares, the Arctic ex-
plorer, in 1874, who gave its length at nine miles and width at one mile,
H. Mis, 26 19
290 SCIENTIFIC RECORD FOR 1882.
" This point is in 1(P south latitude, lo(P west longitude, and is proba-
bly the only point where the eclipse could be observed. To reach this
island a schooner or steamer would have to be chartered especially for
the voyage ; the expense of such a vessel suitable for the purpose would
be about $6,000.''
It is now probable that this eclipse will be observed by an expedition
sent out under the auspices of the National Academy of Sciences and
the United States Coast Survey. The party will probably consist of
Professor Holden, of the Washburn Observatory, Professor Hastings,
of Johns Hopkins University, of Mr. Rockwell, and Prof. 0. S. Peirce, of
the Coast Survey. Two photographers sent by the Eoyal Society of
London wiU also join the party.
Solar spectrum. — A new map of the solar spectrum, containing a mucli
larger number of lines than are shown in Angstrom's normal spec-
trum, has been published by Dr. H. C. Vogel, of Potsdam. Particular
attention has been given by Dr. Vogel to the chardcters as well as to
the positions of the lines.
Transit of Venus^ December 6, 1882. — ^It is yet too soon to speak of the
success of the various observing parties sent out to observe this transit.
From reports already received, it appears that the observations were,
on the whole, quite successful, although the weather in Europe was bad.
Mr. Stone, director of the. Radcliffe Observatory, regards the contact
observations as alone sufficient for the solution of the problem of the
solar parallax, and it is certain that enough photographs have been se-
cured by the United States Government parties and by the Lick Ob-
servatory party to insure a good determination by this means also.
The following are the stations of the different parties:
Cape of Good Hope :
Chief astronomer, Prof. S. Newcomb, U. S. !N".
Assistant astronomer, Lieut. T. L. Casey, jr., U. S. Engineers.
Additional assistant astronomer, Engineer J. H. L. Holcombe,
U. S. K.
Photographer, Mr. Julius Ulke.
Santa Cruz, Patagonia :
Chief astronomer, Lieut. Samuel W. Very, U. S. BT.
Assistant astronomer, Mr. O. B. Wheeler.
Photographer, Mr. William Bell.
Assistant photographer, Mr. Irvin Stanley.
New Zealand :
Chief astronomer, Mr. Edwin Smith, United States Coast and Geo-
detic Survey.
Assistant astronomer, Mr. Henry S. Pritchett.
Photographer, Mr. Augustus Story.
Assistant photographer, Mr. Gustav TheilkuhL
ASTRONOMY. 291
Santiago de Chile :
Chief astronomer, Prof. Lewis Boss.
Assistant astronomer, Mr. Miles Eock, assistant astronomer.
United States Kaval Observatory.
Photographer, Mr. Theo. C. Marcean.
Assistant photographer, Mr. Charles S. Cndlip.
San Antonio, Tex. :
Cbief astronomer. Prof. Asaph Hall, XJ. S. K.
Assistant astronomer, Mr. E. S. Woodward.
Photographer, Mr. B. E. Holmes.
Assistant photographer, Mr. George H. Hurlbut,
Cedar Keys, Fla. :
Chief astronomer. Prof. J. E. Eastman, U. S. 'N.
Assistant astronomer, Lieut. John A. Korris, XJ. S. S".
Photographer, Mr. George Prince.
Assistant photographer, Mr. George F. Maxwell.
Fort Thorn, K Mex. :
Chief astronomer. Prof. George Davidson, United States Coast and
Geodetic Survey.
Assistant astronomer, Mr. J. S. Lawson.
Second assistant astronomer, Mr. J. F. Pratt.
Photographer, Mr. D. C. Chapman.
Assistant photographer, Mr. T. S. Tappan.
Washington, B. C. :
Chief astronomer. Prof. William Harkness, U. S. S".
Assistant, Mr. Joseph A. Eogers.
Assistant, Prof. A. H. Buchanan.
Assistant, Lieut. Comdr. C. H. Davis, U. S. K
The following is the list of stations selected for the observation of
the transit of Venus by English parties, with the observers appointed to
each by the executive committee of the Eoyal Society, acting under the
authority of the treasury :
For retarded ingress and accelerated egress :
Jamaica. — Br. Copeland, Captain Mackinlay, E. A.^ Mr. Maxwell
Hall.
Barhadoes. — Mr. Talmage, Lieutenant Thomson, E. A.
Bermuda. — ^Mr. J. Plummer, Lieutenant Keate, E. K.
(The Canadian G<>vemment will have three observers with six-inch
instruments, besides others with smaller telescopes. These observers
are acting in direct concert with the British expeditions.)
Accelerated ingress :
Oape Observatory. — Mr. Bavid Gill {EL M. astronomer), Mr. Maclear,
second assistant.
Montague Boadj Cape Colony. — Mr. W. H. Finlay (first assistant at
the Gape), Mr. Pett.
292 SCIENTIFIC BECOBD FOR 1882.
Accelerated ingress — Gontinned.
Aberdeen Roady Cape Col4>ny. — Mr. Burton, Mr. 0. M. Stevens.
Madagascar. — ^Father Perry, Father Sidgreaves, Mr. Carlisle.
Durbauy Natal. — A telescope has been provided by the colonists.
Maurititis. — Mr. Meldrum.
Betarded egress :
New Zealand, — ^Lieutenant-Colonel Tupman, E. M. A., Lieutenant
Coke, E. N.
Brisbane. — Captain Morris, E. E., Lieutenant Darwin, B. E., Mr.
Peek.
Melbourne. — ^Mr. Ellery and staff.
Sydney. — ^Mr. Eussell and staff.
Profel^sor Young has prepared the following table, which gives the
results of the observations of the transit of Venus at the time of writing.
The figures 1, 2, 3, 4 denote that the corresponding contacts were
observed ; P denotes that photographs were made on the same plan as
those of the Government parties; P*, photographs on some different
plan ] A, heliometer measures; h*y measures for the same object as heli-
ometer measures, but made with a different instrument, more or less
completely equivalent; «, spectroscopic observations; jp, photometric
observations; nt, micrometer measures of the planet's diameter:
1. Ottawa, Canada — 1, 2, 3, 4.
2. Kingston, Canada — 2, 3, 4.
3. Cambridge, Mass. — 1, 2, 3, 4, s^p, m; several observers.
4. I^rovidence, E. L-2, P», (23).
5. Amherst, Mass. — 3, 4.
6. South Hadley, Mass. — 3, 4, s.
7. Hartford, Conn. — 2, 3, 4, h, m; German party.
8. New Haven, Conn. — 1, 2, 3, 4, P* (150), hj m; several observers.
9. Helderberg Mountain, N. Y. — 1, 2.
10. West Point, IS. W.— 1, 2, 3, 4.
11. Poughkeepsie, N. Y.--3, 4, P* (9).
12. Brooklyn, N. Y.— 1, 2, 3.
13. Columbia College, New York City— 2, 3, 4.
14. Western Union building, New York City — 1, 2, 3, 4.
15. University City of New York, New York City— 1, 2, 3, 4.
16. Elizabeth, N. J.— 2, 3, 4.
17. Princeton, N. J. — 1, 2, 3, 4, P (188), », m; several observers.
18. Philadelphia, Pa.— 1, 2, 3, 4.
19. Easton, Pa.— 1, 2, 3, 4.
20. Allegheny, Pa.— 1, 2 (!), », m.
21. Pittsburgh, Pa.— 2, 3.
22. Wilmington, Del.— 1, 2.
23. Baltimore, Md. — 2, 3, 4 ; several observers.
24. Annapolis, Md. — 2, 3, 4.
ASTRONOMY. 293
25. WashingtOD, B. 0., Kaval Observatory. — 1, 2, 3, 4, P (53), m;
several observers.
26. Washington D. 0., Coast Survey. — 2, 3, 4; several observers.
27. Washington, D. C, Signal Service. — 1, 2, 3, 4.
28. Charlottesville, Va.— 2, 3, 4.
29. Aiken, S. C. — 3, 4, ^, m; German party.
30. St. Augustine, Fla.— 1, 2, 3, 4, h*^ P* (200), w; French party.
31. Cedar Keys, Fla. — ^2, 3, 4, P (180), m; Government party.
32. Chicago, 111. — 1, 2 ; several observers.
33. Madison, Wis.— 1, 2.
34. Korthfield, Minn. — 3, m.
35. Iowa City, Iowa — 1, 2.
36. Ann Arbor, Mich. — 4, m.
37. San Antonio, Tex. — 3, 4, P (204), m ; Government party.
38. San Antonio, Tex. — 3, 4, A*, m; Belgian party.
39. Fort Selden, K Mex.— 1, 2, 3, 4, P (216), w; Government party.
Potsdam, Prussia — 1, 2, P*, «, m.
Jamaica — 1, 2, 3, 4.
Puebla, Mexico — 1, 2, 3, 4, fe*; French party.
Ckapultepec, Mexico— No contacts; P* (13).
Cape Town, South Africa — 1, 2, P; (?) American Government party.
Durban, South Africa — 1, 2.
Tasmania — 3, 4, P; (!) American Government party.
Melbourne, Australia— 3, 4, P* (33).
Kew Zealand^-3, 4, P (236) ; American Government party.
Santiago, Chili — Completely successful; P; (?) American Government
party.
Santiago, Chili — Completely successful; &♦, m; Belgian party.
COMETS.
Comet'Seeking. — ^That the search for comets may be systematic and
as genera] as possible in this country, the following provisional ar-
rangements have been suggested by the Science Observer^ and almost
universally commended by observers interested in the study of comets:
*^ 1. It is proposed to divide the sky into zones of declination, of which
each observer has selected or been allotted one or more.
"2. Each observer has expressed his intention to sweep carefully once
at least during each month the region selected by him, and some will
sweep their zones several times each month. It is to be clearly under-
stood that no observer is in any way confined to his zone, but is allowed
to sweep anywhere, according to his judgment or circumstances.
"3. As there are at present in the country three observers who are
constantly engaged in comet-hunting a« their principal work, it is pro-
posed to secure the complete covering of the sky once during each
month by these observers, they having selected the following regions :
294 SCIENTIFIC RECORD FOR 1882.
Swift, + 90O to + 450 ; Brooks, + 46^ to + I60, and Barnard, + 15o
to— 450.
**4. To the other observers, who, jfrom college duties or other regular
work, can devote a varying part only of their time to comet-seeking,
smaller zones have been allotted, as follows : Tiffany, + 45^ to + 3(P ;
Wendell, + 30o to + 15© ; Sharpless, + I60 to Oo ; Larkin, (P to — 15©,
and Eebasa, — 15° to — 45o.
"5. Other observers will keep a record of their observations, but can-
not agree to sweep regularly enough to take charge of a zone.
"6. This arrangement of zones secures the sweeping of the sky twice
during each month, and their relation to each other provides, as well
as possible at present, that the same storm, unless very extensive, will
not be likely to interfere with both observers in the same region at the
same time.
" 7. One of the important results of an organization will be the accu-
mulation of data concerning comets and comet-seeking. It has ac-
cordingly been agreed upon by all observers that records of their
work will be kept. These will include a statement of the weather, the
clearness of the sky, the time spent in search, the region covered, and
any matters of general interest that may be of value. Blanks will be
furnished to each observer, including a duplicate set for his own use,
and these blanks, being returned on the first of each month, will be
regularly published in such detail as may be necessary in the Science
Observer,^
Daylight observations of WelW comet. — ^At the Dudley Observatory,
Albatiy, this comet was observed on the meridian as early as June 5,
just before noon, and again on June 11 and 12, 1882. The aperture
of the object-glass of the transit-circle is 8 inches ; the focal length of
the telescope 10 feet. A detailed description, with engraving of the
instrument with which these notable observations were made, will be
found in Vol. i of the Annals of the Dudley Observatory. On June 6
the comet was not perceived until forty seconds after transit, and was
observed with difficulty on a single wire, but the x)ositions obtained on
the subsequent dates were considered very satisfactory. The true nu-
cleus was seen at the observation of June 11, made about sixteen hours
after the perihelion passage, and the estimated diameter of the disc
was 0".75. The nebulosity of the coma was uniform and faint, abou*,
IC in diameter. It is stated that '^ while the nucleus was observed
for position, the coma was scarcely noticed at all.'^ The atmospheric
conditions on this day were such as are well known to conduce to easy
vision of objects in daylight. " The sky was sparsely covered with
cumulus clouds, while the intermediate clear spaces were exceedingly
transparent." On June 12 the nebulosity had increased in brightness,
but the image was very unsteady, and " either for that reason, or be-
cause of the increased brightness of the nebulous screen, the nucleus
pioper could not be seen.''
ASTRONOMY. 295
We are not aware that any complete observation of a comet on the
meridian at noonday has been made since the year 1744. The grand
comet in the early part of that year, first remarked by Klinkenberg
at Harlem on December 9, 1743, attained an extraofdinary degree of
brilliancy towards the end of February. We find Bliss writing on
February 12 (O. S.) to Lord Macclesfield, who had fitted up an observa-
tory at Shirburn Castle, thus : " The comet appeared so very bright
last night, equaling the light of Venus, that Dr. Bradley agrees that
it may be seen on the meridian, and being engaged himself, has desired
me to request your lordship to try to observe it. The elements which
he left at Shirburn appear, to our last night's and former observations,
to give the place true within 2' of longitude and latitude.'^ As a mat-
ter of fact the comet was observed on the meridian near noon at Shir-
burn on the 28th and 29th of February, and at Gi-eenwich on the 29th j
these observations will be found reduced in Mr. Hind's paper on the
comet of 1744. {Ahtron. Nach,, vol. xxvii.)
Photometric observations of Wells^ Comet, — Exact photometric observa-
tions of comets have been rare; but Dr. Muller, of Potsdam, has
succeeded in obtaining a good series of observations of Comet Wells
with a Zollner's photometer, attached to one of Steinheil's refractors.
Having found considerable difficulty in measuring the brightness of a
comet with this photometer, owing to the great difference in appearance
between the comet and the artificial stars, he removed the disk that
bore them and substituted an artificial nebula; and the observations
from April 21 to May 19, 1882, were conducted with this latter. . But
a$ the brightness of the comet increased he reverted to the original
disk. Thus his observations form two series which are not exactly
comparable. The entire series of observations, which were obtained on
31 days, from April 21 to June 6, showed that the comet increased in
brightness much more rapidly than was to be expected from theoretical
considerations and calculations, so that it must be concluded that a
very remarkable development of the comet's own light took place. The
time when this growth of intensity commenced was in the latter half of
Hay, about the time that the bright lines of sodium were discovered in
the spectrum. The photometric observations by themselves would have
jnstifietl the conclusion that in the middle of May extraordinary changes
took place in the physical condition of the comet, and this conclusion
was thus fully confirmed by the revelations of the spectroscope. From
the comparision of the nucleus of the comet with the stars D. M. 49<=>,
No. 3062, and D. M. 49°, No. 3059, it was found that the nucleus of the
comet was equal in brightness to a star of the third magnitude on
June 6, whilst on May 19 it only equaled one of the eighth or ninth.
Daylight observations of comet 1882 a. — Prof. Julius Schmidt writes
to the Astronomische Nachrichten that on June, 10, after 3 p. m., in an
exceptionally clear sky at Athens, he observed the comet, though with
difficulty^ in the 6-foot reflector of that observatory.
296 SCIENTIFIC RECORD FOR IMS,
The great comet of 1882. — It is very seldom that any discovery unites
in itself so many and sucli important points of interest as lias been the
case with the gre^t cometnow engaging so much attenticm. The report
of the discovery by M. Cruls of a new naked-eye comet was in itself
enongh to arouse a keen degree of interest; for as three such objects
had already been observed within the last twelve months, that a f<mrth
should follow in such quick succession was quite an unprecedented
event. M. Crnls' discovery had scarcely been published in England
before a yet more unusual observation was made. Mr. Common, of
Ealing, who ever since the accidental discovery of the comet **Tewfik,"
during the total eclipse of May 16 last, had persistently examined the
neighborhood of the sun with what might well have appeared to be the
forlorn hope of detecting some comet wandering there, was at length
rewarded, on Sunday, September 17, by the sight of a splendid comet
close to the sun, of which he obtained observations*
In the extreme south qf Europe more favorable conditions prevailed;
and the comets was seen on September 18 at a large number of places
in Italy, Spain, and Algeria in full daylight, when only 4^ from the
sun. And, indeed, Mr. Common was not the only person who was
fortunate enough to see it on September 17, before perihelion ; for a
dispatch from Ecus, near Tarragona, announced that there the inhabit-
ants were astonished to see a comet close to the sun, so that, though
only 1^.5 distant from it, it was bright enough to catch the eye of casual
gazers. Indeed, it was so bright that it could be seen even through
light cloud. Its tail could readily be detected by means of an opera-
glass furnished with a dark glass. On the following day, however, M.
Thollon, at Nice, was able to detect some portion of the tail without
even this assistance, for he says : "The coma and part of the tail visi-
ble to the naked eye were nearly 20' in length. Their outer contour
took the shape of a half-ellij>se of eccentricity about 4, and the fairly
large and very brilliant nucleus occupied a position intermediate be-
tween the apex and the focus.'^
The same cloud-bank which baffled English observers on this and the
following days covered the north of France likewise, and in despair of
its breaking up, M. de Fonvielle resolved to rise above it, and on Friday,
September 22, prepared for a balloon ascent. Fearing, however, that
his own sight was not sufficiently good, he resigned his place in the car
to M. Maurice Mallet, whom he duly instructed as to the observations
t>o be obtained. The small dimensions of the car greatly hampered the
adventurous astronomer, who, however, succeeded in making a sketch,
and in obtaining a rough estimation of the distance from the sun and
position-angle of the comet.
The cloudy weather rendered it difficult to obtain sufficient observa-
tions to form an orbit; but Mr. S. C. Chandler, jr., of Harvard College, at
ASTRONOMY. 297
length succeeded in deducing approximate elements, which showed a
remarkable resemblance to those of comet 1, 1880, and I, 1843.
Per. pass. = 1882, September, 17.38, G. M. T.
Long. (Per. - node) = 60o 45' "J
Long, node = 342 29 ^Mean equinox, 1882.0.
Inclination = 140 17 3
Log. q =7.54407.
The resemblance of the orbit of the great comet of 1880 to that of
the still finer one of 1843 had attracted the earnest attention of astrono-
mers at the time, and most had been led to consider them one and the
same body.
And now the appearance of a third magnificent object on the same,
or nearly the same, track revived the discussion which took place ia
1880. Then three leading theories had been started.
The first, of least probability and but little received, saw in the comet
of 1843 a return of the comet of 1C68, and supposing the comet of 1702
to have been another return of the same object, considered that we had
here a comet with a period of about 35 years, which had been apparently
slowly increased to one of 37 years. But this theory rested on but very
slender foundations; and, if true, it is obvious that our present visitor
can claim no identity with his predecessors in the same path. Professor
Weiss, of Vienna, holding a somewhat similar view, ascribed to the comet
a constant period of about thirty-seven years, and identified it with
those of 1106, 1179, 1363, 1511, and 1695, but not with that of 1668.
A second theory suggested that the comets of 1843 and 1880 might
now be independent comets traveling on the same track, the original
l>aren{comet having suffered disruption at some much earlier visit, and
the fragments having become so widely separated that an interval of
thirty-seven years now takes place between their perihelion passages.
Jn any case it was felt that the hypothesis that so brilliant an object
could have frequently returned without any observation having been
made of it was quite incredible.
A third and more popular theory regarded, indeed, the comets of
1668, 1843, and 1880 as one and the same object, but supposed that its
period was gradually being shortened through the resistance experi-
enced by the comet whilst passing through the solar atmosphere at
perihelion. M. Meyer went further back, and regarded Aristotle's comet,
B. C 371, as the next earlier appearance to that of 1668. This theory
seemed to receive strong confirmation by the apparition of the present
comet, and further information seemed to lend it greater force.
The great comet which had borne the names of Thollon, Common, and
Cruls, who had each in turn discovered it independently, now proved
to have been still earlier discovered by Mr. Finlay, first assistant at
the Gape Observatory, who remarked it at five o'clock in the morning
298
SCIENTIFIC RECORD FOR 1882.
of September 8, and who obtained the following place for it on the fol-
lowing day:
Cape mean time.
September 8, 17*» 23"» 58»
R. A. Decl.
1440 69' oV'A -Oo 46' 3(K'.0
Mr. Finlay had been more fortunate than the subsequent discoveiers,
not only in thus anticipating them by several days, but in being able
to retain his hold on the comet right up to its conjunction with the
sun; and Mr. Gill was able to inform the Astronomer Boyal that, "on
Sunday, September 17, the comet was followed by two observers with
separate instruments, right up to the sun's limb, where it suddenly
disappeared at 4^ 60" 58" Cape mean time." This observation is wholly
unprecedented in the history of astronomy, and proved most valuable as
showing how exceedingly unsubstantial the comet was, for the sun's bril-
liancy could not, as some have supposed, account for the disappearance.
Had it been so bright as to have become invisible, neither bright nor
dark, in the center of the sun's disk, it would have appeared as a bright
object when seen against the comparatively dull background of the
regions near the limb. Had it harmonized with the degree of splendor
of the limb, it would have looked dark on the disk. There was not,
therefore, enough solid matter, or that matter was not sufficiently aggre-
gated, for it to appear as a spot or a cloud, bright or dark, whilst in
transit.
Mr. Hind had meanwhile computed an orbit, which compares as fol-
lows with those which Mr. Tebbutt obtained for the 1880 comet, and
those of Professor Plantamour for the comet of 1843:
Comet 1843.
Comet 1880.
Comet 18H2.
1 *er. naiSS ...-
Sept. 17, 2169
*276o 14' 36"
»
2780 ]8/ 3".0
U 51 4.1
35 45 39 .
0. 005807
Betrograde.
2770 22' 53". 4
358 22 48 . 6
36 41 41 . 9
0. 0067243
Ketrograde.
Q
*346 6 58
«*
%
*37 58 59
g
0.0080656
Miotion -
Retrograde.
Sim's radios 0. 004664 (sun's mean
*App. eq., i
distance = 1).
)ept. 25.
But this orbit would give the comet's distance from the center of the
sun at the time of Dr. GilPs remarkable observation, on September 17, as
only 10'.9; that is to say, it should have been far on the disk, and fully
6' from the limb at the time when it was actually seen to be only just
entering the limb. Mr. Hind cannot think this discrepancy due to
faults in the elements, for they represent the middle position within 1',
and the first observation was taken only twenty hours after the one at
the Cape with which the elements are in so little accord. There is,
therefore, strong reason to believe that the comet's speed received con-
siderable alteration whilst in the immediate neighborhood of the sun,
and Mr. Hind suggests the probability of its return in October, 1883,
ASTRONOMY.
299
Mr. Chandler, using the above-mentioned Dnn-Echt observation,
with one made at Washington, September 23, and Cambridge, United
States, September 30, found that a parabolic orbit gave considerable
deviations fti the middle place, and deduced therefore the following
elliptic elements. The elliptic elements obtained by Professor Planta-
mour, for the comet of 1843, and by M. Meyer, for that of 1880, are
given for comparision:
Comet 1843.
Comet 1880.
Comet 1882.
Por. pass
Sept 17, 1880, G. M. T.
846© 61' 58"
o
3550 46' 48". 4
77 43 57 .9
143 1 31 .2
1880.0
7. 8394780
0.999117
7. 82165
21. 875 years.
356° 16' 43". 2
77 53 55 .9
143 7 46 .8
1880.
7.7720095
0. 999467
11. 08690
36. 91 years.
6c ..............-..•...-..••....•.••.•••»•«••-••
10.. ............................................ •
71 39 3
i
142 35 51
^C^an ©a ........................................
1882.0
TjOff . a ......................................
7. 943416
0.. ........ ............................... ......
0. 997898
tt ...........................................
4. 17535
Period
& 532 years.
A comparision of the orbit with whatever observations were avail-
able seemed to Mr. Chandler to confirm the periodical nature of the
comet, although further observations will be necessary to fix the period
with precision.
The physical appearance of the comet which, like that of 1843, and
unlike that of 1880, showed at first a decided nucleus, together with
the above intimation of a period very considerably greater than that
of the internal from 1830, January 27, the date of peiihelion of the
1880 comet, suggest that perhaps the 1843 comet suffered disintegration
when at its nearest ai>proach, and that the 1880 comet was a portion of
its less condensed material, whilst the body of the comet, with the prin-
cipal nucleus, suffering less retardation than the separated part, has
taken two and a half years longer to perform a revolution. The re-
markable discovery made by Professor Schmidt, of Athens, on October
8, of a second comet only 4P S. W. of the great comet, and having the
same motion, would seem rather to confirm this view.
The spectroscopic observations of the comet have only been less in-
teresting than the questions of its orbit and identity. M. ThoUon, who
examined its spectrum on September 18, with a Steinheil spectroscope,
having one prism of 60^ of dense flint, in conjunction with a horizontal
telescope of 9 inches aperture, into which the light of the comet was
reflected by means of a siderostat, gives the following description of it:
*^ Although working in full daylight, the spectrum of the comet was
very bright; its leading characteristic was the presence of the bright
lines of sodium. We at ouce saw in the field of the instrument a tolera-
bly distinct spectrum, due to the scattered light of our atmosphere, in
which the dark Fraunhofer lines could be distinguished. Upon the
background of this spectrum a narrow and much more brilliant contin-
uous spectrum, given by the nucleus of the comet, was seen clearly de-
tached. From the height of the spectrum we estimated the apparent
300 SCIENTIFIC EECOED FOB 1882.
diameter of the nacIenB as aboat 15^^ This spectrnm stretched very
far into the violet. The bright lines of sodium Di and D^ were given
at the same time both by the nucleus and by the neighboring regions*
From their length we estimated the apparent diameter oi^ the part of
the comet which displayed them at 1/5. They were neither diffused
nor broadened, bnt narrow and perfectly separated, and exceedingly-
bright, especially in the spectrum of the nucleus. They were nearly of
the same brilliancy, however, the most refrangible seemed a little tbe
brighter, and they were, in short, exactly like the lines given by a flame
moderately charged with sodium, both in brightness and in their essen-
tial characteristics. Of their identity there can be doubt, for besides
the characteristics which we have just pointed out, we compared their
positions with those of the Fraunhofer lines Di and D3, given by the spec-
trum of the diffused daylight. We ascertained that the bright lines of
the comet were not exactly superposed on the Fraunhofer lines, but
were both displaced towards the red by a very small amount, the san^e
in each case« equal perhaps to | or j^ of the interval between Di and D9.
We therefore concluded that the comet was traveling away from tl^e
earth at that moment. We intended to measure this displacement tlie
next day, and prepared a more powerful spectroscope for this purpose;
but the state of the sky did not give us the opportunity. No part Of
the comet showed us the bands of carbon, nor any band or line other
than those of sodium, perhaps on account of the diffused light, whi(^
would be able to mask bands of small brilliancy.
"The singular analogy between the spectrum of this comet and that
of comet Wells, observed some months ago, will doubtless appear the
more remarkable, as preceding comets have never shown the lines pf
sodium.'^
But as the comet has receded from the sun, the ordinary cometai^
hydrocarbon bands have made their appearance, and the ordinary y^-
low, green, and blue bands had become very conspicuous on October
1, whilst the sodium lines were very much fainter. M. Bicco, at Palermo,
observing up to October 11, found the spectrum of the tail perfectly con-
tinuous, and could trace it right to the end. The three hydrocarbon
bands were only given by the nucleus and a region of some 5' radius
sound it.
These changes in the spectrum, as the comet recedes from perihelion,
combined with the reverse changes witnessed in that of comet Wells
as it approached it, seem to render it not unlikely that sodium would
appear in the spectrum of any comet which should approach the sun
sufficiently nearly; that it is, in fact, an indication of excessively high
temperature, as the hydrocarbon bands are of one not quite so great. An
intermediate spectrum of which no definite details have yet been sup-
plied seems to have been observed at Dun-Echt and elsewhere. M*
Eicco speaks of having seen many lines up to September 27, a band in
the red, a line in the yellow near and after Di, two others in the greeq,
ASTRONOMY. 301
and an enlargement of the continuous spectrum in the green and blue,
but was able to make no measures. Had determinations of the posi-
tions of these lines been possible, we might have had much very inter-
eeting information.
The tail of the comet has throughout resembled that of the 1843 comet,
it being nearly straight and very brilliant. M. Cmls represents it
as being about 30^ long about ten days after perihelion. M. Kicco
gives its breadth as varying on different days from 1^ 48' to 2o 28',
The southern edge has appeared stronger and brighter than the north-
em, sometimes remarkably so, and, though nearly straight, it is slightly
convex towards the south. The nucleus, circular at first, has shown a
strong tendency to lengthen, and M. Eicco has observed it as double.
Astronomers will continue to seize on every possible opportunity of
watching this most remarkable and interesting object as long as it re-
mains within our view, even without the stimulus afforded by the ex-
pectation of seeing it plunge into the sun, as it has been confidently
prophesied it will shortly do. If it should turn out as here suggested, that
the present is but its second return, in modern times at least, we may
have to wait longer for the final catastrophe than is perhaps generally
expected ; and the present behavior of the comet would perhaps seem to
indicate that its fate will be accomplished rather by a gradual disinte-
f^ration than by a sudden headlong plunge into the solar orb. — Observa-
tory^ 1882, November.
The comet of May 17 j 1882. — M. Tripled, in an account of his observa-
tions made in Egypt during the total solar eclipse of May 17, which was
communicated to the Academy of Sciences on the 19th instant, has the
following interesting note :
" Towards the middle of totality, I perceived to the right of the sun,
a streak of light, slightly curved at the lower part, having a singular
appearance and in evident discordance with the rest of the corona. I
did not for an instant suppose that it could be a comet, and only recog-
nized its nature an hour after the eclipse on comparing my sketch with
one of the photographs obtained by Dr. Schuster. That photograph
plainly showed the nucleus at a distance from the edge of the sun a
little greater than the diameter of that body; the direction of the tail
agreed well with what I had drawn, but I had stopped the streak at
much too short a distance from the edge. I did not, however, believe
that it would be allowable for me to change anything in my drawing.'^
The sketch referred to is copied in the Gomptes rendus of the above
sitting of the Academy. M. Tripled further remarks :
"The brightness of the comet appeared to me the same as that of the
external parts of the corona.^
The position of the observing station, as provisionally determined by
M. Tripled, is in longitude V" 57^ 40» east of Paris, and latitude 26^
33' 21'', where the middle of totality occurred at 8^ 31™ 53» a. m. local
nean time. M. Tripled says in the week following the eclipse he searched
302 SCIENTIFIC RECORD FOR 1882.
for the comet many times before sunrise aod after sonsety but without
detecting it.
The comet has been sought for elsewhere, though unfortunately with-
out success.
The refraotive power of comets, — The great comet 1881, III, passed
near to faint stars on several occasion^, so near that the stars were
certainly shining through the cometic substance. During three such
opportunities, Dr. Meyer, at the Geneva Observatory, made a series of
micrometer measures on the relative positions of the star and the
comet's nucleus. This last was sharp and well defined like a star.
The preliminary reduction of these measure^howed that the light
of the star suffered a refraction in its passage through the comet's head.
The whole question of such a refraction was examined by M. Oellerier
(Archives des Sciences, etc., de Genfeve, October, 1882) under the sup-
position of a variable density to the cometic matter, which was further
supposed to act like a true ga«. The theoretical solution of the prob-
lem is given in a simple form. Dr. Meyer has applied the theory to the
cases in hand, and obtains from the three stars the following values of
e, whichis the refractive power of the cometic matter (supposed gaseous):
29 June, 1882, e = 0.00000916 5 14''.3 = di.
13 Jnly, 1882, e = 0.00000299; 25''.3 = ^.
1 August, 1882, e = 0.00000317 ; 24''.6 = d^.
The numbers (!i, (Zz, ^3, are the shortest distances of the stars from
the comet's nucleus, reduced to what they would have been if seen all
from a distance 1. Supposing the density of the gas to be proportional
to the square of the distance, and the refractive power of the gas to be
directly proportional to the density, the three values of e above can be
reduced to the following three numbers which express (on this hypoth-
esis) three diflferent determinations of the refractive power of the gaw
at a distance of 14'^3 = 102,000 kilometers.
29 June, 6b =0.00000916.
13 July, =0.00000936.
1 August, = 0.00000938.
Dr. Meyer epitomizes his results as follows:
" The substance which composed the head of comet 1881, III, behaved
optically like a gas, and its refractive power at a distance of 102,000
kilometers from the head was 0.0000093. This refractive power, and
hence the density of the gas itself, varied as the square of the distance
from the comet's nucleus."
Professor Bredichin has issued the first part of Vol. vm of Annales
de VOhservatoire de MoscoUj which, in addition to meridian observations,
contains a continuation of his researches upon the tails of comets, the
present publication including the comets 1881 b and c, and the fourth
or great comet of 1825. Professor Bredichin has reprinted the long
series of physical observations on the latter body made by Dunlop at
ASTRONOMY. 303
Paramatta, N. S. W., which originally appeared in Brewster's Edinburgh
Journal of /Science, 1827, and which have been a good deal overlooked,
that periodical, on the Continent at least, not being easy of access.
Duulop's drawings are reproduced, and there are several figures of the
two bright comets of 1881. With regard to his investigations generally,
Professor Bredichin concludes:
"My researches on 'all the comets of which I have been able to find
observations in astronomical literature (3G comets), place me now in a
condition to calculate in advance, for each great comet that appears,
the positions and the figure of its tails of all three types. It is evident
that the relative amount of matter in tails of different types cannot be
determined in advance, and, consequently, observation alone can show
us the relative brightness of the types and the possible absence of one
or another of them. But, in every case, the positions and the general
form of such of the tails as become visible will be in accord with the
positions and figure calculated beforehand."
PLANETS.
Vulcan. — ^In the report of the director of the Washburn Observatory
for 1882, is given an account of experiments with the Watson Solar
Observatory. This we give in full, as it probably will not be published
elsewhere, and on account of the general interest in the success of this
experiment.
The solar observatory was devised for the purpose of seeing a planet'
or stars in the daytime.
It consists essentially of a covered cellar large enough to contain an
observer and a six-inch telescope. From the north wall of this cellar
a tube 12 inches in diameter and 55 feet long is directed to the north
pole. At the upper (north) end of this tube a heliostat, or mirror
driven by clock-work, is to be placed. The idea is that the images of
stars will be reflected down the tube by the mirror and seen by an ob-
server in the cellar through the telescope. When I took charge of this
observatory the building was entirely incomplete, and no instruments
were available for trying the experiment. I have borrowed from Profes-
sor Langley, director of the Allegheny Observatory, a heliostat suitable
for the purpose, and the regents of the university have bought from
Mr. Burnham, of Chicago, his six-inch Clark telescope; and the build-
ing has been completed. Six weeks have been spent in thoroughly try-
ing the experiment. The trial is now concluded, and the result is that
the solar observatory is not suitable for showing stars as faint as the
third magnitude in the daytime, even when they are distant from the sun.
Therefore there is no use in proceeding further with this means in
the search for Vulcan, which was estimated by Professor Watson to be of
the four-and-a-half magnitude, and which, from the nature of the case,
must always be near the sun. The details of the experiment are given
in the following extract from the annual report :
304 SCIENTIFIC RECORD FOR 1882*
" The solar observatory was destined by Professor Watson for two par-
poses: First, spectroscopic and photographic observations of the son
itself; and, second, for observations of the immediate neighborhood of
the son for the detection of a planet (Vulcan) interior to Mercury.
"The magnitude of Vulcan was estimated by Professor Watson atfour
and one half, that is, it has a light about one-twentieth aa brilliant as that
of an average first-magnitude star — Alpha Lyrse, for example. If seen
at all, it must be seen in the daytime, and close to the sun.
" During the months of June and July experiments were made to de-
termine the fitness of thjB observatory for the detection of Vulcan. In
these experiments the six-inch telescope bought by your Board from Mr.
Burnham was mounted in the cellar of the solar observatory on June 8 —
its objective and eyej)iece having been carefully adjusted previously. To
get an idea of the advantage gained by the inclined tube of the solar
observatory I reduced the aperture of the fifteen-inch telescope in the
dome to six inches, and put on an eyepiece similar to that used on the
small refractor. Both telescopes were then pointed to the north pole.
Two observers, one at each telescope, noted times of the first appear-
ance of the small stars about the north pole as evening twilight dis-
appeared. A map had been prepared previousfy giving these stars. If
the fifty-five-foot dewcap gave a material advantage, then these stars
should have been first seen with the solar observatory telescope. In
fa^t, they were first seen by this, but only by about two minutes on the
average. This experiment was tried on June 8, 11, and 12.
" The excellent heliostat lent by Dr. S. P. Langley, director of the
Allegheny Observatory, was placed on its pier June 12, and adjusted.
This instrument was exactly fitted for the purpose, and was in perfect
order.
" Observations were made to find stars in the daytime every clear day
between June 15 and July 12, without result. The place in the sky to
which the heliostat mirror was pointed was fixed by setting on the sun
at a given hour ; and the fact that this setting was not changed by ac-
cident was established by observing the position of a small pointer
which was added to the heliostat.
"The latter trials were made with a heliostat mirror, set for the place
of the brightest star in the Pleiades, and on three days this group was
looked for about the time of its passing the meridian. Forty or fifty
minutes were thus spent daily.
" There must have been in the field of the telescope (30 degrees) the fol-
lowing stars :
" Eta Tauri — 3.4 mag. (twice as bright as Vulcan).
" b Pleiadum — 4.5 mag. (as bright as Vulcan).
"^ Pleiadum — 5 mag. (fainter than Vulcan).
'*/ Pleiadum — 4.5 mag. (as bright as Vulcan).
^'/i Pleiadum — 5.6 mag. (fainter than Vulcan).
"At this time the sun was some 50 degrees east of the Pleiades. No
stars were seen at any lime. The position of the mirror for the Pleiades
was verified by finding a group of stars at night-time in the predicted
place. The original setting was made through the sun.
" I am satisfied, therefore, that there is no use in prosecuting this par-
ticular experiment further. The instruments employed were as perfect
as possible. Every conceivable precaution was taken, and it was shown
that this apparatus was not suitable for seeing stars of the magnitude
of Vulcan, even distant from the sun. It would, therefore, be a waste
of time to look for such stars close to the sun.
"It is to be noticed that no evidence has been collected in regard to
ASTRO^^OMY. 305
the existence or non-existence of Yulcan. It has simply been shown
that this device is not suitable for detecting such a planet.
"I may mention that, during the summer of 1881, this same experi-
ment was tried by Dr. Langley, with far more satisfactory arrangements
than those of the solar observatory, and that it was a failure with him
also, and that Professor Harrington, of Ann Arbor Observatory, also
failed to find any material advantage with a (horizontal) tube 150 feet
long."
The Earth. — ^We extract from the Academy the following review (by
G. F. Rodwell) of an important book entitled The Physics of the EartVs
Crttstj by the Eev. Osmond Fisher:
^'The author in twenty-one chapters discusses the principal facts con-
nected with the interior heat of the earth, the elevations and depres-
sions of its surface, and the causes and effects of volcanic action. He
shows that the rate of increase of temperature, as the distance beneath
the earth's surface is augmented, is, on the whole, an equable one, and
may be taken to average about 1^ F. for every fifty-one feet (misprinted
degrees, p. 267) ol descent. And thus at a depth of about thirty miles
all known rocks would be in a state of fusion. As to the condition of
the interior of the earth, we are first led to a discussion of the density.
The surface density is between z,5(j and 2.75, while the mean density
of the whole earth is 5.5. Thus the density considerably increases as
we approach the center of the earth. Everything points to the conclu-
sion that the earth has once been in a molten condition; the main ques-
tion for consideration is whether it is still molten within, or whether
this condition has passed away, and it is now solid. It has been thought
by some, however, that the interior of the earth may be ' potentially hot'
— that is to say, really solid, on account of the enormous pressure to
which it is subjected, but ready to become fluid at any moment when
the pressure is diminished or removed. Having discussed the argu-
ments of Hopkins and of Sir William Thomson, the author asserts that
the requisite great rigidity which the earth must possess in order to en-
able it to resist the deforming influence of the attraction of the sun and
moon does not require that the earth should be absolutely solid from the
center to the circumference. A rigid nucleus nearly approaching the
size of the whole globe, covered by a fluid substratum of no great thick-
ness in comparison with the radius, with an outer crust of less density
floating upon it, would meet the difficulty. *This is the supposition,'
says the author, ' as to the condition of the earth, which appears, on
the whole, to satisfy best the requirements both of geology and of phys-
ics.' Thus the solid nucleus would owe its solidity to the great super-
incumbent pressure, while the outer crust would owe its solidity to hav-
ing become cool through radiation, while the fluid substratum would re-
main in that condition because it would not be submitted to sufficient
pressure to render it solid, while it would retain sufficient heat to render
it molten. As to the density, von Waltershausen has calculated that
H. Mis. 26 20
306 SCIENTIFIC RECORD FOE 1882.
the density at the center ofthe earth is 9.59 under a pressure of 2,6G
atmospheres, and he thinks it probable that the magma beneatl
outer crust consists of felspathic materials, passing lower down ini
gitic, and finally, at the center, into a magnetic magma.
" The next problem to be discussed relates to the manner in 's
the heat and the gravitation of the earth have produced the eleva
and depressions and puckerings of the surface. To explain thii
generally thought that, as the cooling of the earth proceeded
interior retreated from the solidified crust, and that the latter be
crumpled and contorted by the lateral pressure. The author ha
culated that the pressure available for this purpose would be eqi
that of a column of rock of the surface density, having the same se
as the stratum, and 2,000 miles in length — a pressure equal to 83
tons on the square foot, and more than sufficient to perform the o
tions assigned to it.
"Volcanic eruptions probably arise from liquid masses ofthe sul
tum gaining access to the surface, and we must conceive that the i
which accompanies all volcanic phenomena must be present in the
ma of the substratum. 'We may look upon the state of igneoaqi
solution, ' observes the author, < as one in which the water-substai
in a gaseous state, and the combination between the water-subsi
and the rock is probably of that kind which has been termed " occlu
of gas by a liquid. An examination of the amount of contraction t
would have produced the existing inequalities of the earth's su
shows that the ocean basins are not the result solely of depressio
the upper surface only of a crust of uniform density, but that the.
due to the greater density and general depression of the suboc<
crust.'
" According to the author, volcanic energy is the cause of the com
sion of the earth's crust. Thus he reverses the theory of Mallet, \<
makes volcanic energy the result rather than the cause of compres
and he shows that the utmost conceivable amount of heat capal
being obtained by his theory is inadequate to the purpose assigni
it. He considers, moreover, that the geographical distribution oi
canoes is better explained on the supposition of a thin crust and
substratum than upon any other.
" ^ Their linear arrangement points to their being situated along |
systems of fissures ; and such systems of fissures are indicative of a
crust. Fissures which run for long distances in nearly straight coi
point either to a movement perpendicular to the fissured surface oi
to a rending pressure within the fissure itself; while on the other '.
fissures which are caused by contraction in a direction parallel t
earth's surface would divide up an area into polygonal fissures,
former arrangement of the fissures accords best with the distribi
of volcanic ranges and suggests a thin crust.^
" Volcanic regions are either oceanic or appertaining to the coast.
ASTRONOMY. 307
it is probable that the latter are closely connected with elevations of
the continents which they skirt, while the oceanic volcanoes are not
concerned with true elevatory action. The great volcanic chain of the
Pacific approximately divides the earth into two parts, one of which
contains the chief proportion of land, while the other contains Australia
and nearly all the ocean. And perhaps the area of Australia has been
elevated within the ocean hemisphere on account of the deflection of
the great Pacific. line of action by the northwest line, which passes
through Sumatra and the Malay Archipelago, and which meets it at
the southeast corner of Asia.
" Although many of the subjects discussed by Mr. Fisher must remain
open questions until we are far better acquainted with the conditions
of volcanic action, we think that he has cleverly argued his points, and,
by the frequent application of a rigid mathematical treatment, has re-
moved his opinions from the domain of those pure speculations which are
too often applied to the explanation of obscure phenomena connected
with the physics of the earth."
Geodesy of Europe, — Two very interesting charts have just been dis-
tributed as supplements to the proceedings of the sixth general con-
ference of the European Geodetic Survey (held at Munich, in 1880).
One of these gives all the telegraphic determinations of differences of
^gitude, and the other gives all the determination's of latitude and
(i^imuth (separately). Such charts for the United States would be
niost valuable.
Atmospheric refraction, — An important memoir on refraction has been
^*tely published by M. Eadan, who, after a discussion and comparison
^^previous theories, gives formulae and tables for refraction, in which
^ttowance may be made for difference in the rate of decrease of tempera-
^ with the height above the earth's surface at difterent seasons of the
y^. M. Eadan also discusses the case in which the surfaces of equal
^perature in the atmosphere are inclined to the earth's surface.
The Moon. — Selenography has lately received a valuable contribu-
^^n by the publication of the sketches of portions of the moon's disk
^hich were made by Tobias Mayer, at Gottingen, in the middle of the
**8t century. Mayer was the first observer who constructed a general
^^Pof the moon in which the positions of the chief lunar spots were
^id down from actual measurements, and not from mere eye-drafts.
•*^e intended publication of his lunar sketches at the end of the last
century was frustrated by the death of Lichtenberg, who had under-
^ken it, and Mayer's smaller general map remained the only accessible
'^t of his selenographical labors. To the discussion of auy questions
^ferring to physical changes on the moon's surface, the evidence which
^*y be derived from trustworthy sketches made at an early period is
obviously of considerable importance, and the publication of Mayer's
pM sketches is therefore a welcome addition to the available sources of
formation. There are forty sketches made between June, 1748, and
SCIENTIFIC RECORD FOR 1882.
1760, and these are reproduced by photoheliograpliy, so that
. are faithful representations of the originals. They are accom
3y a copy of Mayer's large general map, of nearly fourteen inc
eterj and thus the results of his old selenographical observatio
ined with humble means, have at last become available, and ad
; due to him has been paid by the Gottingen observatory.
LT, Henry Harrison, of Kew York, has published a colored lithograa^'TZ)]
resenting thfe moon as the " threedays-old crescent," or as it
.*ee days after the time of new moon. As the ordinary lunar m
e constructed with the object of exhibiting the general topography of
le whole visible surface, they do not represent, and are not intencX^d
> represent, the real aspect of the moon at any time; and it is necesfiOLxy
o have special maps for special phases of illumination if they ar^ to
ihow the shadows and other variable features which are so strikiaiS^ly
characteristic of the moon's appearance at different hours of the Irmxiar
day. Mr. Harrison's lithograph is such a special representation, str^d,
as regards general resemblance and artistic effect, may be called a siic-
cess. Though it does not show more than a small portion of the in-
numerable details which the telescope reveals, it gives a good notion
of the telescopic appearance of the young moon as seen with a com-
paratively low power. The moon's image is eighteen inches in diameter,
the phase represented corresponding to the time when the crater Messier
has emerged into the light of the rising sun.
The plate is accompanied by a little descriptive hand-book and ^^
outline map. Its publication will be followed by that of five more plates
containing similar representations of five of the most interesting phased".
Experiments have repeatedly been made with the object of produc-
ing natural imitations of the craters and inequalities visible on th^
moon's surface, and it has been found that the figures of the lunar i^'
equalities can be closely imitated by throwing pebbles upon the surfa^^e
of a smooth, plastic mass such as mud or mortar. Mr. Meydenbaueij
of Marburg, uses a basis of dextrine for the purpose and drops sm^'*
quantities of the same material from a moderate height upon that basi^'
A photograph of various figures which are thus produced show a r^
markable resemblance to the various inequalities visible on themooi^
surface. (A. Marth, in the London Academy.)
The topography of the planet Mars. — Professor Schiaparelli has pa
lished a second important memoir, entitled *' Osservazioni Astronomic
e Fisiche suU' Asse di Eotazione e suUa Topografia del Pianeta Ha
- - -." {Reale Aceademia dei Lincei, anno cclxxviii, 188(M81.)
combining his observations at the opposition 1879-'80 with those d
at the favorable opposition of 1877, he finds the position of the c
tor of Mars referred to the earth's equator as follows : Asc/Cnding
(1880), in 480 V .8 inclination 36o 22' .9— figures differing little
those provisionally adopted by Mr. Marth.
ASTKONOMY.
30^
^t€r*8 observations. — The University of Leyden having acquired
;he manuscripts and copper plates of Schroeter's great unpub-
ork on Mars^ "Areographische Beitrage zur genauern Kennt-
l Beurtheilung des Planeten MarSj^ Professor Bakhuysen is
> bring it out. Schroeter had all but completed it at the time
ath, and had, indeed, it would appear, thoroughly revised the
portion of it. Professor Bakhuysen states that having reduced
r's observations for the position of the axis of Mars^ he finds its
e 3520 59/ and the latitude 60© 32'.
ids. — The following is a list of the Asteroids discovered in
Discovered.
Ko.
By-
DisooYer-
©r's Ko.
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
Palisa
8<K
... do......... ......^..
31
do ........
32
do ....
33
. do
34
do
35
Prosper Henry
Paliafli . . ......
g
36
• . • . do •....•-«••••«•••.
37
L. deBall
1
Palisa .
sa
%S8 of Jupiter.-^JDr. Schur has made a new determination of the
Jupiter from heliometer measures of the satellites, an equal
of observations being made on ea.ch satellite. His results
(1050.918 ± 1.667.)
(1046.026 ± 1.425.)
From satellite I, m = 1-
From satellite II, m = 1-
From satellite III, m = 1~ (1047.665 ± 0.646.)
From satellite lY, m = 1^(1046.818 ± 0.484.)
aving regard to the weights, the mass of Jupiter is 1-^- (1047.232
the sun being taken as unity. Bessel's published result by the
Jthod was I4- (1047.879), but Dr. Schur has reduced Bessel's
5w, having regard to the corrections proposed by Auwers to the
s of the heliometer (periodic error of screw, temperature coeffi-
j.), and finds, in the mean for Bessel, 1048.629 ± 0.198, and com-
â–ºy weights, the final mass of Jupiter from observations of the
J by Bessel and Schur is, I4- (1048.311 ± 0.174).
jhur brings up some interesting questions in regard to the per-
nors of observations of the satellites, for an account of which
3 must be made to the original paper.
IS other series of measures of the satellites are discussed, but
jes are made in the concluded mass of Jupiter.
ean motions and the periods of the satellites require only ex-
small changes.
310 SCIENTIFIC RECORD FOR 1882.
The disk of Jupiter. — Prof. G. W. Hough's annual report as directoi
the Dearborn Observatory at Chicago, for the year 1882, is mainly
voted to the reduction and discussion of the numerous series of obser
tions on the spots upon the disk of the planet Jupiter, made with
18^ inch refractor, including measures for position of the great red &!â–º
of equatorial white spots and other markings, and angles of position^
the equatorial belt. The observations extend over the period
September, 1879, to March, 1882. Those made in 1879 and 1880 shoi
that the red spot was retrograding with accelerated velocity, and t
drifting has continued with such uniformity that Professor Hough
siders "the position of the spot at any future period can be very ac-
rately computed." It was found that all the observations could be fai
represented by a period of rotation, varying directly with the tii
and the discussion leads to the following formula : (1879, Septem"
25 + tx 0.00209s.,) which gives 9^* 65°^ 36«.9 for the mean period betw^^n
September 26, 1879, and March 29, 1882, comprising 916 days, or 2, ^^4
rotations of the planet.
Hence, it is inferred that the apparent rotation -period has increa*^^
about four seconds since the opposition of 1879, showing a total
of the red spot in longitude of 40,000 miles ; and Professor
regards his observations as evidence that the great red spot is not 'fcti©
solid portion of the planet. "An immense floating island," nearly 30^000
miles in length, and more than 8,000 in breadth, has "maintained, i^^
shape and size, without material change, during more than three yea^JC*^'
He has failed to recognize any fading of the color of the spot, wli.i^^»
on February 2 in the present year, he judged to be a light pink-. ^
formerly. Although the dimensions of the spot may not be said "^^
have materially changed, the micrometrical measures do indicate *
diminution in length to the extent of 0'^95 between the oppositiori^
1879 and 1881, at which latter epoch it was 11^^30 (reduced to Jupit^^^^
mean distance).
The direction of the south edge of the equatorial belt was ne^*^ ^
parallel with the planet's equator, as given in Marth's ephemeris; '^
north edge of this belt was found to be slightly concave.
The elliptical white spots were more numerous in 1882 thanpi*^^*
ously, but, with the exception of two situated south of the red spot, i^^ ^^
were seen with difficulty, and were only measurable under the ^^
vision. The two spots named were observed systematically during "^
three months from November 21, 1881, to February 23, 1882. The ^^'
lowing of the two appeared to be at rest relatively to the red spot f^f^
November 22 to December 6, and subsequently to di-ift in the direct^^
of rotation to the extent of about 41^; the average drift during ^^^
last two months was at the rate of flfteen miles per hour. The prec^^'
ing spot also did not retain the same relative position in longitude ^^^
respect to the great red spot. Professor Hough adds: "The observe
tions of the small white spots during 1880 and 1881 prove that th^
ASTRONOMY. 311
-ole surface of the planet outside the margin of the equatorial belt
â–ºates with nearly the same rate.'' The approximate rotation-period
the principal white spot between the edges of the great equatorial
-t was 9^ 50°* 9^.8 from observations over more than eight months,
ich is the same as for the second spot observed during 1880. Hence,
ise equatorial white spots drift in the direction of the planet's rota-
n, at about 260 miles per hour, or through a complete revolution in
Dut 46 days.
twelve tinted drawings of the appearance of the disc of Jupiter
company the report. The first of two made on July 3, 1880, shows
i second satellite just entering on the great red spot at 15^ 43°*.6, and
t other, made nine minutes later, shows it nearly over its center. A
txsh was formed so soon as the satellite touched the end of the red spot,
d when completely entered it appeared as white as when outside the
bnet's disk.
OBSERVATORIES.
Observatories of the United States. — It will be remembered that at the
iiession of Professor Pickering to the directorship of the Harvard
liege Observatory he obtained by the subscription of some 70 persons
Boston the sum of $25,000 ($5,000 a year for five years). A pamphlet
;>ort on the scientific work accomplished has just been published,
dch shall be summarized here. The work is spoken of under the head-
?s of the various instruments employed.
Large equatorial : This has been chiefly devoted to photometry and
iny new (successful) forms of photometers have been devised. The
ightness of the satellites of Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus (two only)
ci Neptune has been determined. Some 200 double stars and about
^ bright stars with faint companions have been measured in the same
I'y. All the planetary nebulae have been similarly measured and sev-
U new ones have been discovered by their spectrum only.
Many variable stars have had their light curves determined photo-
-trically, and several new ones have been discovered. Fifty points on
^ moon have also been determined. Bond's zones of faint stars near
^ equator are shortly to be revised.
Meridian circle : The zone (50^ to 55^ N.) has been finished. It con-
ns 8,300 stars from 1 to 10th mag., each of which has been observed
ice. Two hundred and fifty-eight stars have been observed, each 6
fies, for the Coast Survey. One hundred sta*ndard stars are regu-
"ly observed with .the sun. This work has continued for 3 years, and
il require 2 more. The graduation errors of one circle have been
terinined.
Meridian photometer: Every star visible to the naked eye has had
* light determined photometrically on at least three nights, many on
^re; over 100,000 observations were made in 3 years, and this work is
^w completed. Other similar work is planned. Other miscellaneous
312 SCIENTIFIC RECORD FOR 1882.
work of importance has been done, but is not mentioned here,
brief summary will be sufficient to show the extraordinary amoun
the work which has been accomplished during the 5 years by the ai
the additional endowment. The reasons for this Professor Picker
summaiizes as follows, and they deserve careful attention :
"It will be noticed that the increased work is quite out of proportr
to the increase of income. This is to be expected, since a large par
the expense is the same in either case, and the increase is direct-
available for the attainment of scientific results. The formation
corps of skilled assistants also requires time, and a delay in secnriiB.
continuation of our present income would seriously reduce our capac^:x-t
for attaining results with the greatest economy both of time and morB ^3j
"As an increased expenditure was undertaken before the complete ^i
of the subscription, it is deemed best not to limit the present reporfc U
a period of exactly five years, but to include all the work underta^lsi^ii
since my first connection with the observatory in February, 1877.
"The effect of the subscription may be summarized in a few woir^s.
Without it only one instrument, the meridian circle, was kept acti^v^^J
at work, the large telescope being comparatively idle. The reductdons
even of this one instrument could not be kept up, but every year :f^H
more and more behindhand. With the subscription, the large telesGOT^f
the meridian circle, and the meridian photometer are in constant TM.se.
A large number of the old observations have been published, while t:Iie
remainder have been reduced, and before long will be ready for pul>li^^
tion. One volume of the recent observations with the large telescope
has already been published ; another volume of meridian photoua^^^
observations is now parsing through the press. The unfinished voluxtted
of Annals were completed, so that, as is shown below, our work is now
known through twelve quarto Aolumes, while in 1876 but four had h^^^
given to the public. Eight more volumes of Annals will be need^"
to comi)lete the publication of the observations already made. Th© ^^"
creased rate of work ensues simply because the corps of assistants b^
been more than doubled."
Willets Foint — A very interesting report is published by Greneral ^'
M. Abbot, of the Corps of Engineers, U. S. Army, on the astronomi^^
work which has been done during 1881 at the engineer post of Will^ ^^
Point, Kew York Harbor. It is to this school of application that yoa^^
officers of engineers are sent to learn the practical application of th^^
studies at West Point. They are taught the practice of military s^^
veying, mining, torpedo service, etc., and also the application of astrC^*;
omy to military and boundary surveys. Each year a general order
issued, giving the results of the past year's work. The order for
may be summarized as below:
For local time, each officer makes a long series of determinationswi »^
various instruments, and in various ways. Using the portable traB»*^
the time of transit is at first recorded by an assistant, at the word gir^^
J
ASTRONOMY. 313
the observer; next, the observer records his own time by the relay
'st of a chronometer every 1 second ; next by the chronographic method,
i lastly.by the beat of the chronometer itself (every 0.5 second). Be-
mers use these methods in succession in the order named.
Personal equation is studied by means of Eastman's machine (see
ish. Ast. Obs., 1875)3 and an interesting table of results by the second
thod of marking time {the relay beat) is given.
The time determinations are given for each day of observations, with
5 probable errors.
Dime determinations by sextant observations are also given, and by
ans of the (known) correction of the standard chronometer the error
3ach observation and observer is determined.
Ve quote below the errors of the sextant Delta t's so determined,
mally 10 altitudes of an east star and 10 of a west were employed.)
\] l-.O; 1".6; 13».7;8«.2; 24M; iKl ) 0«.4; 1».8; O-.T; S'.S; 2».85 6-.6j
K These are the observations of students.
-he latitude is determined, first by zenith telescope, and the first
KJess is the evaluation of the level division. This is done by each
dent, and of the set for 1881 the largest probable error is 4:0".008.
whe observations for latitude are given in detail. From 326 observa-
18 of 84 pairs in 1880, the latitude was found to be + 40o 47' 21''.59
)".082. From 591 observations of 104 pairs in 1881, it was found to
+40° 47' 21".47, a difference of about 12 feet only. Sextant observa-
Q8 for latitude were also made. The errors of the several determina-
Q8 were I'M; 30".5; 14".8; 7".4; 0".9; 0".5, respectively.
Che longitude is determined —
Let By lunar culminations. The errors were found to be (of one night's
nervations), 7».01; 6».99; 3M4; 15«.97; 3-.74; 21-.06; 14-.29; 24^84;
.68; 25».04; 4».06; 2«.28; 1».81. The errors of each lunb of the moon
^ separately shown.
J<1. By Jupiter's satellites. Errors: 21«.02; 29".48; 26».96.
•^. By lunar distances (sextant). Errors: 4».0; 26*.0; 40".6; 13».7;
•7; 6».4; 6».7.
^G value of a revolution of the micrometer screw of the small (five-
^) equatorial was twice determined, as follows :
R = 19".362 it 0".018 Polaris.
= 19 .287 it .057 ''
^e displays of the aurora have been regularly noted since 1870, Feb-
•^ 1. The number for each year is as below:
^70,99; '71, 104; '72, 94; '73, 92; '74, 35; '76, 27; '76, 17; '77, 13;
'4:; '79,16; '80, : 2; '81,44.
^*iat has been given as an abstract of one year's work in one depart-
^^t only of this school of application for young engineer officers is
^^cient to show that we have at present no better school of practical
^^noniy in America.
314 SCIENTIFIC RECORD FOR 1882.
Halstead Observatory. — The new telescope at Princeton is now at last
in position and nearly ready for work. It was made by A. Clark &
Sons, of Cambridge, the glass disks being furnished by Feil, of Paris.
The diameter of the object-glass is 23 inches, and the focal length
within an inch or two of 30 feet. At present its only superiors in the
United States are the 26-inch telescopes of the Naval Observatory, at
Washington, and of the University of Virginia. In Europe the 27 -inch
refractor of the Vienna Observatory and the 25-inch telescope of Mr.
Newall surpass it. Five other instruments of larger dimensions are in-
deed now constructing, two in Paris, and three in Cambridge ; but it
will be some time before any of them are finished.
In the Princeton telescope the lenses which compose the object-glass
are separated by a space of nearly seven inches, allowing a free circu-
lation of air between them, and securing a rapid equalization of temper-
ature. This construction also prevents the ''ghosts" (formed by re-
flections between the lenses), which are very troublesome in some large
Instruments.
The spherical and color corrections are very fine in the Princeton
telescope, and the performance of the object-glass, so far as can be
judged from a few nights' use, is entirely satisfactory. It is intended
to devote the instrument for the present mainly to spectroscopic obser-
vations of the stars. The spectroscope is of Christie's direct vision form,
which has been successfully used at Greenwich for several years. Mr.
Christie (Astronomer Eoyal) very kindly supervised its construction
{by Hilger, of London), and there is every reason to hope that it will
prove a magnificent instrument. It is much larger and more powerful
than anything ever used before in stellar work ; it is nearly six feet long,
and admits through the prisms a beam 2J inches in diameter.
A four horse-power gas-engine works the dome and shutters. It also
driv^es one of Edison's dynamo machines, which furnishes a powerful
current for purposes of illumination, and for producing the spectra of
metals or gases to be compared with those of the stars.
Yale College Observatory, — From a late report of Prof. H. A. New-
ton, director of Yale College Observatory, we learn that the Board of
Managers are to proceed at once to erect suitable buildings on the ob-
servatory grounds for the new heliometer just received from Messrs.
Repsold, of Hamburg, and the new equatorial telescope, purchased of
Howard Grubb, of Dublin, last sumiiier. The towers for these instru-
ments are now being erected, and the heliometer is expected to be in
place by the first of August, that the observers may have ample time
to prepare for the best use of the instrument at the transit of Ventis in
December, 1882. The new equatorial of eight inches aperture is ex-
pected from the makers about the middle of August, and it will also be
ready for use early in the autumn. The domes for these instruments
were made by Mr. Grubb. The longitude of the transit house of this
observatory was recently determined by exchanges of telegraphic sig-
ASTRONOMY. 315
nals on four nights by Prof. W. A. Eogers, of Cambridge, and Dr. Waldo,
an exchange of observers being made on two nights. The difference of
longitude between the meridian circle of Harvard College Observatory
and the transit of Yale College is 0^ 7°^ 10^353 ± 0».0091.
This report also contains the second annual statement of Dr. Waldo,
astronomer in charge of the horological and thermometrical bureaus of
the observatory. This kind of work has not been undertaken anywhere
else in this country; and the manner in which it is done reflects credit
on all concerned.
IdcJc Observatory, — ^The Lick trustees have ordered from Messrs. Eep-
sold, of Hamburg, a 6-inch meridian circle of the design of that of the
Strasburg Observatory. The objectives of the instrume^nt and of the
north and south collimators are of six inches aperture, and will be made
by Alvan Clark & Sons. The objective and eye end of the circle are
interchangeable. There are two divided circles, A and B. A is fixed on
the axis and divided to 2^ B is movable on the axis and is divided to
2' at four points 90^ from each other. Every degree of each circle is
numbered with an engraved figure. There are four microscopes to each
circle, one revolution of their micrometers being 1', and one part being
V\ The setting is done by a reflecting microscope with two eye-pieces,
one north, the other south. The axis of the circle is itself a telescope,
and a collimator east or west is used to rectify its position. The hang-
ing level is so arranged that it can be applied while the instrument is
pointed to the nadir.
The flint disk for the 36-inch objective to be made by Alvan Clark &
Sons for the Lick Observatory has arrived in this country. Its diameter
is 97<^«^ (38.19 inches), its thickness 55<^°^ (21.65 inches), and its weight
170 kilograms (375 pounds). A month was required in the cooling.
A crown disk has also been cast by M. Fell (fils) who made the flint.
A sidereal clock ordered by the Lick trustees, from A. Hohwu, of
Amsterdam, has arrived in this country. It is in all respects similar to
the normal clock of the Washburn Observatory, described in its publi-
cations, Vol. 1, 1881, p. 12 ; and to a clock just delivered to the Pulkova
Observatory. Its cost is about $447. Similar clocks are mounted at
the observatories of Upsala, Leyden, Strasburg, Brussels, and Tashkent.
This clock bears the number 33.
West Point Academy, — Alvan Clark & Sons are making a 12-inch equa-
torial for the observatory of the United States Military Academy at
West Point.
The following list of dates may have some interest :
The coUimating eye-piece was first proposed (by Bohnenberger)
in the Astronomiche Nachrichterij Yol. lY, p. 330 in 1825
Used at Madras Observatory 1834
Tried at Konigsberg 1837
TTsed at Edinburgh for nadir — 1840
Used at Oxford for nadir 1843
316 SCIENTIFIC RECORD FOR 1882.
Used at Cambridge 1^*-4S
Used at Washington ]_ ^^ ^^
Used at Greenwich — 1 -^^4
McGormick Observatory. — Prof. Ormond Stone of the Cincinnati <II^l
servatory , has been appointed director of the LeanderMcCormickOb^i^^i
vatory of the University of Virginia. The institution is already in j^ ^Oi
session of the great refracting telescope made by the Clarks a few y^^3fcr
ago for Mr. McCormick, who generously presented it to the univer^it^
in 1877. It cost nearly $50,000. The friends of the university h.^a*^<
contributed $76,000 to endow the chair of astronomy.
Warner & Swazey, of Cleveland, have completed arrangements \^?'i tli
the director of this observatory (Prof. O. Stone) by which they ar^ to
build a 45-foot iron and steel dome to contain the 26 J-inch Clark refra© -t>cDr.
The dome is to turn on a live ring, on Grubb's plan, but the roUa ^re
to be mounted in an ingenious manner which does away with most of
the friction, and allows of the most accurate placing of the ring on. "t^©
track. It is guaranteed that the dome (45 feet) will revolve wifclx a
direct pressure of fifty pounds.
Foreign observatories. — The last number of the Vierteljahrsschrift ^^
Astronomischen Oesellsehaft contains reports of the proceedings of so mo
twenty of the observatories in Europe during the year 1881. At Berf^^
observations for the zone + 20^ to 25^, were actively continued, upward*
of 10,000 being made iii the year. The 9 inch refractor was emplo^"^^
for comets and small planets, etc., the physical appearances of the covc^^^
1881 III, receiving special attention. With the Declinograph 1,200 sta^^
stars were observed, making, up to the end of 1881, 12,329 stars, most>Iy
from the eleventh to the thirteenth magnitudes, thus determined in con-
nection with the identification and observation of the small plauots.
At Bonn the southern '^Durchmusterung'' furnished observations f
upwards of 14,000 stars, so that rapid progress is being made with, tl^^^
work under the direction of Professor Schoenfeld. At Brussels ast^^^*
nomical physics, as well as meridian observations, have been atteno^J^
to; the meteors of the August period were extensively observed o^^^
Belgium ; Christiania was mainly occupied , under Dr. Fearnley, witl* *
zone* 650 •— 70^, and the curious circumstance of the existence of ^'^^
variable stars in this zone within a radius of 1^ is recorded; the fl^^ *
in 20^ 59°^ 20« + 66o 8 ^'5, has been estimated by various obser^^^^^
from 5m. (Lalande) to 9m. (Argelander) ; the second is in 20^ 59°* ^
+ 670 35'.9 ; the third in 21^^ 7^ 33« + G7o 54'.4, and the fourth in ^^
llm 498 ^ 660 o'.9, for 1855.0. Baron v. Engelhardt, at Dresden, ^^^
zealously observed the various comets of the year, and has made ^^
observations of 19 minor planets. The principal instrument in ^
Baron's observatory is an equatorial refractor by Howard Grubby ^
Dublin ; aperture SOO*""". A new physical observatory has been erect^J .|
at Her^ny, Hungary, by Eugen and Alexander von Gothard, the p^^^' m
ASTRONOMY. 317
on of which is 12^ 49.8« east of Berlin, in latitude 47° 16' 3V'.
Lie observatory is provided with a lOJinch eqnatorially-mounted re*
3otor by Browning, of London. Observations were commenced in the
ioond week of November, and chiefly consisted of the examination of
ar-spectra. At Keil an 8-inch refractor by Steinheil has been received.
Meridian observations here were largely devoted to circumpolar stars
- 790 to 820, but according to the present plan the observations will be
>ntiiiued to the pole. Leipsic is now under the direction of Prof.
t. Bruns. At Lund the zone undertaken by the observatory was con-
nned, more than 5,200 stars being determined. From the observatory
f Brera, Milan, Professor Schiaparelli makes the welcome announce-
lent that the late Baron Dembowski had confided to him all his astro-
omical manuscripts, with the condition that they were to be utilized
o the best advantage for the science. His measures of double stars,
upwards of 20,000 in number, will be published under the auspices of
lie Accademia Eeale dei Lincei 5 they are to form four volumes, of which
'^e first will contain the measures made by Dembowski at Naples with
^s Plossl Dialytic in the years 1852-'58 ; the second and third, the obser-
vations made at Galarate on stars of the Dorpat Catalogue, and the
^^rth, the measures of stars in W. Struve's appendix, the Pulkowa
^^.talogue, and double stars discovered by 0ther astronomers, more
'specially by the eminent American observer, Mr. Burnham. The first
'^olume is in course of preparation. At Plonsk Dr. Jedrzejewicz con-
^^nes, in bis private observatory, measures of double stars as his prin-
'^Pal work; The passages of the red spot on Jupiter, by the middle of
'*ie disk, were micrometrically determined from November 25, 1880, to
^^bruary 6, 1881, from 174 rotations. The period was found to be 9*^
^^*** 34.41*. it 0.13% and at the same time the jovicentric latitude of
^^ center of the spot was found — 22o.8, and its length in degrees of
^^ parallel 26o.4 ; the third and fourth comets of 1881 and Encke's
^Haet were also observed for position. The physical observatory at
^tsdam was in full activity, and, in addition to the more special sub-
^ts of observation undertaken by this important establishment, an
^tensive series of observations of variable stars was secured in 1881.
^om Stockholm Dr. Hu^o Gylden notifies his determination of the par-
^lax of the star Bradley 3077, or Bo. 240 in Argelander's Calalogue of
p^ stars, forming part of the seventh volume of the Bonn observations.
'^^ resulting value is 0''.283 ± 0'^0468. This star has considerable
^^per motion. Prof. E. Wolf communicates from Zurich the monthly
^^ber of days with and without sun spots, and the relative numbers.
^ the whole year's observing days the sun was free from spots on five
^^8 and exhibited spots on 297.
-Prom the report of the director of the Paris Observatory, we extract
*^^ following : The asteroids, which have beeu observed at Paris and
'^ Greenwich for the past fifteen years, are now to be observed at Paris
^^ly. It has been found at Greenwich that the bad weather seriously
318 . SCIENTIFIC EECOED FOE 1882.
interferes with the progress of the work ; and Admiral Monchez
therefore undertaken the whole of this labor at Paris.
The observation of the stars of Lalande has been going on at
for some years, as is well known. During the past three years tIMzM-i
task has been made the chief work of the meridian service, and it> i
hoped that the whole of these observations will be finished in li^
The catalogue will be published in Paris, and it is expected that p
1, comprising 23,640 stars, will be sent to the printer during the y^
This will be the most important contribution to stellar astrono
that could be rendered.
The eighteen observers of the meridian service have made 28,747 ^=^1>-
servations during the year. The observations of the sun, moon, plan, ^^ts
and comets amount to 1,018. These are reduced by the Bureau <3^s
Galculs. The equatorials are employed as before in observations o^
planets, comets, and asteroids. The large reflector will be resilvfeX'"'^5d
and devoted to photographic and spectroscopic work.
The meteorological observations, the time-services, and the astrono »=^-
ical school of Montsouris continue as formerly.
Visitors are admitted (by the written permission of the director) oi:»-^^
a month. Four hundred persons come on the average, and the uses ^^
the various instruments are explained to them by four of the astro x3.o-
mers, in regular turn.
The observatory is about to undertake an investigation of the ysbxri-^'
tions of the vertical, which have been remarked by Messrs. D'Abba^*^^^
and Darwin. From the terms in which this research is spoken of in t:^^^
report, it is evident that it is not considered to be one which promi^^*
to be very fruitful in results. The large refractor is still in process
construction. It will be clear, from the brief r^wtw^here given, fcl*^
the observatory of Paris is engaged in work fully worthy of its gr^^
name and of its past services to astronomy.
The commission appointed by M. Ferry to report on the constructi^^
of the rotating dome for the large refractor of the Paris Observat^^-^
has held numerous meetings at the Conservatoire des Arts et M^ti^^f '
Colonel Laussedat, director of the establishment, being in the clx^^^
Only two projects have been reserved for final choice. M. Eiffel -pf^'
poses to use a saline solution in a horizontal circular channel placed ^^
the wall to diminish the weight of the rotary roof.
Owing to the exertions of Admiral Mouchez, magnetical observation^ ^
will soon be resumed at the Paris Observatory, in subterranean cha>tM^'
bers which have been excavated in the newly annexed grounds. The^^
observations will be self-registering by photography, in conformity wit''^
the instruments established by M. Mascart at the College de Franc^*
Direct observations will also be conducted with the old instrument^
which were used by Arago, which were famous for his prognosticatioa^
of aurorae, at a period when, the electric telegraph not having beeP^
ASTRONOMY. 31&
'cnted, many days must elapse before the arrival in Paris of news
m the northern parts of Europe.
^ credit of 96,000 francs ($19,200) has been granted by the Chambers
Belgium to found an observatory at the University of Li6ge. It will
chiefly devoted to the instruction of students in geodesy and geo-
>phical surveying.
^ new observatory has been founded at Tashkent, under the direc-
i of Lieutenant Pomerantzeff. The principal instruments are —
. A Eepsold meridian circle of 4.82-inch aperture and 66.27 focus,.
1 a circle divided to 2' and read by 4 microscopes.
- A Merz equatorial of 6.34 inches aperture.
'• A sidereal clock by Hohwu.
?he geographical position is :
-latitude, 40o 18' 32''.2.
-fongitude, 2^ 35°^ 52M5, east of Pulkova.
•'rom two letters, printed in JOAstronomie^ we learn that Bon Jos6
Dzales has built and equipped and also endowed a small observatory
Bogota, Colombia. Its principal instruments are a 4-inch equatorial,^
nail meridian circle, spectroscopes, &c. The fa9ade bears the inscrip-
a: " Observatoire Flammarion. — A la France. — A Flammarion.— "
ASTKONOMICAL BIBLIOGKAPHY.
Lhe fourth and last fascicule of the second volume of Bihliographie
PAstronomiej by J. C. Houzeau, director of the Eoyal Observatory
Brussels, and A. Lancaster, librarian of the same, has lately ap-
ired. The authors have tabulated the number of astronomical papers
the dates of publication, from 1600 to 1880, and have plotted the re-
ts in a curve of astronomical works, which illustrates with striking
act the rapidity with which the number of these articles is increasing
til time. Political revolutions have but slightly affected this pro-
issive activity — excepting only the great wars of the first French
pire, which occasioned a remarkable decrease in the number of pa-
^s, the epoch of greatest depression being the year 1815. Important
^onomical discoveries and events have had the most marked effect
stimulating the production of astronomical works ; for example, the
t transit of Venus, 1874, and the discovery of Neptune, 1846. Of
aae 1,800 articles indexed in this volume of the Bibliographies 6,000
^ written in the French language, 5,800 in English, 4,400 in German,
^ in Italian, and 600 in Latin, the remaining 400 being divided un-
duly among nine other languages. The four most prolific names are
^se of Secchi, Lalande, Zach, and Bessel, while those who have aver-
»^ the greatest number of papers per annum during the period of
^^ir activity are Flammarion, Secchi, and Proctor. The sections of
^iB volume are nine in number, and relate to the History of Astronomy,
^tronomical Biography, Spherical Astronomy, Theoretical Astronomy,
^lestial Mechanics, Astronomical Physics, Practical Astronomy, Mon-
820 SCIENTIFIC RECORD FOR 1882.
ograpbs on the principal bodies of the Solar System, and Stellar A — is-
tronomy. The first and third volumes, being thought of less pressia^ig
importance than the second, will be published subsequently, and \i^rill
relate, the first to works (or separate publications), and the third lo
observatories and the observations made at them.
This work has been epitomized in the Vade-mecum de PAstronomiej
8vo, 1 vol., 1882.
The Greenwich Observatory, always prompt in its publications, is
this year even more prompt than usual. The volume of 1879 has been
distributed ; parts of the volume for 1880 have also been sent out, and
the whole volume is nearly printed ; and at the date of writing, the vol-
ume for 1881 is nearly ready for the printer.
Professor Folic, director of the new observatory at Luttich, has
published new tables for computation of the precession, nutation, etc
These are more complete than Coffin's and Hubbard's tables in the
Washington observations for 1847, and according to the account of
them in V. J. 8. der Ast OeselL^ 1881, p. 291, they are also more con-
venient, as the argument (R. A.) does not vary uniformly, as in the
Washington tables, but is varied so as to make the interpolation easy.
The German Astronomical Society is about to issue another volume
of its publications (the quarto series). It has for title*, Syzygien-Tofi^
fur den Mondy nebst ausfuhrlicher Anweisung ihres OebrauchSy van Ih.'C<^
Oppolzer.
The publication (by Scribners) of Trouvelot's "Astronomical draw-
ings of the sun, planets, comets, and nebulae" gives us a work never at-
tempted before on such a scale, and only recently made possible.
The plates represent to the general student and the public, with
accuracy and beauty, the chief celestial objects and phenomena, almost
exactly as the power of modern instruments now presents them to th©
trained eye of the astronomer. Not only are the general appearance
and relative positions of the different objects accurately given, buttheu^
peculiar and delicate colorings are reproduced with excellent effect--*
result which photography is wholly inadequate to secure.
The fifteen years' study of which this is the fruit has involved the
preparation of about seven thousand larger and smaller drawings, ^
which telescopes of all powers have been used, from the great 26incb
equatorial in Washington to instruments of 6J inches aperture. ^^^
whole series consists of 15 large plates.
New astronomical journal. — M. Flammarion has recently founded *
new popular astronomical journal, having for title : IPAstranomie^ f^
mensuelle d^Astronomie populaire, de MiUorologie et de Physiqm du Qy>^*
Xo. I is dated March, 1882, and contains a good account of the observ-
atory of Paris, with wood-cuts of its appearance in 1672 and at present
A list of the instruments now in use is given, which we copy :
ASTBONOMY. 321
Apertare inohes.
nbeytransit 5.91
nbey moral circle 4.74
Eio.hens meridian circle 9.48
Bichens meridian circle 7.48
ebours eqaatorial 14. 96
retan equatorial 12. 20
retan eqaatorial 9. 44
^ short and interesting history of the administrations of the varioas
K^tors is given, most attention being natorally paid to the present
. The salaries paid are :
Francs.
ector. : 16,000
e-director 12, 000
xonomers 7, 000 to 10, 000
innct astronomers 3, 500 to 7, 000
he meridian observations are to-day chiefly devoted to a reobserva-
i of the Lalande stars, some 48,000 in all. Probably the places of
le 23,000 Lalande stars will be printed in 1882. The ten observers
ain some 28,000 observations yearly.
he six observers with the equatorials are engaged on the observa-
i (and discovery) of asteroids, double stars, &c. The reflector of 47
les aperture is not in use, The large refractor of 29.13 inches aper-
3 will be mounted shortly.
b is announced that with the year 1883 a new journal, Science^ will
[)ublished in Cambridge, Mass., with Mr. S. H. Scudder as editor and
principal scientific men of the country as coadjutors. It is intended
Ml a corresponding place to the English Nature^ and certainly it
i:8 with the fairest prospects, and occupies a field in which there is
Bh to do.
MISCELLANEOUS.
'tandard time. — The two following papers (which do not exhaust the
ject, however,) may be taken to show the general interest in the
stion of a standard or of many standards of time. For America the
»stion should be settled after careful discussion and general consent,
L not be allowed to drift to its solution :
In response to the circular of the general time convention, asking
commtinications bearing upon the matter of a standard time for the
^ays of the United States arid Canada, Admiral Eodgers, late Super-
indent of the United States Naval Observatory, wrote the following :
'*The various countries of the world generally have their own prime
rtdian, as Greenwich, Paris, Pulkova, etc., and the national maps
drawn to the respective national prime meridians. The maps of the
ited States are drawn with reference to the meridian of Washington.
B observatories of Europe — Pulkova, Greenwich, Paris, etc. — give
'6 to their respective nations. In England the differences of longi-
le are not great, and all England uses Greenwich time. But the
H. Mis. 26 ^21
322 SCIENTIFIC RECORD FOB 1882.
extent of the United States renders a single time impracticable, for by
the hour at any place is only sought an expression for the relative i>08i-
tion of the sun in regard to that place. At the noon of any locality the
sun is on its meridian ; at I o'clock it is one hour past the meridian; at
midnight it is on the lower meridian, or just under the feet, and at 1
o'clock at night it is one hour past the lower meridian. All this is very
elementary, and is known to every one.
"* By local time man must live, move, and have his being. Other
Btandanl for his daily avocations is chimerical, fit for speculation, but
utterly impracticable. Sailors have for a long time kept on board ship,
for their practical purposes, two times — namelj', local time, for the daily
uses of life, and the time of the national meridian, for astronomical pur-
poses. This is Greenwich, Paris, Pulkova, or other, according to nation-
ality. This arrangement at sea is in constant use by a community far
from a learned one, according to shore standards. The system must be
plain and practical to landsmen, since it is plain and practiced by sea-
men.
'**The plan of time zones seems to me a plan for legalizing diver-
sity. It is against diversity that the country protests, as applied to rail-
road service. Two neighbors, sejiarated by a fence, may live in diflfer-
ent zones, or two villages near one. another may have different zones
and different legal times, in which (rase business will be carried on be-
tween them with more difficulty than with natural time, by which people
dwelling near one another will have, substantially, agreement in their
watches. Two railroads on different sides of a river may have different
zones, and trains collide for want of agreement. Except in towns of
some size, no one would know his zone, for the zones cannot be marked.
The State lines are too irregular in shape to serve for a guide, nor have
we custom-houses on the borders to inform travelers of the name of the
State.into which they enter.
" 'Learned societies may recommend artificial time for the use of man,
but it is to be apprehended that *he community may refuse to accept
it. When the laborer, who has worked from sunrise until noon, is
gravely told that noon comes at 1 o'clock, will he not object t In short,
men will continue to keep natural time for their daily uses, whatever
different practice conventions may recommend. .
*' * In conclusion, I beg leave to recommend that in the railroad guides
the time of Washington, the national meridian of the United States, be
published opposite to the movements of through trains, leaving, the
trains to run on Boston time, or Ogden, or San Francisco, or such other
time as the directors may prefer. This plan invades no right now en-
joyed ; it changes no practice ; it only adds to the tables a few columns
of figures. 1 would also recommend that the clocks at railroad stations
be furnished with two sets of hands, gilt hands for Washington time,
and black hands for local time. These hands, separated by a constant
difference equal to the differences of longitude, will always show at a
glance the time required, whether local or Washington.'"
The second paper referred to, is an essay read by Dr. Ulbricht, at a
convention of engineers, which met at Dresden last winter, and is as
follows :
^< In most of the European countries the inconvenience of various local
times has been partially done away with, by accepting the true time at
the capital city for the standard time for the rest of the country, as has
been partly done by the railroad companies in the Uuiteil States; whole
A8TB0N0MY. 323
trains arrive at and leave the intermediate stations by New York or
Chicago time.
" Dr. Ulbricht then spoke with approbation of the ingenious plan
proposed by President Barnard, of Columbia College, New York, at the
convention held recently at Cologne to discuss some of the debated
points of international law. President Barnard's scheme is to have
the earth divided by twenty-four meridian lines corresponding to the
namber of hours in a solar day, and to have the inhabitants of each
spot on the globe reckon time by the true time at the nearest meridional
Ime. By this plan, all places would register minutes and seconds sim-
ultaneously, all over the world, the name of the Lour only being differ-
ent at each meridian line. If this much could be secured, it would be
a vast improvement on the present irregular system, but it would neces-
sitate peifect standards and exceedingly careful and accurate distribu-
tion of time from the appointed centers or st<andard clocks.
**The *time ball' on the Wartbjrg (a mountain near ITeilbrunn),
which was set up more than a hundred years ago by that many-sided
genius, Goethe, is a primitive mode of distributing time from a central
station to the surrounding stations, and modern science is rapidly per-
fecting this system, so that the complete unison between all the clocks
of a country is only a question oft'ime.
**The pneuniatic system gives unqualified satisfaction in Vienna,
where it has been thoroughly tested, and other places are introducing
it; bat the most infallibly accurate means for distributing time either
long or short distances, is electricity. Simultaneous action m clocks,
no matter how widely separated they may be, is insured by the Hipp
system of electric communication, or the «fones system, which is in suc-
cessful operation at Greenwich, Berlin, and several other places. In
this latter system the pendulums receive their impulse by the opening
and closing of the electric circuit, so that all have a simultaneous vibra-
tion. Of course, this system makes no allowance for the difference
between the time of different localities.
"The Siemens and Halske electrical clocks are provided with a
simple little apparatus which allows the minutes and seconds to be re-
corded on each clock in unison with the central cloksk, but as the hour
strikes it moves the hands back or forward to the place where they
belong according to the true time of the place.
"The system invented by Dr. Ulbricht himself, and in use in many
of the principal depots in Germany, requires the pendulum-rod to be
somewhat shorter than usual, so that the clock will gain a trifie each
hour. This is remedied by an automatic arrangement that, as the hour
strikes, stops the motion of the pendulums in all the secondary clocks
until the center clock has caught up with them, when all vibrate again
in unison.
"President Barnard's proposition for < cosmopolitan time,' as he calls
it, comprehended still further changes in the system now in use, which
can be briefly summed up as follows: After having decided upon the
location of the twenty-four meridional lines, the whole world should
xeckon time from a certain one of these lines. For general convenience
(and to avoid showing undue partiality to any special country, probably),
President Barnard suggests the meridian passing through Behring
Strait and the Pacific Ocean, for the starting point, and the time mid-
night.
"The hours of the day should be counted from one to twenty-four,
indasiTe, doing away with the unnecessary annoyance of dividing the
solar day into p. x. and ▲• m. He suggests also that the hoax% TuViJs^
324 SCIENTIFIC RECORD FOR 1889.
be designated by the twenty four letters of the alphabet (leaTing oat J
and W).
^^By the general adoption of this system, or even a modified form of
it, all the countries in the world woold thus be brought into harmony,
and ^cosmopolitan time' would be recorded simultaneously on the faces
of all the clocks in the world, the incalculable advantages of which must
be seen to be fully appreciated.
<^ A convention of geographers lately held in Venice passed resolutions
expressing their approbation and admiration of President Barnard's
Elan, prophesying that the present zealous agitation of this subject will
efore long bring about a radical change in the systems now in use." —
(From the Allg. Jour, der TlhrmacherJcunst)
Astronomical prizes^ salaries^ dkc. — The French Academy of Sciences
has recently awarded the Lalande prize to Dr. Lewis Swift, of Boches-
ter, N. Y., for his discovery of seven comets in four years. One of them,
Comet E, 1880, which is identical %ith Comet UI, 1869, discovered by
Tempel, is a short-period comet. The Yalz prize was awarded to Dr. D.
Gill, astronomer at the Cape, for his researches on the solar parallax,
especially for his observations of Mars, at Ascension, in 1877.
From the British navy estimates for 1881-'82, the following items of
interest are extracted: ^^ Greenwich Observatory^ total, i&5,144. The
salary of the Astronomer Eoyal (to be reconsidered on the appointment
of a successor to Sir G. B. Airy), j&l,200; of the chief assistant, J&600;
two first-class assistants, i&787; four second-class assistants, klftllj
expenses tor repairs, apparatus, &c., i&2,639. Cape of Good Hope Ob-
servatoryy total estimate for salaries, apparatus, &c., £2,703. Nautical
Almanaoy £3,203, including salary of the superintendent, £550. The
average annual sale of the almanac for the last five years is estimated
at 16,749 copies. The chronometers of the royal navy cost £1,432; and
the expenses of the compass department are £2,146."
GEOLOGY.
By Prof. T. Stebby Hunt, LL. D., F. E. S.
EOZOIO BOOKS.
The stndy of the Eozoic, or, as they are often called, the Archsean
locks — ^the Primary rocks of older writers — continues to occupy more and
more the attention of geolo^sts. It is now generally understood that
tkese rocks, like those of Secondary and more recent periods, are capa-
ble of subdivision into great stratified groups, the relations between
which, in the absence of organic remains, must be determined by strat-
igraphical and lithological characters. Of these, three great groups —
first established in I^orth America, and named Laurentian, Huronian,
and Montalban — are now recognized in many parts of the old World.
The existence in the Alps of an older granitic gneiss, corresponding
to the Laurentian, and a younger gneissic series, the representative of
the Montalban, has long since been recognized by Gerlach, Gumbel,
and others, and the relations of the former to the great greenstone or
pietre verdi series of northern Italy, rightly referred by Gastaldi to the
Horonian, has attracted attention. It should, however, be said here
that this scries, as defined by him, included also the younger gneisses
Geological studies of the Simplon, with reference to the proposed rail-
way-tunnel through the mountain, made by Henevier, show the exist-
ence there of an older gneiss, called by Gerlach the gneiss of Antigorio,
which is well seen in the Yal de Yedro, where it is brought up by an
anticlinal from beneath a mass of younger gneisses, with micaceous and
homblendic schists and crystalline limestones. This latter series has
a great thickness, and is probably, like the upper gneiss of the St.
Gothard, Montalban, here resting directly upon Laurentian.
The careful geological studies of StapflT, the director of the St. Goth-
ard tunnel, show at the base a granitoid gneiss (veined granite of other
observers), to which belongs the Finsteraarhorn, overlaid .by a great
series of gneisses and mica-schists, with serpentine and hornblendio
rocks, through which the greater part of the tunnel passes. These form
the southern slope of the St. Gothard, as well as the basins of Unseren
on the north and the Ticino on the south side. They have, according
to Stapff, an aggregate thickness of not less than 15,000 meters,
but the possibility of repetition by faults and undulations should not
be lost sight of. Yon Hauer has recognized two similar series of
326 •
326 SCIENTIFIC BECORD FOB 1882.
gneisses in the Austrian Alps, besides an intermediate group, which he
compares with the Hnrouian. Hunt, from his recent observations,
announces that the upper gneissic series, as examined by him on the
southern slope of the St. Gothard, and in the Ticino, are clearly of the
type of the Montalban of North America, seen in the White Mount-
ains of New Hampshire, and near Philadelphia. The tunnel of the
St Gothard passes through about 2,000 meters of the older gneiss, on
the north, and 13,000 meters of the younger series, the strata of this
along the line being generally at a very high angle, and much con-
torted and faulted, but often lying at low angles in the Ticino. The
typicsil pietre verdi, or Huronian series, is here wanting, though seen over
large areas in northern Italy, with its serpentines, argillites, cbloritic,
steatitic, epidotic, homblendic, and feldspathic rocks, including so-
called gabbros and euphotides. Hunt has given in this connection an
account of his recent observations near the foot of Mont Viso, in the
vicinity of Biella, in the province of Novara. Here he found the older
gneiss highly contorted, having the characters of the Laurentian, and
including bands of granular limestone, with graphite, pyroxene, quartz,
and other characteristic minerals. This is overlaid to the westward by
an area of the pietre verpli or Huronian series, which is immediately suc-
ceeded on the west by Montalban gneisses and mica-schists. The south-
ward course of the eastern border of this series is such as to rapidly
reduce in this direction the considerable breadth of the Huronian, and
if continued for a mile or two beneath the superficial deposits in the
valley of the Cervo would bring the newer gneisses in juxtaposition
with the Laurentian, as in the St. Gothard section.
The gneisses and mica-schists of the Saxon Erzgebirge have, accord-
ing to the same observer, the lithological characters of the Montalban
or younger gneiss series (and the same is true of the Granulitgebirge of
Saxony), with their included beds of gabbro and serpentine. It may be
here remarked that the characteristic Montalban gneisses in America
pass into grauulite or leptinite on the one hand, and into gneiss and
quartzose mica-schist on the other.
Sauer has found in several localities in the gneiss and mica-schist se-
ries of the Erzgebirge, conglomerates holding, in a crystalline gneissio
matrix, pebbles occasionally of quartzite or granular limestone, but more
often of gneiss. These rolled masses, often several inches in diameter,
represent different varieties of gneiss common to the older series of the
Alps, and iu the opinion of Hunt, who has examined them, are doubt-
less i>ebble^ derived from Laurentian strata. He has noticed a similar
occurrence of granular limestone pebbles in a homblendic gneiss in the
White Mountains. Pebbles of gneiss are also found in like conditions
in gneisses in Sweden and in southeastern France.
The age of these Saxon gneisses is, according to Gredner, clearly pre-
Cambrian. The late researches of the geological survey of Saxony have
shown that this is also true of the gneissic area formerly supposed by
GEOLOGY. 327
l^amnanii to be of Paleozoic age, which is found to be continuous with
"tlie other gneisses.
Marr has lately noticed the crystalline rocks which underlie the
•Cambrian strata in Bohemia, and.has compared the older or basal se-
J^es of gneisses with limestones to the Dimetran of Wales (Laurentian).
They are succeeded unconformably by a newer crystalline series of green-
ish schists, with conglomerates, &c., which, according to him, resemble
the Pebidian of Wales (Huronian). These constitute the stage A of
Barraude, and are succeeded, after a stratigraphical break, by fossilif-
•^rous Cambrian and Silurian rocks.
The crystalline rocks of the Taunus were regarded by Dumont as
altered Devonian, a view also defended by Lessen, but Gosselet and
Koch have shown on stratigraphical grounds that they must be Older, and
•^^^, in part at least, Huronian. Hunt had already examined the con-
^^uation of these rocks in the Ardennes, which, from their association
''^ith Oldhamia^ must be at least at the base of the Cambrian, and had
"^oinpared them with Huronian. The question of the development of
^^stalline minerals in sedimentary rocks will be discussed elsewhere.
Von Eichthofen has examined the crystalline rocks of northern
^hina, where they occupy a great area, and are divided by him into two
f^J^oups, which he compares with Laurentian and Huronian, respectively.
The first of these is again subdivided into two parts ; the older is a
=Suei8s, often granulitic, with steep dips and a prev^ailing northwest
strike. Resting unconformably upon it are newer gneissic rocks, some-
"^inaes hornblendic and chloritic. Both of these Eichthofen would refer
^o the Laurentian. Reposing in discordance upon these is a third divis-
*^^i, described as a series of green scljists with micaceous and horn-
Wendic beds, quartzites, and crystalline limestones, presenting many
^Q-iiations in different districts, but regarded by Eichthofen as the
probable equivalents of the Huronian, and having a thickness of at
least 10,000 feet. These crystalline strata, after having been folded,
^^ulted, and penetrated by intrusive rocks, were subjected to great
^osion before the deposition of the succeeding series, called by Eicht-
^pfeu Sinisian, to be noticed below. With reference to the twofold
^* vision of the Chinese gneisses, it will remain for further studies to
y^termiue whether wo have here the representative of two great divis-
ions of the Laurentiafi, and whether we have also to do with newer
^^^isses, which occasionally, in the Alps, as in parts of i^orth America,
'^st dhectly on the pre-Huronian gneisses.
The rocks to which Eichthofen has given the name of the Sinisian
system are developed with similar characters over wide areas, and have
^^ aggregate thickness of from 12,000 to 20,000 feet. They are de-
*^nbed as consisting of three groups in concordant succession : A lower
<>ne of reddish sandstones and quartzose breccia, a middle group of
*^^toiies, sandstones, and argillites, and an upper of limestones, in
328 SCIENTIFIC RECORD FOR 1882.
which organic remains appear for the first time. These forms are Oaii>>
brian, and are compared with the Potsdam of North America.
The late publications of its geological survey enable us to arrive at
some general views with regard to the Eozoic rocks of India. In the
X>eninsular region of that country we find, stretching firom Oeylon to
the mouth of the Oanges, a broad area, almost unbroken, of granitoid
gneissic rocks, having the general lithological characters of the Lauren-
tian, and in many parts accompanied by crystalline limestones, whose
mineralogical resemblances to those of our older gneissic system are
well known. The Bundelkhand gneissic area, lying a little to the north-
west of the great belt, is conjectured by the Indian survey to be distinct
firom and older than the latter. To these gneisses succeed a great un-
conformable series of what are described as transition or submetamor-
phic strata. These include quartzites, crystalline limestones, jasper-like
rocks, which, in some cases at least, have the composition of petrosilex
and are porphyritic ; beds of specular iron-ore, homblendic and mica-
ceous schists, sometimes with garnet, staurolite, and andalusite. It i»
probable, as supposed by the Indian geologists, Medlicott and Blanford,.
that these transition rocks include two or more distinct groups. They
are of great but undetermined thickness.
To these succeed what is called the Yindyhan series, which, though
generally unconformable, seems, in some parts of its wide distribution,
to exhibit such transitions from the series just described as to lead to
the conjecture that some of the strata included in the former are really
parts of the lower division of the Yindyhan series, to which is assigned
a minimum thickness of 2,000 feet. It includes limestones, quartzites,
argillites, and, in some parts, crystalline schists, recalling some of those
referred to the older transition series. It contains diamonds, of which
it has been conjectured to be the parent rock. The upper division of
the Yindyhan series is supposed to be unconformable to the lower, and
has a thickness of 20,000 feet, consisting of sandstones, limestones, and
argillites. No organic remains have as yet been observed anywhere in
this great series, which is consequently classed by the Indian survey
with Azoic rocks. It is well argued that such a great succession of
varied sediments would seem to offer the conditions for the preservation
of the remains of ordinary Paleozoic life, had such existed in the wide
Yindyhan area. This series suggests a comparison with the Sinisian
rocks in northern China, lying below the Cambrian (Potsdam) beds.
In peninsular India the Yindyhan is unconformably overlaid by the
Gondwana system, the base of which is upper Paleozoic. While these
ancient Yindyhan rocks of the peninsula are very little disturbed, we
find in northern or extra-peninsular India, to the north of the great
IndoGangetic plain, a mountain-region in which even the Tertiary
strata bear evidence of the great disturbing forces that were displayed
in the elevation of the Himalayas. The gneissic rocks of this region
are distinguished from the reddish syenitic gneisses of the peninsula by
GEOLOGY. 829
white or gray in color and are associated with much micarschist*
Other observers have described, in the region of the Upper Himalayas^
syenitic gneisses resembling those of the peninsular type, succeeded by
various crystalline schists, with greenstones and soft talcoid slates.
The Eozoic rocks, to which Hicks, in Wales, gave the name of Pebid-
isuQ, were some years since compared lithologicaUy with the Hnronian.
Hunt, in pointing this out, after his comparative studies in the British
Islands, referred certain crystalline schists in eastern Ireland to the
Montalban series, which, as he had previously shown, is represented in
X>onegal and in the Scottish Highlands, where Pebidian rocks are also
^^^S^ly displayed. Hicks has since found there a series of crystalline
Btrata, which succeed the Pebidian, and which he has called Upper
I^^bidian. These, as they are the predominant rocks in the Grampian
^iUe, he proposes to designate the Grampian series. They consist in
large part of tender gneisses or granulites, with mica-schists, and accord-
^S to Hunt have the lithological characteristics of the Montalban series,
•® seen in the Alps and in I^orth America.
Callaway has contributed important observations to the question of
the age of the younger gneisses found in northwestern Scotland, in
J^^nness, where they are found in close association with an older gneiss
'â– "'^^^gnized as Lewisian (Laorentian), a quartzite, a limestone with a
lower Paleozoic (Arenig) fauna, and a younger flaggy gneiss. This
^tter, regarded by Nichol and others as pre-Oambrian, has been by
•Murchison and his followers supposed to overlie the fossiliferons lime-
Btones, and to consist of more recent or so-called Silurian strata in an
•Itered condition. Callaway has shown that the evidence of this super-
I^^^tion is defective, and that on the contrary we are forced to conclude
**^t the flaggy gneiss belongs to an older series which underlies uncon-
^^i*niably the limestones. The conclusion to be deduced from all the
observations up to this time seems to us to be that the crystalline strata
^ the Scottish Highlands, regarded by the geological survey of Great
^tain as altered Paleozoic strata, include representatives of various
P^-Cambrian groups, including Montalban (Grampian), Huronian (Pe-
"^^ian), and Arvonian, to which series Hicks refers the halleflinta
®^^e8 found in Glencoe.
Callaway has also described the pre-Gambrian rocks of county Wex-
'^^ in Ireland, and finds beneath, the argillites of the Longmynd group
^^^h Oldhamiaj TockB which he compares with the Pebidian and Dime-
^^^ of Wales and Anglesea. He maintains that there is here no evi-
^^Xice whatever of a gradual passage, such as had been asserted, from
the crystalline to the uncrystalline series, either in Wexford or in other
*^^lities examined by him, and elsewhere says : " every case of sup-
posed metamorphic Cambrian or Silurian has been invalidated by re-
^^t researches, and we are driven to the conclusion that within the
â„¢gli8h and Welsh area there is a presumption in favor of the suppo-
830 SCIENTIFIC RECORD FOR 1888.
ait ion that any district of altered rocks that may be discovered is of
Arcluiban age."
Honuey, coutinuiug his studies in the vicinity of the Lizards, in Oom-
M^all, has described the crystalline schists of the region, of which he has
as yet published only a preliminary note. These rocks, once regarded
us altered Paleozoic, are shown to be Eozoic, and are by him divided into
three groups, the first or lowest of which consists of .greenish, often
micaceous schists, with horublendic minerals, which he compares with
the Pebidiau of North Wales and Angle«ea ; the second group is char-
acterized by black hornblende, and the third or uppermost is described
as a granulitic group with bauds of quartzo-feldspathic rock, the last
two groups beiug remarkable for their display of bedded structure, and
the three apparently forming one continuous series, with a general
northwest strike. The upper portions recall the Montalban series.
We shall notice further on the serpentines found in these Eozoic rocks,
both in Cornwall and Anglesea, together with those of the Alps.
W. O. Crosby has rendered a service to comparative geognosy by
resuming the facts known with regard to the Eozoic rocks of eastern
South America, where they occupy two great areas, the one north of
the Amazonas, extending east to the Orinoco, which includes the vari-
ous districts known by the name of Guiana ; and the other, and still
larger region, to the south of the Amazonas, which forms the highlands
of Brazil. This area, extending through thirty degrees of latitude and
twenty-five degrees of longitude, is separated from the Andean region
by a broad expanse of newer rocks, stretching down to the mouth of
the La Plata. Hartt has shown that these crystalline areas of Guiana
and Brazil were above the sea in the earliest Paleozoic times. They may
be compared both geographically and geolognostically with the Lauren-
tides and the Atlantic belt of North America. The older observations
of Darwin, Pissis, and Liais with regard to these rocks are confirmed by
the later ones of Hartt and of Derby. The basal rocks of the Bra-
zilian highlands are gneisses, often granitoid, with crystalline limestones,
occasionally serpentinic, with Bozoon. To these succeed a fine-grained
gray gneiss or leptinite, often schistose, followed by mica-schists and
gneisses, with subordinate beds of quartzite. The two types corresi)ond
to the Laurentian and Montalban, respectively. Elsewhere in south-
ern Brazil are found large areas of petrosilex rocks, and of others having
the characters of Huronian. These same great types are also recog-
nized in the Andes, from Peru to Patagonia.
In Guiana, in like manner, there is found a series of granitoid and
gneissoid rocks, compared by Jannetaz to the older gneisses of Brazil.
To these succeed a great series described as felstones and quartzifer-
ous porphyries, which are probably the same with the petrosilexes of
southern Brazil. Accompanying these in Guiana is a series of horu-
blendic and schistose rocks having the characters of the Huronian, suc-
ceeded by a newer series, described as resting in different places upon
GEOLOGY. 331
the preceding groups, and consisting largely of gneisses with hornhlendio
and micaceous schists, the latter often abounding in garnet and stau-
rolite, and including great veins of endogenous granite, the whole re-
aembling the upper gneisses of Brazil, which appear to belong to the
Montalban series.
It would thus seem that the great series of crystalline rocks marked
by distinct miueralogical characters, which were first defined and named
in eastern North America, are repeated with the same strati graphical
relations in the British Isles, in central Europe, in Asia, and in South
America.
THE TAOONIO BOCKS.
Under the name of the Taconic system, as is generally known, have
been described the quartzites and sandstones, with granular limestones
and intercalated crystalline schists and argillites, found in eastern North
America, which were by Eaton, and subsequently by E. Emmons, as-
signed to a horizon between the older crystalline series and the lower
Paleozoic strata, a portion of which, under the name of Upper Taconic,
was at first included in the Taconic v<^ystem. The Lower or true Taconic
(Taconian), first recognized in the Taconic range of western JS^ew Eng-
landy includes the Primal and' Auroral of Rogers in eastern Pennsylva-
nia, and the Itacolumite series of Lieber in the Oarolinas.
The granular limestones or marbles of the Taconian have been by dif-
ferent geologists referred to various horizons more recent than that
assigned to them by Emmons. They have been regarded as infra-Tren
ton (Calciferous, Chazy, or Quebec group), Trenton, and (Upper) Silurian
or Devonian. Each of these views has been sustained by specious argu-
ments from stratigraphy, and by others based on organic remains found
in rocks supposed to belong to the limestones in question, and found within
the limits of the Taconic belt. That fossils characteristic of each of these
horizons occur in such associations is certain, but whether the great mass
of the limestones belongs to any one of these three, or, as supposed by
others, to a still older Taconic horizon, is a question which many geolo-
gists, unacquainted with the whole of the facts in the case, regard as
nusettled. Hunt has maintained the view of Eaton and of E. Emmons,
that these rocks belong to a series older than the Potsdam sandstone of
New York, and has endeavored to show that they are represented in
their geognostical and lithological relations by the Hastings series of
the geological survey of Canada, which, a little to the north of Lake
Ontario, rests upon the Huronian, and is overlaid unconformably by the
Trenton limestone.
Oroaby has pointed out that the resemblances already traced between
the geognosy of eastern North and South America are further shown in
the development of a great series of rocks resembliug the Taconian,
alike in Brazil, Guiana, and the island of Trinidad. In Brazil these
have been described as a newer series, resting, according to Derby, un-
332 SCIENTIFIC RECORD FOR 1889.
conformably npon the older crystalline rocks, and consisting in great part
of qnartziteSy often granular and sometimes flexible, constitnting the
so-called itacolamite, with nnctnous talcoid schists, containing hydrons
micas, chloritic and argillite beds, specular schistose iron-ore (itabirite),
and great masses of crystalline limestone. The analogies between this
Brazilian series and the Taconian or Itacolumite series, as studied by Lie-
ber in South Carolina, were long since pointed out by him, and the close
resemblance between a collection of these rocks from the province of
Minas-Gleraes, in Brazil, where they are largely developed, and the Ta-
conian in Pennsylvania, was later insisted upon by Hunt. The ancient
series in Brazil has afforded no organic remains, but being unconform-
ably overlaid by older Paleozoic rocks is coi^ectured by Derby to be
altered Oambriau.
This Itacolumite series is the source of the diamonds of Brazil, as
shown by Gorceix and by Derby. While these gems are also met with in
secondary and derived rocks, they are found in the district of Diaman-
tina, in certain unctuous banded clays which are seen to be derived by
subaerial decay from schistose beds belonging to the Itacolumite series,
which here has a considerable dip to the eastward. These clays are of
various colors (red, white, or black), from disseminated iron-oxide.
Associated with the diamonds in the clays are tourmalines, rutile, ana-
tase, martite, and oligist, most of which minerals have been found in
quartz veins, with pyrites and gold, traversing the Itacolumite series.
Similar clays, derived from the decay of the accompanying schists, are
found with the Taconic quartzites aod limestones throughout the Apal-
lachian valley. It is in these that chiefly occur the deposits of limon-
ite derived by epigenesis both from siderite and from pyrite, which are
so extensively mined from Vermont to Alabama.
A similar Itacolumite series is seen in Guiana, and has been compared
by Jannetaz with that of Brazil. Eocks apparently the same occur
in the island of Trinidad, where they were many years since studied
by Wall aud Sawkins, who described them as the Caribbean group.
Since this they have been examined by Guppy, and more recently by
Crosby. This series, which is, according to him, not less than 10,000
feet thick, consists of quartzites, with argillitesand hydrous mica schists,
with a great body of crystalline limestone or marble, sometimes mica-
ceous, succeeded by argillites, hydrous mica schists, and sandstones, the
whole, according to Crosby, strongly resembling the Taconian as seen
in Massachusetts. Overlying nnconformably this ancient series, which
appears to be unfossiliferoua, is a dark-colored, compact, fossiliferous
limestone, with interbedded shales, in which, among many obscure forms,
Guppy recognized Murchisonia Anna and M. linearis^ both found in the
Calciferous sand-rock in Canada.
Analogies both stratigraphical and lithological serve to connect the
Caribbean group of Trindad with the Taconian and Itacolumite group
of !N^orth and South Amewca, and to assign to all these a position below
GEOLOGY. 333
file Oambrian. Inasmnch as the rocks of this infrarCambrian series in
Ontario contain the remains of JEozoon, the Taconian may be desig-
^ted as Eozoic. The great nnfossiliferons Sinisian series of China, and
fii6 Vindhyan series of peninsular India, may perhaps be found to belong
to the Taconic horizon, in which connection the association of diamonds
^th the latter rocks in India, and with the itacolumite in the sonthem
IJflited States is not without significance.
PALEOZOIC BOOKS.
The nomenclature of the Lower Paleozoic rocks, from the base of the
Caiatrian to the top of the Silurian, has long been a matter of discus-
sion. The Oambrian, as originally defined by Sedgwick, extending
above the Bala group in Wales, included the Llandovery; from which
to the summit of the Ludlow, was the Silurian of Sedgwick (Upper Silu-
rian of Murchison), corresponding to the third fauna of Barrande, and
inclnding in North America the rocks from the base of the Oneida to the
suBiinit of the Lower Helderberg. The Upper Oambrian of Sedgwick,
^mbx-acing the Arenig, Llandeilo, and Oaradoc divisions (the Bala group),
'^Mch hold the second fauna of Barrande, was from the first claimed by
Murohison as a lower member of the Silurian system. Subsequently the
MidfJJe Cambrian, including a large part of the first fauna of Barrande,
was ^Iso claimed under the name of Primordial Silurian, Murchison wish-
^^S xe reserve the name of Oambrian for the lowest division only of the
^rigxnal Oambrian system (the Bangor group of Sedgwick), which other
geologists have since attempted to annex to the Silurian ; thus obliterating
the Oambrian from geological nomenclature. While this extreme view
^^ liad its advocates, others would maintain entire the Oambrian as
originally defined by Sedgwick, and others still have proposed to limit
the Hame of Oambrian to the lower and middle divisions, and to give to
the Upper division, originally claimed by Murchison as Lower Silurian,
^"® Xiame of Siluro-Oambrian or of Oambro-Silurian. Lapworth has
^d<>j>|^ a new solution of the difficulty hy giving to the Upper 0am-
, ^^ of Sedgwick (Lower Silurian of Murchison) the name of Ordovi-
^^^ (somefimes contracted by him to Ordovian), from the Ordovices,
* ^^itish tribe who, at the time of the Eoman conquet, held North
V^^l^s as the Silures did South Wales. The upper limit of the Ordovi-
^ati ^j. second fauna is, according to Hicks, the bottom of the Lower
I'la.xx^Qvery, and its base the summit of the Lower Tremadoc, the so-
^ *^d Upper Tremadoc or Arenig being included in the Ordovician.*
^ North America the Oneida forms the base of the Silurian, and the
y^ovician will embrace the Loraine, Utica, and Trenton (including the
^^^seye and Black Eiver) divisions of the New York series. The suc-
^^^^ing Ohazy, sometimes absent, perhaps belongs rather to the Ordo-
^^^ian than the Oambrian, which latter, as thus limited, will embrace the
* Geol. Magazine^ n, yi, 1.
334 SCIENTIFIC RECORD FOR 180ft.
Menevian, Potsdam, and Galciferons, inclading also the Qaebec gnmp
(Upper Taconic of Emmons).
The base of the Ordovician, as thus defined, is marked by a great
stratigraphical break, attendant on continental movements, in eastern
Korth America. As a resolt of these conditions, this series, so largely
developed in the valley of the Saint Lawrence and the great lakes, rests,
as is well known, in many places directly npon the Eozoic crystalline
rocks of the Laurentides and the Adirondacks. To the south and east-
moreover, the effects are seen in the diminished thickness, in changes in
lithological characters, and even in the absence of portions of the series.
Examples of these changed conditions are the absence of the Ohazy in
localities where the Trenton rests on the Eozoic, as well as in others,
where it rests on theCalciferous; and, moreover, in the thinning out of
the Trenton itself, and its disappearance, or its replacement by argil-
laceous beds resembling those of the Utica or of the underlying Que-
bec group, as not>ed by Whitfield and others in the vicinity of Albany*
Similar strata of Ordovician age, as long since pointed out, are found
in eastern Canada, apparently dipping beneath the older Cambrian
(Quebec group), in which they were by Logan included. Recently
Selwyn has found in this region portions of these newer fossiliferous
strata lying to the east of a belt of crystalline Huronian rocks, and rest-
ing directly upon the latter. Such outliers of Ordovician strata, with
fossils of Trenton or Utica age, have now been found in several places
among the crystalline schists of the Green Mountain belt in the prov-
ince of Quebec, in connection with lines of fault and downthrow, which
have protected these newer strata from erosion. Recently, also. Dodge
has found graptolitic slates, referred to this horizon, in Penobscot
County, Maine.
These, and other similar facts show the former extension, under more
or less modified conditions, of Ordovician rocks over the Cambrian, and
still older series to the south and east of the Saint Lawrence, Champlain,
and Hudson valleys. The great belt of uncrystalline sedimentary rocks
stretching throughout these regions along the western base of the crys-
talline range was by Mather, and later by Logan, described as the Hud-
son Eiver group, and supposed to belong to a horizon above the Trenton
limestone; while by Emmons, who subsequently assigned it to a posi-
tion below this limestone, it was called Upper Taconic, and afterwards
was by Logan, who adopted the view of Emmons, named the Quebec
group. Eesearches in Canada and in Vermont have long since shown
that in this greatly disturbed and involved belt are included fossiliferous
strata, holding all three of the great lower Paleozoic faunas, Cambrian,
Ordovician, and Silurian.
The rocks of the so-called Hudson Eiver group, near Poughkeepsie,
K. Y., have recently been made the subject of studies by Dale, Whit-
field, Dana, and Dwight, with the result of discovering there fossilif-
erous beds referred to the various horizons of the Loraine, Trenton^
GEOLOGY. 335
Ghazy, and Calciferons, the beds of the latter yielding an abundant and
remarkable fauna. The strata are here affected by several folds, some
of them involving even the newest strata, and generally have a steep
easterly dip. Kecent observations by Dwight show a direct superpo-
sition of Trenton upon the Calciferous, probably unconfbrmably, as is
seen elsewhere in the valley, where the Trenton lies upon the slates of
the so-called Quebec group. The greater portion of this latter doubtless
belongs to a series which includes the typical Calciferous as a stage, but
the stratigraphical relations of the latter, as seen near Poughkeepsie, to
the Cambrian slates remain to be determined.
Marr has lately studied the lower Paleozoic rocks of Bohemia, where he
found the stages B and C of Barrande to rest unconfbrmably upon stage
A, the latter being composed of crystalline rocks, which Marr compares
with the iPebidian of Wales (Huronian) ; B he considers to represent
the Harlech beds, at the base of the Welsh Cambrian, while C and D
are equivalent to the Lingula flags and the Tremadoc, followed, how-
ever, by representatives of the Arenig and Bala. These divisions thus
include representatives of the first and second faunas of Barrande,
while the succeeding stages E and F contain his third fauna. It is
in D that are found, according to Barrande, what he described as
** colonies ''of the third fauna, which he supposed had existed there con-
temporaneously with the second fauna. Marr, however, after detailed
stratigraphical studies, considers these apparent associations to be due
entirely to physical disturbances, or, in other words, that they are to be
explained by faults and folds by which the younger have been involved
in the older strata.
Marr has also discussed the question of nomenclature and classification
of the lower Paleozoic rocks, in opposition to the views of Barrande, and
in support of the use of the term Cambrian in its original and historic
sense. The difficulties in the way of arriving at a general application of
the term Cambrian to the upper division of Sedgwick's system, which
Murchison, by a mistake in stratigraphy, included in his Silurian, are,
however, so great that its general adoption seems impossible, and it is
to meet this state of things that tte distinctive term Ordovician or
vjrdovian has been proposed for this division of the lower Paleozoic
ToekB.
Lapworth, in the Geological Magazine for June and July, 1881, has
made a detailed comparison between the lower Paleozoic rocks of Great
Britain and Scandinavia, and Schmidt has done the same for the Baltio
provinces of Eussia.
CLASSIFICATION OF EOZOIC AND PALEOZOIC BOCKS.
For the better understanding of the nomenclature of the great sub-
divisions of the Bozoic and lower Paleozoic rocks referred to in the
preceding pages, a brief summary is subjoined, numbered in ascend*
ing order.
336 SCIENTIFIC RECORD FOR 1883.
A.— BOZOIC OB ABCHJEAK.
1. Ikurentian. (Logan and Hunt, 1854.) — Lower Laurentian of Logan.
This, as originally defined by the geological survey of Canada, included
a lower division of granitoid gneiss, apparently without limestones
{Ottawa gneiss of Hunt), and an upper division (Grenville series of
Logan) consisting of gneisses with bands of granular limestone,
quartzite, and iron-ores, a probable unconformity existing between the
two. The lower of these may probably correspond to the Lewisian and
the upx>er to the Dimetian of Great Britain, and it may be found de-
sirable to adopt the name of Lewisian for the Ottawa gneiss, and to
restrict the name of Lauren tian to the Grenville series. Both of these
are probably included in the older gneiss of the Alps.
2. Norian. (Hunt, 1871.) — Upper Laurentian or Labradorian of Lo-
gan. The hypersthenite rocks of MacuUoch and Emmons, a selies
in which granitoid and gneissoid rocks, essentially comiK)sed of anor-
thic feldspars, predominate, with, however, intercalated gneisses, quartz-
ites, and limestones resembling those of the Laurentian.
3., Arvonian, (Hicks, 1878.) — The hdlleflinta or x>etrosilex group of
Sweden and Wales, consisting essentially of granular or cryptocrystal-
iine quartzo-feldspathic rocks, often jasper-like, but becoming gneissoid
or porphyritic, interstratified with more or less of argillaceous, chloritic
and homblendic rocks like those of the succeeding Hnronian series, in
the base of which it was at first included in North America, but from
which it seems generally separated both in North America and in Wales
by a stratigraphical break.
4. Huronian. (Hunt, 1855.) — The Pebidian of Hicks, and the lower
part of the pietre verdi or greenstone group of Italy. •
5. Montdlhan. (Hunt, 1871.) — The younger gneisses, leptinites, hom-
blendic and micaceous schists of North America and central Europe ;
the Upper Pebidian or Grampian of Hicks; included by Gastaldi in the
pietre verdi zone of northern Italy.
6. Taconian. (Hunt, 1878.) — Primitive quartz-rock, lime-rock, and
argillite of Eaton 5 Lower Taconic of Emmons. Primal, Auroral, and
Matinal of Rogers, in eastern Pennsylvania; Itacolumite group of
Lieber.
[In 1870, the name of Terranvan was proposed by Hunt to include
the groups above numbered 6 and 6; but was abandoned by him in
1871, when the name of Montalban was suggested for 5.]
7. Keweenian. — The name of Keweenaw group, 1873, and Keweenian,
1876, was employed by Hunt to distinguish the so-called Upper Cop-
per-bearing rocks of Lake Superior, which have been shown to be
younger than the Huronian and Montalban, and older than the Cam-
brian (Potsdam). Though they occupy a horizon not far from the Ta-
<)onian they differ widely from it in character, and constitute a distinct
series whose chronological relations to the latter cannot yet be deter-
mined.
GEOLOGY. 337
B. — PALEOZOIC.
8. Cambrian. — Lower and Middle Cambrian of Sedgwick ; Cambrian
and Primordial Silurian of Murchison, containing the first fauna of
Barrande. Embraces in Korth America the Menevian or Acadian, the
Potsdam and Calciferous divisions of the New York system, and the
Upper Taconic of Emmons or Quebec group of Logan.
9. Ordovician or Ordovian. (Lapworth, 1879.) — ^Upper Cambrian of
Sedgwick; Lower Silurian of Murchison; Cambro-Silurian and Siluro-
Cambrian of others, containing the second fauna of Barrande. Em-
braces in North America the Chazy, Trenton, Utica, and Loraine divi-
sions of the New York system.
10. Silurian. (Sedgwick) — Upper Silurian of Murchison, containing
the third fauna of Barrande. Licludes in North America the Oneida,
Clinton, Niagara, and Lower Helderberg, of the New York system, with ,
the intercalated Onondaga or Saliferous group.
11. Devonian, or Erian of Dawson ; the Erie division of the New York
system.
12. Carboniferous.
PALEOZOIC BOOKS OF COLORADO.
S. F. Emmons has given in the report of the United States geological
survey for 1881, an account of the geology of the Leadville district in
Colorado, where the Paleozoic rocks are associated with numerous erupt-
ive masses and contain large deposits of argentiferous lead-ores, which
have given to the region its economic importance. To the west of the
Front or Colorado Eange rises, with a gentle slope to the east, the Mus-
quito or Park Eange, attaining 11,000 feet, and sinking abruptly on
the west to the Arkansas Valley. This, which is sixty miles long and
fifteen miles wide, is limited to the west by the broad and lofty Sa-
watch Range. Within the valley, on the western flank of the Musquito
Bange, is situated Leadville, 10,150 teet above the sea. - We here find
reposing on the Eozoic rocks of the range a series of Paleozoic strata
consisting in ascending order (1) of 200 feet of strata, chiefly quartzites,
described as Cambrian ; (2) 200 feet of white dolomitic Silurian lime-
stone, to which succeed (3) about 4,000 feet of Carboniferous strata,
having at their base 200 feet of blue limestone, and at the summit from
1,000 to 1,500 feet, the Weber grits and shales intervening* The Kanab
section on the Colorado exhibits a similar thickness, a remarkable con-
trast with the Wahsatch in Utah, where King found a series of 30,000
feet of Paleozoic strata, including at the base 12,000 feet of sandstones
and shales, regarded as Cambrian, but without observed fossils save in a
few feet at the top, which carry a Potsdam fauna. The Mesozoic of the
Leadville region, which probably attained 1,000 feet, has been removed,
but the Paleozoic strata include eruptive rocks, mostly of the Mesozoio
X>eriod. These, which are described as quartziiferous porphyries, some-
times granite-like, and diorites, are found in the Paleozoic series as inter-
H. Mis. 26 ^22
338 SCIENTIFIC RECORD FOR 1882.
posed sheets, which were spread out between deep-lying sedimentary
strata before the folding and faulting of the latter. A layer of white
quartziferous porphyry overlies the blue limestone in the lower part of
the Carboniferous, and varies from 1,000 to 100 feet in thickness, or thins
out altogether. Other sheets of eruptive rock are found in the quartz-
ite below and at various other horizons, in parts of the region as high
as the Jurassic. The ores of the district, principally argentiferous
galena, and the products of its alteration, are found chiefly in the blue
limestone beneath the great porphyry sheet, but also in the white dol-
omite below, and even in the quartzite. They occur, as is usually the
case in deposits of this nature, in irregular cavities in the limestone. Em-
mons is disposed to believe the source of the metals to be in the eruptive
rocks, from which they have been dissolved by infiltrating waters and
deposited among the sedimentary rocks. But it is to be remembered
that we find similar ore-deposits in limestones where eruptive rocks are
absent, as in parts of Nevada, for example, and in the Mississippi Val-
ley. The deposition of the ores at Leadville is, however, shown to have
been posterior to the intrusion of the igneous rocks and anterior to the
faulting of the strata.
GRAND CANON OF THE COLORADO.
Dutton, in his studies of the Grand Canon district, just published by
the United States Geological Survey, has given important details with
regard to its geological history, which throw light on the differences ob-
served in the thickness of the Paleozoic rocks in different parts of the
great western region. He shows that while Cambrian, Silurian, and
Devonian beds are frequently met with, the great Carboniferous series,
for the most part, rests directly in this region on the Eozoic. Where
the older Paleozoic strata underlie the Carboniferous, they are uncon-
formable and have been subject to erosion. This is the case in Nevada,
Utah, and in central and western Arizona. Beginning at the base of
the Carboniferous, there is throughout this region apparently a contin-
uous and conformable series of sediments to the top of the Cretaceous.
The Grand Canon of the Colorado, some 5,000 or 6,000 feet in depth, is
excavated from 4,000 to 4,600 feet in the Carboniferous, the remainder
being in Eozoic and in some parts in lower Paleozoic strata. The
Carboniferous here has at its base about 1,800 feet of limestone, followed
by shales and sandstone, and terminated by about 700 feet of limestone.
Above this come Permian, Triassic, Jurassic, and Cretaceous rocks, suc-
ceeded by the Eocene, which forms the High Plateau region of southern
Utah, the interval from the top of the Eocene to the Carboniferous be-
ing there from 4,000 to 5,000 feet. Eastward, towards the Uinta Mount-
ains, the Eocene itself, however, attains a greater thickness, making
there the whole volume of deposits above the Carboniferous not less
than 10,000 feet. Dutton concludes that while the lower limestones of
the Carboniferous were formed in somewhat deep water, the whole
GEOLOGY. 339
of the succeeding deposits were laid down in shallow seas near tide-
level, thus indicating a gradual subsidence from Carboniferous time,
going on pari passu with sedimentation. The Cretaceous sea, which
marked the close of this order of things, appears to have extended from
the Gulf of Mexico to the Pacific, with the exception of narrow land-
areas. At the close of the period, great movements took place in this
area, followed by erosion, which allowed Eocene fresh-water beds to be
deposited in some places over Jurassic strata to the thickness in parts,
as we have seen, of 5,000 feet. It is difficult to separate the succeeding
Miocene from the later Eocene, and we have here no evidence of Plio-
cene deposits. These were times of gradual emergence. At the close
of the Miocene was an uplift of 2,000 or 3,000 feet, and at the close of
the Pliocene a still greater one of 3,000 or 4,000 feet. In these later
Tertiary times came the great north and south faults of the Plateau
region, already described by Powell, producing displacements of many
thousand feet, and bringing in one case the Eocene against the Carbon-
iferous.
The great and widely-spread volcanic activities of the region began in
Miocene and continued until recent times. The first erosion of the Grand
CarLon took place at the close of the Cretaceous, or a little later. The
process went on rapidly through the subsequent times of elevation, but
has now reached a period of comparative quiescence. The glacial age,
succeeding the Pliocene, was, according to Dutton, here marked by
pluvial rather than glacial action.
J. J. Stevenson, in a report on the geological survey under Captain
Wheeler, has given details of the geology of parts of southern Colorado
and New Mexico, along a continuation of the Sangre de Cristo Bange, of
which he notices the Eozoic rocks, before designated by Hunt as in
part, at least, Laurentian. Upon these, to the eastward, rest Carbonif-
erous strata, while farther east Cretaceous strata repose either directly
upon the latter or upon the Eozoic, together with some beds which may
be Jura-Trias, and elsewhere Tertiary rocks. Stevenson discusses at
some length the relations of the Laramie group, and gives new reasona
for believing it to be true Upper Cretaceous.
TBIAS OF EASTERN NOETH AMERICA.
W. M. Davis has studied the Trias of the Atlantic border, with its
included trappean (diabasic) rocks, as seen in the Connecticut Valley
and in New Jersey. These igneous rocks, according to him, occur in
three different relations to the associated sandstone : (1) as dikes cut-
ting the strata, (2) as intruded sheets, often of great extent and thick-
ness, lying in nearly all cases conformably between the layers of sedi-
mentary rock 5 (3) as overflowed sheets, equal in extent and thickness
to the last, but poured out at the surface during the formation of the
sandstones. Examples of the dikes are seen near ]N"ew Haven, Conn.,
from 100 to 200 feet thick, with a transverse columnar structure. These
340 SCIENTIFIC RECORD FOR 1882.
mark probably the channels throagh which the material of the great
sheets was brought up. They have produced a very limited alteration
proportionate to their breadth, of the adjacent strata. The beds of
trap of the second class have altered the sedimentary strata both above
and below them, and are not accompanied by amygdaloids. To this
class belong, according to Davis, the Palisades of the Hudson and the
range from West Bock northward near New Haven. To this may be
added a great dike at Lambertville, on the Delaware, above which
tourmaline, epidote, and specular iron have been developed in the
sandstone. The existence in the regions in question of trappean
masses of the third class, or overflows, has not been generally
recognized, although maintained by Edward Hitchcock for the Con-
necticut Valley, and also by Dawson for the Trias of !Nova Scotia.
These subaerial or subaqueous beds are generally very amygdaloidal in
their upper portions, and sometimes at their base. The underlying sed-
imentary rock is but slightly affected, and the overlying bed not at all.
Tufaceous layers sometimes accompany these overflows, and fragments of
trap are occasionally found in the overlying sediments. These, as Daw-
son has shown, are frequent in Nova Scotia. Examples of these over-
flows are seen' in Mounts Tom andHolyoke, in the Connecticut 'Valley,
and in their continuation in the Hanging Hills of Meriden; also, as
lately shown by Professor Emerson, in the Deerfield mass. Davis next
proceeds to consider the question of the general monoclinal arrange-
ment of the strata in the two Triassic areas in question, the dip in the
Connecticut Valley being to the eastward at angles generally from 10^
to 200, and more, and in New Jersey and Pennsylvania to the westward,
with a similar inclination. H. D. Eogers supposed an original obliquity
of deposition; Kerr, a broad anticlinal fold in originally horizontal
strata, the belts of eastward and westward dipping beds representing
respectively the eastern and western portions of such anticlinals, from
which the remainder had been removed by erosion; while E. Hitchcock
and Le Conte imagined a simple monoclinal tilting. This would involve
an enormous thickness of strata, amounting, as Persifor Frazer has
shown, to over 60,000 feet for one measured section in Pennsylvania, a
conclusion for many reasons inadmissible. In the view of Davis, lateral
compression of the horizontally deposited beds produced a series of
folds with peculiar distortion, having the form of long, ^' shallow oval
dishes or boats, of gentle curvature, canted over a little, and faulted
on the side of the general monoclinal dip." A careful study of the over-
flows has enabled him to establish well-marked horizons, and thus sat-
isfactory evidence is obtained that the strata have been both folded and
faulted. In this way is explained the general crescent-like forms of the
trappean beds, which everywhere present their convex sides to the up-
ward slope; that is to say, westward in the Connecticut Valley and
eastward in New Jersey. The great intruded sheets of trap which occur
GEOLOGY. 341
only near the base of the sandstone series are compared with the west-
ern laccolites.
It is satisfactory to find that the monoclinal structure of these Meso-
zoic areas is due to an arrangement not unlike that which is to be met
with in the Paleozoic and still older rocks along the western border of
the Atlantic belt from Quebec to Alabama, where, as the result of faults
with uplifts on the eastward side, the newer rocks not only seem to
pass beneath the older, but in many cases are actually overlaid by them.
J. J. Stevenson has lately re-examined and carefully mapped the suc-
cessive parallel faults in southwest Virginia, by which the basal beds
of the Paleozoic are repeatedly brought up against the coal measures.
SERPENTINE BOOKS.
Serpentine was, by the older geologists, regarded as intrusive, and
by many supposed to be derived from various eruptive rocks by a proc-
ess of metasomatosis, while others have supposed it to be formed, as
is doubtless often the case, by epigenfesis from olivine rock, which was
also regarded as eruptive. The late studies by Brogger and others of
the olivine rocks of Norway have shown these to be clearly of aqueous
origin, and contemporaneous with the inclosing strata, thus supporting
the views of those who have always held to the aqueous origin of the
great rock-masses of serpentine.
The serpentines of Anglesea, of Cornwall and of parts of Scotland are,
according to Bonney, to be regarded as intruded among the accompany-
ing crystalline schists, while Hicks and others regard these same ser-
pentines in Anglesea and in Scotland as contemporaneous stratified de-
posits in Huronian (Pebidian) rocks. The indigenous character of the
serpentines and gabbros from the granulite rocks of Saxony is, accord-
ing to Oredner, not doubtful. These latter, as already noticed, are
probably to be referred to the Montalban or younger gneiss series, in
which, as Hunt has shown, are included also the bedded serpentines
and olivine rocks found in the Blue Ridge in North Carolina.
The question of the eruptive or the indigenous character of the simi-
lar serpentine rocks (often containing olivine) found in the upper gneisses
of the St. Gothard has been discussed at length by Stapft, who has had
a favorable opportuity of studying them in directing the construction
of the railway-tunnel just opened through that mountain. He main-
tains, with regard to the origin of serpentines, the view first put forth
by Hunt, that the material of these serpentine rocks was originally de-
posited from water, as hydrous magnesian silicates, in conformably inter-
posed beds among the inclosing sediments.
In the subsequent crystallization of the sediments he supposes the
magnesian silicate to have become an anhydrous olivine or enstatite-
rock, from which by epigenesis at a later period serpentine has been
formed, a process not yet complete, as shown by the presence of included
grains of olivine. Movements of the earth's crust by folding and fault-
342 SCIENTIFIC RECORD FOB 1882.
ing have distorted and broken np the magnesian strata, and have
forced the tough and hard rock through or along fissures in the surround-
ing and more yielding strata, thus giving rise to the deceptive appear-
ance of intrusion. Stapft adduces evidence to show that these displace-
ments took place while these rocks were in the solid state, and cites the
existence of polished and striated surfaces, and of fissures filled with a
friction-breccia as evidence of this. In parts of the section at the St.
Gothard, the conformable interstratification of the serpentine with other
rocks is apparent.
In some parts of Italy, notably in Tuscany and Liguria, are areas oj
serpentine which, appearing in regions among Tertiary strata, have
been by most geologists regarded as eruptive and posterior to these.
These serpentines are, however, accompanied by euphotides and schist-
ose rocks, and are admitted to resemble very closely the serpentines
which, with similar associations, are found in the pietre verdi or Hu-
ronian series of northern Italy. Gastaldi, as is well known, asserted
that these so-called newer and eruptive serpentines were but portions of
this underlying ancient series, which, as the result of uplifts, faults, and
erosions, are exposed in the midst of more recent deposits. This opinion,
although much controverted, is shared by Jervis and by Hunt. The
latter, from his examinations of these rocks, in parts of Liguria and of
Tuscany, maintains that this view is the only one in accordance with
the facts.
ANTHRACITE COAL.
The generally received opinion that anthracite has been formed by a
subsequent alteration of bituminous coal, and is in some way connected
with disturbance of the inclosing strata, has been contested. The present
writer has long maintained that differences connected with the original
conditions of formation have given rise to the anthracite, bituminous, and
semi-bituminous coals of Pennsylvania, which " have been the result of
decompositions going on at ordinary temperatures.'' Later studies by
Franklin Piatt, of the geological survey of that State (Eeport Qt G.),
are in point. In Sullivan County, to the northwest of the great anthra-
cite region, where the strata are affected only by broad, gentle undula-
tions, is a small outlying coal-area known as the Bernice or Loyalsock
basin. Here are exposed two coal-seams near the base of the measures.
The upper one, eleven feet thick, lying beneath eighty feet or more of
thin- bedded sandstones, is an anthracite, while sixty-five feet below is a
seam of two feet, beneath five feet of shale, which has the composition of a
semi-bituminous coal. The ratio of volatile matters to the fixed carbon,
deducting ash, water, and sulphur, is, according to Mr. Creath, for the
first, 1 : 10.289 5 and for the second, 1 : 4.1S2. Another seam in this
basin not certainly identified with either of the above consists of two
benches separated by six feet of shale, the upper bench being semi-
bituminous and the lower an anthracite, with ratios, respectively, 1 : 2.627
GEOLOGY. M3
and 1 : 6.932. The upper coal of the Bernice basin is largely mined and
sold as anthracite, but is softer, and lacks the usual conchoidal fracture,
resembling rather that of the Lykens Yalley than the more eastern
anthracites.
CHEMICAL GEOLOGY.
That watery solutions have been the eflicient agents in the formation
of metalliferous deposits is now generally admitted, alike for those con-
temporaneous with the stratification, and for posterior accumulations,
whether in cavities produced by erosiou, as in limestone rocks, or in
fissures resulting from movements in the earth's crust. That the proc-
ess of the transport and deposition of metals by solutions has been
going on from very early geological periods to the present has also been
recognized. The comparative recency of deposits like the great gold
and silver bearing Comstock lode, for example, is well known, and Phil-
lips and EoUand have shown that thermal waters are even now giving
rise to deposits of sulphureted ores, which lead to the conclusion that
the great lode in question has been formed by mineral solutions, of which
the hot springs of the vicinity are the actual representatives.
In the Coast Range of California the Cretaceous and Tertiary strata
were greatly disturbed at the close of the Miocene, following which, as
is well known, was a period of volcanic activity prevailing through Plio-
cene time and perhaps later. The springs of heated waters charged
with soluble and gaseous sulphids {solfataras), still abundant in the re-
gion, are probably connected with this former vulcanism. Of this solfa-
taric action the Sulphur Bank, as it is called, on Clear Lake, ninety
miles north of San Francisco, furnishes a remarkable example. Here a
layer of volcanic rock, described as augite-andesite, which overlies the
highly inclined sedimentary strata, is found decayed at the surface to a
white granular earth, while lower down in the mass are " bowlders of
decomposition,'' consisting of nuclei of the same rock, still undecomposed.
The interstices of the mass are filled with crystalline sulphur, which in
descending is replaced by cinnabar. An open cutting to a depth of about
forty feet in the nearly vertical sedimentary strata, not far from the edge
of the volcanic cap, discloses between harder layers a stratum consist-
ing of a soft breccia of fragments of sandstone and shale, with interposed
bluish clay or mud, impregnated with cinnabar and pyrites, through
which rise hot alkaline waters, carrying sulphydric, carbonic, and boric
acids. The outcrop of this bed of rubble or breccia has been traced, and
elsewhere mined for cinnabar.
Messrs. Joseph Le Conte and W. B. Eising have described further
observations made in levels driven from a shaft sunk with the object of
exploring the strata beneath the lava-cap. One level, at a depth of 150
feet, after traversing seventy feet or more of barren sandstone and shale,
comparatively dry and cool, reached a belt of breccia ted rock made up
of fragments of sandstone and shale resembling that already described.
344 SCIENTIFIC RECORD FOtt 1882,
and like it serving as a channel through which rise waters having a tem-
perature of 160^ F., holding carbonates and sulphids of sodium and
ammonium with borates and sulphureted hydrogen; free carbonic
acid bubbling up abundantly. The interstices of this breccia are lined
with cinnabar, pyrites, and silica, the first predominating, and some-
times alternating with the silica, which is gelatinous, caseous, and occa-
sionally chalcedonic in character. This irregular metalliferous deiK)sit,
now in process of formation, is in large part in the brecciated stratum,
but is not confined thereto, sometimes disappearing, to reappear in
another stratum, with barren rock between, and at other times diffused
through the shattered sandstone on one side or the other of the brec-
cia. The authors conceive this to have been originally a stratum of
breccia, which, being less coherent than the adjacent beds, presented a
plane of weakness, and was more shattered by the movements of the
strata than they. Where the inclination was less steep, however, the
disruption, and consequently the ore-bearing fissures, extended to the
adjacent beds. These deposits, which are wrought for cinnabar, con-
tain no sulphur, except near the surface, where its separation is due to
the action of atmospheric oxygen. The agency of the alkaline sulphids
in transporting and depositing the cinnabar seems clear. Details of
the condition of the sulphids and the silica are wanting, but this locality
yields beautifully crystallized cinnabar enclosed in opaline silica. J. A.
Phillips moreover has shown that the silica deposited from certain
thermal waters in California, and from the Steamboat Springs in Washoe
County, Nevada, is of the nature of crystalline quartz.
The authors insist upon the twofold character of the action going on
in connection with these solfataras. The oxidation of sulphureted
hydrogen under certain conditions gives rise, as is well known, to sul-
phuric acid, which, carried downward by atmospheric waters, exerts a
solvent action on the decaying rocks and by neutralizing the ascending
alkaline waters, helps to diminish their solvent power, to which result,
however, diminished temperature and pressure contribute. These
studies are important as throwing light on the formation of veins and
other posterior deposits of minerals in rock-masses. When we recall,
in this connection, the effects of thermal waters, as seen in the masonry
of ancient Eoman baths, where various crystalline silicates and other
mineral species have been developed in historic times, we are able to
understand many cases of so-called local raetamorphism, not only in
visible proximity to igneous masses, but elsewhere in sediments far
removed from such, where faults or permeable strata have served as
channels to heated waters from below. Matters dissolved in these
waters, and others present in the sediments, contribute alike under
these conditions to the genesis of crystalline minerals.
Hunt has described the reactions going on independent of solfataric
or thermal waters in the auriferous gravel of California. This consists
in large part of the ruins of feldspathic and hornblendic rocks, holding
GEOLOGY. 345
pyrites and lignite in the form of scattered trunks of trees. Where it is,
fi'om drainage, subjected to subaerial decay, the pyrites is oxidized,
and the silicates are decomposed with liberation of bases and much
silica, which is deposited in a crystalline form in the fissures and cavi-
ties of the gravel, and also produces a veritable petrifaction of the lig-
nite, by a process which is marked by three stages. The first of these
is the filling up of the pores in the wood, the organic tissues remain-
ing ; the second, the slow removal of these by oxidation, and the third,
a filling up the vacant spaces thus left. After the second stage, the
silicious casts of coniferous wood are often separable in the form of
fibers which have been mistaken for asbestos. A similar condition of
things has been observed by Kerr in the auriferous gravels of North
Carolina, where also the decay of silicates and the siliciflcation of fossil
wood is going on.
The oxide of tin, cassiterite, which, like quartz, occurs crystallized in
ancient granitic veinstones, appears like it also to have been deposited
from solutions in recent times. Collins, in the Transactions of the Eoyal
Geological Society of Cornwall, has described his examinations of deer's
horns from the tin-bearing gravels of the region, which are impregnated
with cassiterite, and even contain visible crystals of the mineral. Some
of these horns are so rich in tin-ore as to be sought by the smelter. A
specimen examined by Collins of the horn of the red deer {Cervtis ela-
phus) contained 2.6 per cent, of oxide of tin and 1.6 per cent, of pyrites,
both of which were seen by the microscope to be inclosed in the cells
of the horn. The process of stannification is thus, like that of silicifi-
cation, one in progress in modem times, though under conditions as yet
unknown to us.
GEOGRAPHY.
By Commander F. M. Gbeen, TJ, 8, Navy.
In coDsidering the geographical work* of the world in 1881 and 1882,
while there does not seem to be any startling fact or great discovery
to annoonce, it is evident that the general interest in geographical
Btudies and researches is not diminishing. So many nations are taking
an active part in the endeavor to solve geographical problems; so many
interests, commercial, scientific, political, and missionary, are earnestly
pushing inquiry in every direction, that each year the field for extensive
and stariking discovery becomes more limited. English, French, Ger-
mans, and Belgians have been vying with each other to discover new
regions where their trade may be extended, and new routes by which
merchandise may be transported with ease and economy; especially is
this the case in Africa.
Large i)ortions of South America, Asia, Africa, and Australia still
remain comparatively unexplored, and for many years to come ample
opportunities will be afforded for the scientific traveler to complete
oar knowledge of details in regions imperfectly known.
As soon as any discovery of any importance is made it is at once
published to the world, in English, German, and French, in the excel-
lent geographical periodicals, from which, in fact, this summary is
condensed.
At the meeting of the British Association, at York, in September,
1881, it being the fiftieth anniversary of the foundation of the associa-
tion, especial attention was paid in the geographical section to a review
of the progress of geographical knowledge during the last fifty years,
and a most valuable essay, by the hydrographer to the Admiralty, Sir
F. J. Evans, on the progress of hydrographic surveys, was read.
Sir Frederic Evans called special attention to the increased accuracy
in determining astronomically geographical positions, particularly with
reference to longitudes. Of the fifty positions selected some years ago
for secondary meridians by the Admiralty, the longitudes of thirty either
have been ^sactly verified, or are in course of verification, by means of
the electric telegraph, nineteen of these verifications being made by the
labors of officers of the United States Navy and Coast Survey.
An extensive work of this sort has just been completed by (Jnited
347
OKdGKAE--
By Uoiuiiiaiiil':: l. SI. GEErr.
Ill coiialilmns "'"«""■"''''""' ""'"'''"'"'■■" ' "
,,l,ilo tUcio iloM not stimi to bt my .tinSiii .-, : : ;: -
to im.ounw, it i» "viteit tliat tto seMnl li:.:-,- - . - ::
•tiulies iiu'I i<.'se;u-clie3 is not ilimiuialiing. So niu.:" — r:
mi idlvo liiti' >" "'" """i"'"™ '» ""''■■« geogrjpiiirai -.r .- _
â– t 'rests coiouici-ciiil, seieiitifiu, political, and 3ii3feioii.ir- .;- -
'I'.Uliiut! 'iuil'iiiy 1" »'"' •litoction, ttat e«li -r^ -i» i„i
mil BtiikiuB diaoovory tecoines more liinit^i. Zi;iiiL. >, :
,,,.,118, ami liHgiiuis too lieen vying irl-Ji -ia .-j^ -., ^
r,.'.rioii» ^vlll■l■o lli>'i' '""'" ""y ■* eitende-1 mo j,^ ^ic.-
lorclmtuii'*" may i>o transported with eu^ iaii wnumT -si ..
tiis tUo CUBO in Atrioii.
Larco port'™" °* ^°""'' Ani<™a- iaai. i=ioi. jns ^.tsni
T..,uain conuiarativoiyunoipiored.ciii :»,--„„, „ ,,.,.
«„nortuiiitios snU 1)» aOMed tor -j« .Maa: jma,- ,.
„ r kuowlcdgo ol dotaiis in resions a^B=B=l^ a.,»i.
Vs soon as any discovory of Sly laawtr j jur^ - ,
piiblisUod to tlio .orld, in EngUj. i-a,. ^ .^.^ ,
H-nt goosmdiioal periodicals, fran Kii. j, -j,,. -^, .,..
"i;:l"tUc'm-t'"S»"';«''-^--«*--«7,.rt. .. ,.
Hi ill)oi»Btl'>-'"»«""'°°'^<=»^«:--:«n.iar„., - ,
;B'espeoialatlont.on™ipa-iii,,„„^.^^^
' » iort val'nvblo essay, by jn, i™«^^ 'I" ..
"V^BVMS, on »l'«P™Sre»«trim=„«„^f .^■■•
■„.■iJrcdcJioEviina called iKBiaiaai.-., I,., '
aeterm' «^„^ , ^ J~~- "-ion.. . „..,„.
350 SCIENTIFIC RECORD FOR 1882.
poor from the Gulf. The stream varies from 50 to 100 miles in width, and
its velocity and temperature are both greater in the middle than on the
edges. The maximum rate of the current observed is said to be five
miles per hour, and its average rate is perhaps two and a half.
Instead of running in a trough, as some observers have described it,
the stream from the Bahama Banks to Hatteras passes over a rather
even plateau, growing narrower to the northward. The mistake of suj)-
posing a trough or groove to exist has evidently been made by the cur-
rent carrying away the bight of the sounding-line, and thus a greater
depth being shown. This error is common to all soundings made with
rope in a current. The bottom in the path of the stream, at 400 fath-
oms,'seems to be swept clean down to the hard coral rock. The cold
bands described by previous observers do not seem to have been met
with, and appear to have been due to local rain-squalls or other causes
producing accidental inequalities of temperature. Before the limits and
velocity of the Labrador or inshore cold current can be described accu-
rately, further soundings and serial temperatures are necessary.
A deep-sea thermometer devised by Dr. Siemens was used on board
the Blake, and was found principally useful in verifying the tempera-
tures, which can be ascertained with much more ease and rapidity by
the Miller-Casella thermometer.
The action of the Siemens theimometer depends upon the variations
in the electrical resistance of metals caused by changes of temperature.
Two resistance coils, one of which is so arranged as to be lowered into
the sea to any required depth, are connected with a Wheatstone's bridge
and a Thomson's mirror galvanometer. The galvanometer being ad-
justed to show zero when the resistances experienced by the coils are
equal, the resistance of the coil on board ship is made equal to that of
the one lowered overboard by applications of ice or warm water, and its
temperature, which will be that of the submerged coil, ascertained by an
ordinary thermometer. In all trials the accuracy and trustworthiness
of the Miller-Oasella deep-sea thermometer were demonstrated. As
opportunities offer this examination of the Gulf Stream is being con-
tinued.
Under the direction of the British Admiralty, hydrographic surveys
have been prosecuted on the shores of Great Britain, in the Bed Sea
and Indian Ocean, and on the coasts of Borneo, China, Corea, Japan,
Australia, the Fiji Islands, West Indies, and Newfoundland, employing
five sloops of war, six smaller vessels, seventy-nine officers and nearly
six hundred men.
The officers of the Indian marine survey have continued the survey
of the long Indian coast line and the publication of excellent charts.
French surveyors have been engaged in perfecting detailed surveys
of the French coasts and the northern coasts of Africa and correcting
the charts of the Grecian Archipelago, while pushing forward the sur-
veys of the coasts and rivers of Cochin China and the Gulf of Tonquin.
GEOGRAPHY. 351
Under the direction of a trovemment commission composed of MM.
Milne-Edwards, Vaillant, Perrier, Marion, de Ealin, and Eischer, the
French gunboat " le Travailleur,'' commanded by Lieutenant Kichard,
has carried out an extensive programme of sounding arid dredging in
the Bay of Biscay, off the coast of Portugal, and in the eastern part of
the Mediterranean Sea. The greatest depths found were 2,78St fathoms
in the^ Atlantic, and 1,454 fathoms in the Mediterranean.
The Spanish Government has undertaken a new survey of the Med-
iterranean shores of the Spanish kingdom, and are also energetically
pushing a survey of the entire Philipt)ine group.
FIGURE OF THE EARTH.
In Appendix 'No. 8 to the United States Coast Survey Eeport for 1879,
Mr. 0. A. Schott discusses the deflection of the plumb line along the
oblique arc from Calais, Me., to Atlanta, Ga., and demonstrates the su-
perior accuracy of Clarke's elements of the spheroid figure of the earth
over those determined by Bessel. So evident is this superiority that
the substitution of Clarke's spheroid for BessePs as the surface of de-
velopment for all Coast Survey maps of the Atlantic and Gulf coasts
is recommended, it having already been adopted for the charts of the
Pacific coast. When this arc, already 1,200 miles long, is extended 4Jo
farther to Mobile Point, the Atlantic and Gulf coast systems of triangu-
lation wiU be united, and the value of the arc for geodetic purposes wiU
be increased 25 per cent.
The European Association for the Measurement of Degrees, formed
by geodesists of various nations in 1861 under the auspices of Lieuten-
ant-General von Baeyer, and having for its objects the measurement of
arcs of meridian and parallel, are making arrangements for the comple-
tion of an arc measurement extending from Palermo to Levanger in
Norway.
Work is now in progress to connect the general system of Swedish
triangnlation from a point on the frontier south of Ghristiania with
Levanger as well as another point in Sweden farther north. This meas-
urement will give an arc covering 25 Jo of latitude, and its discussion
will afford a valuable addition to geodetic knowledge.
Benewed interest has been manifested within the last few years in
the observations of pendulum vibrations as bearing on the figure and
density of the earth, and pendulum work which had been suspended for
many years has been resumed by the Government surveys in Europe,
America, and India. The pendulum so well used by Major Herschel,
B. E., in tlie work of the great trigonometrical survey of India, has been
carried by Mr. Edwin Smith of the United States Coast Survey, to
he stations in l^ew Zealand where he observed the transit of Venus
in December last, and he will observe its vibrations there, and afterward
at Batavia, Hong-Kong, Tokio, Point Barrow, and San Francisco.
352 SCIENTIFIC BECOBD FOE 1882.
NOBTH AMEBICA.
The geographical work of the United States Coast Survey has con-
sisted, as heretofore, of topographic surveys for the exact definition and
delineation of the shore line, hydrographic surveys and resurveys where
changes have taken place, of the coast, harbors, and rivers, and in the^
interior the continuation of the observations for the connection by tri-
angulation of the Atlantic and Pacific coasts, as well as astronomical de-
termination of important inland points and the carrying of a doable line
of geodesic levels from the Atlantic coast at Sandy Hook to the Missis-
sippi Eiver at Saint Louis. This line of levels is marked by permanent
benchmarks from 2 to 40 miles apart, and when completed to San Fran-
cisco will be of great value in furnishing reference points for measure-
ments of elevation. As the details of all this important work will be
found in the United States Coast Survey Eeports for 1881 and 1882, it
is not worth while to enumerate them here.
The United States Geological Survey was organized in the spring of
1879, taking the place of several independent geological and geographical
surveys which had previously been conducted under the direction of
the Interior and War Departments. During the first two or three years
of its existence comparatively little geographical work was done. The
labors of the survey being confined mainly to mines and mining, the
surveys were in great part limited to the making of detailed maps of
mining districts. There was, however, some topographical work done
in Southern Utah and Northern Arizona, in the neighborhood of the
Grand Caiion of the Colorado, in order to complete a map commenced
and nearly finished by the survey of the Kocky Mountain region. In
addition to this, a survey was made of the volcanic region of the San
Francisco peaks in l^orthern Arizona. Some geographical work was
also done in connection with Mr. G. K. Gilbert's investigation of the
history of the ancient lakes in the Great Basin, and the climatic changes
indicated by them, but this was not of a connected character.
In the year 1881 it was decided to increase the topographical force
with a view of preparing maps for the use of the geological corps.
Work was commenced in the western part of New Mexico, in the neigh-
borhood of Fort Wingate, where a base line was measured and triangu-
lation extended therefrom in the neighboring region. A small area of
country was mapped in this neighborhood and also in the neighborhood
of the Moqui towns in Northeastern Arizona.
In 1882 the topographical force was largely increased and work was
commenced simultaneously in several different sections of the country.
Besides the detailed surveys of mining regions, a division consisting of
two topographical parties commenced work in Northern California with
the view of mapping eventually the great volcanic range of the Cascades
extending across Oregon and Washington Territory, preparatory to a
study of its geological phenomena. The triangulation for this division
GEOGEAPHY. 353
was based apon points located by the Coast aud Geodetic Survey.
About 3,000 square miles were mapped in the Coast and Cascade ranges
and in the volcanic region lying east of the latter.
Another division, consisting of one triangulation party and two topo-
graphical parties, commenced work near Bozeman, Mont., having in
view the mapping of this country about the heads of the Yellowstone
and Missouri Rivers and a connection with the triangulation of the old
survey under Dr. Hay den, which had been extended from the line of the
Union Pacific Eailroad northward to the Yellowstone Park. The tri-
angulation was expanded from a base measured in 1879, near Bozeman,
by the surveys west of the one hundredth meridian. The expansion
was effected and several stations occupied in the mountains, but an
unusually early winter put a premature stop to all operations, and but
little topographical work was done.
A third division, consisting of one party for triangulation and two for
topography, continued the work commenced in the preceding year in
Western New Mexico and Eastern Arizona. The triangulation was
extended to include a very considerable area, and about 1,600 square
miles were mapped.
Congress having authorized the Geological Survey to extend its opera-
tions into the older States outside the public domain, work was com-
menced this year simultaneously in Western North Carolina, Southern
Virginia, and Eastern Kentucky and Tennessee. Four surveying par-
ties, including one for carrying on primary triangulation, were organized
for this work and have been carrying it on rapidly and satisfactorily.
The triangulation was based upon that of the Coast and Geodetic Sur-
vey along the Blue Eidge, and was thence extended westward nearly to
the Cumberland Mountains, and about 4,000 square miles were mapped,
the larger portion of which is in the high mountainous region of North
Carolina. It is the intention of the survey to push the work of this
the Southern Appalachian division as rapidly as possible, as it is be-
lieved that no section of the country will so amply repay in a directly
economic manner the labors of the geologist as this. Its immense
resources of coal and iron are just beginning to be known, and its mag-
nificent forests of hard and soft wood timber are rapidly assuming
great importance in view of the unprecedented destruction of valuable
forests in other sections of the country.
With the view of commencing operations in the Ozark Hills of Arkan-
sas and Missouri, a base line was measured at Malvern, Ark., just at the
south-western border of the hills, from which work will be carried on
quite extensively during the coming year.
The State geological survey of New Jersey has recently commenced
a detailed map of that State on a scale of one mile to an inch. The
primary triangulation is supplied by the Coast and Geodetic Survey.
The topographical work is done with the plane-table; contours are run
at vertical intervals of ten feet in the flat country and twenty feet in
H. Mis. 26 23
354 SCIENTIFIC BECOBD FOR J8S2.
the hilly regions. The first sheet has recently been published (1882)^
comprising the northeastern portion of the State.
The second State geological survey of Pennsylvania, while making no
pretense of publishing a map of the State, has surveyed very considera-
ble areas in connection with its study of the mineral deposits, and a large
number of maps have been published during the last three or four years
upon various scales suited to the character of the investigation which
they are designed to illustrate.
The State geologist of North Carolina has recently published a map
of that State on a scale of 10 miles to an inch, embodying the results
of his own labors and those of Professor Guyot.
The State survey of New York is steadily continuing its triangulatiou^
as evinced by the brief annual reports of the director.
A great part ofthe region tributary to the lines of the Northern Pa-
cifix5 Railway, lying in Washington, Montana, Idaho, Wyoming, and
Dakota Territories, is almost unexplored geographically, and its resour-
ces are still less known. To obtain an adequate knowledge of the cai)a-
cities of this extensive country a survey has been organized on behalf
of the railroads under the able superintendence of Mr. Eaphael Pum-
pelly. The organization is divided as follows: division of mineral
resources; division of climate, rivers, and irrigation; division of soil;
division of forests; division of economic botany; laboratory; division
of topography.
Topographical work was begun in September, 1881, between the Cas-
cades and the Columbia River, about 2,500 square miles of country being
mapped. During the season just passed three topographical parties
were employed, one extending the maps of the region just mentioned,
one east of the Colville reservation, and one between the Yellowstone
and Missouri Rivers, making altogether between 20,000 and 30,000
square miles of territory surveyed and plotted. It is proposed to show
all the information developed by the survey in a cartographic form, so
that all the important physical facts will be shown on the maps. The
topographical survey will show the form of the surface by contour lines
of 200 feet of vertical distance, and in addition the maps will show the
grades of the streams, the extent of the bottom and bench land, and the
extent and conformation of the uplands.
On one set of maps will b^ shown the minimum volume of water at
different seasons in the principal streams and the classified distribution
of the soils. On another set of maps will be shown the climatic condi-
tions, giving the rainfall and temperature by months from the observa-
tions of a long series of years. Another set of maps will show the dis-
tribution and relative abundance of forage plants, with the climatic
facts affecting stock grazing ; and still another set will show the min-
eral resources. The work will be so carried on as to be able to represent
on the maps each winter the results of each season's work. A more
valuable work to the prospective immigrant, to say nothing of its im-
X>ortance to the companies themselves, can hardly be imagined.
GEOGRAPHY. 355
SOUTH AMERICA.
After a residence of seven years in Bolivia as engineer to the Govern-
ment, Mr. J. B. Minchin has published, through the medium of the Eoyal
Geographical Society, a great deal of information regarding this produc-
tive and fertile but little known country. In fact there is hardly any
country of the world so little known as Eastern Bolivia. With an area
of 500,000 square miles its productions are so numerous and valuable
that, settled by a working population, it would become one of the most
prosperous in South America. Its great need is a route for conveying
its exports by way of the Madeira and Amazon Elvers to the sea. In
addition to determining the latitude, longitude, and height of numerou3
points, Mr. Minchin has published an excellent map of Bolivia, showing
the river systems as far as they have been explored. He has devoted
much attention to the depth and rapidity of the various rivers which
may be used for navigation, and a great deal of information regarding
them has now for the first time been published. Mr. Minchin has also
surveyed and described a part of the vast Andean table-land and salt
desert not hitherto visited or described. He finds from an ancient
water-mark, 200 feet above the present level of Lake Pooped, unmis-
takable evidence that a vast sheet of water, some 20,000 square miles
in extent, once covered a great part of this table-land, and considers
that the gradual subsidence and escape of the waters of this lake to the
Pacific may have contributed to the formation of the great nitrate de-
posits of the coast.
In continuation of the work of the late Professor Orton, Mr. Edwin
K. Heath has been engaged in exploring the Beni and other rivers of
Bolivia. Starting in September, 1880, from Oabinos, a rubber camp on
the Madidi, a small affluent of the Beni, he discovered a new river enter-
ing the Beni from the south, a short distance above its junction with the
Madre de Dios, which he reached on October 8, and determined care-
ftdly the latitude and longitude of the confluence. Continuing to de-
scend the Beni he discovered a new branch coming in from the north
which he called the Orton. Between this point and the junction of«the
Beni and Mamor6 he found navigation interrupted by falls and rapids,
but making a short portage he reached the river below the falls and as-
cended the Mamor6 for 300 miles to Santa Ana, thence across the pam-
pas to Eeyes. Dr. Heath's claim to have been the first white man to
Bee the mouth of the Madre de Dios is probably erroneous, as there seems
to be no doubt that the Madre de Dios was descended in 1861, by Don
Faustino Maldonado, who was afterward drowned in the rapids of the
Madeira.
Dr. Jules Orevaux, whose explorations in Ouiana and on the Amazon
have added so much to the knowledge of those regions, in 1880 was
€ngaged in exploring the Upper Guyabero in Colombia. Accompanied
by M. Lqjanne, after crossing the Cordillera from the Upper Magdalena,
356 SCIENTIFIC RECORD FOR 1882.
he embarked on a raft on the Gayabero^ and with great diflScalty and
danger made the descent to Bolivar by way of the Orinoco, losing the
raft in the rapids and having one of their men killed by the poisoned
arrows of the Indians. Daring their jonmey 2,550 miles were traversed,
of which 1,276 were through new country. . In the latter part of 1881
Dr. Grevaux left France, intending, under the direction of the French
ministry of public instruction, to pass, by one of the branches of the
Paraguay, to the Amazon water shed, but on arrival at Buenos Ayres
he was induced to undertake the exploration of the Pilcomayo, about
which little was known. After discovering some important Indian ruins
at or near Salta, he had prepared to embark his expedition in canoes on
the headwaters of the Pilcomayo, not far from Tnpiza, in Bolivia, when
he was massacred, in April, 1882, with his party by the Tobas Indians.
An exploration of the upper part of the river Cuyun6 has been made
by Mr. McTurk, an oihcial of British Guiana, who penetrated about 40
miles farther into unknown Veuezuelan territory than has been done by
any other white man, and found numerous Carib settlements.
Mr. Edward Whymper, F. E. G. S., made, in 1880, a most adventur-
ous journey among tjie Andes of Ecuador, from wbich much information
of value may be derived. Mr. Whymper fairly tested aneroid barome-
ters for determining mountain heights, and concludes that generally
speaking they are untrustworthy. He also compared systematically
the results of elevation measurements made by boiling water and those
by mercurial barometers, and finds that in all cases the boiling-point
observations yielded lower altitudes than the barometers. Mr. Whym-
per also states that, contrary to the showing of most of the maps of that
at region, the Cordilleras do not lie in two parallel ranges.
The elevations of a large number of mountains were measured, the
results generally agreeing with those of Drs. Beiss and Stubel, but
Mount Saraurcu, reputed to be a volcano, was found to be non-volcanic
and only 15,500 f6et high, 1,900 feet lower than stated by Villavicencia.
During a residence of several years in Magdalena, United States of
Colombia, Mr. F, A. Simons made extensive and numerous journeys
through the region of the Sierra Kevada. He has described the river
system at length in the Journal of the Eoyal Geographical Society, and
has made many measurments of mountain heights. The greatest height
he was able to determine was 17,500 feet, ascertained from the boiling
point of water.
A new boundary line has been agreed upon between the Chilian and
Buenos Ayrean possessions in Patagonia, which finally settles, it is to
be hoped, this long disputed subject. The Andes, stretching south to
Mounts Sarmiento and Darwin, will be the dividing line, while the
southern limit of the Argentine Eepublic will be formed by a line from
Cape Virgin to a point on the Andes, in latitude 52^ south, longitude
72° west from Greenwich. The coasts of the Straits of Magellan are
GEOGBAPHT
thns allotted to Chili, and the straits ar<r u*r<:*rf;*-. n—
nations.
In the course of an address before tiit ij*:y*r:ttji*iij. ---
British Assiiciation, Mr. John Ball callt 'dVx*^i:\.i*j
contrasts existing between the climate of iii- ^i^r^^^r: . t^i . *.«
of South America. Xot only is there aL iuiuikup^ . '..^^..-.^
the rainfall of the two coasts, there beiii;* l v«.*r.i..: •
(formerly Bolivia) where no rain ever W.i-^ ui . i«^-.
exists in the climate of neighboring p'atjer o. \^- ^.^-^
one hondred miles apart. Mr. Ball iincu -iLi: \^- i-^^^..
adduced for these remarkable differenc^jr ar- kv .--. .^f--, .
likewise fails to find any adequate usiysoi io ^., -:^^.. ^
climate of the Straits of Magellan.
Beyond the more accurate delineatiot & uii-. •
geographical results attending the uuva^iou- ^j'. . . -
last few years cannot be said to be veiv j^m^- ... «,,^^ ,
devotion of the explorers, attended in b^^ luajj . -,,t,^^^ •
â– hip and loss of life.
Dnring a long succession of yeai* jjuui^j>^w. c,.-.., .
sail from Europe to the Pacific Oceai. \y- u.- ^*
than thirteen expeditions having beei. lii>r. v
by different nations for this pur]>oM:. 'J i^- *j. . . ,.
was the last one, in 1878, commanded; ij- -- *•
the Swedish steamer Vega, which, altei ^>«K>r..,., ^
aya Zemlya on August 1, found th*: JLa'c *^v. -•
dredging, sounding, and surveyiui; ^ ;*,. â– -
reaching a jioint within 120 miles o^ i>i.-»-. „..,
September, but were there ice-bouxi< i.. . ^..
Pacific on the I'Oth of the next Juj;. j ,.
convinced Professor Xordenskjoi*. lus. . ^-^^
year from the north of Europe b\ vw. ^
of the rivers Yenesei and Obe, atioitt-. .
Bierly of conveying the wheat au' . «. .^. ^
ria to Europe, but subsequent ev^L. , . ,
elusion.
In the summer of 1880 steauiei r .. .
of the paB»«^fl«« '^"-^ t^« Kara b*
iridfl^op^ — - ^Novii.
' •^«'4k
»:«.^, •,
358 SCIENTIFIC RECORD FOR 188^
In 1881 the edgo of the ice-pack is said to have laid nearer to &e
coast of Norway than is known to have been the case betbre. Th«
Matynskin Sbar and the straits sonth of Novaya Zemlya were heavily
blocked with ice, but the northern passages seem to have been clear,
and possibly in September vessels might have made their way to the
Yenesei.
In 1882, in spite of several determined efforts, steamers could not pass
the ice which blocked the approaches to the Kara Sea, and were obliged
in October to return.
The facts seem to indicate that no reliance can be placed on the navi-
gability of these northern waters, except perhaps for steamers con-
structed expressly to struggle against the ice, and that the outlet for
the products of Southern Siberia must be looked for in the development
of railways and canals.
The reports of the survivors of the unfortunate Jeannette expedition,
seem to show that beyond the discovery of three islands to the north-
eastward of the New Siberia group and the more exact delineation of
the shores of Wrangell Land, no important geographical results are to
be expected from their labors except the confirmation of the belief that
the waters surrounding the pole are constantly covered with a mass of
ice heaped up and impassable, or, in other words, that Sir George Narecf
theory of the Paleocrystic Sea is the true one.
The Jeannette left San Francisco on the 8th of July, 1879, fitted for
three years' stay in the Arctic regions, under the command of Lieut.
Commander G. W. De Long, U. S. N., with four other officers and twenty-
four men of the naval service and two civilian attaches. On the 26th
of August the ship started north from Saint Lawrence Bay, inclining
toward the coast of Siberia with the hope of communicating with the
Vega. On September 5 the ice-pack was entered, and on the 8th the
Jeannette was frozen in solidly and never escaped ; the ship after this
time drifting helplessly with the masses of ice until June, 1881, a period
of one year and nine months. The drift was with the wind, covering a
large area of ground and having a general direction towards the north-
west, and demonstrating that the only lands in this region were the
small, rocky, uninhabited islets called Jeannette and Henrietta 'Islands.
On June 12, 1881, the Jeannette was crushed by the ice and sunk,
giving time, however, for the crew to land and to secure provisions, &c,
and on the 17th of June, with five sleds and three boats, the whole party
started in good order for the coast of Siberia.
Progress over the rough and melting ice was slow and difficult, and
in was not till the 29th of July that Bennett Island, in latitude 76^ 38^
north, longitude 148^ 20' east, was reached. This island, small, high,
and rocky, and the Jeannette and Henrietta islets, form the only geo-
graphical discoveries of this unfortunate expedition.
After a few days' stay to rest the exhausted crew, the men and officers
were divided between the three boats and progress southward was re-
GEOGSAPHY. 359
snmed by way of the open leadd between the icefloes. On the 28th of
August, Thaddeus Island, of the New Siberia group, wa« reached, and
a delay of ten days ensued from the ice openings being closed. It was
not until September 12 that a start could be made for the coast of Si-
beria, and very soon afterward the boats were separated in a gale of wind.
The* boat commanded by Lieutenant Chipp, and having a crew of eight
men, has never since been heard of. Lieutenant-Commander De Long's
boat reached the Lena delta, where all the party but two seamen died of
starvation and exposure ; while the party in the third boat, commanded
by Chief Engineer Melville, safely reached the Russian settlements on
the Lena, terribly exhausted and frost-bitten.
The officers of the United States steamer Rodgers, Lieut. R. M. Berry
commanding, while engaged in a search for the Jeannette in the autumn
of 1881, made a thorough examination of Wrangell Land, which was sup-
posed by the late Dr. Petermann to form a part of an extensive Arctic
continent, but has now been definitely ascertained to be an island about
70 miles long, east and west, and 35 miles broad, including the sand-spits
which make out from the north and south coasts from 6 to 10 miles.
The whole island is a succession of peaks and valleys, one peak near
the center of the island rising to a height of 2,500 feet, with a range of
high hills extending round the island near the coast line. One small
harbor was found on the southern coast. Lieutenant Berry explored
the island thoroughly and made a chart of it.
After leaving Wrangell Island, Lieutenant Berry picked his way
through the floes of ice to a point 132 miles farther north, in latitude
730 44' — the highest latitude ever attained in this sea. From the mast-
head at this point no indication of land could be seen to the northward,
and the depth (82 fathoms) here was increasing as the vessel proceeded
northward. Lieutenant Berry found no evidences of a current in this
sea, other than that produced by the ebb and flow of the tide.
After a full discussion of the various alleged currents of Bering's
Sea (Appendix l^o. 16, Coast Survey Report for 1880), Mr. W. H. Dall,
whose experience entitles his opinions to great respect, comes to the
conclusion that no warm current from the southwest enters Bering's
Strait with the exception of water from the adjacent rivers or sounds;
that the Kuro Siwo, or Japanese Gulf Stream, sends no recognizable
branch northward into Behring's Sea, and that the strait is incapable
of carrying a warm current of sufficient magnitude to have any marked
effect on the water of the polar basin. He agrees with Lieutenant
Berry in ex)nsidering the currents as chiefly tidal, and finds nothing de-
veloped in his investigation to support in the slightest degree the
hypothesis of large areas of water in the Polar Sea free from ice. The
opinion of Mr. Dali, that the movements of the ice are largely depend-
ent on prevailing winds, is fully borne out by the experience of the
officers of the Jeannette. During Mr. DalPs examination of the currents
SCO SCIENTIFIC RECORD FOR 1883.
and tides, most valaable determinations of geographical positions were
made along the coast of Alaska by the party under his command.
The voyages of Mr. Leigh Smith in the English steam yacht Eira will
hereafter take an important position in the annals of Arctic discovery.
In Jane, 1880, the enterprising explorers left Oreat Britain, and after
an ineffectaal attempt to reach the east coast of Greenland, finding tiie
ice impassable, the ship's head was tamed to the eastward, and passing
south of Spitzbergen, on Hie 14th of August the coast of Franz^oseph
Land was reached. Between this time and the 1st of September, Mr.
Smith explored 110 miles of the south coast of Franz- Joseph Land and
its off-lying islands, landing frequently and keeping a very ftdl journal.
Geological and botanical specimens were obtained and great numbers
ef walruses and seals were seen. From the 1st to the 10th of September
the Eira endeavored unsuccessfully to find an opening in the ice-pack
which would enable the explorers to reach Wiche^s Island east of Spitz-
bergen, but it was necessary to take a homeward course as the season was
advancing, add on the 24th of September the Eira reached Hammerfest.
Among the imiK)rtant results of the voyage was the demonstration
of serious errors in the Admiralty charts of the regions about Walter
Thymen's Straits and other places frequented by vessels every year.
Mr. Olements Markham, a most capable judge, pronounces this voyage
of the Eira to have been the most important summer cruise ever made
in the Arctic regions.
Again, in June, 1881, Mr. Smith sailed in the Eira with the hoi>e of ex-
tending his discoveries of the previous year. The autamn and winter
passed with no news of the expedition, and in Jane, 1882, a relief ship
was sent to search for the missing explorers. On reaching Novaya
Zemlya it was found that the Eira had been sank by the ice in August,
1881, and that after wintering on F^anz- Joseph Land Mr. Leigh Smith
and his companions had fortunately escaped in their boats to Novaya
Zemlya. As they had not been able to save any provisions from the
ship they would all have starved to death but for the walrus and bear
meat they were enabled to obtain.
Under an international arrangement stations have been established in
the Arctic regions by observers of various nations for the purpose of
making meteorological and other physical observations.
Although no announcements of geographical discovery have yet been
received from any of these parties, it is to be expected that, in addition
to meteorological observations, valuable contributions will be made to
our geographical knowledge by the able officers at the head of these
parties.
The United States have established two stations, one five miles west
of Point Barrow, under charge of Lieut. P. H. Eay, United States Army,
and one commanded by Lieut. A. W. Greely, United States Army, oii
the shores of Lady Franklin Bay, in Grinnell Land.
In July, 1882, as previously arranged, a relief ship was dispatched to
GEOGRAPHY. 361
eommunicate with the party at Lady Franklin Bay, but failed to reach
that place on account of unusually heavy pack ice. Depots were estab-
lished on Gape Sabine and Ly ttelton Island for use in case Lieutenant
Greely's party should be forced to retreat, and as soon as the season
opens in 1883 a determined effort will be made, under command of Lieu-
tenant Garlington, United States Army, to reach the beleaguered
colony.
The British station has been established at Fort Eae, in the northern
part of British America, under the direction of a committee of the Royal
Society.
On the island of Jan Mayen a party of Austrian observers have
been left, to be relieved in 1883. The Danes have chosen Godhaab, in
Greenland, where six skillful observers under the leadership of Mr. A.
Paulsen have been placed ; and the Dutch party, under charge of Dr.
Snellen, of the Utrecht Observatory, are established at Dickson's Haven,
at the mouth of the Yenesei. The Norwegian station is situated at Boze-
kop, on the Alten Fiord. The Eussians have chosen a point at the mouth
of the river Lena and at MoUer Bay, in Novaya Zemlya. The Swedes
have established observers on Spitzbergen ; and the Germans, in addi-
tion to placing a staff of observers under command of Dr. Giese on the
Bhores of Cumberland Sound, 
